Festo Didactic

Learning Systems 2011/2012
The current range of products from Festo Didactic

Learning Systems 2011/2012
The current range of products from Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training
Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century
Festo Didactic brings over 40 years‘ experience to the table when develop-
ing solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum
of automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key
position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow
rapidly. And that‘s why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever
more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.
Everything from a single source
The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in
its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydrau-
lics, electronics, electrical engineering, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC
and fieldbus technology, manufacturing technology and process engineering
as well as mechatronics.
From fundamentals to a complete training centre
From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and
complete, fully furnished learning centres – we have created a world of learn-
ing for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and
guaranteed learning success.
Your partner, worldwide
We speak your language! And we‘re just around the corner – in more than
100 countries around the world. We‘ll gladly visit you at your office or home –
whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products.
Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services – we‘re just
a mouse click away!
www.festo-didactic.com
The Internet marketplace for education and training.
3
Content
Media ............................................................................................................ 12
Workstation systems..................................................................................... 74
Pneumatics training packages ...................................................................... 96
Hydraulics training packages...................................................................... 124
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages ................................ 148
Automation technology/PLC training packages.......................................... 168
Accessories/Optional components for training packages........................... 196
Robotino® .................................................................................................... 214
Mechatronics and factory automation......................................................... 224
Process automation and closed-loop control technology ........................... 352
Hybrid training factories ............................................................................. 382
Appendix.......................................................................................................401
5
Quality with a certificate
Prized quality Here too, we guarantee 100% quality:

– Festo Didactic‘s training systems

The quality of training concepts, the and components meet the require-

quality of the product and the com- ments of all the relevant standards

pany processes are integral parts of and guidelines such as DIN/ISO

innovation. As the leading supplier and VDE.
7KH*OREDO75, 0&HQWUH
of automation technology worldwide – Only industrial components are FHUWLILHVKHUHZLWKWKDW

)HVWR'LGDFWLF*PE+ &R.*
we offer you guaranteed quality. employed.
– Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001 KDVVXFFHVVIXOO\PHDVXUHG

However, the best training concepts quality certified. &XVWRPHU5HWHQWLRQ
are of little value if the products do – As a solution partner to Siemens

DQGGHYHORSHGDFWLRQSODQV

not meet the demands of everyday Automation, we offer customised,
ZLWK75, 0WKH6WDNHKROGHU0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHP
practice. forward-looking solutions using WRLQFUHDVH&XVWRPHU5HWHQWLRQ(PSOR\HH&RPPLWPHQW

DQG&RUSRUDWH5HSXWDWLRQ
products and systems from Sie-

mens Automation and Drives. Qual-

'U-R6FKDULRWK 1RUPDYDQGHQ%HUN
ified product and system expertise *OREDO'LUHFWRU .H\$FFRXQW0DQDJHU
combined with superior solution

and sector competence provide the
basis for this.
– As the first choice partner to „Sie-
mens Automation Cooperates with
Education“ (SCE), we offer custom-
ised solutions for research, devel-
opment and training centres.
– Our customers‘ opinions are im-
portant to us. As such, we regularly
carry out customer surveys.
– Together with other market-leading
companies from various sectors,
we are a member of Mitsubishi
Electric‘s „e-F@ctory Alliance“. This
means that you can profit from the
best possible solutions in terms of
costs, productivity and integration.
The training hardware and study ma- The awards speak for themselves:
terials conform to the latest teaching – Equipment set TP 1011
requirements and perspectives. Fundamentals of electrical
engineering/electronics
iF product design award 2011
– MecLab®
Worlddidac Award 2008
– Robotino®
reddot Design Award 2006
Worlddidac Award 2006
– Learnline
Winner of international design
prizes:
iF product design award 2006
Focus design award in Silver 2005
www.festo-didactic.com 7
Service with Value added
We support you and deliver advice
and assistance.
Whether you need information, are

looking for advice before making an
investment or have questions about
everyday use of the products: we
are always only a phone call away –
and have been for more than 40
years now.
Low-cost industry quality Your partner, worldwide Free software, demos and sample
Brand-name quality at low prices. We speak your language! And we‘re extracts
We always select products from just around the corner – in more than For example, EasyVEEP is a new
industry and we do not use gadgets 100 countries around the world. graphic 2D process simulation soft-
that are not up to the rigours of use Advice and orders can be phoned, ware that is available for download
in training. faxed, e-mailed or done via the Inter- free of charge. It comes with numer-
net. Alternatively, give your techni- ous attractive examples for PLC train-
Modular and future-proof cal consultant a call for a qualified ing. You can sample many software
We build learning systems that are needs analysis conducted onsite. products and all books free of charge
100% modular. This means you can on the Internet using test and demo
always expand them flexibly and Teacher training, info events and versions.
make your investments future-proof special seminars for trainers
without reaching a dead end. You can take part in free teacher Online configurators
training and info events. Alterna- Make the selection and ordering
Quality with no ifs or buts tively, you can visit us at numerous process simple. For example, you
All products (except consumables) trade shows around the world. What can configure laboratory furniture
come with a 2-year warranty. And if is more, there is a large number of and EduTrainer® easely and conven-
a part should cease to function years fee-paying special seminars availa- iently on the Internet.
down the line, you can obtain spare ble for trainers.
parts from us quickly and easely, or Free of charge online dictionary
else you can purchase a new part Only Festo Didactic offers an exten-
at a cut price using our exchange sive Dictionary of Automation in
service. 6 languages, free of charge on the
Internet.
Didactic and design
Ergonomics, didactic concepts and Free symbol library according to
design go hand-in-hand at Festo DIN ISO 1219
Didactic. Numerous international More teaching aids are available to
awards underline our commitment. be down-loaded from our website.
Training and Consulting
Success with the right combination
of methods
Consistently adding value Training Consulting
Festo Training and Consulting: Training and skills development pro- Identifying and optimising value-
40 years‘ experience in training and grammes for technical staff and man- added processes.
20 years‘ experience in process agers from industry.
optimisation. Together we trace the flow of infor-
More than 2,900 events are attend- mation and products through your
Various projects in over 53 countries ed by more than 42,000 participants company from beginning to end, al-
worldwide show that we can suc- annually. Modular and high-quality ways with the aim of making it more
cessfully design change processes course topics in more than 39 lan- efficient and to prevent waste. We
together with our customers. guages relate to the topics: people, use world-renown methods and tools
technology and organisation. which are also implemented at Festo.
Seminars, workshops and corporate Together we define goals by which
strategic planning simulations, pub- Public or in-house training sessions we can be measured.
lic or in-house seminars. Gathering with individually tailored content –
hands-on experience and learning hands-on learning with a focus on in- Projects in the areas of:
using real products and training fac- dustry and fast transfer to industrial – Production and logistics
tories is always top priority. Individu- applications takes centre stage. – Management and teamwork
al learning success can be measured – Skills development
and thus the ability to quickly apply Certified skills development – Procurement and SCM
the knowledge gained to day-to-day programmes for: – Product development
work situations is a crucial indication – Mechatronics engineers
of the quality of the training. – Production managers
– Maintenance managers
You can find information,

dates, locations and prices
on the internet:
Media
Software ........................................................................................................ 14
Digital training programmes/WBTs.................................................................16

Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM® .............................................................34
Projecting/Designing with EPLAN ...................................................................36
Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS® ..........................38
Programming software....................................................................................44
Visualisation software.....................................................................................46
Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with Fluid Lab®-PA ..........47
Interface EasyPort ...........................................................................................48
Courseware.................................................................................................... 50
Pneumatics .....................................................................................................52
Hydraulics.......................................................................................................57
Electrical engineering/Electronics...................................................................61
Automation technology/PLC ...........................................................................65
Mechatronics/Process automation .................................................................69
Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant................................................72
CNC technology/Working material ..................................................................73
13
Media > Software
Software
Learning, controlling, simulating
Importance of software in the

learning process
Anyone who wants to design suc-

cessful training processes and
courses must make sure that every-
thing fits together.
– The electronic Classroom Manager
manages target groups, content
and media. Interactive self-study
programs replace textbooks.
– CIROS® or FluidSIM® simulations
supplement the range of realistic
training environments. The PC Learn, teach and organise Control, operate, observe Programming and simulation
becomes a complete platform for Teachers and trainers design their Software applications are the vis- A training environment for PLC or
virtual and yet practical training. training based on requirements and ible face of automation for techni- fluid engineering can meet very
– STEP 7 classroom licenses ensure the available methods. cal staff. Anyone who wants to get different requirements:
that every student can access the to grips with the technology must be – Maximum practical relevance:
industrial controller. Digital training programs from Festo able to confidently use the program- Real controller and real process
Didactic ensure professional confi- ming systems, operating and visuali- – Low budget:
Without software, contemporary dence and can either be used to help sation software, configuration tools Real controller and virtual process
training courses are almost impos- explain topics during teaching or as and other packages. The transfer of – Flexible range of control systems:
sible. self-study programs. knowledge acquired during the train- Virtual controller and real process
ing must be quick. This is why mar-
The Classroom Manager helps to ket leading software solutions are a Simulation environments in 3D and
organise target groups and create key element of any training system. software controllers are standard
individual training courses. equipment in a modern training
laboratory.
14 Worldwide at your ﬁngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Software
EasyPort: WBT:
Bridge to added value The key to independence
Anyone who wants to extend the The automation technology

range of exercises depends on using learning system contains self-
simulation environments. FluidSIM® study programs for almost all
or CIROS® are standard equipment in basic topics. They
control technology. – support the design of
differentiated training
For example, EasyPort connects the – promote competent activity
PLC with the simulated process on – provide structured
the PC. The 3D models in CIROS® background knowledge
extend the range of exercises by – ease the burden on the trainer
more than 4 times and provide brand
new possibilities for differentiated
training.
WBT Measurement and Control Programming Circuit design Process simulation Process
control Planning visualization
Pneumatics Yes Fluid Lab®-P FluidSIM® P FluidSIM® P FluidSIM® P

EPLAN Fluid
Hydraulics Yes Fluid Lab®-H FluidSIM® H FluidSIM® H FluidSIM® H

EPLAN Fluid
Electrical Yes FluidSIM® P and H EPLAN P8 FluidSIM® P and H

engineering
Automation Yes PLCSIM STEP7 EPLAN P8 CIROS® Mechatronics WinPISA

technology/PLC CoDeSys EasyVeep WinCC
Mechatronics and Yes CIROS® Mechatronics CIROS® Mechatronics

factory automation CIROS® Studio CIROS® Production
Robotics CIROS® Robotics CIROS® Robotics CIROS® Robotics

Mobile Robotics Robotino® View Robotino® View Robotino® SIM
Process automa- Yes Fluid Lab®-PA EPLAN PPE WinCC

tion and closed-loop InTouch
control technology
Metal technology/ TrainConcept WinNC WinNC CAMConcept Win3D-View

CNC
Media > Software > Digital training programmes/WBTs
Digital training programmes

Well-prepared knowledge
Overview of our programmes: Training

– Basic principles of accounting*
Fluid engineering – Industrial safety*
– Pneumatics – General law on equality and
– Electropneumatics discrimination*
– Hydraulics
– Electrohydraulics Management systems
– Classroom Manager
Electrical engineering – Competence Manager*
– Electrical engineering 1 – Content Builder*
– Electrical engineering 2 – Recruiting Manager*
– Electronics 1 – Knowledge Portal Manager*
– Electronics 2
– Electrical safety measures System requirements for WBTs
– PC with Win 2000/XP/Vista/
Automation technology Windows 7
– Sensor technology 1 – Flash Player, version 8.0 or higher
– Sensor technology 2 – Sound card
– Actuators – DC motor – DVD drive
– Electric drives 1 – Screen resolution: minimum
– Electric drives 2 1024 x 768 pixels
– Open- and closed-loop control
– LOGO! Training Languages
– Fieldbus technology All of our WBTs are available in
– GRAFCET several languages. The language is
– Discover MPS® 200 selected when starting the WBT and
– Machine vision can be changed directly on every
– Safety engineering page during the training. This gives
– Process automation you a multilingual dictionary in addi-
tion to our training programs.
The fascination of technology
Festo Didactic training programmes The training programmes are option- – The fascination of technology If your language is not listed, we can
are flexible; they offer tutors room ally available as follows: provide an individual quotation.
to be creative and increase students‘ – CD-ROM Organisation and methods
motivation. – Licence for local networks – Environmental protection
(on request) in the office
All our training programmes have – Web-based training (WBT) for – Project management
the following features: Classroom Manager – Time management
– Excellent didactic and multimedia – For installation on one of your – Internet search
course topics servers
– Scope for self-study during class- – For use via the internet Lean Management/Lean Production
room-based training (on request) – Value stream analysis and
– Learning scenarios can be indivi- mapping
dually customised Should you have any other wishes, – Poka Yoke
– Varied programme functions, such we will be pleased to create an – 5S – Workstation organisation
as a glossary, search function, e-learning package specially tailored – TPM – Total Productive
notes to your needs. We will gladly advise Maintenance
– Can be used in conjunction with and guide you through each step,
Classroom Manager from the design phase through to the Management and teamwork
– Can be integrated into training installation of the complete Learning – Customer orientation
concepts which use other media Management system. – Team performance
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.) – Personnel management
– Participant guidance
– Monitoring of learning progress
and certification
* Detailed descriptions of these pro-

ducts can be found on the Internet.

Pneumatics Electropneumatics
Everything on the subject of pneu- From the contents: The Electropneumatics training pro- From the contents:
matics in about 12 hours of learning. – Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Pneumatics train- – Advantages and drawbacks of
The program is divided into technical laws) ing program and reinforces mate- electropneumatics
knowledge and coursework. – Energy supply (production, prep- rial already learned from practical – Safety in electropneumatic circuits
aration and distribution of com- projects. Starting with concrete in- – Fundamentals of electrical
Technical knowledge pressed air) dustrial applications, fundamental engineering
This interactive self-taught program – Circuit diagram (circuit diagram, electropneumatic circuits are pro- – Pneumatic circuit diagram
covers the basics of pneumatic con- symbols) duced. With the help of numerous – Electrical circuit diagram
trol. Participants learn to find practi- – Drive components (applications, exercises, learnt material will be re- – Basic logic functions
cal and theoretical solutions to the linear drives, rotational drives) vised, applied and further developed – Direct and indirect electrical con-
key tasks of a basic course on pneu- – Valves (designs, directional valves, by you. During an exercise, the pro- trol, time and pressure dependent
matics, e.g. as part of a basic voca- stop valves, pressure control gramme reacts to each answer with process controls
tional training course. valves, flow control valves, valve varying feedback. – Signal storage in the power and in
combinations, logic elements) the control unit, latching circuit
Course – Signalling components (manual The trainee is supported by the basic – Documentation for a control unit
In this course the theoretically ac- signalling, endpoint detection) knowledge module, which provides – Maintenance and repair of
quired technical knowledge is re- – Additional requirements fundamental knowledge on elec- electropneumatic systems
inforced. A wide range of exercise tropneumatics in a structured, sys- – Solenoid actuated valves
types makes the course interesting Training time: approx. 12 hours tematic manner. In the components – Double-acting cylinders
and successful: participants have to module, the structure, function and – Electrical buttons and switches
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD application of typical electropneu- – Sensors
answer multiple-choice questions Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH matic components is described. Vari- – Relays and contactors, timed relays
and set up and connect circuits in Order no. 540911 ous supporting materials are availa- – Pressure switch
PC-based video clips. Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH ble to complete the exercise such as – Standardised circuit diagrams,
Order no. 540913 PDF documents, a variety of down- electrical and pneumatic circuit
loads and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
Training time: approx. 12 hours
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH
Order no. 540923
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH
Order no. 540925
Hydraulics Elektrohydraulics
Everything on the subject of From the contents: The Electrohydraulics training pro- From the contents:
hydraulics in about 12 hours of – Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Hydraulics – Advantages and drawbacks of
training. The program is divided laws) training program and reinforces electrohydraulics
into technical knowledge and – Hydraulic systems (principles of material already learnt from practi- – Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
coursework. a hydraulic system) cal projects. Starting with concrete – Fundamentals of electrical
– Drive units (components, pumps, industrial applications, fundamen- engineering
Technical knowledge containers, filters) tal electrohydraulic circuits are pro- – Hydraulic circuit diagram
This interactive self-taught program – Drives (single-acting cylinders, duced. With the help of numerous – Electrical circuit diagram
covers the basics of hydraulic con- double-acting cylinders, hydrau- exercises, learnt material will be re- – Basic logic functions
trol. Participants learn to find lic motors) vised, applied and further developed – Direct and indirect electrical
practical and theoretical solutions to – Directional valves (design by you. During an exercise, the control, time and path-dependent
the key exercises in a basic course characteristics, 2/2 directional programme reacts to each answer process controls
on hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic valves, 3/2 directional valves, with varying feedback. – Signal storage in the power and in
vocational training course. 4/2 directional valves, 4/3 direc- the control unit, latching circuit
tional valves, special circuits) The trainee is supported by the basic – Documentation for a control unit
Course – Stop valves (non-return valves, knowledge module, which provides – Maintenance and repair of electro-
In this course the theoretically pilot operated non-return valves) fundamental knowledge on elec- hydraulic systems
acquired technical knowledge is – Pressure control valves (pressure trohydraulics in a structured, sys- – Solenoid actuated valves: spring
reinforced. A wide range of exercise relief valves, pressure regulation tematic manner. In the components return and pulse valves
types makes the course interesting valves) module, the structure, function and – Double-acting cylinders
and successful: participants have to – Flow control valves (throttle valves, application of typical electrohydrau- – Electrical buttons and switches
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, flow control valves) lic components is described. Various – Sensors
answer multiple-choice questions – Additional requirements supporting materials are available to – Relays and contactors, timed relays
and set up and connect circuits in complete the exercise such as PDF – Standardised circuit diagrams,
PC-based video clips. Training time: approx. 12 hours documents, a variety of downloads electrical and hydraulic circuit
and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD – Documentation of electrohydraulic
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH controllers
Order no. 540917 – Simulation of a hydraulic and
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH electrical circuit diagram
Order no. 540919

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH
Order no. 540929
Order no. 540931
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Devise and design your own
training media
18 All training programs on CD-ROM or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems – with as many licences as you need.
Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2
The „Electrical Engineering 1“ train- Content extracts: The „Electrical Engineering 2“ train- Content extracts:
ing program is one of a series of new – Closed circuit ing program is one of a series of new – Electric charge
programs in the field of electrical – Electrical conductivity training programs in the field of elec- – Capacitor
engineering and electronics. These – Units and symbols trical engineering and electronics. – A capacitor in a DC circuit
programs are practically oriented – Ohm‘s Law – A capacitor in an AC circuit
and authentically structured. Case – Measuring in the circuit These programs are practically ori- – Applications of the capacitor
studies from practice provide a con- – Voltage supplies ented and authentically structured. – Variable capacitor
cise illustration of the matters cov- – The resistor as a component Case studies from practice provide – Coil
ered. All training content is taught by – Series connection of resistors a concise illustration of the mat- – A coil in a DC circuit
means of audio clips. Additionally, – Parallel connection of resistors ters covered. All training content is – A coil in an AC circuit
the narrative text can be viewed on – Voltage divider taught by means of audio clips. Ad- – Applications of the coil
the sitemap. – The resistor as a sensor ditionally, the narrative text can be – Physical variables
viewed on the sitemap. – Calculating with changing values
Trainees experience a regular The theory learnt will be applied
exchange of input and output, using various practical examples: Various tools are built into the train- The theory learnt will be applied
with phases of presentation and – Battery-powered screwdriver ing program, such as Excel work- using various practical examples:
explanation alternating with phases (components and functions, sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF – Light switch-off delay
of activity and interaction. This voltage measurement, current files and various downloads. The – Electrical behaviour of a grinde
enhances motivation and learning. measurement) training programs include an exten- (work, performance, efficiency) r
– Measuring range extension (volt- sive glossary and a full text search – Power generation and transmission
Progress monitoring exercises are age measurement, current meas- facility. (generator 6 kV/10 kV, transform-
scheduled after a maximum of five urement, high-voltage shunt) er 110 kV)
pages of learning. The aim of this is – Temperature controlled heating
to have trainees repeat, apply and (control diagram, switching on Training time: approx. 4 hours
develop what they have learned closed-loop controller, upper and
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- lower switching value, controlled E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
rated during teaching, at the end of heating, switching value setting via Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH
each learning step and within the potentiometer) Order no. 549626
case studies. During an exercise, – Level detection (level detection Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH
the program responds to each of the with full and empty tank, test in Order no. 549628
trainee‘s answers with the appropri- operation)
ate feedback.
Various tools are built-in to the train-
ing program, such as Excel work- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH
files and various downloads. The Order no. 549623
training programs include an exten- Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH
sive glossary and a full text search Order no. 549625
facility.
Electronics 1 Electronics 2
The „Electronics 1“ training program Content extracts: The „Electronics 2“ training program Content extracts:
is one of a series of new programs – Semiconductor technology is one of a series of new programs in – Signal types
in the field of electrical engineering – Diodes the field of electrical engineering and – Integrated circuits
and electronics. These programs are – Bipolar transistors electronics. – Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
practically oriented and authentically – Field-effect transistors – AC voltage of various frequencies
structured. Case studies from prac- These programs are practically ori- – Characteristic values of amplify-
tice provide a concise illustration The theory learnt will be applied ented and authentically structured. ing circuits
of the matters covered. All training using various practical examples: Real case studies provide a con- – Circuit technology of amplifiers
content is taught by means of audio – Regulated power supply (trans- cise illustration of the matters co- – Filters
clips. Additionally, the narrative text former, rectifier, smoothing, vered. All training content is taught – Bistable flip-flop
can be viewed on the sitemap. voltage regulation by Zener diode, using audio clips. Additionally, the – Single flip-flop
transistor amplifier, current limi- narrative text can be viewed on the – Sine wave generator
Trainees experience a regular ex- tation) sitemap. – Rectangle generator
change of input and output, with – Audio amplifier (components, FET
phases of presentation and explana- preamplifier with volume control- Various tools are built into the trai- The theory learnt will be applied us-
tion alternating with phases of ac- ler, power end stage, loudspeaker ning program, such as Excel working various practical examples:
tivity and interaction. This enhances with/without frequency shunt) sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF – Thyristor-controlled drilling ma-
motivation and learning. – Audio amplifier with sound control files and various downloads. The chine
(preamplifier, power amplifier, low- training programs include an exten- – Brightness control with triac
Various tools are built into the train- pass, high-pass) sive glossary and a full text search – Adjusting the speed of an electric
ing program, such as Excel work- facility. screwdriver
sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF Training time: approx. 4 hours
files and various downloads. The Training time: approx. 4 hours
training programs include an exten- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
sive glossary and a full text search Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
facility. Order no. 549629 Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH Order no. 549632
Order no. 549631 Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH
Order no. 549634
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Electrical protective measures
This interactive multimedia training – Definition and overview of

program provides an introduction protective measures to prevent
to the complex topic of protective direct contact
measures. It explains what electrical – Protection by insulating active
protective measures are and how components
they are classified. Trainees will also – Protection by covering or cladding
become familiar with all the legal – Protection by barriers
regulations in this area. – Protection by distance
– Definition and overview of
The measures that are effective protective measures to prevent
in preventing direct and indirect indirect contact
contact are outlined using various – Production by disconnecting
specific examples and functional power supply
principles. – Mains systems (TN, TT, IT systems)
– Protection by disconnection
Finally, there is an explanation of – Testing protective measures
how protective measures are tested – Measurement and measuring
and what actions should be taken devices
in case of an accident involving – Safety and assistance
electricity. – Summary and questions to check
understanding
From the contents:
– The dangers of electricity Training time: Approx. 4 hours
– Humans and electricity
– Electric shock hazards E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
– What are electrical protective Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
measures and how are they Order no. 571118
classified? Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
– Protection levels Order no. 571119
– Protective measures, protection
classes
– Differences between DIN stand-
ards, VDE regulations and DIN-VDE
standards, statutory requirements
and legal consequences.
Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics – Connection technology Sensors for object detection Content extracts:
This training program deals in de- – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally This training program deals in detail – Project: Selection of sensors
tail with the sensors used to detect Closed) with the sensors used to detect ob- in a milk bottling plant
end position on cylinders and with – Switching functions jects in automated systems. Based – Object detection in industrial
pressure and flow sensors in pneu- – Sensors for end position detec- on a complex example from indus- ractice
matic systems. Based on a complex tion: Pneumatic and mechanical trial practice, trainees are taught to – Switching characteristics of
example from industrial practice, limit switch, reed switch, transistor select the suitable sensors. The nec- proximity switches
trainees are taught to select suitable switch, Hall sensor, position sensor essary basic knowledge for this is – Hysteresis
sensors. The necessary basic knowl- – Types of pressure measurement provided in the Technical Knowledge – Connection technology: Two-wire
edge for this is provided in the Tech- – Sensors for pressure measure- and Components modules, to which technology, three-wire technology,
nical Knowledge and Components ment: Mechanical pressure switch, they can refer at any time. four-wire technology
modules, to which they can refer at electronic pressure sensor, – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
any time. – Sensors for flow measurement: All training content is taught by Closed)
Volumetric flow meter, effective means of audio clips. Additionally, – Inductive sensors: Construction
All training content is taught by pressure principle, ultrasonic flow the narrative text can be viewed and mode of operation, factor-1
means of audio clips. Additionally, meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss on the sitemap. sensors, special designs, flush fit-
the narrative text can be viewed on method ting sensors, application examples
the sitemap. – Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
Training time: approx. 2 hours through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
Content extracts: tive sensor, background fade-out,
– Project: Selection of sensors in one E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
of the clamping units of a process- Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH/USA tion types, adjustment, contrast
ing centre Order no. 549752 sensor, colour sensor
– Advantages and disadvantages of Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH/USA – Capacitive sensors: Construction,
various end position sensors on Order no. 549755 mode of operation, usage and
cylinders examples
– Simple displacement encoders on – Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
cylinders mode of operation, applications
– Use of pressure sensors to improve
safety in pneumatic systems Training time: approx. 2 hours
– Use of flow sensors to safeguard
system cycle times E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
– Output signals from sensors Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH
Order no. 549758
Order no. 549761
Actuators – DC motor Electric drives 1
Using the everyday example of a From the contents: The „Electric drives 1“ interactive – General (functional principles,
car park access control system, – The function of actuators in multimedia training program pro- commutation, technical data,
the trainee learns the basics of a mechatronic systems vides an interesting introduction to brushless DC motor, load depend-
mechatronic system. – Electric motors the world of electric motors. ency, difference between series
– DC motor and parallel connection)
Building on this, the training – Torque and current The first section sets out the basic – Parallel connection behaviour
program determines what function – Behaviour of DC motors principles of electric drives. The sec- – AC motors
the actuators have in the controller. – Induced voltage and speed control ond section illustrates the construc- – Difference in power supply (DC,
A DC motor is then studied in more – Characteristic torque/speed curve tion and functioning of DC motors, AC, three-phase AC)
detail as an example of a typical – Working with data sheets while the third section deals with the – Getting to know different AC
actuator, e.g. its structure and the – Determining the transmission ratio special features of AC motors. motors
laws which govern its operation. – General functional principle
Further chapters cover speed control Training time: approx. 2 hours From the contents: (difference between synchronous
and the use of data sheets as well as – Basic principles of electric drives and asynchronous motor),
the transmission ratios which can be E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD – Getting to know different motor technical data, rating plate,
achieved by using a gearbox. Online DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/ZH types (stepper motor, asynchro- characteristic curves and their
Order no. 540953 nous motor, universal motor) interpretation, definition of
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/ZH – Mechanical principles (conversion reactive, apparent and effective
Order no. 540955 of mechanical/electrical energy, power)
motor - generator, circuit diagram – Single-phase AC motor
and current direction, transmission – Three-phase AC motor special
variables (force, mechanical pow- cases (stepper motors)
er, efficiency etc.), definitions of – Summary and review exercises
torque and speed)
– Electronic principles (basic prin- Training time: approx. 4 hours
ciple of the motor, Lorentz force
using the example of a conduc- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
tion loop, electrical and magnetic Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
fields, occurrence of torque, right- Order no. 571120
hand rule) Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
– Getting to know different DC Order no. 571121
motors
Electric drives 2 Open- and closed-loop control
The “Electric drives 2” training pro- From the contents: The training program uses practical From the contents:
gram further explores the material Controlling DC motors examples to show the difference be- – Differences between open- and
covered in “Electric drives 1” and – Armature reaction tween open- and closed-loop control closed-loop control (characteris-
also includes new topic areas. – Speed control in automation. Easy-to-understand tics of controllers, characteristics
– Four-quadrant operation tasks are used first to examine the of regulators
This training program is suitable for overall process of a simple function- – DIN 19226
beginners and advanced students. Controlling AC motors ing system. Later sections then look – Signal types
The first two chapters address the – Motor characteristic curve at different types of controllers, the – Differences between types of
topic of controlling DC and AC – Closed-loop and open-loop different ways in which signals are control
motors. The third chapter focuses speed control represented and processed and the – Signal processing (synchronous
on the energy efficiency of electric – Frequency converters ways in which programs are imple- control, controlling links, asynchro-
drives, looking at economic and – Smooth run-up mented. nous control, process control)
environmental aspects. – Types of control (regulating to
Energy efficiency fixed values, tracking values)
– Economic aspects – Regulators (P, I and D controllers,
– Degree of efficiency combined controllers such as PI or
– Minimising loss PID controllers)
– Reliability
– Energy efficiency measures Training time: approx. 2 hours
– Environmental aspects
– Merits of electric motors E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Training time: approx. 4 hours Order no. 540947
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 540949
Order no. 573775
Order no. 573776
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
LOGO! Training Fieldbus technology
This training program provides an From the contents: The multimedia and interactive From the contents:
introduction to logic functions. First – Basic technical functions (AND training program will teach you – Advantages of Fieldbus systems
of all, AND & OR functions and their & OR function, memory function, the basics of Fieldbus technology. – The design of Fieldbus systems
processing are shown in function timer function, counter function) It is suitable for beginners who (different areas of application,
tables. Other basic control functions – Digital minicontrollers (differen- would like to get an overview of open and closed technical con-
such as memory, timer and counter tiation between open- and closed- the subject. Animations are used to cepts such as message-oriented
functions round off the contents. The loop control) illustrate various practical examples. bus systems, user-oriented bus
second part starts by covering the – Control components All relevant terms on the subject of systems, multi-master concepts,
basics of open-and closed-loop con- – Positioning with digital mini- bus technology can be found in the database concepts, installation
trol circuits and describes the ele- controllers integrated lexicon. concepts)
ments of a controller. It then takes – Design and function of a mini- – RS 485/RS 422 (introduction,
a detailed look at minicontrollers controller cabling, function)
with their features and areas of ap- – Cyclical programme processing – Topology (introduction, line, ring,
plication. – Areas of application tree)
– Programming languages
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Order no. 540959
Order no. 540941 Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Order no. 540961
Order no. 540943
GRAFCET Discover MPS® 200
GRAFCET – The new specification lan- From the content: A multimedia introduction makes it Training time: approx. 1 hour
guage for sequential function charts – Definitions simple to work with the MPS® 200
– Advantages of GRAFCET modular production systems by Online DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/PT/ZH
Good documentation is a prereq- – Differentiation from PLC Festo Didactic. First, we introduce Order no. 542682
uisite for the quick construction programming language you to the principle behind the Network DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/PT/ZH
and smooth commissioning of a – Configuring a GRAFCET complete system, and then we show Order no. 549834
system. As a result, products reach – Graphical representation of the you how to operate and commission
customers quicker. Furthermore, the language elements it. You then become familiar with the
sequence description is an important – Graphical representation of the individual „Distribute“ and „Sort“
tool for quickly and accurately sequential structures stations in the process and learn
locating and eliminating errors and – Structuring of GRAFCETS how the modules function. You can
thus reduces production downtimes. – Case studies apply your new knowledge of MPS®
GRAFCET can describe what the – Exercises 200 in a short test, then relax and
function chart has previously been – Glossary play a game.
unable to represent.
It introduces the new standard step
by step, with the aid of practice- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
related examples. Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Order no. 557688
Order no. 557689
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Machine Vision Safety engineering
Machine Vision – the use of camera From the contents: This training programme provides an From the contents:
systems in production – is a rela- – How does a machine see? introduction to the complex subject – Introduction to machine safety
tively young, but swiftly growing – Steps in industrial image of safety engineering in industrial – The question of liability (who is
area in automation technology. processing machines and systems. liable in the case of an accident?)
This web-based training unit deals – Image sensors: CCD and CMOS – European directives
with industrial image processing, – Focal length and lens formula The aim is to make participants – The relationship between
from the creation of images up to – Aperture and depth of focus more aware of the problems in the directives and standards
the evaluation of the information – Types of illumination: objects design aspects of safety engineering – The new EU machinery directive
in the picture. Working from actual subject to backlighting and and help them understand safety 2006/42/EC
practical industrial applications, incident light engineering equipment and hazard – The hierarchy of the European
students can follow all the steps – Filters to improve the image analysis methods. standards for machine safety
in the image processing project – Point operators, local and global – Machine safety in the USA
in a practical manner. The basic – Average and median filters The training programme is based – Risk assessment procedure
knowledge required for this is clearly – Sobel operators and Laplace filters on an amended version of the EC according to EN ISO 14121 and
explained in the individual chapters – Process for image segmentation machinery directive 2006/42/EC. EN ISO 12100
of the technical knowledge module. – Global and local threshold – Definitions
In the components module, cameras processes How is the overall performance – Risk evaluation: determining the
and lighting systems are presented – Tools to calculate characteristics level of a technical safety meas- required performance level
using examples. – The classification of parts and ure determined? The training – Risk reduction measurements:
characteristic curves programme explains concepts design measures, technical safety
– Image processing and computing such as probability of failure (POF), measures, instructional measures
times diagnostic coverage (DC), common – Selecting the safety function
– Intelligent compact vision systems cause failure (CCF), redundancy and – Determining the control category
– Lighting systems diversity. There is also a detailed
– Sample applications of industrial explanation of all the components Training time: approx. 4 hours
vision systems for safety equipment.
Training time: approx. 4 hours Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH
Order no. 549766
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Order no. 549769
Order no. 557691
Order no. 557692
Process automation The fascination of technology
Basic principles of process – Handling substances This exciting journey through Fundamentals of automation
automation Product manufacturing is, for the the history of technology shows technology
The training programme deals with most part, subject to defined phys- how inventions have changed the This training module goes more
the broad spectrum of technical ical and chemical characteristics. world. New forms of work have deeply into practical examples. A
process automation in a concise Students‘ awareness should be been created: from the hunter to manufacturing process previously
way. The characteristics and special heightened so that they can assess the engineer. „The fascination of carried out manually is automated:
features of process automation are production conditions and are able technology“ is an interactive journey you learn about the parts (sensors,
conveyed in a simple manner via im- to deal with them correctly. through the world of automation. actuators) and processes (material
ages from actual real-life situations, – System planning The program contains many different flow, energy flow, signal flow)
graphic representations of physical- This guides students through a multimedia components to help involved in an automated process.
technical processes and animated planning office, providing an in- you on your journey. Experience the
processes which you yourself can sight into the planning and de- excitement of discovery and learning Technology and ...
manage and control. velopment of a system. Students – this is pure edutainment! Technology and society have always
can examine all the fundamental been closely interwoven. This train-
Content topics: activities of the planning phase, The programme consists of 4 ing module uses easy-to-understand
The three chapters „Handling sub- from the basic principles of project modules: examples to show how technology
stances“, „System planning“ and management to drawing a circuit and society influence each other. The
„Practical processes for process diagram, until the system can Technology and automation module also covers the limitations of
engineering“, guide you step-by-step finally be built. Every day we come across tech- technology – and possible negative
to a complete on-screen system. The – Practical processes for process nology and automated processes. impacts on society.
content of these chapters is reflected engineering This introduction illustrates, with
in the MPS® PA stations, which you The vast number of engineering practical examples, just how much Training time: approx. 6 hours
will use during the practical part of processes can be reduced to four life is affected by technology, in
the training. typical ones: filtration, tempering, earlier times too but particularly E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
mixing and filling. Design and today. Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/SV/EL/ZH
function are analysed using the Order no. 540899
four MPS® PA stations and the The history of automation Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/SV/EL/ZH
modular product systems from technology Order no. 540901
Festo Didactic and any questions Mankind has always tried to make
that arise while learning about work easier through mechanisation
process engineering are answered. and automation. Fascinating exam-
ples show how hard this develop-
Training time: approx. 4 hours ment has sometimes been and how
impressive the results can be.
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH
Order no. 567705
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH
Order no. 567706
Organisation and working techniques
Project management Time management Internet search

Environmental protection Successfully manage complex tech- Optimise the way you manage your Give yourself an advantage by learn-
in the office nical projects and systems. most valuable asset. Create new ing quick and easy ways to search
Environmental protection has be- freedom, thus generating more ener- for relevant information on the World
come an essential part of modern Investing around 60 minutes of your gy for new things. Wide Web.
working life. You can actively reduce time in training pays for itself many
your impact on the environment and times over, through increased pro- In this training program you have In two modules, you will learn to
the climate in your everyday work. fessionalism and confidence when the chance to achieve an extremely utilise the Internet effectively as
Our web-based training „Environ- managing projects. The three mod- high return. The time commitment an information resource and to use
mental Protection in the Office“ pro- ules contain essential information is around 60 minutes; the time you search methods and tools.
vides you and your employees with about basic principles and provide save could be many times more. In
concrete methods to make your daily you with lots of practical hints and two modules, you will learn the ba- Content extracts:
working routine more environmen- tips. sics of time management and how to
tally friendly. Not only will this allow apply it to your everyday work. The Internet as an information
you to save on energy, water and Content extracts: resource
office supplies but it will also help to Content extracts: – The right preparation
reduce the costs of these resources. Basics – The difference between catalogues
– What is a project? Basics and search engines
From the contents: – Project planning – The time phenomenon – Search terms and logic operations
– The carbon-neutral office – Project organisation – Goal-oriented working – Using filters
– Saving electricity – Project documentation – Time robbers
– Paper as a raw material – Biorhythms Tools and methods
– Environmentally friendly office Project in practice – Day planning – Search processes
supplies – Analysis – Limits of time management – Goal description
– Sustainable waste management – Structuring – Consolidation circle
– Saving and protecting water – Time intervals and dates Application to everyday practice – Relevance of search results
– Resources – Goals and tasks – Verification of search results
Training time: approx. 1 hour – Organisation – Definition as per S.M.A.R.T. – Making content available
– Documentation – Setting priorities
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD – Pareto principle Training time: approx. 1 hour
Online DE/EN Means of control – ABC0 analysis
Order no. On request – 4-room apartment method – Workplace organisation E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Network DE/EN – S.M.A.R.T. – ALPEN method Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Order no. On request – Project structure plan Order no. 549759
– Work packages and milestones Training time: approx. 1 hour Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
– Network planning Order no. 549763
– Successive planning E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
– Time and expenditure planning Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
– Adherence to deadlines and Order no. 549767
capacity planning Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH
Order no. 549771
Training time: approx. 1 hour

Order no. 540905
Order no. 540907
Lean Management/Lean Production
Value stream analysis and mapping Poka Yoke 5S – Workstation organisation

Those who deal with value stream Nowadays, Poka Yoke measures The objective of the 5S training TPM –
analysis and value stream mapping are an established part of quality programme is to become familiar Total Productive Maintenance
have one goal: to create produc- assurance. Poka Yoke is a well- with methods to create exemplary, It is always better to act than to
tion and production processes that known principle, which originated in well-organised workstations (both react. Bearing this in mind, many
achieve a true value stream. Japan. In Japanese, Poka Yoke means in industrial and administrative businesses strive to stabilise the
avoiding unintentional human error. areas), where work can be carried performance of their plants and to
The purpose of value stream analy- Poka Yoke describes a principle out without searching unnecessarily, introduce preventative maintenance.
sis is to make all the processes (from that includes technical measures/ without long transport distances and The term TPM stands for „Total
the initial request through to the equipment for preventing errors and without waiting times (i.e. waste- Productive Maintenance“.
delivery of the product) transparent. eliminating them immediately. free).
This can quickly highlight a signifi- The following results were achieved
cant potential for effective reshaping From the contents: The basic principle of every high- in industry processes thanks to the
of processes. – The story of Poka Yoke quality product or service is a clean implementation of this method: a
– Inclusion of the seven types of and orderly working environment. 40% increase in operating times,
From the contents: waste Quality, as a basic customer need, a 10% increase in machine speed,
– Improving the value stream – The Poka Yoke system has the highest priority at such a 95% reduction in the number of
– Added value and value stream – Typical examples of human error value-added locations and therefore unexpected machine downtimes, a
– Value stream analysis – Basic elements of Poka Yoke contributes to securing the order. 90% reduction in the error rate as
– Use of value stream analysis – Error-oriented approach well as an increase in productivity of
and value stream mapping – Process-oriented approach From the contents: up to 50% and an increase of almost
– Working with value stream – Production-oriented approach – General basic principles 200% in ROI. However, in spite of
mapping methods – Case studies – The 5S model the concept being very simple, many
– Overview of the ACTUAL situation – Tasks and exercises – The seven types of waste companies fail at the implementation
– Example: The Cycle Accessories – Visualisation in 5S stage. TPM requires meticulous
GmbH & Co. KG Training time: approx. 4 hours – The 5S audit and its application planning as well as interlinking with
– Value stream mapping – 5S in production other methods of the value added
– The seven types of waste E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD – 5S in administration system; it should also be targeted at
– The situation as it SHOULD be Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH – 5S workshop procedure the specific conditions of employees
– Tasks and exercises Order no. 565018 and machines. 20% of TPM is there-
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Training time: approx. 4 hours fore a technical challenge, while 80%
Training time: approx. 4 hours Order no. 565019 of it is an organisational challenge.
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH The learning program imparts
Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Order no. 460,00 565020 fundamental knowledge about TPM.
Order no. 564623 Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Here you will find out what TPM is
Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH Order no. 560,00 565021 and how you can implement this
Order no. 564624 model in practice.

Online DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. On request
Network DE/EN/ES/FR
Cooperation and management
Customer orientation Team performance Personnel management

The subject of customer orientation Human resources and their integra- Competent management is not a
is playing an increasingly important tion into teams are becoming more talent, it can be learned. This training
role. The success of a company also and more important. What basic programme provides a good over-
depends on how strongly it focuses rules should be followed for team view of how to delegate successfully
on the needs of its customers. success? How do you motivate team by using management tools and how
members and use group dynamics to create a positive working atmos-
This training programme offers an for improving performance? phere with motivated employees
introduction to the complex subject using specific management commu-
of customer orientation. With the Based on specific examples, execu- nication techniques. Furthermore,
help of many practical examples, tive or project managers will learn users discover how to handle diffi-
users learn how to optimally prepare the most important success factors cult situations and how to manage
for a customer meeting, how to for leading a team. crises and conflicts in a positive way.
successfully deal with customers and
how to develop long-term business From the contents: From the contents:
relationships. – How does a team work? – Optimal personnel management
– Phases of team development – What does personnel management
From the contents: – The role of the team leader mean?
– How to correctly prepare for a – Basic communication model – Management behaviour and styles
customer meeting – Efficient meetings – Social competence of executive
– How to proceed during a customer – Motivation as a success factor managers
meeting – Initiating motivation – Tools for personnel selection
– Customer expectations – Empathy – Employee development
– Questioning techniques, para- – Group dynamics – Agreeing on objectives
phrasing – Conflict management – Competence management
– How to correctly communicate – Obstacles to project success
one‘s own services – Mediation Training time: approx. 3 hours
– How to keep the customer in mind – Discussions about conflict and
during discussions criticism E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
– Recognising purchasing signals Online DE/EN/ZH
– Needs analysis Training time: approx. 3 hours Order no. 567344
– Relationship management Network DE/EN/ZH
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 567345
Training time: approx. 3 hours Online DE/EN/ZH
Order no. 567342
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Network DE/EN/ZH
Online DE/EN/ZH Order no. 567343
Order no. 567340
Network DE/EN/ZH
Order no. 567341
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Classroom Manager – Administration, Evaluation
Simple, professional, affordable: The Classroom Manager defines Ordering information: Use attractively priced service pack-
the learning management system course structures and sets time ages and benefit from the knowledge
Classroom Manager frames, dates for attendance, train- Classroom Manager with up to 200 of our experts:
ing aids, access requirements and users registered by name at 20
– Teaching and learning are certification options. Participants workstations at the same time Service package 1
dependent on time and location and potential applicants can access CD ROM with installation instruc- Service package 1 contains the fol-
– Better adaptation to individual this information as required. tions, in DE/EN/FR/ES/SV/EL/ZH. lowing services: one-day installation
learning patterns Order no. 550804 support, briefing and training on site.
– Visualised contents guarantee Has everyone done their homework? In Germany:
more attention The Classroom Manager provides Classroom Manager with up to 1000 Order no. 560621
– Central library for digital training a clear indication of participants‘ users registered by name at 100 In other countries:
media success in training. The training workstations at the same time Order no. On request
– Simple navigation through status monitoring system means you CD ROM with installation instruc-
teaching and training media always have an overview of course tions, in DE/EN/FR/ES/SV/EL/ZH. Service package 2
attendance and the progress of the General and vocational/technical Service package 2 contains com-
The Classroom Manager is the quick individual participants. colleges can use the Classroom prehensive hotline support for your
and easy way to create, manage Manager option for 2000 users administrators. It runs for one year
and supervise training sessions and Access rights can be defined to al- registered by name at 200 work- and includes up to 15 enquiries per
courses. It enables you to combine low colleagues to use the library and stations at the same time. telephone or e-mail.
presence-based courses, e-learning take a look at the available courses. Order no. 550805 Order no. On request
modules and many other training
modules to make complete training The Classroom Manager also allows Classroom Manager with campus/ Update package
units. students to keep an eye on their enterprise licence Software maintenance package
courses: the qualifications on offer Order no. On request available for an annual fee. Includes
All the digital training media are are displayed clearly, and registering updates, a hotline package, program
compiled in a central library. Direct is quick and easy. ASP solution improvements and more. The price
access to training media greatly The software is installed on a server of the update package depends on
reduces course preparation time. run by us. Access via Internet con- the product it covers.
nection. Order no. On request
The participants are provided Order no. On request
with the right material for each
session. You can create new tests,
questionnaires or other training
media whenever you need for
participants completing courses
or training sessions.
32 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Training programme Training time

in hours
Pneumatics 12
Electropneumatics 12
Hydraulics 12
Electrohydraulics 12
Electrical engineering 1 4
Electrical enigneering 2 4
Electronics 1 4
Electronics 2 4
Electrical protective measures 4
Sensor technology 1 2
Sensor technology 2 2
Actuators – DC motor 2
Electric drives 1 4
Electric drives 2 4
We‘ve got great offers for ordering System requirements Open- and closed-loop control 2
all the training programs with the – Windows operating system Win- LOGO! Training 2
Classroom Manager – take a look at dows 2000 server (Web Edition) Fieldbus technology 2
the table. or higher GRAFCET 4
– Flash Player version 8.0 or higher Discover MPS® 200 1
Please note: – Administrator access is essential Machine Vision 4
– WBTs that have already been for installation Safety engineering 4
installed from CD-ROM cannot be – In addition to Classroom Manager, Process automation 4
integrated into the Classroom Man- a number of free open-source com- The fascination of technology 6
ager after installation. To do this, ponents must be installed (Apache Environmental protection in the office 1
you will require a new version. 2.x/MySQL 4.x or 5.x/PHP 4.x/ Project management 1
– The training programs are not Zend Optimizer). These are sup- Time management 1
included in scope of delivery for plied in the installation bundle. Internet search 1
the Classroom Manager. Please – For standard installation, the Value stream analysis and mapping 4
order separately. required ports are Port 80 (Apache) Poka Yoke 4
and 3306 (MySQL) 5S – Workstation organisation 4
For details of the WBTs and the – The hardware should be an Intel/ TPM – Total Productive Maintenance 4
available languages, please see the AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No Customer orientation 3
product description or the website. minimum requirements for CPU, Team performance 3
memory or hard disk Personell management 3
Basic principles of accounting* 1
Industrial safety* 3
General law on equality and discrim.* 2
* Detailed descriptions of these products

can be found on the Internet.
Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics/Hydraulics

Individual and multiple licenses
It doesn‘t get much faster than this: The versatile software package Realistic simulations in real time Learn – simulate – apply:
GRAFCET – the new graphical de- FluidSIM® can be used to perform – Calculation of pressure build-up FluidSIM® in blended learning
scription language that describes the experiments, carry out simulations and flow rate, current and voltage concepts
logical behaviour and operation of a in real time and prepare lessons. It – Consideration of characteristic – User-friendly project administration
control system or process – regard- can also be used as a virtual modular data for calculating the pressure – Detailed description of all com-
less of the technical software/hard- control system and integrated into drop in valves ponents, in most cases with colour
ware implementation. blended learning concepts. Version 4 – Realistic switching times illustrations
features outstanding dynamic simu- – Calculation of piston acceleration – Application examples in video
The new FluidSIM® Version 4.2 lets lation, many new components and and speed taking into considera- CD format
you create GRAFCET plans accord- enhanced didactic material. tion inertia, stiction and sliding – Standard-compliant symbol
ing to the standard DIN EN 60848 friction, leakage and end position libraries according to DIN ISO 1219
standard. In simulation mode, you The lesson preparation tool cushioning – Integrated learning training
can observe and control the result – Windows functionality: drag & – Proportional and closed-loop- program as the ideal complement
step by step. drop, copy & paste, context-sensi- control technology to Festo‘s other learning training
tive menus – Digital technology in accordance programs
If you already use FluidSIM® 4.x, you – Copying of text and graphics to with Siemens LOGO! Soft – Variable network licenses or
can download the update for free Word and PowerPoint – Cylinder and directional control software activation via Internet
from the download area of our web- – Print preview, scaling and printing valve configurator
site. in all formats
– Integrated slide show: basic
circuits, animated sectional views,
instructional units, support for
many Windows-compatible image
and multimedia file formats
– Integrated fundamentals for pneu-
matics and hydraulics on video CD

Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
Dynamic simulation Circuit diagram creation Documentation Didactic material

The new simulator, which rivals The component library has been Flexible, highly detailed diagrams Extended and updated didactic
those found in much more expensive greatly extended in comparison with with automatic optimum scaling. material. Comprehensive descrip-
professional programs, permits the Version 3.6. All the components are Automatic current path numbering, tions of the physical/-mathematical
simulation of dynamic effects such shown in clearly structured trees. In logic element tables, terminal des- models of the components used
as pressure build-up, inertia, accel- addition to the enhanced valve con- ignations and terminal allocation in FluidSIM®. A detailed learning
eration, stiction and sliding friction. figurator, a flexible cylinder configu- lists in electrical circuits. Function training program makes it easier to
Systems with open-loop and closed- rator is now also available. diagram editor and parts list get started with simulation using
loop control can be simulated. generator. FluidSIM®.
OPC and EasyPort – open the Mini control system with 16 I/O
gateway to the world of 24 volts Complete mini control system as
systems a logic module with up to 16 inputs
FluidSIM® can also communicate and outputs that can access the
with other applications. This makes EasyPort via OPC or directly.
it extremely easy to use FluidSIM®
for process simulation.
FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM E.g. single licence on CD-ROM Further information Network license:
with online activation with online activation Multiple licences for local Mobile and flexible
DE 544145 DE 544149 installation or network instal- One individual network
EN 544153 EN 544157 lation, with as many licences licence allows you to install
ES 556939 ES 556943 as you need and in numerous and use FluidSIM® on any
FR 556930 FR 556934 other languages. number of computers. The
with network licence connector with network licence connector number of users who can
DE 544146 DE 544150 Visit us on the Internet. simultaneously work with
EN 544154 EN 544158 Here you will find all the FluidSIM® is limited only by
ES 556940 ES 556944 information you need on the number of licences pur-
FR 556931 FR 556935 currently available versions chased.
Student version Student version and updates.
DE 544143 DE 544147
EN 544151 EN 544155
ES 556937 ES 556941
FR 556928 FR 556932
System requirements
– PC with Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/
XP/Vista
– At least Pentium II 500 MHz
– At least 128 MB RAM
– Sound card
– 4-speed CD-ROM drive
Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
EPLAN Education
Classroom licence
EPLAN EPLAN Education brings industrial Your advantages – Unlimited foreign language
For more than 25 years EPLAN standards to training and further – EPLAN offers users unimaginable support and dictionaries, in
has stood for innovative software education. Trainers and teachers opportunities. EPLAN products not accordance with ISO 5598, now
solutions and service concepts for benefit from a comprehensive range only offer a graphical approach but make global engineering possible.
electrical and fluid engineering, of services, a wide range of train-the- also an object-oriented engineer- – EPLAN incorporates various stand-
planning and design. EPLAN trainer options and on-site software ing approach. The system propos- ards such as DIN ISO, GOST, NFPA.
Software & Service is the global installation. es the best handling method for With freely configurable page and
leader in this branch.Complemented every stage of production. The user component structures in accord-
by its partnership with Autodesk does not have to predefine any- ance with VDMA standards all pos-
in the area of mechanical design, thing, but has the freedom to plan sible avenues can be explored.
EPLAN Soft & Service also offers CAE in a way best suited to the work- – The EPLAN Data Portal with its
and CAD know-how on a global scale. flow, thus determining the sys- broad range of component data
tem‘s performance rather than the increases the quality of your docu-
system determining the planning. mentation and simplifies project
– Trendsetting technologies, such planning. Certified equipment and
as the new macro variant feature components from well-known man-
makes projects uniquely flexible: ufacturers can be easily added via
parameterisation instead of (re-) drag & drop. This saves time that
design saves time from the outset. would have otherwise been spent
– Multi-user functionality enables searching in various manufacturers
multi-location, network-wide, catalogues, entering different or-
global access to a project. The der numbers and generating your
software displays are in the corre- own macros. You have round the
sponding language for the user. clock access via the internet to de-
vice information such as parts cir-
cuit diagrams, schematic diagrams,
preview images and manuals incl.
updates.
36 www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
The EPLAN Education package

The EPLAN Education classroom li-
cence includes the following three
programs
– EPLAN Electric P8
– EPLAN Fluid
– EPLAN PPE
The concept deftly bridges the gap

between industrial practice and the
requirements of training and further
education. Integrated electrical and EPLAN Electric P8 EPLAN Fluid EPLAN PPE
fluid engineering, electrical, meas- The new CAE dimension for effective For specialist and logic controlled EPLAN PPE (Process Plant Engineer-
urement and control technology ena- planning of complex electro-tech- development of hydraulic, pneumat- ing) represents professional plan-
ble mechatronic design processes to nical control systems, including ic, cooling, lubrication and refrigera- ning of electrical, measurement and
be conveyed comprehensively. support for PLCs, bus systems and tion systems. EPLAN Fluid combines control technology and design of
assembly planning. A technological CAD functionality with unique logic process engineering machines and
This means that anyone, whether lead can be gained with optional and automatises documentation, in- systems. The EPLAN PPE engineering
during training, studies or later in graphics and object orientation, cluding test functions and standards system supports the entire planning
practical applications, can design an variant construction and workgroup compliance checks. of a system, from the creation of sys-
entire functional system, because engineering. tem overviews, P&ID diagrams, man-
the knowledge from the classroom agement of process control tasks to
can be transferred to real-life practi- comprehensive automation technol-
cal applications. ogy documentation.
With a broad range of training

documentation, online help and
video demos.
Scope of delivery Differences to the industry version System requirements

The EPLAN Education package con- – Special data format which is – PC with Windows XP SP2 or Vista
tains 25 network licences for use in not compatible with the industry – At least Pentium 4 with 2 GHz
the classroom and one single user version – 1 GB RAM
licence for the trainer for – Limited export functions – 4 GB free space on hard disk
– EPLAN Electric P8 – Watermarked printouts – DVD-ROM disk drive
– EPLAN Fluid – Monitor resolution 1280 x 1024
– EPLAN PPE workstation licence for Scope of software service
the lecturer – Access to the EPLAN Data Portal Get to know EPLAN for free
– The software is available in 16 – Provision of current releases and As a pupil, student or trainee
languages: DE, EN, ES, FR, NL, SE, service packs free of charge you can obtain a free version of
RU, DK, CN, PL, PT, PT-BR, CZ, HU, – Special concession for training EPLAN, limited to the duration of
IT, KR course updates your studies, in order to produce
– Optional train-the-trainer courses – HelpDesk support lab work and final coursework in
from the current EPLAN course plan – E-mail support the area of electrical engineering,
– On-site installation service – Online access to special support fluid engineering and electrical,
– Master data and sample projects data and information measurement and control technol-
– Training materials ogy. Using the software for commer-
cial purposes is not permitted.
Completing the software service
contract means you gain access Further information at:
to the EPLAN Data Portal which www.eplan.de/uk
contains engineering data from
well-known manufacturers.
Classroom Licence 566900

Software-Service 2 years 566902
Software-Service 2 years 566903
Media > Software > Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS®
CIROS® Automation Suite

Professional training in virtual learning environments
The fascination of 3D simulation CIROS® is a general 3D simulation CIROS® Automation Suite System requirements
system – made in Germany. Its flex- The powerful successor to the The following apply to all CIROS®
Modern PC technology allows us to ibility makes it suitable for a great COSIMIR®. Affordable and flexible Automation Suite products:
create realistic 3D simulations even variety of application areas, it has a with many different configurations. – Processor Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz
for the most complex of automa- variety of equipment and price op- processor
tion systems. These simulations ex- tions and is efficient and convenient Try it now for free: – RAM 2 GB
plore the movement dynamics of to use on a daily basis. The CIROS® www.festo-didactic.com – Available hard disk space 20 GB
mechatronic systems in virtual real- scope of application is huge. It rang- – Windows XP or Vista, Microsoft
ity. There is no danger to man or ma- es from applications of 3D simulation Multiple licences Internet Explorer version 5.0 or
chine. This allows us to take an step in training and further training and Licensing the individual CIROS® higher
into automation technology without implementation of the digital factory Automation Suite packages is done – Graphics card with 3D accelera-
any worries, providing a great moti- in industrial companies to real-time via a USB licence plug. tion and full OpenGL support, e.g.
vational boost. simulations of complex immersive Graphics card NVIDIA 7800GTX,
virtual worlds. The individual packages 512 MB RAM or better
In industrial applications, 3D simu- – CIROS® Robotics – Monitor 19“ with resolution of
lation systems are considered state- CIROS® Automation Suite is a ver- – CIROS® Mechatronics 1280 x 1024 pixels
of-the-art. sion of the software used in industry – CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics – USB port for dongle, or Ethernet
that has been modified and extend- – CIROS® Production interface for PC network if a license
The ways we work and learn have ed to meet the requirements of train- – CIROS® Studio server is used
changed – and the CIROS® Automa- ing and further training. It consists can be extended independently of – DVD ROM drive
tion Suite supports these new meth- of five individual, carefully matched each other with any number of net- – Optional: serial or USB port for
ods. The visual conception of ideas program packages with a very real- work licences. This can also be done coupling with a PLC
takes centre stage. The attractive istic 3D simulation of simple to very online at a later stage by a simple – Adobe Acrobat Reader version 6.0
visual representation on the PC mo- complex automation systems. The change in the licence plug. or higher
tivates and encourages the learning numerous learning scenarios can be – If a license server is used: Stand-
process. adapted and extended individually. ard PC with USB port and Ethernet
interface for license server
– E-mail client with e-mail account
and Internet access from the PC
whereby dongle updating will be
executed.

The Automation Suite contains the CIROS® Mechatronics systems with a distributed control ar- CIROS® Studio
following software products: CIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual chitecture, commission and control CIROS® Studio is the professional
learning environment for mechatron- them using the SIMATIC S7. tool for creating complex models
CIROS® Robotics ics with a focus on PLC-controlled and their simulation. The industrial-
CIROS® Robotics is ideally suited systems. It offers an ideal working CIROS® Production ly tried, powerful development plat-
for learning how to program and environment for PLC programming The unique software solution for vir- form combines the three tools, Simu-
commission industrial robot sys- based on Siemens S7 and includes a tual learning environments in indus- lation, Modelling and Programming,
tems. The program offers a large virtual learning environment for the trial factory automation. The plan- in one common interface.
number of different robot models. mechatronic training system MPS®. ning of manufacturing plants, the
The integrated training program on logistics of manufacturing processes Single licence DE/EN 573233
robotics conveys everything from CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics and the design and optimisation of
the basic principles of handling CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena- manufacturing executing systems as
technology to the use of robots in bles you to flexibly set up individual well as product management take
space missions. MPS® stations for mechatronic plant centre stage.
The functions at a glance CIROS® CIROS® CIROS® Advanced CIROS® CIROS®

Robotics Mechatronics Mechatronics Production Studio
3D display (with rendering) + + + + +

Simulation (multi-robot) + + +
Simulation (Mitsubishi Compiler) + +
Simulation (KUKA, ABB, Adept-Compiler) optional
Interface Mitsubishi Controller +
Robotics learning cells + user interface +
Mechatronics learning cells + user interface + +
Simulation (1 PLC + download) + + +
Simulation (multi-PLC + download) + +
Simulation (multi-PLC) + + + +
Simulation (learning environment for troubleshooting) + +
Modelling (CAD – import, mechanisms) +
Modelling (layout editor + MPS® library) +
Modelling (layout editor + iCIM library) +
OPC interface (freely configurable) +
Permanently configured OPC interface + + +
Manual control environment + +
Configurable work cell window + + + +
Control station (without HW driver) +
Production management + +
The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite
CIROS® Robotics – Comprehensive library with more CIROS® Mechatronics – Powerful error simulation with
CIROS® Robotics is ideally suited for than 20 predefined robot work CIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual multiple error scenarios incl. ad-
learning how to program and com- cells enables you to go directly to learning environment for mechatron- justment errors for sensors. Set-
mission industrial robot systems. commissioning and programming ics with a focus on PLC-controlled ting errors is password-protected.
The program offers a large number of of robot applications: from sim- systems. It offers an ideal working Locating and eliminating errors can
different robot models. The integrat- ple pick & place tasks right up environment for PLC programming be logged and the results can be
ed training program on robotics con- to plants with numerous robot based on Siemens S7 and includes a evaluated, thus enabling you to
veys everything from the basic prin- systems. virtual learning environment for the design effective training for sys-
ciples of handling technology to the mechatronic training system MPS®. tematic commissioning and repair
use of robots in space missions. Licensing is done via a USB licence in the event of malfunctions within
plug. You can extend this single – The comprehensive model library the simulation environment.
– All the required basic knowledge licence by any number of network contains 3D process models of all – 3D real-time simulation with all
for automation with robots is con- licences at any point. This can also MPS® stations, various convey- the features of CIROS® Studio.
veyed by the integrated CIROS® be done online at a later stage by a or systems and a high bay ware-
Robotics Assistant which offers simple change in the licence plug. house. When networked with the Licensing is done via a USB licence
numerous graphics and animations CIROS® Robotics is contained in the Automation Suite, this can be ex- plug. You can extend this individual
to explain technical terms and CIROS® Automation Suite as a single tended or modified. licence by any number of network
facts, videos on a large number of licence. – Activation of the models can be licences at any time. This can also
industrial applications involving done immediately from the inte- be done online at a later stage by a
industrial robots, sample programs x-licence DE/EN 573234 grated virtual S7-PLC, from STEP simple change in the licence plug.
for every robot work cell, technical 7 of the simulated SIMATIC Con- CIROS® Mechatronics is contained
documentation including instruc- troller S7-PLCSIM or via the Easy- in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a
tions on processing. Port of any other external hard- single licence.
– 3D real-time simulation with all ware PLC.
the features of CIROS® Studio. – In manual mode single-step move- x-licence DE/EN 573235
– Programming environment for IRL ments can be performed and com-
(Industrial Robot Language), pro- piled to form flow sequences with-
gramming languages Movemaster out programming.
Command and Melfa Basic IV for
the class of Mitsubishi robot sys-
tems.
CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics – Commissioning of distributed CIROS® Production CIROS® Supervision enables you
CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena- control systems: Each station of The unique software solution for vir- to create basic versions of an MES
bles you to flexibly set up individual the plant can be operated in manu- tual learning environments in indus- system (Manufacturing Executing
MPS® stations for mechatronic plant al mode. This enables you to com- trial factory automation. The plan- System) for your production line
systems with a distributed control mission the control programs in ning of manufacturing plants, the at the push of a button, including
architecture, commission and control the individual stations step by step logistics of manufacturing processes the functions of a manufacturing
them using the SIMATIC S7. and to test the communication. and the design and optimisation of control station with graphic process
– 3D real-time simulation with all manufacturing executing systems as tracking and a link to the production
– Comprehensive model library with the features of CIROS® Studio. well as product management take database.
all the current MPS® stations from – Integrated, powerful error simula- centre stage.
Festo Didactic. tion. The focus with the error simu- The integrated constructed process
– The convenient layout editor per- lation is now on the errors that may CIROS® Production links the simula- language of CIROS® Supervision can
mits setting up, programming and occur as a result of combining dif- tion with the control of real plants be used to extend, optimise or com-
commissioning mechatronic plant ferent stations. and consists of the integrated soft- pletely revise the MES system.
systems with a distributed control ware components Production Simu-
architecture. A second library also lation, Supervision and Production The production management of
enables you to design MPS® plants CIROS® Advanced Mechatron- Management. CIROS® Supervision provides the fol-
with conveyors. ics is contained in the CIROS® lowing data: parts lists with work
– Distributed control concept: Each Automation Suite as a single Production Simulation is used to schedules, warehouse and resource
station has its own virtual STEP-7 licence, but is not available create the 3D models of your produc- administration, as well as order ad-
controller with a separate control as a separate product. tion line from library elements. ministration and time scheduling of
program that can be modified or orders. This enables you to simulate
created from scratch at any time. – The library has numerous manu- the basic structures of a planning
Simple communication program- facturing, assembly, warehouse system. The database can also be
ming: during layout planning, all and measuring stations for setting used in order to integrate an external
communication connections are up an iCIM production line. The sta- planning system or ERP system.
created automatically. tions have integrated control func-
tionalities that can be extended
with CIROS® Studio at any time. CIROS® Production is
– The 3D simulation comprises all contained in the CIROS®
the most important components of Automation Suite as a single
a manufacturing system from flex- licence, but is not available
ible material flow up to individu- as a separate product.
al sensors, and uses the complex
functionality of CIROS® Studio.
– The Layout module permits you to
create the layout of future produc-
tion lines with only a few clicks of
the mouse as well as the 3D model
at the same time.
The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite
CIROS® Studio Robot programming that supports – Collision detection through colour
CIROS® Studio is the professional different programming languages: change or warning messages with/ CIROS® Studio is contained
tool for creating complex models – IRL (DIN 66312) without acknowledgement. Simple in the CIROS® Automation
and their simulation. The industrial- – Movemaster Command and Melfa selection of the objects that are to Suite as a single licence, but
ly tried, powerful development plat- Basic IV for Mitsubishi robots be checked for collision. is not available as a separate
form combines the three tools, Simu- – Programming assistant with syntax – Sensor simulation: from the induc- product.
lation, Modelling and Programming, checking and syntax highlighting tive sensor to the camera, almost
in one common interface. – Optional: KRL for KUKA robots, all sensors and their physical prop-
RAPID for ABB robots, V+ for Adept erties can be simulated. In this way
3D modelling with the standardised and Stäubli robots it is possible to analyse realistic
STEP import filter for external CAD – RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots: interactions with the peripheral
systems: powerful interface to the Mitsubi- equipment.
– CAD basic functions shi robot controllers via Ethernet – Simulation of tubing connections
– Definition of local coordinate sys- TCP/IP or serial interface. With a and energy chains. Tubing connec-
tems (Master Frames) for simple convenient program editor, pro- tions and energy chains are not
relative positioning of objects gram downloads and uploads, on- taken into account in numerous 3D
– Modelling through parameterisa- line visualisation of robot system simulation systems. However, they
tion of the shape, the kinemat- data, program tracking in individu- are often the reason for collisions
ics and the material and physical al step mode and automatic mode, in practical operations.
properties project backups. – Error simulation: creation of user
– Libraries with industrial robot interfaces for configuring error
systems and numerous automation 3D real-time simulation includ- scenarios and for troubleshooting.
components ing transport simulation, simulation – Virtual control multitasking: proc-
– Library of powerful automation of tubing connections and energy ess models can be controlled
mechanisms. Optional: VRML chains, error simulations, sensor simultaneously by several robot
export simulations. All 3D objects are con- and/or PLC controllers (S5 or S7).
trolled by integrated virtual control- – OPC client with configuration menu
lers via mechanical or electrical infor communication with any OPC
terfaces. This enables very realistic servers.
experiments and analyses:
– Transport simulation is a very pow-
erful extension to the 3D simula-
tion core. It is used for the flexible
design of any transport processes.
CIROS® additional licences and updates
CIROS® Automation Suite System requirements COSIMIR® turns into CIROS® –

additional licences – Processor Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz Save on updates now CIROS® Automation Suite
processor Version 1.1
Can only be installed in combination – RAM 2 GB Update now and discover the advan-
with the CIROS® Automation Suite, – Available hard disk space 20 GB tages of the new CIROS®. Version 1.1 of the CIROS®
Order No. 573233. – Windows XP or Vista, Microsoft Automation Suite is now
Internet Explorer version 5.0 or Your advantages available with immediate effect.
Licensing the individual CIROS® higher – All the learning environments for
Automation Suite licence is done – Graphics card with 3D accelera- mechatronics, robotics and factory New and improved functions
via a USB licence plug. tion and full OpenGL support, e.g. automation under one roof! – Enhanced performance in terms
Graphics card NVIDIA 7800GTX, – New activity-based user for tasks of graphical representation
The individual packages 512 MB RAM or better and projects – Import via drag & drop
– CIROS® Robotics – Monitor 19“ with resolution of – Attractive learning environments – Powerful collision detection
– CIROS® Mechatronics 1280 x 1024 pixels that you can help design – Interactive configuration of
– CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics – USB port for dongle, or Ethernet – New online learning assistant kinematics and mechanisms
– CIROS® Production interface for PC network if a license – New rendering system permits – Supported by MELFA Basic V
– CIROS® Studio server is used clearly improved visualisation of – Tracking of inputs/outputs
can be extended independently of – Optional: serial or USB port for the 3D simulation – OPC server
each other with any number of net- coupling with a PLC – New, very powerful STEP import – Integration of PLCSIM
work licences. This can also be done – If a license server is used: Stand- filter for CAD data – Online update via the internet
online at a later stage by a simple ard PC with USB port and Ethernet – Supported by the operating
change in the licence plug. interface for license server Update 1 systems Windows XP, Windows
– E-mail client with e-mail account Update from COSMIR® Profession- Vista, Windows 7 in 32- and 64-bit
and Internet access from the PC al incl. all further COSIMIR® soft-
whereby dongle updating will be ware packages to CIROS® Automa- Update A
executed. tion Suite Update from CIROS® Automation
Suite Version 1.0, including all
x-licence CIROS® Robotics Update 2 other CIROS® software packages,
Order no. 573253-R Update from COSMIR® Robotics or to version 1.1
x-licence CIROS® Mechatronics Educational to CIROS® Robotics
Order no. 573253-M Update B
x-licence CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics Update 3 Update from CIROS® Robotics
Order no. 573253-A Update from COSMIR® PLC to Version 1.0 to version 1.1
x-licence CIROS® Production CIROS® Mechatronics
Order no. 573253-P Update C
x-licence CIROS® Studio Update 1 573236 Update from CIROS® Mechatronics
Order no. 573253-S Update 2 573237 Version 1.0 to version 1.1
CIROS® CAD Update 3 573238
Order no. 573253-D Update A 572737
CIROS® Compiler Update B 572738
Order no. 573253-C Update C 572739
Media > Software > Programming software
Programming software
Siemens
STEP 7 Trainer Package STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade

The STEP 7 Trainer Package for 12 To the current version of the STEP 7
users contains the programming lan- Trainer Package.
guages Statement List (STL), Func-
tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram Prerequisite: Trainer package for 12
(LDR) (basic package) as well as students.
STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH, Distrib-
uted Safety, S7-Technology software Intended for non-industrial educa-
package and distributed intelligence tional users only.
iMap. It facilitates the realisation of
networked solutions with SIMATIC The Trainer Package contains 60 li-
S7-300/-400, SIMATIC C7. The Train- cences (3 x 20) for the STEP 7 Soft-
er Package also contains the S7-PLC- ware for Students (365-day licence).
SIM simulation software. Using the
simulation software S7-PLCSIM it is For 12 students. Scope as for STEP 7
possible to carry out the functional Trainer Package (order no. 548573).
test of the SIMATIC S7 user blocks
on PG/PC regardless of the availabil- DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548574
ity of the target hardware. Detection
and elimination of program errors
are therefore possible at a much ear- STEP 7 Software for Students
lier stage in development. The Train- The trial licence for 365 days in-
er Package contains 60 copies (3 x cludes the programming languages
20 licences) of the STEP 7 Software Statement List (STL), Function Chart
for Students (365-day licence). (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (ba-
sic package), STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-
S7-PLCSIM can be used for all user GRAPH, as well as the S7-PLCSIM
blocks and a selection of existing simulation software.
system functions which have been
created in one of the following pro- The software and documentation are
gramming languages: STL, LDR, FCH, supplied on CD-ROM whilst 20 float-
STEP 7-GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph, ing licences are supplied on a USB
STEP 7-SCL. stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
The software and documentation are Prerequisite: S7 Trainer Package for

supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float- 12 users.
ing licence is supplied on a USB stick
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT). DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548576
Intended for non-industrial educa- STEP 7 Professional for Training

tional users only. Contains the programming lan-
guages Statement List (STL), Func-
DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573 tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Dia-
gram (LDR) (basic package) as well
as STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH, iMap,
Distributed Safety, S7-Technology
software package and S7-PLCSIM.
The software and documentation are

supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float-
ing licence is supplied on a USB stick
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for industrial educational

users.
System requirements
– PC with Win XP Professional SP3/ DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548575
Windows 7 Professional, Enter-
prise, Ultimate
– At least Pentium 4 with 1,7 GHz
– At least 1 GB RAM
– At least 1024 x 768 Pixel

Media > Software > Programming software
LOGO! Soft Comfort Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package RSLogix 500 Starter

CoDeSys provided by Festo Powerful programming software for The standard programming software The programming software for the
The CoDeSys software for the FEC the creation of LOGO! programs by for controller type FX from Mitsubi- Micro Logix controller type by Allen-
range of controllers allows stand- means of drag and drop. With simu- shi includes GX Developer for the Bradley contains the RSLogix 500
ardised programming in accord- lation and extensive program docu- programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for pro-
ance with IEC 61131-3. Optimised mentation. Program creation in FCH well as GX IEC Developer, the power- gramming LDR. The CD-ROM (EN)
for the configuration, programming, or LDR. ful development environment to IEC manual incorporates Getting Results
commissioning and maintenance of 61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The with RSLogix 500.
pneumatic and electrical automation System requirements Trainer Package consists of six full
solutions. – PC with Win 95/98/2000/ME/ licences and six student versions on System requirements
NT/XP separate CD-ROMs for doing home- – PC with Win NT/2000/XP
Your advantages – Pentium processor work. – At least Pentium II 500 MHz
– Thanks to the IEC 61131-3 stand- – 64 MB RAM – 128 MB RAM
ard, CoDeSys is flexible and can be – 90 MB of hard disk space Scope of delivery: – 45 MB free space on hard disc
used for all kinds of control tasks – GX IEC Developer (DE/EN) – 3.5“ floppy disc drive
– Very simple to commission and DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505 – GX IEC Developer for students
program (DE/EN) EN 535829
– Ethernet communication for sim- – GX Developer (DE/EN)
ple programming, module library – GX Developer for students (EN)
included – Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
– Module library for electric drives
System requirements
The following functions and – PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP
languages are supported – At least PentiumII 450 MHz
– Ladder diagram – 64 MB RAM
– Structured text – 150 MB free space on hard disk
– Sequential function chart
– Continuous function chart The Trainer Package is intended ex-
– Function block diagram clusively for basic and further train-
– Integrated visualisation ing.
– Trace functions
– Offline simulation DE/EN 541149
– Extension to object-orientated
programming
– Function block library „FST4“
– All programming languages can
be used in combination with one
another
– Simultaneous conversions possible
– All standard data types: BYTE,
WORD, DWORD, SINT, USINT, INT,
UINT, DINT
– Symbolic operands with no length
restriction
– Context-sensitive help functions
– Global search and replace
– Disc space check prior to download
– Unlimited number of function
parameters
Media > Software > Visualisation software
Visualisation software
WinCC InTouch
Trainer Package Trainer Package SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control InTouch is an interactive system for
WinCC/Web Navigator WinCC flexible and monitoring system designed for visualising, monitoring and control-
Systems operation and monitoring Integrated range of engineering the visualisation and control of proc- ling industrial processes.
via the internet, in-house intranet tools for configuring SIMATIC HMI esses, sequences and machines.
or LAN connection using SIMATIC operator units, the control element It comprises the InTouch devel-
WinCC. of SIMATIC C7 units, SIMOTION/ The package consists of a configu- opment and runtime version for
SINUMERIK panel PCs and the PC- ration (development) system and a Windows with 512 PLC variables.
– 6x WinCC Complete version RC based visualisation software WinCC runtime system for 1024 variables A comprehensive library with over
1024 Variable flexible Runtime. (PowerTags). Coupling with S5, S7, 500 „intelligent“ and individually
– 6x WinCC/Web Navigator Profibus (DP) is integrated into the adaptable graphic and object
Diagnostics Server – 6x WinCC flexible 2007 Advanced package. Coupling with other sys- symbols is also included.
– 6x WinCC/Web Navigator – 6x WinCC flexible 2007 Runtime tems on request.
Diagnostics Client 128 PowerTags The package includes a manual and
– 6x WinCC flexible/archives + Supplied on CD-ROM, without doc- there are context-related help texts
System requirements recipes for WinCC flexible Runtime umentation. Detailed documenta- in the software. Supplied on DVD
Windows Vista Ultimate, Business – 6x WinCC flexible /OPC server for tion and configuration manuals on with USB licence plug in the mini-
or Enterprise, XP PRO SP2, Microsoft WinCC flexible Runtime request. systainer.
Windows 2003 Server SP2 and Win- – 1x HMI Manual Collection
dows 2003 Server R2 SP2 System requirements Also order:
System requirements – PC with Win 2000/XP InTouch manual containing detailed
Order no. 556238 Windows XP Professional SP2, SP3, – At least Pentium 800 MHZ descriptions of how to use the soft-
Windows Vista Ultimate or Business, – 512 MB RAM ware and the functions for creating
STEP7 V5.4 SP4 – Approx. 20 GB of hard disk space visualisation applications (order no.
– 8-speed CD-ROM drive 95241 DE, order no. 95242 EN)
Authorisation on USB stick
Order no. 556239 1 Licence System requirements
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195439 – Win XP SP3/Win Server2003/VISTA
6 Licences (Trainer Package) – PC with at least 1.2 GHz processor
Trainer Package DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195442 – 512 MB RAM (recommended: 1 GB
Upgrade WinCC flexible or more)
– 6x WinCC flexible 2007 Advanced – At least 4 GB free space on hard
– 6x WinCC flexible 2007 Runtime disk
128 PowerTags – Graphics card and monitor with
– 6x WinCC flexible/archives + Super VGA resolution (1024 x 768)
recipes for WinCC flexible Runtime or higher
– 6x WinCC flexible /OPC server for – CD-ROM or DVD drive
WinCC flexible Runtime (for installation)
– 1x HMI Manual Collection
1 Licence DE/EN 567426
System requirements 6 Licences DE/EN 567427
Windows XP Professional SP2, SP3,
Windows Vista Ultimate or Business,
STEP7 V5.4 SP4
Authorisation on USB stick

Order no. 556240
Media > Software > Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with Fluid Lab®-PA
Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop Fluid Lab®-PA process

Control engineering in focus Getting started in process
engineering
Using Fluid Lab®-PA step by step to Menu: 2-point controller Simple application of complex Menu: FluidSIM®
teach and demonstrate the funda- Typical applications are level and relationships Develop and immediately test
mentals of control technology. The temperature controlled systems. The clear menu structure proceeds control-technology relationships
EasyPort is used to connect the PC from the commissioning of the – whether virtual or real. Program
and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit Menu: Continuous regulation EduKit PA or Compact workstation one‘s own process sequence in
PA, the MPS® PA compact worksta- Experimentation, configuration and to the process engineering using the FluidSIM®: electrical circuit diagram,
tion or the MPS® PA filtration station, optimisation of the control processes example of a bottling plant. logic diagram and GRAFCET.
mixing, reactor, filling. (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-
mediate effect in the process. Con- Menu: Guided commissioning Menu: Virtual reactor
Settings trolled systems can be operated via A check list like in the industry. After Animated by a sequencer – observ-
Parametrisation of sensor values mouse click. Trouble-free documen- processing, the system is activated. ing, analysing and documenting the
with factor and offset to represent tation of the control parameter is A commissioning protocol can be simulated processes. Production ac-
the physical quantities as well as sig- possible. The measured values and printed out for documentation. cording to customer order and as-
nal attenuation per median filter for curve profiles can be documented sessing and responding to error mes-
the analogue input signals. Display comprehensively. The block diagram Condition monitoring sages are in demand.
of the physical value in the variable can be displayed as a function menu Safety and efficiency are checked
units field. Other possible settings for all continuous controllers with by means of permanent recording of Menu: Virtual PLC – actuating
are the inversion of the controller current numerical values. machine status. Detect and analy- with STEP 7, PLCSIM or CoDeSys
direction, Y offset in the continuous ses deviations with Fluid Lab®-PA simulation
rules and the selection of the simula- Industrial controller functions process. Learn the basics of PLC programming
tion mode. System operation like in a process and the logical processing of binary
control system. It is possible to spec- Menu: Operation, open- and closed- and analogue signals. Test the pro-
Menu: Measurement ify nominal values, display warning loop control with the EasyPort gram on a virtual or real model.
All binary and analogue process da- limits and switch the controller be- Experience the behaviour of a sys-
ta, for example the signal statuses tween manual and automatic. tem using simple process examples. Menu: Filling with Excel interface
of the sensors, process fittings and Control-technology operations and Fluid Lab®-PA is transmitted order
pump, can be displayed graphically Simulation continuous and discontinuous con- data from MS Excel via the DDE in-
and evaluated directly. To record the A simulated process model illus- trollers are presented. Subsequent terface, e.g. the number and volume
sensor characteristic and determin- trates the sequence identically to the analyses bring a valuable, basic re- of the bottles. Conversely, the cur-
ing a step response, functions are operation of the real hardware. alisation, which can be transferred rent status of the plant, for example
available such as selection of meas- to the general technology. Especial- the level of the storage tanks, is re-
uring channels, adjusting the test Fluid Lab®-PA for MPS® PA stations ly general training aims, such as the ported.
time or cursor evaluation with zoom is included. concentrated observation and analy-
function. sis of systems, are encouraged. Fluid Lab®-PA for MPS® PA stations
Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/ is included.
Menu: Characteristic curve FR/SV
The characteristics of a final control Oder no. 544304 Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR
element (e.g. pump or proportional 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ Oder no. 567224
valve) is investigated in various per- ES/FR/SV 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/
spectives (voltage for flow, flow for Order no. 567139 ES/FR
pressure, pressure for voltage). Order no. 567225
Media > Software > Interface EasyPort
EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control,

closed-loop control.
Connection of software/simulation Technical data

with actual training equipment/all – 24 V power supply via separate
PLCs screw terminals or via SysLink
connectors
The principle is simple: the USB in- – Interface to PC (galvanically
terface is connected to the PC. The isolated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to
connection to the automation equip- 4 modules can be connected via
ment is via standard SysLink connec- a USB hub. Transmission speed:
tors. Input and output signals can 115 kbaud
thus be read into and output from a – Analogue interface: sub-D 15-
PC. So that EasyPort can adapt to dif- pin socket, 12 bit resolution,
ferent situations, we have developed 4 analogue inputs, 2 analogue
software for the device drivers with outputs, sample frequency 0.5 kHz
a graphical user interface, via which – Digital interface: 16 digital inputs,
connections can be made. 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin
Centronics sockets with 8 digital
Control of numerous practical inputs each (24 V), 8 digital
process model outputs (24 V). 24 V power supply.
Digital signals represented by LEDs
Numerous practical process models – Large LCD display, display of
can be controlled using any PLC us- channel, unit, trend and measured
ing EasyPort and the EasyVeep® sim- value (4 digits). Selection of the
ulation software included in scope channel to be displayed and the
of delivery. The models are docu- units via keys
mented and meet a broad range of – Controllable via ActiveX Control
requirements. from Labview, C++ or Visual Basic
The topics covered include the

following:
– Level crossings
– Multi-storey car parks
– Sorting systems
– Sluice chambers
– Lifts
– Washing machines
– 7-segment display
– Garage doors
EasyPort USB 548687
Also order:
For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 34031
Analogue cable, parallel 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, crossover 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector (IEEE 488) and bare cable-end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with a PLC board:
I/O data crossover cable, with terminal socket 167197
For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
Analogue crossover cable 533039
CoDeSys starter kit with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB 567273

Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
EasyPort adapter for slotted profile plate 549806
Media > Software > Interface EasyPort
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling

a simulation
PC: – Fluid Lab®-PA – FluidSIM® (only digital) – Fluid Lab®-PA – EasyVeep®

Software and simulations – Fluid Lab®-P – S7-PLCSIM – Fluid Lab®-P – FluidSIM®
– Fluid Lab®-H – CoDeSys Soft-SPS from version 2.0 – CIROS®
– Labview – Labview – Labview – Labview
– C++ – C++ – C++ – C++
– Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic
Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital
Real training equipment – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Any PLC
digital/analogue digital/analogue digital/analogue – Simulation box, digital
– MPS® PA – MPS® PA – MPS® PA – EduTrainer®
– TP 210 – MPS® – TP 210
– TP 610 – TP 301 – TP 610 Recommendation:
The CoDeSys starter kit
EasyPort USB is the EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the with CPX-CEC and
PC interface for receiving interface to control actual PC interface to control EasyPort USB contains
analogue measurements processes or simulations an actual closed-loop everything that is needed
and digital signals. on a PC via an actual PLC. controlled system. to start on the subject of
control Page 185
Measurement data logged Actual process, controlled Closed-loop controlled
via: via: system, controlled via: Simulated process,
– Fluid Lab®-PA – S7-PLCSIM – Fluid Lab®-PA displayed via:
– Fluid Lab®-P – FluidSIM® – Fluid Lab®-P – CIROS®
– Fluid Lab®-H – CoDeSys from version 2.0 – FluidSIM®
– EasyVeep®
Scope of delivery
– EasyPort USB
– 24 V connecting cable on 4 mm
safety plugs
– USB cable
– CD-ROM: EasyVeep®, EasyOPC
driver, datasheet, Activ-X control,
examples of control using Labview
Media > Courseware
Courseware
Teaching materials for basic and advanced training
#YL
I NTI
Theory and practice, our range GST
E
CTR 6E
%LE
R UN
N
3E
%LECTROHYDRAULICS Pneumatics
ISIE 7µRTERBUCHÙDERÙ!UTOMATISIERUNGSTECHNIK
"ASICÙ,EVEL Basic level $ICTIONARYÙOFÙ!UTOMATIONÙ4ECHNOLOGY
– Pneumatics
– Hydraulics
– Electrical engineering/Electronics
4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù Workbook
TP 101
LECTR
O
GY AT TIO
N
LO EUM
– Automation/PLC E TO MA
Ú!U
– Mechatronics/Process automation
O CES
S
O
With CD-ROM
– CNC technology/Equipment

NRIVE 0N 0RO
ATI
O
CHN
ALV
ENÚ4
E
ES
A wide range of different teaching

TO M 6
materials for ongoing basic and
SUR
F
E
O ESS !U

VE

H
RES

$RI

advanced training are available for
IT
C

Ú
these topics.
5N C L

A

TRIC
RO C
E
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
ÚEN
Festo Didactic
541088 EN
PS
OR
SE
%L E
T
'ERMANÚnÚ%NGLISHÚÚ%NGLISHÚnÚ'ERMAN
K
UC ES
SURE
$EUTSCHÚnÚ%NGLISCHÚÚ%NGLISCHÚnÚ$EUTSCH
:YL
IN
Technical literature and textbooks Workbooks Dictionaries and manuals

Read, read, read! The technical For more than 40 years, our training Symbols, rules, standards, formulae
literature and textbooks provide the packages have featured: An equip- … You don‘t need to have everything
basis for studying technologies and ment set and tailored textbook and in your head, but you do need to
processes. For trainers and teachers, workbook with exercises and sample know where to find it!
they are essential for preparing solutions. The exercises are based
courses. They also provide anyone on industrial practice and have
who does not enjoy self-study on a been successfully used in numerous
PC with professional guidelines for courses for training specialist staff.
their practical exercises.
50 Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Courseware
Mechatronics Assistant – Ready-to-use exercises

– Stages for different levels
To guarantee scientifically sound – Separate archive
mechatronics training in colleges – Put documents in a
and companies, appropriate refer- personal format
ence works for self-study are crucial. – Supplementary information
These can be in paper form or on – Powerful full text search
handy DVDs. The Mechatronics As- – Free updates
sistant provides both these options. – Little space required
Textbooks Workbooks Manuals Technical books Posters Working material Transparency set
Pneumatics 54 52, 53, 54 55 56 55, 73
Hydraulics 57 58, 59 60 73
Electrical engineer- 61 62, 63, 64 63 73

ing/Electronics
Automation 68 67, 68 66 65 73 67
technology/
PLC
Mechatronics/ 71 69, 70, 71 72

Process automation
Metal technology/ 73
CNC technology
The numbers indicate the catalogue pages containing the corresponding teachware for the areas of technology in question.
Media > Courseware > Pneumatics
Pneumatics
Training course documents
Pneumatics Pneumatics Electropneumatics Electropneumatics

Basic level Advanced level Basic Level Advanced level
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook

TP 101 TP 102 TP 201 TP 202
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

541088 EN 541089 EN 541090 EN 541091 EN
Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101 Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102 Electropneumatics, Basic Level Electropneumatics, Advanced level
Nineteen project-orientated exercis- As a continuation of the basic level TP 201 TP 202
es, increasing in complexity and suit- for pneumatics, the advanced level Twelve project-orientated exercises, As a continuation of the basic level
able for equipment set TP 101, are includes ten additional, challenging increasing in complexity and suita- for electropneumatics, the advanced
the ideal introduction to pneumatics. tasks which are suitable for the TP ble for equipment set TP 201, are the level includes twelve additional,
Real problem descriptions with posi- 102 equipment set. The documents ideal introduction to electropneu- challenging tasks which are suit-
tional sketch, concrete project tasks are targeted at experienced pneumatics. Real problem descriptions able for the TP 202 equipment set.
and detailed aids for professional im- matics technicians. New features with positional sketch, concrete The documents are targeted at ex-
plementation provide the ideal prep- of this revised and updated edition project tasks and detailed aids for perienced pneumatics technicians.
aration for ta real-life industrial envi- include revised exercise sheets for professional implementation provide New features of this revised and up-
ronment. A new feature in the latest practical use during instruction. The the ideal preparation for ta real-life dated edition include revised exer-
edition is the separation of the doc- workbook contains a sample solu- industrial environment. A new fea- cise sheets for practical use during
umentation into a workbook and a tion for each of the exercise sheets. ture in the latest edition is the sepa- instruction. The workbook contains a
book of exercises. Each worksheet in ration of the documentation into a sample solution for each of the exer-
the book of exercises has a sample The workbook includes: workbook and a book of exercises. cise sheets.
solution in the workbook. – Sample solutions Each worksheet in the book of ex-
– Training notes ercises has a sample solution in the The workbook includes:
Workbook – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, workbook. – Sample solutions
– Sample solutions photos of industrial applications, – Training notes
– Training notes animations and FluidSIM® circuit Workbook – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, diagrams – Sample solutions photos of industrial applications,
photos of industrial applications, – Exercise sheets for trainees – Training notes animations and FluidSIM® circuit
animations and FluidSIM® circuit – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, diagrams
diagrams W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber photos of industrial applications, – Exercise sheets for trainees
– 152 pages, in colour, bound Edition 2010, 204 pages, colour, in binder animations and FluidSIM® circuit
– Additional book of exercises as DE 540672 diagrams M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber
sample EN 541089 – 144 pages, in colour, bound Edition 2010, 298 pages, colour, in binder
ES 542504 – Additional book of exercises as DE 540674
Book of exercises for students FR 542508 sample EN 541091
– Worksheets ES 542506
– 132 pages, bound Book of exercises for students FR 542510
– Worksheets
W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber – 126 pages, bound
Edition 2009
Workbook DE 540671 M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber
Book of exercises DE 567187 Edition 2009
Workbook EN 541088 Workbook DE 540673
Book of exercises EN 570691 Book of exercises DE 567189
Workbook ES 542503 Workbook EN 541090
Book of exercises ES 570695 Book of exercises EN 570693
Workbook FR 542507 Workbook ES 542505
Book of exercises FR 570699 Book of exercises ES 570697
Workbook FR 542509
Book of exercises FR 570701

Pneumatic drives Fundamentals of Sensors in pneumatics Safety in pneumatic systems

vacuum technology

TP 220 TP 230 TP 240 TP 250
CD-ROM included CD-ROM included With CD-ROM CD-ROM included


559880 EN 567258 EN 566910 EN 567266 EN
Pneumatic drives, TP 220 Basics of vacuum technology, Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240 Safety in pneumatic systems,
Describes in detail the issues and TP 230 Ten projects based on industrial ex- TP 250
projects in 16 exercises closely In addition to six comprehensive amples, suitable for equipment set The workbook contains project tasks
linked to industrial practice, each project tasks for step-by-step con- TP 240, each including problem de- that build on each other, together
comprising a problem description struction and testing of the vacuum scriptions, parameters and project with the solutions for each exercise
and work assignment. Worksheets system, the package also includes tasks, deal in detail with the specific sheet. In these exercises, students
support the students through the basic information on the following subject of sensors in pneumatic con- reduce the potential risk level of a
required stages of planning, execu- topics: trol-system environments. The topics pneumatic system step by step. The
tion and monitoring. Includes sample of pressure sensors, flow sensors, basic level contains the following
solutions and detailed background Getting started in vacuum analogue position transmitters for topics: overview of relevant stand-
knowledge for the theoretical funda- technology pneumatic cylinders, signal convert- ards, laws and regulations; overview
mentals. Basic concepts of vacuum technolo- ers and sensors for vacuum technol- and detailed description of operating
gy, vacuum ranges, vacuum genera- ogy are covered comprehensively. modes; overview and detailed de-
The workbook includes: tion in handling technology, vacuum Each worksheet in the book of ex- scription of ten relevant safety func-
– Sample solutions pumps, functional principle of ercises has a sample solution in the tions; possible technical solutions
– Training notes displacement pumps, instructions on workbook. for each safety function; extensive
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, selecting pumps, ejectors, illustrations and cross-sections to
photos of industrial applications, ejector units Workbook explain the design principles.
animations and FluidSIM® circuit – Sample solutions
diagrams Vacuum elements in handling – Training notes The workbook includes:
– Exercise sheets for trainees technology – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Basic information
Valves for vacuums, measuring and and photos of industrial applications – Sample solutions
F. Ebel, J. Hasel storing a vacuum, suction grippers, – 102 pages, in colour, in a binder – Training notes
Edition 2007, 340 pages, in folder vacuum generation – Additional book of exercises as – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
DE 549982 sample and photos of industrial applica-
EN 559880 The workbook includes: tions, safety guidelines, safety
ES 559881 – Basic information Book of exercises for students poster
FR 559882 – Sample solutions – Worksheets – Worksheets for students
– Training notes – 92 pages, bound
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics R.-C. Weber
and photos of industrial applications F. Ebel Edition 2011, colour, in folder
– Worksheets for students Edition 2009 DE 567265
Workbook DE 566909 EN 567266
R.-C. Weber Book of exercises DE 566914 ES 567267
Edition 2010, 116 pages, colour, in folder Workbook EN 566910 FR 567268
DE 567257 Book of exercises EN 566915
EN 567258 Workbook ES 566912
ES 567260 Book of exercises ES 566916
FR 567259 Workbook FR 566913
Reading samples at:

Pneumatics
Textbooks, Workbooks, Working material
Pneumatics #LOSED ,OOPÙ0NEUMATICS

Electropneumatics
Fundamentals
Textbook Fundamentals of 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù

Pneumatische pneumatic control
Grundsteuerungen engineering
Text book
1A1
1A1 1B1 1B2 1A1 1B1 1B2

1V1 4 2
1V1 4 2 1V1 4 2
14 12
14 12 14 12
5 3 5 3 5 3
1 1S1 2
1
1S1 2
1
1S1 2 1S2 2
1 3 1 3
1B1 2 1B2 2 1B1 2 1B2 2

1 3 1 3
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
Festo Didactic 151508 DE Festo Didactic &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

573030 EN 11/06 090851 EN ÚEN
Practical knowledge: Fundamentals of pneumatic Closed-loop pneumatics

Basic principles of pneumatics Basic pneumatic controllers control engineering The 21 exercises contained in this
and electropneumatics This booklet has been created for Fundamentals of control technol- workbook offer a practical introduc-
Textbook practitioners who need to implement ogy, pneumatic controls, circuit de- tion to closed-loop control pneumat-
small projects quickly and effective- sign, exercises, and drawing pneu- ics. Besides fundamentals, the work-
– For use in vocational schools, tech- ly. The various circuit examples matic symbols are explained in this book also covers subjects such as
nical colleges, schools for master facilitate the creation of many simple textbook. Readers and seminar at- the function of various controllers
craftspeople and in company-wide tasks. The examples shown are com- tendees will be able to solve simple and control circuits, empirical setting
training plementary. If something is not clear, control problems and develop circuit of controller parameters and the in-
– Conveys the essential basic the previous step can be referred diagrams. Includes an introduction fluence of interference variables. You
principles of pneumatics and to. This means that even those with to general fundamentals of control will need equipment set Closed-loop
electropneumatics little experience can quickly get to technology, symbols, definition of control pneumatics, TP 111 to carry
– Contains technical and mathema- grips with the subject matter. terms, and covers topics from basic out the exercises.
tical content, application exam- controls to the systematic develop-
ples, workflow descriptions, safe- Reference work for circuit ment of control systems. J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz
ty measures for electropneumatic planning symbols Edition 2001, 542 pages, in binder
control systems as well as over- A detailed overview of the most J.P. Hasebrink, R. Kobler, S. Idler DE 94459
views of the relevant symbols and important circuit planning symbols Edition 1985, 101 pages, bound EN 94465
circuit symbols shows the structure of controllers DE 90850 ES 533499
– Also presents in detail the design and gives hints on the practical EN 90851 FR 94347
of circuit diagrams and individual implementation of circuit diagrams
pneumatic components that have been developed.
– Takes into account the change in
the requirements and technical W. Braungard, P. Löbelenz, G. Mark
developments in electropneumatic Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet
control systems DE 151508
Frank Ebel, Siegfried Idler, Georg Prede,

Dieter Scholz
Edition 2010, 212 pages, bound
DE 567028
EN 573030
ES 573031
FR 573032
Also order:
FluidSIM® pneumatics.
This software enables you to
design and simulate the sam-
ple circuits supplied on a PC.

The amazing world of pneumatics DVD Electropneumatics/ Case of cutaway pneumatic models All of the cutaway models used are
This book uses countless examples Electrohydraulics, Basic level For visualising the structure and of industrial design. Dynamic ele-
to illustrate the range of applications This video primarily covers electrical function of pneumatic components. ments and wearing parts correspond
of air and also gives a short history controllers. In addition to an intro- to the original. The models select-
of this technology. But above all, it duction to electrical engineering, it ed are those relevant to pneumatic
shows the direction in which air-driv- shows the most important switching training. Some of the cutaway mod-
en systems are developing. Vendor- elements and basic circuits. Practical els retain their function or partial
independent and exciting. applications alternate with anima- function so that they can be demon-
tions and circuit examples. strated in use.
„Amazing world of pneumatics“ is
not a textbook, but a book full of The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR, The following components are in-
ideas – showing all the different ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can cluded in a case of cutaway models:
things you can do with air and giving be selected. The DVD is packed in – Single and double-acting cylinders
some idea of the future development the systainer. – Filter regulator
of pneumatics. – AND gate
48 minutes – OR gate
Gerhard Vogel, Eugen Mühlberger Order no. 538487 – Time delay valve
Edition 2001, 208 pages, bound – Quick-exhaust valve
DE 53977 – Valve slice
EN 54085 – Pressure gauge
– Roller lever valve
– Pressure sequence valve
– Pneumatic valve
– One-way flow control valve
Order no. 539007
Pneumatics
Set of posters
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Comparison of logic elements Power component Displacement-step diagram
Manual actuation Directional control valves 1A1 1B1 1B2
line
Designation Function table Equation Symbol to Representation to Representation to
2 2 EN 60617-12 ISO 1219-1 EN 60617-7 1S1 “Start”
pneumatic electrical
compressor vacuum pump line connection crossing line by by by by by by
1 1
1B1
pushing pulling turning lever pedal rocker Identity I Q Q=I Q
2/2-way valve 2/2-way valve I 1 Q
0 0 I 3=1
normally closed position normally open position 1 1 1 2
Mechanical actuation
pneumatic silencer 2 2
energy source I Q
pneumatic motor with pneumatic motor with
front
1B2
one flow direction alternating flow direction I Q Q
by by by by roller lever, actua- 1 3 1 3 Negation Q=I
and two directions of air outlet without air outlet with 3/2-way valve 3/2-way valve I 1 Q
rotation plunger whisker roller tion in one direction 0 1 I
connection option connection option normally closed position normally open position 1 0 Control components cylinder 1A1
of travel only 1
1 1 2 2 4 2
I Q
2 2 1V3 1V4
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle 3 3 2
of rotation pressure supply port, three-way rotary 1 3 magnetic field 1 3 1 3 Or I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q rear
closed connection 3/3-way valve 4/2-way valve I2 1 Q
1B1
actuated in initial position actuated 0 0 0 I1 I2
mid-position closed 0 1 1 steps
1 0 1 I1 I2
single-acting cylinder, single-acting cylinder, quick decoupler without quick decoupler with Pneumatic actuation 4 2 4 2
1 1 1 3 1 path
return motion by return motion by non-return valve, coupled two non-return valves,
external force spring force coupled Q
5 1 3 5 1 3
pneumatically pneumatically actuated, reset by 5/2-way valve 5/3-way valve
And I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 2
quick decoupler without quick decoupler with two actuated different size control pneumatic mid-position closed
I2 & Q
non-return valve, non-return valves, 0 0 0 I1
areas spring 4 2 4 2
decoupled; decoupled; 0 1 0
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder
i.e. line open i.e. line closed 1 0 0 I1 I2
Adjusting component GRAFCET (EN 60848)
with piston rod at with adjustable cushioning Electrical actuation 1 1 1 I2 1V2
one end at both ends 4 2
5 1 3 5 1 3 Q
5/3-way valve 5/3-way valve 0
mid-position exhausted mid-position pressurised
by solenoid coil with by solenoid coil with two Inhibition I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
double acting cylinder with through piston rod
filter one active winding counter-windings directional control valve with
I2 & Q 14 12
intermediate positions – dynamic 0 0 0 I1
p1
p2 control valve 0 1 0 1S1*1B1 “start condition”
1 0 1
1 1 0 I2 I1 I2 5 3
Pressure control valves 1 “cylinder advance stroke”
pressure booster, single-acting, which Q 1A1:=1
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into
filter with separator, fluid separator,
by electric motor with by stepper motor 2 2 1
with manual drain with automatic drain
higher hydraulic pressure p2 continuous rotary motion
12 Implication I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 1B2 “forward end position reached”
I2 1 Q
1 3 1 0 0 1 I1 I2 Processing component
Combined actuation 0 1 0 2 1A1:=0 “cylinder return stroke”
pressure relief valve, sequence valve with 1 0 1 I1
adjustable exhaust, adjustable 1 1 1 1V1
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable cooler without flow lines cooler with flow lines 2
cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive) for the direction of flow for the direction of flow 2 2 Q
I2
of coolant of coolant by solenoid coil and by solenoid coil or
pilot valve manual override and 1 1
pilot valve 1 1 3 Nor I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
I2 1 Q
pressure medium converter pressure regulator pressure regulator with 0 0 1 I1 I2 K1
air dryer without vent hole, vent hole, adjustable 0 1 0
lubricator 1 0 0
adjustable
by solenoid coil or by solenoid coil or manual 1 1 0
manual override override with detent Stop valves
fluidic Muscle gripper, double acting, I1 I2 K Q
reservoir
(hose cylinder) with permanent magnet 2
on the piston Mechanical components 2
Nand I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q Input components Input component
1 3 5 2 I2 & Q Start
0 0 1 I1 K1 (forward stroke) (return stroke)
1 1 0 1 1 1S1 1B1 1B2
2 1 21
detents 1 0 1 2 2 2
vacuum generator suction cup 1 1 0 I2
non-return non-return piloted non-return
valve valve with valve with spring K
I1 I2 Q
service unit – filter with manual drain, regulator with spring
Accessories manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure reset via spring spring-centred 2 2
display and lubricator (detailed representation) 1 1 1 1 Memory S R Q Q R R Q Q Q
Measurement and display devices S S Q
0 0 qn-1 q n-1 S K
0 1 0 1 K
Port designations dual-pressure valve shuttle valve
1 0 1 0 1 3 1 3 1 3
2 S R R Q Q
service unit with lubricator 1 1 0 1
Standardised Previous designation 1 3
pressure gauge temperature gauge (simplified representation) K
designation
(thermometer) for 2/2-way for 4/2-way for 5/2-way
and 3/2-way and 4/3-way and 5/3-way quick-exhaust valve shut-off valve Timer I texpired Q t1 Q I
Supply components
ISO 11727 valves valves valves I Q
– adjustable 0 0 0
service unit without lubricator 1 P P P Flow control valves – switch-on 1 0 0 K 0Z1
delayed 1 1 1 I
(simplified representation) 2 A B B
flow meter tachometer 1 2 1 2
3 R R S Q
4 – A A In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical
5 – – R flow control valve, fixed flow control valve,
optical indicator digital display adjustable Timer I texpired Q t2 Q I signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
10* Z – – I Q
– adjustable 0 0 0
12 Z Y Y 1 2
– switch-off 1 0 1 K
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
14 – Z Z
delayed 0 1 0 I identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position
(NOT function) Q and DIN/EN 61346-2.
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
053614 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053615 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Electrical and electropneumatic components Pneumatic – Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
Limit switch, electrical Pressure switch 3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated Directional control valves Stop valves Pressure control valves
(PE-converter, adjustable) 2
2 4 p 12 3/2-way valve One-way flow control valve Pressure regulator

(1M1) 2 2
1 82 1 3 1 2
adjusting screw BN 1 3 1 3
1M1
BK
p
BU
3 3
2
P2 P1
1 2
1 2
pressure switch: connection to P1 3
vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: connection to P1 and P2, p1 p2 1
Dual-pressure valve
82 3 2 1
2
1 1
Proximity sensors, electrical Relay 5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated 2
4 2
A1 3 14
(1M1)
4 5 3
A2 1 5/2-way valve Pressure relief valve
4 2 2
A1 1 1M1 14 12
2 5 3 1
A2 1
magnetic
24 V 1 1
A1 2 4 2
BN
BK 1
Shuttle valve
A2
A1 2
1 1
BU 2
A1 12 14 22 24 1
A2
0V
A2 11 21
inductive A1 A2 14 12 11
24 V
BN
5 4 1 2 3
14 5 4 1 2 3 12
BK
A1 3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled 5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated
2 4 2
BU
A2
3 12 14 12 5/3-way valve Sequence valve
0V (1M1) (1M1) (1M2) form 1
4 2 1 1 2
1 3 5 3
capacitive 1 14 12 12
24 V
5 3
Quick-exhaust valve 3 1
1M1 1M1 1M2 1 2
BN
BK 1
3 3 form 2
A1 2
BU
A2
0V
2
optical
24 V 12 1 3
BN
BK 2
A1 1 14 5 4 1 2 3 12 3 2 1 12
BU
0V
A2 5 4 1 2 3 1
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

Pneumatic – Power components 5 posters on pneumatics – Electrical, pneumatic and logic
symbols
Mounting types Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
cushioning piston
Now the updated version of the – Systematic control diagram of a
end cap permanent magnet
piston
piston rod
seal bearing cap

popular A1 poster is supplied rolled pneumatic control system
seal and wiper
up, quickly providing a comprehen- – Electrical and electropneumatic
sive overview. All symbols and ter- components
minology correspond to the current – Pneumatic – Directional control,
piston seal
cylinder barrel
guide bush
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN stop and pressure control valves
adjustable adjustable
end position cushioning end position cushioning
61346-2. – Pneumatic – Power components

Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for proximity sensing Pneumatic linear drive
DE 193129
EN 551015
Rotary drive/semi-rotary Pneumatic gripper, double-acting Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
ES 551014
drive with limited angle permanent magnet on the piston
of rotation
FR 551013
051269 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Courseware > Hydraulics
Hydraulics
Textbooks
(YDRAULICS %LECTROHYDRAULICS 0ROPORTIONALÙ(YDRAULICS

"ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL
4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN
Hydraulics, Basic level Electrohydraulics, Basic level Proportional hydraulics, Basic level DVD Electropneumatics and
This textbook covers the basics of Thanks to the use of electrical con- How can speed be controlled? How Electrohydraulics, Basic level
hydraulic control technology. Prac- trol systems, many new areas of ap- is a position held? How is leakage This video primarily covers electrical
tical exercises with model solutions plication have now been found for avoided? Where and when can ener- controllers. In addition to an intro-
are used to explain the most impor- conventional hydraulics. The text- gy be conserved? This book provides duction to electrical engineering, it
tant basic hydraulic circuits. Numer- book explains the construction and a clear and easy-to-understand intro- shows the most important switching
ous illustrations help the reader to mode of operation of the compo- duction to the fundamentals of pro- elements and basic circuits. Practical
understand the descriptions. nents which are used for electrohy- portional hydraulics. applications alternate with anima-
draulic control. In the following chap- tions and circuit examples.
D. Merkle, B. Schrader, M. Thomes ters, the procedures required to plan D. Scholz
Edition 2003, 234 pages, bound and implement electrohydraulic con- Edition 1997, 123 pages, bound The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,
DE 93280 trols are described using descriptive DE 94377 ES, IT, TR, CN, RU).The language can
EN 93281 and fully substantiated examples. EN 94378 be selected. The DVD is packed in
ES 93287 the systainer.
FR 93282 C. Löffler, D. Merkle, G. Prede, K. Rupp,
D. Scholz 48 minutes
Edition 2006, 276 pages, bound Order no. 538487
DE 93610
EN 93611
Also order:
FluidSIM® Hydraulics. This
software enables you to de-
sign and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.
Hydraulics
Hydraulics Hydraulics Electrohydraulics Electrohydraulics

Basic level Advanced level Basic Level Advanced Level

TP 501 TP 502 TP 601 TP 602
CD-ROM included CD-ROM included CD-ROM included CD-ROM included

1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1– 1A1–

551141 EN 551147 EN 551150 EN 551153 EN
Hydraulics, Basic Level TP 501 Hydraulics, Advanced Level TP 502 Electrohydraulics, Basic Level Electrohydraulics, Advanced Level
TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level is the TP 502 Hydraulics, Advanced Level TP 601 TP 602
perfect introduction to hydraulic is aimed at students who require The basic electrical circuits for The complex practical circuits for
control technology. 17 exercises help further training in hydraulic control hydraulic control technology are electrohydraulics are presented in
to develop knowledge of the basic technology. 15 extended circuits presented in 15 exercises. In order 12 exercises. In order to carry out
physical principles of hydraulic sys- lead students further into the com- to carry out the exercises, students the exercises, students require the
tems, and give instructions on the plex world of hydraulics. They will require the equipment set of TP 601 basic level TP 601 and advanced
function and use of hydraulic com- learn a lot about the physical rela- Electrohydraulics, Basic Level. level TP 602 electrohydraulics equip-
ponents, as well as explain the most tionships and complex circuits in- ment sets.
important basic circuits. The exer- volved in hydraulic systems. The The workbook contains:
cises cover how to record character- equipment set of package TP 501 – Sample solutions The workbook contains:
istic curves, compare applications of Hydraulics, Basic Level and TP 502 – Training notes – Sample solutions
different components, construct ba- Hydraulics, Advanced Level equip- – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos – Training notes
sic circuits and apply basic hydrau- ment set are needed to carry out the and videos of industrial appli- – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
lic equations. In order to carry out tasks. cations and circuit diagrams and videos of industrial appli-
the exercises, students require the – Worksheets for students cations and circuit diagrams
equipment set for TP 501 Hydraulics, The workbook contains: – Worksheets for students
Basic Level. – Sample solutions Frank Ebel, Christine Löffler
– Training notes Edition 2010, colour, in folder Frank Ebel, Christine Löffler
The workbook contains: – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos DE 550143 Edition 2010, colour, in folder
– Sample solutions and videos of industrial appli- EN 551150 DE 550144
– Training notes cations and circuit diagrams ES 551151 EN 551153
– Multimedia CD-ROM with photos – Worksheets for students FR 551152 ES 551154
and videos of industrial appli- FR 551155
cations and circuit diagrams Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel
– Worksheets for students Edition 2010, 130 pages and worksheets,
colour, in folder
Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel DE 550142
Edition 2010, 166 pages and worksheets, EN 551147
colour, in folder ES 551148
DE 550141 FR 551149
EN 551141
ES 551145
FR 551146

0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS 0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS #LOSED ,OOPÙ(YDRAULICS

"ASICÙLEVEL !DVANCEDÙLEVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level Proportional hydraulics, Advanced Closed-loop hydraulics TP 511
TP 701 level TP 702 The 21 exercises in this book are
The 10 exercises in this book provide The 10 exercises in this book are used to introduce the fundamentals
an introduction to proportional hy- used to introduce the most impor- of analogue closed-loop hydraulics:
draulic equipment and circuits. First tant devices and circuits used in pressure and position control with
the individual devices are present- proportional hydraulics. You will PID controllers and position control
ed and their settings tried out. Then need equipment set Proportional with status controllers. You will need
a complete solution is developed hydraulics, Basic level TP 701 and equipment set Closed-loop control
based on a series of graduated exer- Advanced level TP 702 to carry out hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the
cises. You will need equipment set the exercises. exercises.
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level
TP 701 to carry out the exercises. E. Bauer A. Zimmermann
Edition 1999, 240 pages, in folder Edition 2000, 584 pages, in folder
D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann DE 94458 DE 94460
Edition 1998, 338 pages, in folder EN 94473 EN 94469
DE 94457 ES 94450 ES 94368
EN 94472 FR 94348
ES 94404
FR 94352
Reading samples at:

Hydraulics
Set of posters
Hydraulic symbols Hydraulics – Structure of a hydraulic system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Valves Valves Signal control section Hydraulic power section Power section Control section
line, supply line, return line, component framing
Manual actuation Basic symbols Directional control valves Stop valves
and symbol boxed in
A A B Ø 63/45x300
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line, shut-off valve 3-way stop-cock 1A1 1B1 1B2
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate purging line, exhaust line by by by pulling
pushing pulling and pushing P T P T 24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6
Function unit for valves with main ports. 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with two non-return valve non-return valve with spring
The number of ports corresponds to the number solenoid coil, directly solenoid coils, directly B A2 B2 Drive section
frames for several components of lines shown above and below a square. actuated, reset by actuated, with detent
by by by spring and manual (double solenoid valve) 11 32 34 32 34
hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating turning lever rocker override with detent S1 K1 K2
tubing line 12 31 31
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation A B A X A1 B1 Ø 16 Ø 16
Mechanical actuation piloted non-return double non-return valve,
valve with spring piloted
X1 P T X2
Signal flow
line crossing closed exhaust B B 1Z3
connection line port 4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred A1 A2 A1 A2
by by by roller lever, actuation 15 MPa 13 12 14 13 22 24
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with
two directions of flow and variable displacement plunger roller in one direction of travel basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions A B A 1V5 P S2 K1 S3 K2
only shuttle valve dual-pressure valve 14 11 14 21
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions pressure supply port, plug within a fluid line (OR function) (AND function) 1V4 5 MPa
of rotation. closed
A 1V3 1V6
P T
Flow control valves Signal Signal Energy control T
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated P
P T A B input processing section
hydraulic tank connection, ending actuated in initial position G G
A B flow control flow control orifice, fixed
Energy flow
energy source below and above the oil level 2 4 2 4
Ø 16x2
Ø 16x2
hydraulic motor with rotary drive/semi-rotary valve, fixed valve, adjustable
constant displacement/ drive with limited angle Pressure actuation 1B2 1B1
B B1 B2 1 1
absorption capacity and of rotation and two paths and directions of flow through a valve X P T Y
two directions of rotation directions of flow reservoir closed reservoir open to
with cover atmosphere 4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid, 1V2 A B
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
pneumatically hydraulically stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
actuated actuated function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat A A
supply and drain 1M1 1M2 12 14 22 24
electric motor one-way flow control flow distributor
A B valve, adjustable P T Ø 22x2
K2 K1
Electrical actuation 11 21
B T B
motor shaft points to pump shaft points to
the right (preferably) the left (preferably)
directional control valve with intermediate 1Z2
positions – dynamic control valve P T
or to the left or to the right Control energy supply Energy supply 15 MPa P
by solenoid coil with one winding A B 4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two 1V1
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
A
section 8 MPa A1 A1
– active direction – active direction position to the pilot stage
1M1 1M2 A 0Z2
towards the away from the
• energy conversion K1 K2 1M1 1M2
compact gear unit (simplified representation) valving element valving element X P T Y 3-way flow control 2-way flow control T
15 MPa A2 A2
A valve, adjustable valve, non-adjustable • pressure medium
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft A examples for connection
preparation
Ø 22x2
coupling identification:
A = port Accessories
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction P T
single-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder B = port P
to and from the valving element T L
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and 0V1
with piston rod at one end, with piston rod at one end
quick decoupler with quick decoupler with
P = pump
limit switch
Measurement and display devices 10 MPa
0V 12 12
14 .2 14 .1
spring chamber with T = reservoir 0Z1 1Z1
two non-return valves, two non-return valves, 11 11
leakage oil connection X = control oil supply
decoupled; coupled b10 = 75
Y = control oil relief 22 22
i.e. line closed 1M1
L = leakage oil
Pressure control valves T
21 24 .3 21 24 .4
by electric motor with by stepper motor M = solenoid coil
0M1 0P1
continuous rotary motion A pressure gauge temperature gauge 32 32
5.5 kW 16 cm3
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram P (thermometer) -1 31 34 .5 31 34 .6
using the identification marked on the component, 1500 min
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of
different diameters, with adjustable cushioning Combined actuation sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2). 42 42
41 44 41 44
at both ends T
filter tank – ventilation filter
P L flow rate display flow meter
by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or directly actuated sequence valve,
and pilot valve manual override and pressure relief valve, self-actuating, with
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder pilot valve 2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions
for 2 flow directions. adjustable bypass valve
Variants of signal control section Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2 Identification key
– normally closed – normally open A A fluid level display tachometer
position position (sight glass) and DIN/EN 61346-2
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination
indicator and switch by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or • Electrical relay technology 1A1 double-acting cylinder 0Z2 pressure gauge 1 – 1 S 2
telescope cylinder, telescope cylinder, P L P L P
or manual override manual override with 1Z2
single-acting double-acting detent directly actuated piloted 2-way pressure
pressure gauge
pressure switch, electro- pressure sensor, • PLC controllers 1B1 limit switch 1Z3 pressure gauge
p1 2-way pressure regulator regulator with external mechanical, adjustable analogue output signal component number
p2
Mechanical components 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with with external control control oil relief
• Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications) 1B2 limit switch
3 ports and 4 ports and oil relief 0V1 pressure relief valve, component designation
2 switching positions, 2 switching positions P
cooler without flow lines heating 5 • Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven) 1V3 non-return valve adjustable
pressure booster, single-acting, which for the direction of flow normally closed position A A pressure switch, electronically adjustable,
1V6 non-return valve 1V1 pressure relief valve, circuit number
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a of coolant output signal switching
higher hydraulic pressure p2 Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the • Manual control (e.g. excavators) adjustable system number
mechanical connection. P T T G G 1V4 2-way flow control valve
G G With more than three detent positions the number displacement encoder displacement encoder
of positions can be displayed above the detent 0Z1 fluid level indicator Component identification to Component identification to
3-way pressure regulator accumulator charging valve with analogue output with digital output signal
element. 1V5 pressure relief valve,
P T
signal
adjustable
ISO 1219-2 DIN/EN 61346-2
G
0P1 pump
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder gas pressure accumulator, separation of
media through: X (counter-pressure valve
with displacement with integrated pumps and compressors: P signal receiver: B
encoder on the piston rod displacement encoder diaphragm bladder piston reset by spring spring-centred T P optical indicator digital display for tractive load) 0M1 electric motor
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching fluid drives: A relay: K
(diaphragm (bladder (piston shut-off/ proportional pressure
accumulator) accumulator) accumulator) positions – various mid-position variants 4 L
1V2 4/3-way solenoid valve, 1Z1 filter signal input: S electric drives: M
counterbalancing valve relief valve, directly
1 1 actuated with closed-loop spring-centred valves: V
2 2 position control of fluid level switch with electrical fluid level all other componets: Z, or any
3 3 solenoid coil and with 4 normally closed monitoring with analogue letter not yet included in the list
three-way rotary connection integrated electronics contacts output signal and
digital display
Hydraulics – Directional control and non-return valves Hydraulics – Flow control and pressure control valves
Directional control valves, directly controlled Directional control valve, pilot actuated Non-return valves Flow control valves Pressure relief valve, Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve
internally controlled, damped P
A B A B Throttle Orifice 1A1
4/2-way solenoid valve 4/3-way solenoid valve, Non-return valve, spring-loaded
mid-position closed
1M1 1M1 1M2 B B B B T L
P T X P T Y
1V1 A B
A A A A P 7 1M1 0Z3
1M1 1M1 1M2 MPa P T
fixed adjustable fixed adjustable 5
4
0Z2 system pressure limitation
l 3
l
p
valve slide 2 8 MPa

0Z1 0V1 P
high-resistance 1 8 MPa
housing direction 0
T L 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 l/min 8
d d q
T
opening characteristics p = f (q)
l>d l << d 0Z4
Sequence valve, 10 MPa

externally controlled P
X
adjustment range A safety valve
A L 10 MPa
helix
T A P B Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
flow
direction P P 1A1
coil return spring

B
1Z1
ar mature X X
1V2 P
manual override 1V3
adjustment
range A L A L
T m
Y T A P B X A B 1V1 A B counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
1M1 0Z2
P T
4/3-way solenoid valve, Slide principle Poppet principle Non-return valve, piloted 2-way flow control valve 2-way pressure regulator 0Z1
form 1 B A system pressure limitation
mid-position closed 8 MPa
A B B 0V1 P
1M1 1M2 P L T
A
P T
A X 1A1 form 2 0Z3
B 10 MPa
A A
1M1 1M2
safety valve
10 MPa
1Z1
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
flow from A to B
X A B P L P L
B
A m
1V1
1A1
A
differential 1Z1 1Z2
3-way pressure regulator suction suction
pressure valve valve
A
regulator brake valve brake valve
0Z1 B 1V1
1V2 P 16 MPa 1V4 P 16 MPa
1V5
1V3 A B
0V1 P
P T L
T T
flow from B to A closed 1M1 1M2
P T
T A P B X A B T
0Z1
A throttle
point 10 MPa
T P L
flow from B to A
X A B safety valve and system pressure
limitation 10 MPa
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

Hydraulics – Energy supply and cylinders 5 posters on hydraulics – Hydraulic symbols
– Hydraulics – Structure of a
Hydraulic power pack
pressure filter with

contamination indicator
Filtration
Hydraulic filters are installed in

different ways, depending on
Now the updated version of the hydraulic system
the application in question.
pressure gauge
cooling water
circuit
Classic filter applications:
return-line, intake-line and pressure
filtration (also in combination)
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled – Hydraulics – Directional control
temperature
gauge
directional
cooler
Further application:
bypass filtration
high-pressure filter
up, quickly providing a comprehen- and non-return valves
control valve
return line
pressure relief valve
hydraulic pump breather filter
sive overview. All symbols and ter- – Hydraulics – Flow control and
pump holder
air filter
filling strainer
suction pipe
return filter
minology correspond to the current pressure control valves
level indicator suction filter
cleaning aperture
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN – Hydraulics – Energy supply and
drain
electric motor
baffle plate suction filter

61346-2. cylinders
screw
Pump types Double-acting cylinder Single-acting cylinder, Designs of cylinders

hydraulic ram
Schematic
representation
Designs Speed
range
-1
Displace-
ment
volume
3
Nominal
pressure
Overall
efficiency Designs Remarks Schematic representation
DE 196948
(min ) (cm ) (MPa)
differential area ratio 2:1
gear pump, 500 – 3500 1.2 – 250 6.3 – 16 0.80 – 0.91 1A1
cylinder (piston area :
externally
geared
1A1
m
piston ring area)
EN 551012
gear pump, 500 – 3500 4 – 250 16 – 25 0.80 – 0.91 A M synchronous pressurised areas
internally
geared
1V1
1Z1 cylinder identical in size;
advance and return
speed identical
A1= A2
ES 551011
A B
Screw 500 – 4000 4 – 630 2.5 – 16 0.70 – 0.84 cylinder with to reduce the speed of
pump
0Z1
P T
0Z1
P T
end position
cushioning
heavy loads and to
prevent heavy impact FR 551010
vane 960 – 3000 5 – 160 10 – 16 0.80 – 0.93
pump telescopic increased stroke travel
cylinder
axial ...... – 3000 100 20 0.82 – 0.92 pressure gives higher pressure
piston 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 25 0.82 – 0.92 intensifier
pump 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 32 0.80 – 0.92
tandem cylinder for cases requiring

radial 960 – 3000 5 – 160 16 – 32 0.90 high forces and where
piston the available space is
pump limited
053034 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Courseware > Electrical engineering/Electronics
Electrical engineering/Electronics
Fundamentals books
Skills for the Electrical Industry Electrical Engineering Friedrich Book of Tables Protective Measures to DIN VDE
Textbook Textbook Electrical Engineering/Electronics Workbook
Electronic engineers for operating General basic education, subject
technology, electronic engineers areas 1 to 6 – Provides a separate and detailed Georg Scheuermann, Hans Schleker
for power engineering and building explanation of network configura- 4th edition 2009, 32 pages, bound
technology, electronic engineers for – All the basic knowledge in a tions and computer technology DE 567304
automation technology thematic and easy-to-understand – Covers the topics of automation
approach as well as power and supply engi- Also order:
– As per current syllabus – Provides a detailed explanation neering
– Follows a thematic structure of the relationships between and – Matches standards and provisions Protective Measures to DIN VDE
– Deals with all topics in the backgrounds to the individual to the technical texts Solutions
elementary and advanced level topics – Integrates numerical data and
descriptively and clearly – Lots of examples, definitions, tables in explanatory texts 4th edition 2009, 32 pages, bound
– Contains numerous drawings, tables, formulas and drawings – Suitable for all forms of basic DE 567305
illustrations and overviews of – Concludes each unit with an and further training as well as
formulas as well as extensive extensive set of exercises vocational practice
review and practical exercises for – Integrates English terms, brief
each chapter English technical papers and a Antonius Lipsmeier, Heinz-Werner Beck-
– Covers new technologies as well bilingual index mann, Kurt Lampe, Helmut Milde, Horst
as solar and wind energy – Suitable for trainees, students at Rohlfing, Martin Scheurmann, Fritz Tornau,
– Includes bilingual German/ technical colleges and technical Franz-Peter Zantis
English index assistants 6th edition 2009, 516 pages, bound
– Ideally suited as a reference book DE 567303
Rasit Özgüc, Josef Elpers, Siegfried and for independent study
Gairing, Norbert Meyer, Wolfgang – Includes a CD-ROM with additional
Skornitzke, Waldemar Willner exercises, manufacturer‘s
3rd edition 2009, 679 pages, bound documents and additional material
DE 567297
Franz-Josef Lintermann, Udo Schaefer
1st edition 2009, 608 pages, bound, incl.
CD-ROM
DE 567298
Also order:
Electrical Engineering
Solutions
General basic education, subject
areas 1 to 6
1st edition 2009, CD-ROM

DE 567299
Workbooks
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology semiconductors


567209 EN 567217 EN 567283 EN 567291 EN
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of semiconductors Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology Workbook Workbook
Workbook Workbook The third volume of the basic princi- The workbook for basic electron-
The basic principles of direct current The workbook for the basic principles of electrical engineering/elec- ics circuits completes the series of
technology provide an introduction ples of AC technology continues the tronics deals with semiconductors. workbooks for the basic principles
to the world of electrical engineer- introduction to electrical engineer- The design and mode of operation of of electrical engineering/electron-
ing/electronics. The content is ex- ing/electronics components and sys- modern semiconductors is covered ics. Particular emphasis is placed on
plained and elaborated in realistic tems with topics relating to AC tech- and their application demonstrated the analytical examination of the in-
projects. The primary focus is on the nology. The main topics covered are in project exercises. teraction between the components
explanation of the basic variables, the electric field and induction and already covered in the first three
behaviour and relationships and the the resulting behaviour of compo- As an introduction to the topic, dif- books on the basic principles.
recording of these using measure- nents in the AC circuit. ferent diodes such as the semicon-
ments. ductor diode, Zener diode and LED The content in this case is project ex-
Topics such as the capacitor and coil are considered and the basic con- ercises with selected basic circuits,
Among the variables covered are in the DC and AC circuit as well as cepts are worked out. Content in- whereby the design is first worked
voltage, current, resistance and con- the series and parallel connection of cluding PN junction, reverse volt- out and then analysed on the basis
ductance as well as energy and ca- resistor, coil and capacitor are cov- age or conducting state current is of measurement technology. The cir-
pacity. Ohm‘s law is explained in de- ered in project exercises. The vari- demonstrated both theoretically cuits include power supply unit cir-
tail. Particular emphasis is placed on ables of active resistance, reactance and, where possible, using meas- cuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops and
the use of measuring devices. The and impedance as well as the rela- urements. The topic of transistors is power electronics circuits as well as
circuit examples include series and tionships between them and the top- also explained using bipolar and uni- circuits commonly used in industrial
parallel connection, voltage divider, ic of phase shift of current and volt- polar transistors. The book also cov- practice.
bridge circuit and voltage sources. age are covered in detail. ers power electronics components
such as diac, triac and thyristor. The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: – Solutions
– Solutions – Solutions The workbook contains: – Didactic notes
– Didactic notes – Didactic notes – Solutions – Worksheets for the student
– Worksheets for the student – Worksheets for the student – Didactic notes – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Worksheets for the student – 190 pages, some in colour,
– 260 pages, some in colour, – 260 pages, some in colour, – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics in binder
in binder in binder – 190 pages, some in colour,
in binder Edition 2010
Edition 2010 Edition 2010 DE 567289
DE 567207 DE 567215 Edition 2010 EN 567291
EN 567209 EN 567217 DE 567281 ES 567293
ES 567211 ES 567219 EN 567283 FR 567295
FR 567213 FR 567221 ES 567285
FR 567287

Fundamentals of Power supply systems Fundamentals of Fundamentals of

circuits with contacts and protective measures DC machines AC machines

TP 1211 TP 1111


567315 EN 567309 EN 571783 EN 571791 EN
Fundamentals of Power supply systems Fundamentals of DC machines Fundamentals of AC machines

circuits with contacts and protective measures Workbook Workbook
Workbook Workbook In drive technology, DC drives cur- We come into contact with AC drives
Contactor controls still have their The workbook for power supply sys- rently play a major role in mobile every day, as these motors are com-
place despite increasing automa- tems and protective measures cov- drive solutions. The workbook for monly used in household appliances
tion and increasingly cost-effective ers the topic of the safety of electri- the basic principles of DC machines and electric handheld tools in par-
control electronics. The workbook cal systems in accordance with DIN covers the specific topics relating to ticular. The workbook for the basic
for the basic principles of circuits VDE in detail. DC drives. The content is first elabo- principles of AC machines introduces
with contacts covers the specific top- rated theoretically and then consoli- the topics relating to AC motors in re-
ics relating to relays and contactor The specific conditions and the dated in exercises. In addition to the alistic projects. Particular emphasis
controls in six realistic projects. The measures for avoiding dangerous sit- design of the machines, their circuit- is placed on design, circuitry and ar-
control circuit with topics such as uations are dealt with using realistic ry and areas of application are dem- eas of application. Control questions
self-latching loop and locking plays situations. Different types of network onstrated in realistic projects. on the content facilitate the assess-
just as important a role here as the (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), ment of learning success.
primary circuit with the circuits for protection against direct and indi- The workbook contains:
asynchronous three-phase motors, rect contact, protection against elec- – Solutions The workbook contains:
from simple starting to star-delta re- tric shock (including in the event of – Didactic notes – Solutions
versing circuit. a fault), protection through RCD and – Worksheets for the student – Didactic notes
initial and repeat testing of electrical – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Worksheets for the student
The workbook contains: systems and devices are explained in – 180 pages, some in colour, – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Solutions project form. in binder – 170 pages, some in colour,
– Didactic notes in binder
– Worksheets for the student The workbook contains: Edition 2010
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Solutions DE 571781 Edition 2010
– 90 pages, some in colour, in binder – Didactic notes EN 571783 DE 571789
– Worksheets for the student ES 571785 EN 571791
Edition 2010 – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics FR 571787 ES 571793
DE 570901 – 150 pages, some in colour, FR 571795
EN 567315 in binder
ES 567317
FR 567319 Edition 2010
DE 567307
EN 567309
ES 567311
FR 567313
Workbooks
Stefan Hesse
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
three-phase current machines servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology Lexikon der elektrischen
Antriebstechnik
Workbook Workbook Workbook

TP 1421 TP 1422
Festo Didactic
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

571799 EN 571853 EN 571861 EN ISBN 3-8127-9265-6
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Glossary of electrical drive

three-phase current machines servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology technology
Workbook Workbook Workbook Modern drive technology is increas-
The sturdy design and wide range of Servo drives play a particularly im- The workbook for the basic princi- ingly recognised by the bringing to-
applications thanks to modern pow- portant role in automation, as they ples of stepper motor drive technol- gether of electrical and mechanical
er electronics have contributed to have developed into the standard ogy provides a detailed introduction components in drive systems. New
three-phase motors becoming the drive in recent years thanks to state- to the topics relating to modern step- and improved drive capabilities can
standard drives for industrial ap- of-the-art controller technology. per motor drives in practical be achieved through the use of com-
plications. In the workbook for the The workbook for the basic princi- exercises. pact power electronics, innovative
basic principles of three-phase cur- ples of servo motor drive technology motor concepts, optimised mechani-
rent machines, the design, connec- provides a detailed introduction to In addition to basic content such as cal components, new materials and
tion and areas of application are the topics relating to modern servo the design and commissioning of a high-performance communication
explained on the basis of realistic drives in practical exercises. stepper motor drive, practical topics technology. This book lists the main
project exercises. The machines are such as homing, speeds, positioning, concepts in glossary format and pro-
exposed to a wide range of simulat- The topics covered include the de- acceleration and braking ramps play vides brief explanations to facili-
ed load situations in order to deter- sign and commissioning of a servo an important role. More detailed con- tate a better understanding of these
mine their options. drive, RPM regulation, regulating tent such as current reduction for a drives. However since there is more
torque and homing as well as addi- stepper motor drive is also covered. to an electrical drive that just the
The workbook contains: tional content such as positioning electric motor, it also touches on ar-
– Solutions with variable speeds, acceleration, The workbook contains: eas such as measurement systems,
– Didactic notes braking and positioning tasks. – Solutions power electronics, gear units, con-
– Worksheets for the student – Didactic notes trollers and components for trans-
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics The workbook contains: – Worksheets for the student mitting power.
– 190 pages, some in colour, – Solutions – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
in binder – Didactic notes – 120 pages, some in colour, Stefan Hesse
– Worksheets for the student in binder Edition 2004, 200 pages, bound
Edition 2010 – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics DE 539265
DE 571797 – 120 pages, some in colour, Edition 2010
EN 571799 in binder DE 571859
ES 571801 EN 571861
FR 571803 Edition 2010 ES 571863
DE 571851 FR 571865
EN 571853
ES 571855
FR 571857
Media > Courseware > Automation technology/PLC
Automation technology/PLC
Siemens technical books
Automating with SIMATIC Automation with STEP 7 in STL Automation with STEP 7 in LAD Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP
Using the S7-300/400 programma- and SCL and FBD In addition to basic knowledge of the
ble logic controller as an example, This book describes the elements This book describes the elements PROFIBUS, this book focuses mainly
the reader is given an overview of and applications of the text-oriented and applications of the graphic-ori- on PROFIBUS-DP project design us-
the structure and mode of operation programming languages STL (State- ented programming languages Lad- ing STEP 7. It explains the various
of a modern automation system. The ment List) and SCL (Structured Con- der Diagram (LAD) and Function possibilities for data exchange with
book also covers project planning trol Language), both for the SIMATIC Chart (FBD), both for the SIMATIC application programs and provides
and parameterisation of the control- S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is tips for commissioning and trouble-
ler and the distributed peripherals, designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 shooting. A range of practical ap-
explains communication via network controllers. Beginners are given an controllers. Beginners are given an plication examples on the basis of
connections and describes the ways introduction to the area of program- introduction to the area of program- SIMATIC programmable logic con-
in which a system can be operated mable logic controllers, while expe- mable logic controllers, while expe- trollers helps users put theory into
and monitored. The reader is given rienced users are shown the special rienced users are shown the special practice.
an introduction to the various lan- applications of the SIMATIC S7 au- applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-
guages and their differences. tomation system. All programming tomation system. All programming This book is particularly well suited
examples of the book are available examples of the book are available to PROFIBUS planners, project en-
The book is excellent for all readers for download on the publisher‘s In- for download on the publisher‘s In- gineers and programmers because
who have little knowledge in the ar- ternet site. ternet site. of its practical orientation. The ba-
ea and wish to learn more about pro- sic and comprehensive presentation
grammable logic controllers. Hans Berger Hans Berger also makes it ideal for students and
Edition 2009, 568 pages, bound Edition 2007, 462 pages, bound instructors.
Hans Berger DE 194040 DE 194041
Edition 2009, 264 pages, bound EN 540687 EN 540688 Josef Weigmann, Gerhard Kilian
DE 194039 Edition 2002, 250 pages, bound
EN 540686 DE 194043
Siemens manuals, GRAFCET
GRAFCET
1B2*2B1*3B1 “Initial position”

1 P1 “Initial position indicator”
S1*1B2*2B1*3B1*B4 “Start condition”

2 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 “To downstream station”
3B2 “Downstream station position”

3 1M1:=1 “Eject workpiece”
1B1 “Workpiece ejected”

4 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 “To magazine”
3B1 “Magazine position”

5 2M1 “Generate vacuum”
2B1 “Vacuum generated”

6 1M1:=0 “Unclamp workpiece”
1B2 “Workpiece unclamped”

7 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 “To downstream station”
3B2 “Downstream station position”

8 2M2 “Place workpiece”
2B1 “No more vacuum”

9 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 “To magazine”
3B1 “Magazine position”
Structure Action section
548679 EN
07/07
Manual Siemens S7-300 STEP 7 Fundamentals Practical knowledge: GRAFCET

This documentation package com- The package comprises: The brochure describes the specifi-
prises the following manuals: – Booklet „S7-300 simply assemble cation language for function charts
– Setup, CPU data and program“ of the GRAFCET sequence control.
– Module data – User‘s manual STEP 7 The contents of the DIN EN 60848
– Operations liste – Programming manual S7-300/400 standard are described in detail.
– Converter manual Through examples, the knowledge
Edition 2003 imparted is presented with reference
DE 184557 STEP 7 Fundamentals to practice and greater detail is pro-
EN 184558 DE 184563 vided. Also highly suitable as a refer-
EN 184564 ence work.
STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD,
LOGO! manual FCH) Gerhard Schmidt
Operating and programming instruc- DE 184565 Edition 2007, 64 pages, brochure
tions and sample applications of EN 184566 DE 548678
LOGO! EN 548679
DE 526506 ES 548680
EN 526507 The package Siemens documenta- FR 548681
tion for S7/STEP 7 on DVD contains
all manuals for:
Instructional material for Siemens – S7-200/300/400
S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals – C7 300/400
This CD contains training documents – STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCL
for Siemens S7/STEP 7 in the form – SIMATIC HMI/NET/DP
of a PDF file. It also contains Power- – LOGO!
point displays on the AS-interface,
distributed automation with Siemens System requirements
ET 200S and Profibus-DP as well as – PC with WIN 95/98/2000/NT/XP
Festo valve terminals. – DVD drive
Edition 2001, CD-ROM Edition 2008, DVD

Order no. 528612 DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883

Dictionary, Sensors
#YL
I NTI
GST
E
CTR 6E
%LE
RUN
N

3E
ISIE 7µRTERBUCHÙDERÙ!UTOMATISIERUNGSTECHNIK Sensors for object detection
$ICTIONARYÙOFÙ!UTOMATIONÙ4ECHNOLOGY

LECTR
O
GY AT TI ON
Workbook
TP 1110
LO EUM
E TO MA
Ú!U
O

SS O
CD-ROM included
OCE
NRIVE 0N CHN

0R

E
NÚ4

I O E

AT ALV

S M 6

F SSE
O

T
SUR
E
!U

O VE
H
RES
$RI
E

T
C

I Ú

C

L

N ICA

5
RO CTR
E

PS
OR
SE
% L E
K T
UC ES
S RE
$EUTSCHÚnÚ%NGLISCHÚÚ%NGLISCHÚnÚ$EUTSCH
'ERMANÚnÚ%NGLISHÚÚ%NGLISHÚnÚ'ERMAN
U :YL
IN
Festo Didactic
566920 EN
Dictionary of Automation Sensors for object detection: Transparency set Sensors

Technology Training course documents This transparency set is designed
Worldwide use of automation sys- Fifteen projects based on industrial to provide an easy-to-understand
tems and their diverse areas of examples, suitable for equipment set presentation of the following topics:
application have also resulted in TP 1311, each including problem measurement of non-electrical vari-
a specialised vocabulary. Reliable descriptions, parameters and project ables, sensor technology, process
translation of technical terms is an tasks, deal in detail with the specific data processing, process technol-
important prerequisite for success- subject of sensors for object detec- ogy, measurement, open-loop and
ful, unambiguous communication tion. The main topics are configura- closed-loop control technology.
within the framework of international tion, function and the influence of
collaboration. material properties on behaviour, S. Nestel
possible applications and how to Edition 1995, 101 transparencies, in binder
This completely revisedand expand- select a sensor based on the applica- DE 93960
ed new edition of this dictionary now tion conditions. The content topics
includes more than 16,700 terms, are covered by exercises using
4,500 new terms have been added. magnetic, inductive, optical and
capacitive proximity sensors.
The terms, designations and defi-
nitions included reflect the entire Workbook
spectrum of industrial automation – Sample solutions
technology, from pneumatics and – Training notes
hydraulics, as well as electrical en- – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
gineering, electronics and data and photos of industrial applications
processing right through to adminis- – 130 pages, in colour, bound
tration and training. – Additional book of exercises as
sample
Edition 2008, 416 pages, bound
DE – EN / EN – DE 56975 Book of exercises for students
– Worksheets
– 122 pages, bound
F. Ebel, Edition 2009

Workbook DE 566919
Book of exercises DE 566923
Workbook EN 566920
Book of exercises EN 566924
Workbook ES 566921
Book of exercisesES 566925
Workbook FR 566922
Textbooks and workbooks
Programmable Logic Controllers 0ROGRAMMABLEÙ,OGICÙ#ONTROLLERS Fieldbus technology

Basic Level "ASICÙ,EVEL AS-Interface
Textbook TP 301 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù Workbook TP 401
Festo Didactic &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC Festo Didactic

093311 EN ÚEN 534272 EN
Programmable logic controllers, Programmable logic controllers in Programmable logic controllers, Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/
Basic level practice Basic level Profibus-DP
Textbook This book illustrates possible appli- Workbook Workbooks
This book describes the structure cations of a PLC, in this case the SI- This workbook covers the structure These two workbooks impart knowl-
and mode of operation of PLCs. The MATIC S7, through practice-oriented and mode of operation of a PLC and edge on the application, function,
central topic of the book is the DIN exercises. In addition to the classical the systematic development of PLC configuration and programming of an
EN 61131-3 programming standard. programming languages Statement programs. The content is based en- AS-Interface network or a Profibus-
This standard takes into account List (STL), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3 DP network. The exercise section
expansions and developments for Function Chart (FCH), the book also programming standard. Practical ex- contains practical exercises based
which there was previously no stand- contains several programming exam- ercises require a PLC and an actual on components that form part of the
ardised language. Beginners and us- ples using the sequence language process (can be represented using TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The
ers will find an easy-to-understand GRAPH, SCL (Structured Control Lan- equipment set PLC, TP 301). solution part for these exercises de-
presentation of modern program- guage) and HiGraph. The more com- scribes the necessary steps for con-
ming methods in accordance with plex exercises relate to the stations R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber, figuration and programming of the
the new standard for PLC program- of Festo Didactic‘s Modular Produc- E. v. Terzi, A. Winter solution based on Siemens STEP 7
ming. The solutions to the various tion System MPS®. Edition 2002, 530 pages, in binder software.
examples are neutral and can there- DE 93313
fore be used regardless of the PLC Werner Braun EN 93314 The solution programs are provided
manufacturer. Edition 2000, 355 pages, bound ES 94427 on CD-ROM. The theory part con-
DE 193449 tains key information on application,
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber, Also order: mode of operation and data trans-
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter mission.
Edition 2002, 214 pages, bound Solution sections
DE 93310 For Festo FPC 101, Siemens S7-300 The „Fieldbus technology“ web-
EN 93311 or Allen Bradley SLC500. Geared to based training program is included
ES 93317 equipment set PLC, TP 301. and gives a general overview of the
various fieldbus concepts as well as
Available in loose-leaf with program listing the application and function of the
and source program on 3.5“ disk. most commonly used fieldbus sys-
Festo FPC 101 DE 93315 tems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and
Festo FPC 101 EN 93316 Interbus. An integrated glossary ex-
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440 plains fieldbus terms.
Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
Siemens S7-300 EN 94537 M. Bliesener, R. C. Weber, S. Scharf
Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with 2 CD-
ROMs, in binder
AS-Interface DE 534270
Profibus-DP DE 534271
AS-Interface EN 534272
Profibus-DP EN 534273
Media > Courseware > Mechatronics/Process automation
Mechatronics/Process automation
MPS® Transfer system
MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, Ejection Module, Frequency Converter
Workbook analogue pneumatic MM420
Workbook Workbook Workbook
With CD-ROM

C96101 EN C96105 EN C96109 EN C96113 EN
MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System MPS® Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, analogue Ejection Module, pneumatic Frequency Converter MM420
For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train-
ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions.
Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology and Topic: Drive technology.
tion and safety engineering. tion, analogue value processing. simulation.
Objective: Step-by-step teaching of
Objective: Step-by-step teaching of Objective: Step-by-step teaching of Objective: Step-by-step teaching of basic knowledge and practice-re-
basic knowledge, practice-related basic knowledge, practice-related basic knowledge, practice-related lated implementation with the MPS®
implementation in FluidSIM®, STEP 7 implementation in FluidSIM®, STEP 7 implementation in FluidSIM®, STEP 7 transfer line.
and CIROS® Mechatronics; independ- and CIROS® Mechatronics; independ- and CIROS® Mechatronics; independ-
ent work with internet, WBT, Mecha- ent work with internet, WBT, Mecha- ent work with internet, WBT, Mecha- Contents: The learner is familiar-
tronics Assistant and print media. tronics Assistant and print media. tronics Assistant and print media. ised with the basic design of a fre-
quency converter, carries out a quick
Contents: The learner analyses the Contents: The learner analyses the Contents: The learner analyses the setup of the MM420, parametrises
module function, completes parts module function, completes parts module function, completes parts the MM420 through the BOP for re-
lists, creates hardware configura- lists, creates hardware configura- lists, creates hardware configura- verse, normal and jog mode, adjusts
tions, determines I/O allocation lists, tions, determines I/O allocation lists, tions, determines I/O allocation lists, boost, start-up and braking ramps,
designs electric/pneumatic circuit designs electric/pneumatic circuit designs electric/pneumatic circuit uses digital inputs and outputs for
diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, reverse, normal operation and speed
programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ shift through fixed frequencies, para-
KOP and tests programs with real KOP and tests programs with real KOP and tests programs with real metrises the MM420 for sensor-con-
and/or simulated controls and mod- and/or simulated controls and mod- and/or simulated controls and trolled start-up and braking of the
ules. The learner is familiarised with ules. The learner configures an ana- modules. MPS® transfer line.
the EC machinery directive. logue sensor and evaluates it.
The workbook contains: The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: – Sample solutions – Sample solutions
– Sample solutions – Sample solutions – Didactic instructions – Didactic instructions
– Didactic instructions – Didactic instructions – Worksheets for the learner – Worksheets for the learner
– Worksheets for the learner – Worksheets for the learner – Multimedia CD-ROM – Multimedia CD-ROM
– Multimedia CD-ROM – Multimedia CD-ROM – 320 pages, some in colour, in the – 160 pages, some in colour, in the
– 400 pages, some in colour, in the – 360 pages, some in colour, in the folder folder
folder folder
A. Zabka, Edition 2010 A. Zabka, Edition 2010
A. Zabka, Edition 2010 A. Zabka, Edition 2010 DE C96108 DE C96112
DE C96100 DE C96104 EN C96109 EN C96113
EN C96101 EN C96105 ES C96110 ES C96114
ES C96102 ES C96106 FR C96111 FR C96115
FR C96103 FR C96107
Training documentations
MPS®
Station Verteilen Prozessoptimierung
Ausbildungsunterlage Ausbildungsunterlage
538957 DE
11/03
539934 DE
Projects for teaching the topics of Part 2: Training documentation MPS® Training document
Automation, Operation technology, Projects for training topics 7 – 13 We have put together a complete set Process optimisation
Mechatronics – Programming and implementing of training documentation for MPS®. With the basics of
Training topics 1 – 13 new sorting functions – Analysis of existing systems
– Selecting and integrating drive Part A, Documentation for trainers, – Project plan
The complete project work to train systems contains exercises and solutions re- – Planning and optimisation of
as an electronics engineer in auto- – Visualising and networking the lated to the areas of construction, automated systems
mation, operation technology or as a sorting unit commissioning, programming, com- – Value creation and wastage
mechatronics engineer. – Commissioning and releasing munication and troubleshooting. Ad- – KANBAN
automation systems ditional information for the trainer is – SMED
Based on the proven modular sys- – Maintaining and optimising the provided. – TPM
tem from Festo Didactic, Festo and sorting unit – Poka-Yoke
the German educational publisher – Planning and implementing a Part B, Documentation for trainees, – FMEA
EINS have jointly developed a project handling system contains solutions for the partici-
covering all 13 training topics of – Integrating a safety door pants to work through. The detailed project task, with seven
electronic engineering. The profes- – Writing documentation with EPLAN subsidiary tasks based on the ex-
sional profile of a mechatronics en- The CD-ROM supplied contains both ample of the MPS Distribution, In-
gineer is also covered. Trainees are Student‘s handbooks the training documentation as a PDF spection, Processing, Handling and
guided step by step through differ- – Includes a work flow for each file as well as worked examples for Sorting stations, enables practical
ent projects. The training aims of a project the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP. optimisation of a production proc-
wide variety of methods and tools – Includes exercises at various levels ess, with material flow analysis, de-
are also explained. The accompany- of difficulty Training documentation: vising and appraising suggestions
ing DVD presents demo versions of – Additionally covers the topics of MPS® Distribution Station for improvement, procurement and
the software products mentioned in „Teamwork“ and „Presentation“ 484 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM production of components, program-
the book as well as support tools for – Includes introductions to the pro- DE 538957 ming and commissioning the opti-
further practice. grams as well as tips on working mised system.
techniques and methods Training documentation:
Part 1: – Work sheets MPS® Sorting Station Includes a CD-ROM with circuit dia-
Projects for training topics 1 – 6 – Transparency sets 458 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM grams, symbols and sample pro-
– Analysing electrical engineering DE 539308 grams for the Siemens PLC S7-300.
systems and testing functions Instructor‘s handbooks
– Planning and executing electrical Includes training tips and sample Training documentation: M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber,
installations solutions. MPS® Conveyor project kit G. Schmidt
– Analysing and adapting control 466 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM Edition 2006, 310 pages, in binder incl.
systems Part 1: DE 539311 CD-ROM
– Preparing information technology S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf DE 539934
systems 2006 edition, bound
– Analysing the sorting unit and Instructor‘s handbook DE 550585
verifying its safety Student‘s handbook DE 550584
Part 2:
S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
2008 edition, bound
Instructor‘s handbook DE 565026
Student‘s handbook DE 565025
Workbooks
Arbeitsbuch MPS® PA Kommunikations-

EduKit PA Arbeitsbuch orientiertes
Projektbaukasten
Handeln bei
Prozessautomation
Störungen in
Anlagen
Mit CD-ROM
Leitfaden für die

Ausbildung
Festo Didactic
563969 DE 548590 DE 543068 DE
Workbook for EduKit PA MPS® PA workbook Communication-oriented approach

Projects for teaching the topics of Workbook with solutions for training Workbook including solutions, for to system malfunctions
Control technology in closed-loop control/process tech- training in process automation. The importance of maintenance and
Exercises, applications, simulations nology with EduKit PA. servicing, in particular with respect
This workbook includes tables that to malfunction management, cannot
A comprehensive textbook and work- This workbook explains the basic allocate training aims with exercis- be underestimated in production.
book for professions in electrical principles of process technology and es and components with exercises,
engineering, metals, chemicals and provides an introduction to the sub- together with the fundamentals of The purpose of this textbook is to
mechatronics. It meets the require- ject. It covers manual and automated closed-loop control technology, exer- teach students how to reduce down-
ments of the new learning plan and measurement, open and closed-loop cises with all necessary worksheets times. Identifying failure modes, di-
provides a practical introduction to control and system design topics and didactic instructions about an- agnosing malfunctions and fixing
control technology. The workbook such as planning, installation, com- alysing and inspecting a system, faults requires both specialist knowl-
is suitable for self-study or for class- missioning, marketing and sales. You measuring, open and closed-loop edge and interpersonal communica-
room-based lessons. It has been will be provided with exercises in- control, as well as the solutions for tion skills. This practical textbook ad-
completely updated, and the topic of cluding all necessary worksheets as the instructors. The workbook pro- dresses the situation using the case
„level control“ has been added. well as didactic information and so- vides detailed descriptions of the example of a medium-sized drinks
lutions as support for trainers. The problem definition and parameters. bottling company: training scenarios
The combination of theory and simu- workbook contains detailed descrip- The worksheets support the stu- portray realistic situations, that pro-
lation provides extra support during tions of the problems and parame- dents through the required steps vide instruction in a range of faults
self-study. ters. The worksheets guide students of planning, execution and function from the simple to the cross-linked.
through the required steps of plan- testing.
Contents of the CD-ROM: ning, execution and function testing. Includes a CD-ROM with presenta-
– Control simulations The exercises refer to the filtering, tions on the topic of communica-
– Manufacturer documents The measurement/open and closed- mixing, temperature maintenance tion and troubleshooting, circuit di-
– Further exercises loop control exercises relate to flow, and bottling processes. The train- agrams and function charts for the
– Examples level and pressure technology. ees acquire the ability to inspect sys- MPS® distributing and sorting sta-
tems, to describe components and tions plus the textbook.
Josef Uphaus The workbook includes a CD-ROM functions as well as the operation of
2nd edition 2008, 208 pages, bound, incl. with the worksheets, data sheets systems. Walter E. Theuerkauf, Sarah Funke,
CD-ROM and solutions. Gabriele Graube
DE 556242 The workbook includes a CD-ROM Edition 2006, 144 pages, in binder incl.
B. Schellmann, H. Kaufmann with the worksheets and the solu- CD-ROM
Edition 2009, workbook 270 pages, with tions. DE 543068
CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,
bound J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann
DE 563969 Edition 2007, workbook 270 pages, with
EN 563971 CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,
ES 563973 bound
FR 563975 DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548592
FR 548593
Media > Courseware > Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2
The multimedia tool for training at Your advantages

school and at work – Training with MPS® can begin im-
– Structured archive on DVD with mediately with ready-to-use tasks
complete documentation. involving modules, stations and
– For project work, as well as for systems.
training and preparation for tests. – Various degrees of difficulty for
– For all training-related areas in the different levels of learning: from
field of automation technology. introductory tasks to complex
– For teachers and learners: struc- projects.
ture and content have been organ- – Create your own archive: all tasks
ised in such a way that trainees can can be easily modified and saved
work independently with the Me- as individualised assignments.
chatronics Assistant on any – Format documents to suit your in-
given task. dividual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
Content with the Mechatronics Assistant
– Practice and topic related range of are available in source format (e.g.
tasks with solutions. doc, ppt, dxf).
– Graphics, photos, animations, – Supplementary information and
videos sequences, presentations. cross-references can be accessed
– Manuals, operating instructions, quickly by means of hyperlinks.
data sheets and circuit diagrams. – The high-performance full text
– Additional teaching aids and com- search function retrieves content
plete technical documentation, as as required. Graphics, animations
well as lots of tips for working with and videos are also linked to key-
MPS®. words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
– Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download up-
dates, new tasks, sample pro-
grammes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-
ant develops as your knowledge in-
creases: www.festo-didactic.com.
Note System requirements

– Multiple licences for local or net- – PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
work installations with any desired – Office package
number of licences, with online ac- – Flash Player
tivation or dongle. – dxf-Viewer
– Can be installed in German, English – Sound card
or Spanish, as well as other lan- – DVD drive
guages upon request. – Screen resolution:
– Shipped on DVD in Systainer. at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0
6 Licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 Licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
Media > Courseware > CNC technology/Working material
CNC technology/Working material
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Anfangsschritt
Initial step
Pfeil für GRAFCET

Rückführung DIN EN 60848
Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action Loop back Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:
Transition und arrow 562474
(Ergänzung und Positionierhilfe) Verbindungen
(extension and positioning aid) Transition
and links Ergänzung für
kontinuierlich wirkende Aktion
Supplement for
continuous action
Schritt Aktion / Action Positionierhilfe zum

Step Anordnen mehrerer Aktionen
Positioning aid for
configuring several actions
M Ergänzungen für
speichernde Aktion
Supplements for
Makro-Schritt stored action
Macro-step
Einschließender Parallele Linie für Parallelverzweigung

Schritt Parallel cable for parallel branching
Enclosing step
www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de
CNC textbook Magnetic symbol sets Drawing template GRAFCET drawing template
Basic principles of numerically con- For step-by-step development of cir- The drawing templates for control Drawing assistance for the simple
trolled machine tools (CNC). Pro- cuit diagrams. The symbols adhere technology. For fast designing of creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN
gramming in accordance with ISO to a metal-backed board. Connec- pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow EN 60848. All essential components
and SINUMERIK 840D. tions and designations are marked diagrams. such as steps, actions and transi-
DE 540692 with chalk. The symbol sets are tions are available. Positioning aids
stored in a Systainer. Can be used to draw all electrical support alignment of and compliance
Also order: (DIN 40713), electronic (DIN 40719), with appropriate distances. It is de-
Book of solutions for the sample Pneumatics/Hydraulics 162340 pneumatic, hydraulic (DIN/ISO 1219) signed in flexible, semi-transparent
exercises from the CNC text book Electrical engineering 162341 and logic symbols (DIN 40700). plastic, is supplied in two languages
DE 540693 and comes with a ruler.
Control technology 90021
Program flow chart 90022 DE/EN 562474
ES/FR 562481
Workstation systems
Universal laboratory furniture....................................................................... 76
Learnline .........................................................................................................78
LabCreator ......................................................................................................85
Learntop .........................................................................................................86
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering ............................................. 88
Swing ..............................................................................................................90
Basic and cabinet systems ..............................................................................94
PowerLab ........................................................................................................95
75
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
The universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop With Learnline, you have an integrat- Quality from Festo Versatile, flexible and expandable
ed storage principle that can be used We don‘t make compromises when it One glance at the basic structure
The modular workstation systems for for training in pneumatic, hydraulic comes to quality. Workmanship and proves that Learnline meets a mul-
basic and further training. With many or electrical engineering without the functionality are of the highest lev- titude of requirements. After all,
practical details to make teaching need for modifications. Design and el. The torsionally rigid design and with just a few individual and well
and learning easier. function are combined, which is evi- the high-quality coating of the work thought-out components results
dent in every practical detail. Learn- surface and frame guarantee a long can be achieved which are geared
line consists of basic mobile and sta- service life despite many stresses towards the needs of people, the
tionary units with a cable/oil tray, and strains. Learnline can handle the available space and to any techni-
various modular systems and exten- rigorous routine of everyday teach- cal challenges. The functional profile
sion elements, rolling and fixed con- ing as well as a vibrating load during column is a prerequisite for modular-
tainers, in addition to special storage hydraulic position control. Even high ity. As the central attachment point,
systems, attachments and the corre- mechanical forces, e.g. of servo- it opens up a multitude of options for
sponding accessories. The modular hydraulics, proportional pneumat- putting together each desired con-
workstation system offers a multi- ics or robotic superstructures, can be figuration.
tude of configurations and mounting easily accommodated by Learnline.
options. Expert consultants in over All components can be placed any-
50 countries are available to prepare where on the slotted assembly board
an individual quotation for you. and can be fastened tightly and se-
curely in the profile slot with a T-head
Learntop is the least expensive work- nut or the patented Quick-Fix® with-
top support system for entering the out any effort and without addition-
world of Festo Didactic training pack- al tools.
ages at a low price.
A mounting system for all technolo-
gies and applications.
76 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
Learnline und Learntop
Keeping order Integrated electrics
It doesn‘t matter whether you keep With various electrical insert pan-
your training packages in the Sys- els, a supply duct and different
tainer or in the container. The stor- superstructures, workstations
age equipment from Festo Didac- can be put to universal use. The
tic always ensures you have a quick mounting frames can be used
overview. The lockable containers for a large number of assembly
are equipped with self-closing draw- boards and ER units. The ER
er runners and a safety stop. Every mounting frame is compatible
drawer holds up to 20 kg. The ship- with the electrical components
ping packaging for the pneumatic of the training packages. Alter-
and hydraulic equipment sets can be natively, you can choose an A4
used as orderly drawer inserts. That mounting frame according to the
saves material and gives you a quick electrical engineering standard.
overview of the drawer contents.
Standard for design and function Planning with the LabCreator Learnline online configurator
Learnline – Winner of international Define rooms in 2D and design in 3D! Familiarise yourself with Learnline‘s
design prizes: Use our 3D models and keep up to functional design and configure your
– iF product design award 2006 speed with the automatic software workstation quickly and easily on the
– Silver Focus design award 2005 and library updates. Equip your lab- Internet according to your individual
oratory with learning systems and requirements. Opt for a predefined
add your own designs. You can cre- standard workstation or put togeth-
ate professional laboratories or ener your own configuration accord-
tire training centres in just a few ing to your wishes. Slotted assembly
steps. The effects will be impressive. boards, drawer units and accessories
Detailed descriptions are available can be easily selected and added to
for all learning systems. Download your configuration. The result is a
your free LabCreator from the Inter- graphic representation of your selec-
net today. tion with a parts list.
Worldwide at your ﬁngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 77

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learnline
Learnline mobile
More versatile than ever!
Flexible and modular

Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use

of space
Individual or group training work-
stations can be created with a mini-
mum of effort wherever they are re-
quired. Transport through doors is
also possible. This mobile worksta-
tion is designed in such a way as to
permit several people to work simul-
taneously. This is further facilitated
by the two integrated fixed drawer
units that ensure quick and easy ac-
cess to the required components of
the Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of the international
design prices

Optimum use of space Hydraulics for advanced trainees Pneumatic and electrotechnical Vertical or inclined?
The positioning of the storage plate The double pump power unit fits training Choose the vertical profile plate if
means that the free space beside the neatly on the frame beside the fixed The storage plate can hold up to you want to use the worktop for
fixed drawer units can be used for drawer units with no additional at- two compressors. Further mounting books or laptops for example. Or if
Systainer or other storage systems. tachment required. The discharge frames for electronic components the workstation is to be used from
The hydraulic power unit with single measuring container also fits beside in A4 format, for example, can be both sides, opt for the inclination
pump fits conveniently beside the the 1100 mm profile plate. used in addition to the 700 mm pro- unit with an additional profile plate
1100 mm profile plate. file plate. to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
3 With 2x 700 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 572155
Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution

With the stationary workstation
systems, Learnline combines the
requirements for typical desk
systems with high functionality.
They provide ample desk space
and legroom thanks to the roller
container. The containers also
ensure quick and easy access to
any required components.
Vertical or inclined?
The reliable profile plate is fastened
to the stable profile of the angle
adjustment. The inclination of the
slotted profile plate can be infinitely
adjusted, all the way down to a
horizontal position. The workstation
arrangement thus always offers the
best ergonomic position for any
exercise.
Learnline
Winner of the international
design prices

Move up into another dimension: Optimum space utilisation Pneumatic and electrical training Ergonomic connections
profile columns as set-up space Thanks to the angle adjustment, the In addition to the 700 mm profile With the supply duct, you have all
Use the versatile profile columns profile plate can be lowered into a plate, additional mounting frames important interfaces within reach.
as a set-up space, compatible with horizontal position. Use the available can be inserted for electronic com- Not only the electrical and pneumatic
Quick-Fix®, for equipment sets or for space for A4 or ER mounting frames. ponents. supply, but also PC interfaces, such
attaching additional components as USB, Ethernet or serial interfaces,
vertically. Further components, for can be integrated in the supply duct.
example cylinders with a 400 mm
stroke, can be mounted on the angle
adjustment profile.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1512 x D780 x H1718)
3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct On request
Your individual design
1 2 Basic units taneous use from both sides.

Stable and with a high-quality coat- W 1556 x D 780 x H 815.
ing, the basic worktables are guaran-
teed to fulfil your high requirements.
2 Basic stationary unit
1 Basic mobile unit The height of the worktop ensures a
With castors and wheel brakes. The comfortable working position when
high worktop ensures a comfortable seated. With height-adjustable de-
working position when standing. sign and continuously variable tilting
The flexible design of this worksta- of the profiled plate.
tion makes it ideally suited to simul- W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.
1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835
3 5 Drawer units 5/6 Wheeled drawer unit for

stationary workstations
3/4 Fixed drawer unit for Wheeled drawer unit with fully
installation in mobile workstations extending, lockable steel drawers
Drawer unit with fully extending, with safety stop. Fronts can be
lockable steel drawers with safety labelled. Load 20 kg per drawer.
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load External dimensions body W 476
20 kg per drawer. External dimen- x D 788 x H 657, usable inner
sions of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592, dimensions W 375 x D 700. All
4 6 usable inner dimensions W 375 x wheels freely movable, 2 wheels
D 700. with lockable brake.
3 Fixed drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539026
5 Wheeled drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535834
6 Wheeled drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539731
7 8 Mounting frame/mounting sets 8 For inclined mounting of the

Versatile profile columns form the profile plate
core of the Learnline system. They The profile plate support can be
are used to mount the profile plate mounted at any height between the
frame, to attach components or as an two profile columns, ensuring work-
alternative mounting surface for your station ergonomics tailored to your
training components. requirements. You can also place the
components from the training pack-
7 For vertical mounting of the age directly on the mounting frame,
profile plate thereby freeing up additional work-
The profile plate support is mount- space.
ed between the profile columns, the
profile plate is securely screwed to Please order one mounting set per
the mounting frame and the frame profile plate (Not shown).
structure. This makes the worksta-
tion extremely strong and resilient
and means that the profile plate can
be used from both sides.
7 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
8 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735

1/2 Aluminium profile plates The grooves are compatible with the 1 2
The anodised aluminium profile plate ITEM profile system. Side caps in-
forms the basis for all Festo Didactic cluded. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
training packages. All of the compo-
nents fit securely and safely on the For installation on tables we recom-
profile plate. There are grooves on mend the appropriate rubber feet
each side and, if required, both sides (Order no. 158343).
can be fitted with components.
1 1100 x 700 mm 159411

2 700 x 700 mm 159410
700 x 550 mm (Not shown) 159409
ER and DIN A4 mounting frames One mounting frame can be attached 3 5

The mounting frames for the work- to each side of the mobile worksta-
stations are designed to hold a large tion.
number of exercise boards and ER
units from the Learning System for 4/6 Mounting frame
Automation. This compatibility also (700 mm wide)
extends to electrotechnical equip- The small mounting frame permits
ment in A4 format. It is thus possible the use of ER/A4 components to the
to obtain a satisfactory solution to direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
almost any specific task. profile plate. The ER mounting frame
can be used from each side of the 4 6
3/5 Mounting frame mobile workstation.
(1500 mm wide)
The mounting frame mounted on the
profile column is height-adjustable
and holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units.
3 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

4 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
5 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
6 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
Accessories
1 7 1 Universal bracket 7 Monitor bracket, short

Permits the mounting of up to 2 Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
hydraulic power units with single monitors with drill holes in accord-
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring ance with the VESA standard (dis-
containers or holders for storing tance between holes 75 x 75 mm or
hoses. W 50 x D 275 x H 130. 100 x 100 mm)
1 8 Order no. 539736 – Short swivel arm for minimum
distance to the mounting surface
2 Oil spillage/protective mat (approx. 5 – 8 cm)
Black, with rubber border. Protects – For mounting on Learnline mount-
the tabletop of the Learnline system ing frames
and keeps it clean. – Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
312 x 1512 mm 541133 to 45°
– Supplied complete with mounting
3 Storage plate material
3 Fits into the mobile frame in addition – Maximum load capacity 15 kg
to 2 drawer units and offers installa- Order no. 556292
tion space for 2 JunAir compressors
(order no. 91030) for example. 8 Monitor bracket, long
W 748 x D 403 x H 30. Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
Order no. 539729 monitors with drill holes in accor-
dance with the VESA standard
4 4 Hose holder (distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro- or 100 x 100 mm)
vides neat storage and protects hose – Long swivel arm for a large swivel
couplings from ingress of dirt. angle
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. – For mounting on Learnline mount-
Order no. 539737 ing frames
– Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
5 5 Cable guide to 45°
For a set of laboratory cables. – Supplied complete with mounting
Ensures that cables are kept neatly material
and in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. – Maximum load capacity 15 kg
Order no. 535812 Order no. 556293
6 6 Table extension
For easy attachment to the profile
column of a mobile workstation.
The height of the table can be ad-
justed to between 700 and 815 mm.
The tabletop dimensions are W 780
x D 600.
Order no. 566435
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > LabCreator
LabCreator
The professional design programme for laboratories
LabCreator: Create professional layouts and in- The benefits to you

The new, professional design dividually equipped laboratories for – Create plans and layouts quickly – Worldwide platform for exchanging
programme for laboratories basic and further training in just a and simply thanks to intuitive models. The integrated LabCrea-
few easy steps. The effects are amaz- prompting. The integrated tor server and online library pro-
ing! help function offers additional vide you with immediate access to
guidance. models designed by other LabCrea-
The laboratories can be equipped – LabCreator generates rooms to tor users.
with Festo Didactic model products scale; the walls are full-size and – Use textures to give your models a
or you can create your own personal can be fitted with windows and realistic look.
designs and 3D models. doors to help you avoid planning – Use the flight recorder to create
errors. automatic tours which show your
With automatic software and library – Switch between 2D layout and 3D laboratory from a number of differ-
updates, you‘ll always be at the cut- view. Move the observation point ent viewpoints. Export the finished
ting edge. around the room to get a realistic „flight“ as a video to complement a
impression of the design progress. presentation of your ideas.
In German, English, Spanish and – Extensive model library with – Export the laboratory design as a
French. Includes a detailed help partially animated learning VRML, PDF or one of many picture
function. systems, equipment, infrastructure formats.
and model people. This means – Generate a complete proposal for
Download now for free! that, for example, robot stations equipping your laboratory at the
can be animated, giving a more click of a mouse.
lifelike impression of the labora- – The finished laboratory is saved in
tory. XML-Format. These files are very
– Adaptable to new equipment small and can easily be sent by
and fully customisable. Drag and email to other users.
drop to import VRML files into the – Detailed information on all the
design and create your own 3D Festo products you need for your
models. laboratory.

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop
Learntop
The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the Learntop-S

world of training packages from Fes- The versatile equipment holder for
to Didactic: Enjoy the advantages of all technologies. Mobile – Can be
the profile plate and the ER mount- simply set up on an existing work ta-
ing frame when carrying out your ble/bench. Versatile – Can be used
pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor or PLC from both sides. Ergonomic – the
training. The devices can be clearly angled profile plate enables compo-
arranged and ensure an ergonom- nents to be easily assembled.
ic working position at your existing
work tables and benches. Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
Mounting parts and instructions or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm
for mounting the profile plates are (order no. 159411).
included. It is recommended that
Learntop be fastened to the table for Profile plates not included.
security reasons. Order no. 540668
Learntop-A
Equipment holder for use on one
side of the workstation. Ergonomic
arrangement of components thanks
to the inclined profile plate. Not suit-
able for hydraulic training.
Can hold up to 2 profile plates of size

350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or one profile plate of size 700 x
1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540670
Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable for
hydraulic training.
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540669
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop
Accessories
1 Aluminium profile plate 6 Slotted mounting plate 1 6

The anodised aluminium profile All components with the Quick-Fix®
plate forms the basis for all Festo mounting system can be mounted
Didactic training packages. All of the on slotted mounting plates. The
components fit securely and safely slotted mounting plates are fitted
into the grooves on the profile plate. with elastic buffers and can be used
There are grooves on each side and, horizontally on a table top. Order
if required, both sides can be fitted no. 159331 can also be inserted in
with components. The grooves are conventional A4 mounting frames.
compatible with the ITEM profile The slotted mounting plates are not 7
system. Side caps included. Grid di- intended for use with actuators. 2
mensions: 50 mm. (overall dimensions B x H)
694 x 297 mm 159331
For installation on tables we recom- 550 x 700 mm 544246
mend the appropriate rubber feet
(order no. 158343). 7 Rubber feet
For non-slip, protective mounting 8
Size 350 x 1100 mm supplied with- of profile plates on tabletops of any 3
out side caps. type. Set (4 pieces).
350 x 1100 mm 162360 Order no. 158343
1100 x 700 mm 159411
8 Plug-in adapter set
2 Cable guide The plug-in adapter set can be used
For a set of laboratory cables. En- to mount the ER units directly on the 4 9
sures that cables are kept neatly and blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. ium profile plate. One set is required
Order no. 535812 to mount one unit.
Order no. 541122
3 Hose holder
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro- 9 A4 ER mounting frame
vides neat storage and protects hose The ER mounting plate can be in-
couplings from ingress of dirt. stalled in any A4 mounting frame.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. A cut-out permits installation of 2 5
Order no. 539737 large or 4 small Festo Didactic ER
units (H x W).
4 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S 297 x 500 mm 536200
workstation
Dimensions: 1160 mm x 760 mm
Order no. 357283
5 Mounting kit for hydraulic

cylinder with weight
When this mounting kit is mount-
ed on Learntop-S, the pulling and
pushing load of the basic hydraulics
package can be realised with it. For
this purpose, the cylinder (order no.
152857) and the weight (order no.
152972) are mounted on the mount-
ing kit. The cover (order no. 152973)
provides additional security.
Order no. 526847
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com 87

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Professional laboratory equipment Together with our partner Haid KG, Festo Didactic is the sole supplier
we are developing the Swing labo- of Haid KG products on the didactic
Intelligent and innovative laboratory ratory furniture series. Haid KG spe- market. We are happy to assist you
solutions for electrical engineering – cialises in consulting, developing, with planning, selecting and sizing
from single workstations to complete planning and producing equipment your workstation or laboratory.
laboratories. for electronic and electrical engineer-
ing, laboratory furniture systems for Give us a call!
research and training, as well as er-
gonomically designed laboratory and
assembly workstations.
Choose from a multitude of match-

ing modular workstations, intelli-
gent and reliable solutions for power Table substructures
supply, device technology, cabinet A wide spectrum of workbench sub-
systems and all the necessary high- structures form part of the Swing
quality accessories. It goes without program. Under-workbench units
saying that all products have been and roller containers with drawers in
tested for safety. various depths, either with or with-
out pull-out shelf, form the basic
equipment. It is also available in ESD
version, installations for electronic
and electrical engineering. We offer
special floor units for PCs.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems
Swing profile columns The floating tabletop
The Swing profile solution optimally The Swing profile and the
meets all demands in terms of visual worktop are connected via
appearance, functionality as well as delicate yet stable connecting
both flexibility and modularity. The components, making the entire
cable duct integrated into the profile system transparent. Swing add-
facilitates the concealed laying of on workbenches are connected
cables and compressed air supply to the basic workbench. The
lines. The cable duct and any unused height-adjustable worktops lock
connection elements are sealed with into one another seamlessly and
cover profiles to keep them clean. are all supported by the legs in
Levelling screws in all table legs the centre.
round off the overall concept.
Basic is the functional, inexpensive In addition, you can completely

laboratory equipment system for equip your laboratory space with
electrical engineering, with solid multimedia workstations and
worktop supports made of powder- cabinet systems.
coated steel tubes. It consists of
workbenches in six different widths
and three depths.
Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Swing
Swing
Configuration example
Versatility for your individual needs

Swing stands for the unlimited pos-
sibilities for individual training labo-
ratory design. Workbenches are cre-
ated from a few basic components
in nearly all thinkable dimensions.
Three depths and six widths as well
as various working heights are pro-
vided for by the standard construc-
tion kit. Whether 19“ top elements,
mounting frames for experimenta-
tion plates or perforated metal grid
– we will deliver the right solution.
Intelligent solutions
The Swing system already offers ful-
ly integrated vertical and horizontal
cable conduits as a standard feature.
The cable duct in the Swing system
profile permits a comfortable vertical
cable guide. The basic equipment al-
so includes cable connections which
are mounted in a concealed position
on the rear cross frame.

Supply duct with electrical system, Choose from insert panels, such as Worktop components and cockpits We offer numerous devices such as
compressed air and communication safety and switching elements for AC with laboratory devices infinitely variable voltage devices,
The aluminium supply duct can be current (230 V or 400 V) with key ac- Alternatively to the supply channel, lab power supply units, three-phase
made to various lengths, depending tuators, indicator lamps, motor pro- worktop elements and cockpits in supplies, fixed voltage devices, ad-
on requirements. The various mount- tection switches, fault current circuit 3 or 6 RU can be integrated. Raised justable isolating transformers for
ing options, such as directly on the breakers or emergency stop buttons. structures are visually elegant and AC/DC and three-phase current, de-
workbench or raised up as a cock- Depending on the application, you offer optimal utilisation of the work- vices for test engineering and also
pit, make for a tidy work surface. All can equip the duct with CEE or earth- top. Based on a modular basic grid, compressed air supplies.
frequently required interfaces can ing contact sockets or safety sockets each workstation can be individually
be optimally arranged to be within for three-phase current, direct cur- equipped. Changes, modifications or Variable equipment with 19“ seg-
reach. rent or alternating current. Integrate subsequent extensions can be made ments in cassette design or as insert
a compressed air outlet via various at any time. panels is available, according to your
one-touch fittings. wishes and requirements. It goes
without saying that all insert panels
The most important PC interfaces, for power supply and communication
such as USB, RS232 or Ethernet can can also be integrated.
also be integrated in the supply duct.
This enables the PC to be connected
quickly and ergonomically to various
control components.

Swing
Flexible solutions, configuration examples
Swing – mobile dual work station Further available options include Swing – demo trolley A convenient and reliable solution
power ducts with integrated trans- for PC storage can be found in the
Particularly flexible and versatile. formers, power supply units or PC Custom design your ideal demon- floor cabinet equipped with ventila-
interfaces. stration trolley. tion grid and cable openings. Heavy
The mobile dual work station Swing duty extensions for motors can be in-
(W 1250 x D 800 x H 1850 mm) is The dimensions (H x W x D) can be You can choose from the following tegrated behind the revolving doors.
perfectly suited for presenting the customised on request. furniture modules:
introductory seminar on installation – Floor cabinets A top cabinet or power ducts can
technology and EIB, as well as for It is even possible to purchase a – PC bracket be placed on the working surface
conducting all other tests which re- compatible „garage“. The trolley can – Monitor bracket (1360 x 675 mm) on request.
quire you to stand. be easily stored in the designated – A4 mounting frames
space in the wall cabinet. Close the – Cable holder In terms of the demo trolley‘s
The rollable basic frame can be door and the laboratory has been – Top cabinets incorporating the dimensions, we will happily take
individually equipped with or tidied away. entire width of our 19“ modules individual requirements into
without: consideration. Nothing stands in
– Storage area The grooved mats enable clean and the way of the perfect solution!
– Floor cabinet easy storage of the A4 plates in the
– Perforated sheets floor cabinets. The single, double or
– Aluminium profile plate triple row A4 mounting frame, posi-
– A4 mounting frame: 1-, 2- or 3-row tioned above the worktop, provides
– Monitor bracket sufficient space for using the plates.
– PC bracket
– Cable receptacle
– Socket strip

Swing – swivel table The tables are available in all stand- Swing – lifting platform Power transformers or high-tension
ard sizes. test devices also fit in the six availa-
Would you like to make the most of The right solution for every purpose. ble vertical height units (6 HU).
the laboratory‘s size? Widths:
– 1200 mm The Swing lifting platform always The height of the electrically-driven
No problem. The Swing swivel table – 1600 mm consists of the lifting unit and a table top cabinet is infinitely adjustable.
is an electric workstation and lesson – 1800 mm of your choice, which is positioned in Only the equipment required at any
table in one. The same workstation – 2000 mm front of the lifting unit. In this case, one time is visible, while the rest is
can be used to conduct electrotech- it really is possible to store every- protected.
nical tests in the morning and give Depths: thing away. The professional double
theoretical lessons in the afternoon. – 800 mm stroke technology even allows ex- Safety is the highest priority. When
At the press of a button, the super- – 900 mm tremely heavy top cabinets to com- lowering the top cabinet, fingers are
structure is lowered out of sight in a – 1000 mm pletely disappear below the worktop. protected from injury by the folding
matter of seconds. This provides im- From device technology and power anti-pinch guard.
mediate access to the entire working The manufacture of custom size supply equipment, through to moni-
surface. And all of the equipment is tables is always possible. tors or laptops and even A4 mount-
protected. ing frames. Anything is possible!
All equipment, PC interfaces and To list a few examples, you can

power supplies can be integrated in choose from:
the superstructure. – Fixed voltages
– Controllable power supply units
– Controllable transformers
– USB interfaces
– Sub-D sockets
– Ethernet sockets
– Compressed air couplings
– Plug sockets
– Safety sockets
– Soldering stations
– Test equipment
24-month Festo Didactic warranty 93

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Basic and cabinet systems
Basic and cabinet systems

Functional diversity for your labs
Basic – the functional lab equipment Our under-bench units and roller
system for electrical engineering containers provide plenty of stor-
A functional equipment system with age space and make for a tidy work-
solid workstation frames made from station. Various depths and drawer
powder-coated steel tubes forms the configurations leave nothing to be
basis of the Basic product family. desired.
It consists of workbenches in six dif- And EDP isn‘t missed out either. Spe-
ferent widths and three depths. The cial under-bench units for comput-
design is so rigid that it can also sup- ers and printers, pull-out keyboard
port heavy superstructures. Both shelves and PC racks are among the
raised supply bridges and equipment wide selection.
placed directly on the workbench are
possible with this system. Further-
more, superstructures can be used
as partitions or extremely flat cas-
sette tops.
Multimedia workstations All with integrated design, reliable

Various designs for attractive multi- high quality and functionally sound,
media workstations are available: made in Germany!
PC desks with sliding slides, cable
ducts, cable guides, linking elements,
PC racks, substructures or socket
strips. Furthermore, diverse work-
stations and furniture for teaching
theory are available: C-shape ta-
bles, four-legged tables, mobile ta-
ble frames, laptop trolleys, swivel
chairs, skid base chairs, four-legged
chairs, tables, flip charts, projection
screens.
Cabinet systems Shelf inserts with grooved mats

We offer an extensive range of cabi- for orderly storage of experimen-
nets, harmonised with the design of tation plates are just as much part
our workstation systems. Based on a of the range as strengthened lower
simple framework, various tall cabi- shelves. We supply spacious shelf
nets, medium-high cabinets, storage inserts specially for ESD cabinets.
cabinets, tall corner cabinets and Be it cabinet layout, duct systems or
top cabinets are available to choose various locking systems – we offer
from. The modular system offers the right solution.
maximum possible combinations and
optimal design flexibility with an And if you have any other special
attractive price/performance ratio. wishes, we will be happy to manu-
facture to meet your exact require-
ments.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > PowerLab
PowerLab
Software for device management
PowerLab is the web-based soft- The most important functions: Room management No electrical laboratory is the same
ware for device management of The placement of devices in the room as the next. We’re always happy to
electric labs. Powerful functions are Measurement curves is clearly graphically depicted. In this discuss special space situations and
available for remote control of the Voltage and current flows can be view, alarms are depicted in com- requirements regarding the assign-
power supply and representation dynamically depicted in measure- pressed form on the affected labora- ment of addresses, password protec-
of the measurement value process- ment curves. In this way, the rela- tory table. tion and access authority.
es. Events such as reaching a maxi- tionship between current and volt-
mum value are clearly displayed as age is displayed graphically on the Profiles PowerLab Server
alarms. PC without any additional auxiliary Several profile files can be assigned Order no. C05501
means. to each laboratory room. As a result, Driver (per device type)
No special software is needed to all devices in a laboratory room can Order no. C05500
use PowerLab on the teacher‘s PC; Trace function be parametrised for a new situation
only a HTML5-compatible browser Events or continuous values can be with a click of the mouse (e.g. instruc-
is required. recorded and archived in a file. The tional year 1, instructional year 2,
type of events or values to be record- instructional year 3).
ed and the scanning frequency are
set by the user through a configura- Communication
tion page. Communication of the devices runs
standard over the Ethernet. As a
Remote control result, the infrastructure already in
PowerLab has read access to the the laboratory is used. Each device
power supply at all times and can uses its own IP address, which is
depict the current values and lim- determined together with your IT
its. In the remote control mode, both administrator.
the limits and the set values can be
changes from the teacher‘s PC.
Experiment control
By means of freely parametrisable
value tables, voltage flows can be
stored and run down. Characteris-
tic curves are depicted in combina-
tion with the „Measurement curves“
function (e.g. DC motor, relationship
between current and voltage).
Pneumatics training packages
System description .........................................................................................98
Equipment sets
Pneumatics ...................................................................................................100
Electropneumatics ........................................................................................104
Measurement and control .............................................................................110
Drives............................................................................................................112
Vacuum.........................................................................................................114
Sensors.........................................................................................................116
Safety............................................................................................................118
BIBB pneumatics...........................................................................................120
BIBB electropneumatics................................................................................122
Closed-loop pneumatics ...............................................................................123
97
Pneumatics training packages > System description
Pneumatics training packages

Innovative and practical, right down to the smallest details
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactic‘s training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electropneumatics and then
move onto the advanced level, or
start with the subject of electrohy-
draulics – the choice is yours. You‘d
like to explore a particular special-
ised topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it – clamp it – done! Everything where you want it – Connect it – power!
With the Quick-Fix® mounting sys- systematic storage No compromise on safety: all electri-
tem, you can mount all components Most equipment sets are supplied cal components and units are con-
easily and securely on the profile with an equipment tray or drawer in- nected with 4 mm safety sockets or
plate and the profile column of a sert in a Systainer. This equipment safety plugs. The pneumatic power is
Learnline workstation. The electrical tray fits in the drawers of the work- supplied by the connection of highly
units are clamped into the ER frame stations. The large pictogram on the flexible plastic tubing to the Quick
and sequenced individually. The pro- components, designed in accordance Star (QS) push-in fitting. The system
file slots on the workstations are the with the latest standards, provides therefore requires virtually no con-
same for all pneumatic, hydraulic clear instructions for connecting the sumables or tools.
and electrical units – a single invest- components and ensures short prep-
ment, with double the functionality. aration and follow-up times. When
dismantling circuits, you can quickly
and easily locate where the compo-
nent goes in the equipment tray.

Pneumatics training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying the

training packages contain project-
oriented exercises of increasing com-
plexity. There are also positional
sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-
mations and cross-sectional draw-
ings, which explain how things look
in the real world. For a complete
and expert treatment of the topic of
pneumatics, the training also covers
basic physics, technical calculations,
safety, economic efficiency, analyti-
cal fault-finding and professional
documentation.
Practical basic and further training

using industrial components pro-
vides the confidence to apply the ac-
quired knowledge in the workplace.
The components are specially select-
ed for the exercises in the workbook.
Note: nearly all pneumatic and elec-
trical connections are located on the
easily accessible upper side of the
components.
Your choice of training environment Advanced courses made easy TP 230 Vacuum technology TP 250 Safety in pneumatic systems
User-friendly training environments New developments and trends in Handling workpieces with suction Function, efficiency and above all
for specific topic areas: fluid engineering can be incorporat- grippers has become an indispensa- safety determine the success of plant
– Self-study phases with the training ed directly into our learning systems. ble part of handling technology. It of- machinery and automated systems.
programs New control systems can be integrat- fers advantages such as the simple New directives and laws require in-
– Designing and documentation with ed into the learning system using the configuration of suction grippers and telligent solutions and raise the level
FluidSIM® EduTrainer® concept. Basic packages gentle handling of workpieces while of professional skills required. The
– Practical implementation with the can be easily expanded to include also enabling rapid cycle times, and systematic optimisation of a simple
training packages and the exercis- the subjects “Pneumatics measure- the capital outlay required is com- pneumatic system helps to identify
es in the workbooks ment and control TP 210” or the new paratively low. The training package hazards in pneumatic processes. The
– Functional testing and optimisation “Vacuum technology TP 230”. TP 230 expands the contents of TP appropriate actions to reduce the
with measurement technology and 201 to include the key area of vacu- risk can be implemented in a profes-
FluidLab® um technology. sional manner.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Pneumatics
Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level

Basic pneumatics training
Pneumatics, Basic level. Training aims Performance through close

The fully revised classic – Structure, function and application proximity
of single-acting and double-acting Switches and valves should be
Further enhanced and updated cylinders mounted as close to the actuator as
through the lessons learned from – Calculating basic parameters possible for optimum performance.
over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics. – Direct and indirect actuation You can now apply the same prin-
– Application and function of ciple when designing your circuits
– With brand-new industrial compo- 3/2 and 5/2-way valves thanks to the new components. Fur-
nents, enabling you to teach to- – Methods of actuation of thermore, this approach also pro-
morrow‘s industrial standard directional control valves vides you with an easy way of dem-
today. – Analysing circuits onstrating the performance of a
– The workbook contains a series – Options for pressure measurement one-way flow control valve. You can
of graduated project exercises – Pressure-dependent even record the measured values
based on actual industrial appli- control systems and analyse the results, for example
cations, an enhanced section on – Distinguishing flow control meth- using the TP 210!
fundamentals and a multimedia ods and using them as intended
CD-ROM. – Explaining and building Worldwide standards – ISO valves
latching circuits All inputs and outputs are accessible
The number of components and the – Logic operations: explaining and compatible with the widest pos-
design are specially tailored to the and implementing AND/OR/NOT sible range of applications.
projects contained in the workbook operations
so that the main fundamentals can – Combining logic operations Time delay valve
be imparted with little outlay. Sup- – Function and application of The pneumatic time delay valve per-
plied in the practical Systainer. limit switches mits precise adjustment and can be
– Time delay valves read easily from the front – pneumat-
– Realising oscillating movement ics at its finest!
– Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components

Complete equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer 540710 1 2 3
The most important components at a glance:

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
10 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides 539769
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771 7 8 9
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 193967
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756 10 11 12
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
Accessories, also order:

Aluminium profile plate Page 198
Compressor Page 200
13 14 15
An impressive blended learning Workbook

package for TP 101 – Sample solutions
– Training notes
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level 16 17 18
animations and FluidSIM® circuit
Workbook
TP 101
diagrams
With CD-ROM
Book of exercises for students

– Worksheets

Workbook DE 540671

19 20 21


Workbook EN 541088
Festo Didactic
541088 EN
Workbook ES 542503
Book of exercises ES 570695
Training course documents Workbook FR 542507
Nineteen project-orientated exercis- Book of exercises FR 570699
22
es, increasing in complexity and suit-
able for equipment set TP 101, are Complementary media
the ideal introduction to pneumatics. – Design and simulation using
Real problem descriptions with posi- FluidSIM®
tional sketch, concrete project tasks – Digital training programme,
and detailed aids for professional Pneumatics
implementation provide the ideal – Textbook Basic principles of
preparation for ta real-life industrial pneumatics and electropneumatics
environment. A new feature in the – Cutaway model case
latest edition is the separation of the
documentation into a workbook and
a book of exercises.
Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level

Advanced pneumatics training
Develop the training aims from Training aims Performance through close
TP 101 and consolidate your – Binary reducing stages proximity
knowledge. – End positions without limit switches Switches and valves should be
– Latching circuits mounted as close to the actuator as
Fully revised: The new workbook – Converting 5/2-way valves possible for optimum performance.
contains a series of graduated – Function of a back pressure end You can now apply the same prin-
project exercises based on actual stop ciple when designing your circuits
industrial applications and an en- – Basic stepper control thanks to the new components that
hanced section on fundamentals. It (continuous cycle) can be plugged in directly. Further-
also includes a multimedia CD-ROM. – Stepper control with operating more, this approach also provides
The foundation for competent train- modes or idle step you with an easy way of demonstrat-
ing. Place your order now! – Setting and coordinating ing the features of a one-way flow
time delays control valve. You can even record
The number of components and the – Variable step repetition using a the measured values and analyse the
design are specially tailored to the predetermining counter results, for example using the new
projects contained in the workbook – Input circuit with self-latching loop TP 210!
so that the main training aims can be and auxiliary functions
achieved with little outlay. Supplied – Evaluating and using sensors for Lever valves
in the practical Systainer. material sensing All of the lever valves contained in
– Realising stepper control with the training packages 101 and 102
Components from the equipment set protected pilot air and auxiliary are equipped with a pilot control,
TP 101 are required to carry out the functions which means they require a low
projects. – Proximity sensors in the actuating force and deliver high
end positions and in the reliability.
partial stroke range
– Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
– Inversion of a timer signal
– Varying end-position cushioning
– Using and adjusting different
sensor types


2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
5 4x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768 4 5 6
8 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886 7 8 9
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715

Compressor Page 200 10 11 12
13 14 15
An impressive blended learning The workbook includes:

– Training notes
Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 102
diagrams
– Exercise sheets for trainees
With CD-ROM
DE 540672

EN 541089

ES 542504

FR 542508

Festo Didactic
Complementary media
– Design and simulation using
541089 EN
FluidSIM®
Training course documents – Digital training programme,
As a continuation of the basic level Pneumatics
for pneumatics, the advanced level – Textbook Basic principles of
includes ten additional, challenging pneumatics and electropneumatics
tasks which are suitable for the TP – Cutaway model case
102 equipment set. The documents
are targeted at experienced pneu-
matics technicians. New features
of this revised and updated edition
include revised exercise sheets for
practical use during instruction.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Electropneumatics

Basic electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Basic level. The Logic programming? That‘s logical. – Realising oscillating movement Training course documents
most important basic principles in The basic principles are established – Economic considerations of using
one compact book. with relay control systems and the pneumatic components Electropneumatics
Basic Level
new supplementary equipment sets – Troubleshooting simple electro-
Top solenoid valves for training „Controllers for fluid engineering“ pneumatic circuits Workbook
TP 201
Easy connection of the solenoid coils are used according to individual

With CD-ROM
via 4 mm safety sockets with LED requirements. The Training course documents con-

indicator for actuation. The manual tains a series of graduated project

override latches and allows very easy Training aims exercises based on actual industrial

error simulation. The port pattern – Structure, function and application applications, an enhanced section on
is as per the current symbols to DIN of single-acting and double-acting fundamentals and a multimedia CD-

ISO 1219. The newest valve tech- cylinders ROM. The foundation for competent
nology is compact, sturdy and inex- – Calculating basic parameters training. Place your order now! Festo Didactic
541090 EN
pensive with the Didactic-Plus, and – Direct and indirect actuation

of course comes with the reliable – Application and function of 3/2 and The number and the design of com-
Quick-Fix® mounting system. 5/2-way solenoid valves ponents are specially tailored to the Workbook DE 540673
– Analysing circuits projects contained in the workbook Book of exercises DE 567189
Electronic proximity sensors – – Options for pressure measurement so that the main training aims can be Workbook EN 541090
compatible and reliable – Pressure-dependent achieved with little outlay. Supplied Book of exercises EN 570693
These proximity sensors are based control systems in the practical Systainer. Workbook ES 542505
on the same slot mounting system – Latching circuits Book of exercises ES 570697
as the pneumatic proximity sensors – Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT Workbook FR 542509
in TP 101. We opted for short circuit- – Combining logic operations Book of exercises FR 570701
proof, electronic proximity sensors – Function and application of limit
due to their long service life in train- switches Complementary media
ing applications. – End-position monitoring using – FluidSIM®
electronic proximity sensors – WBT Electropneumatics
– Textbook Basic principles of
pneumatics and electropneumatics
– DVD Electropneumatics/
Electrohydraulics


1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744 4 5 6
6 2x Electronic proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 567198
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200
10 1x Pressure sensor with display 572745
12 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887 7 8 9

Aluminium profile plate Page 198 10 11 12
Compressor Page 200
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199
Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 199
Safety laboratory cables Page 206
13 14 15
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from

Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a

complete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
16
Recommended training media and accessories: see TP 201
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 – TP 201 in the Systainer 540717

5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
Supplementary equipment sets

Controllers for electropneumatics
According to the basic principles of Supplementary equipment set Supplementary equipment set Supplementary equipment set
control technology with relay mod- Controlling using FluidSIM®/ Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer® Controlling using
ules, further control systems are EasyPort USB Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort FC 100 EduTrainer®/CoDeSys
available as equipment extension
kits for TP 201 and TP 601. The relay With this package, the FluidSIM® The quick, uncomplicated and inex- The first steps in CoDeSys program-
modules are replaced by one of the software can be used to control pensive introduction to logical signal ming with the FC 100 EduTrainer®
following three equipment sets: training packages. FluidSIM® con- processing. and the training package TP 201. As
trols via EasyPort USB and processes in the Controlling using FluidSIM®
Controlling using FluidSIM® the inputs and outputs connected to With its extensive basic and special package, the inputs and outputs are
Introduction to logic the universal connection unit accord- control technology functions, LOGO! also connected to the universal con-
programming with a soft PLC ing to their programming, e.g. using replaces a variety of conventional nection unit. Programming can now
the digital module contained in switchgears and control devices. be carried out with the CoDeSys soft-
Controlling using FluidSIM®. ware included in the package. The
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP The LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP program is then transferred to the
Introduction to logic programming The Controlling using FluidSIM® package contains everything you FC 100 EduTrainer®, where it func-
with a mini control system package contains everything you need to control training packages tions as a CoDeSys-compatible PLC.
need to control training packages TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief in-
Controlling using TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM® structions provides information on The Controlling using FC 100
FC 100 EduTrainer® Pneumatics is required for TP 201 the individual steps. Programming is EduTrainer® package contains eve-
Introduction to programming and FluidSIM® Hydraulics for TP 601. carried out using the programming rything you need to control training
with CoDeSys A set of brief instructions provides software LOGO! Soft Comfort. package TP 201. A set of brief in-
information on the individual steps. structions provides information on
The sample solutions are included the individual steps.
The sample solutions are inclu- on a data storage medium as LOGO!
ded on a data storage medium as Soft Comfort programs. The sample solutions are inclu-
FluidSIM® CT programs. ded on a data storage medium
as CoDeSys programs.
Complete supplementary equipment set 1 2 3

Controlling using FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in the Systainer 556270

1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM DE/EN/FR/ES 556267
2 1x EasyPort USB 548687
3 1x EasyPort adapter for profile plate 549806
4 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231 4 5
5 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
Prerequisite:
Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level Pages 104 – 105
FluidSIM Pneumatics (from version 4) Pages 34 – 35
Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using 1 2 3

LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort in the Systainer 556271

1 1x Brief instructions for LOGO! DE/EN/FR/ES 556268
2 1x LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP 535250
3 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
4 1x LOGO! Programming cable 526504 4
Prerequisite:
Complete supplementary equipment set 1 2 3

Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer/CoDeSys in the Systainer 556272

1 1x Brief instructions for FC 100 DE/EN/FR/ES 556269
2 1x FC 100 EduTrainer 548676
3 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
4 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031 4
Prerequisite:
Necessary accessories, also order:

Compressor Page 200

Advanced electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Advanced level: Training aims Fundamentals of modern

Advanced training in a Systainer! – Describing the structure and appli- pneumatics – valve terminals
cation of valve terminals This training course helps you to lay
This training package supplements – Realising sequence controls with the foundation for using valve ter-
the training aims of TP 201. signal overlap minals. Designed for a wide range of
– Solution according to the group industries, requirements and appli-
The new workbook contains a series method, sequence chain with cations, valve terminals are sturdy
of graduated project exercises based spring-return valves and sequence and durable – an investment in the
on actual industrial applications, an chain with bistable valves future. The MPA valve terminal used
enhanced section on fundamentals – Describing and setting operating consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun- modes valves and 2 x 5/2-way double
dation for competent training. Place – Describing the function and appli- solenoid valves.
your order now! cation of a predetermining counter
– Explaining and realising an Electrical emergency-off pushbutton
The number and the design of com- emergency-off function using Safety engineering is an important
ponents are specially tailored to the spring-return valves topic, but one that is often neglect-
projects contained in the workbook – Emergency-off conditions ed in training. The new TP 202 takes
so that the main training aims can be – Explaining the function and appli- an in-depth look at the emergency-
achieved with little outlay. Supplied cation of a 5/3-way solenoid valve off function and also describes the
in the practical Systainer. – Describing and setting the emergency-off function under special
operating mode ‚Set‘ conditions. After all, you don‘t want
Components from the equipment set – Troubleshooting in complex to end up with a pressure-less and
TP 201 are required to carry out the electropneumatic circuits voltage-less system after pressing
projects. the emergency-off button!


3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347 4 5 6
6 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
7 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696

Compressor Page 200
An impressive blended learning The workbook includes:

– Training notes
Electropneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 202
diagrams
– Exercise sheets for trainees
With CD-ROM
DE 540674

EN 541091

ES 542506

FR 542510

Festo Didactic
Complementary media
– Design and simulation using
541091 EN
FluidSIM®
Training course documents – Digital training programme
As a continuation of the basic level Electropneumatics
for electropneumatics, the advanced – DVD Electropneumatics/Electro-
level includes twelve additional, hydraulics
challenging tasks which are suit-
able for the TP 202 equipment set.
The documents are targeted at ex-
perienced pneumatics technicians.
New features of this revised and up-
dated edition include revised exer-
cise sheets for practical use during
instruction.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Course topics The benefits to you
In order to the complete the exer- – Basic principles of analogue data – Fast, PC-supported recording of
The TP 210 equipment builds on the cises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow processing measured values
training content of the TP 101 and and proximity switches) are con- – Application and adaptation of – Greater training success through
TP 201 equipment sets on the top- nected to the inputs and control sig- sensors measurement of components and
ic of pneumatic measurement and nals are guided to the EasyPort USB – Interpretation of measurement interpretation of results
control. The training content ranges outputs. The signals are interpreted results – Sensors that enable students
from the simple measurement of in- and visualised on computer by the – Reading and understanding of „to look into“ the circuit and
dividual, pneumatic components, Fluid Lab®-P software included in technical data and measurement components
basic principles of status monitoring the scope of delivery. Analogue val- curves – Suppositions regarding system
(condition monitoring) to (closed- ues are displayed as measurement – Fluid engineering components, behaviour can be easily proven
loop) control technology with dis- curves. their influence and function – Learning the principles of meas-
continuous (two-step action control- – Demonstrating fluid engineering urement and analysis and applying
ler) and continuous controllers (PID Instructions on how to complete the effects and special features them directly in other circuits
controller). exercises, positional sketches and – Analytical fault finding – Demonstrating and understand-
block circuit diagrams are included – Saving energy ing the principles of fluid engineer-
In addition, great emphasis is placed with each exercise, so that you are – Evaluation of changes in status ing faster
on raising awareness of how to han- guided step by step through each of – Proportional technology – System analysis via PC: state-of-
dle compressed air responsibly as a the tests. Measured results are then – Control technology with continu- the-art diagnostic method
form of energy. interpreted, compared with sam- ous and discontinuous controllers – Better understanding of fluid engi-
ple solutions and you will be asked neering components and processes
Exercises for measuring and analys- to answer questions about compre- and thus higher quality of training
ing system and control behaviour hension.
help you to get prepared for a future
in which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance and saving energy are
becoming increasingly important.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
3 1x Connection unit, analogue 567232
4 1x Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
8 1x Flowrate sensor with display 539758
9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 3x Flow control valve 193972
12 1x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496 7 8 9
1x Fluid Lab-P 2.0 single licence 556241
2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
Option force measurement:

For piston force measurement exercises the force sensor (Order no. 539780) not included
in scope of delivery is required.
10 11 12
Compressor Page 200
Force sensor 539780
Fluid Lab®-P version 2 inclusive System requirements

The Fluid Lab®-P version 2 software – PC with Windows XP/Vista/7
for recording measured values is an – At least Pentium 1 GHz
important component of the training – 2 GB RAM
package TP 210. Just a few simple – CD-ROM disk drive
steps are needed to configure the – USB 2.0
interface, adapt the sensors and – 1280 x 1024 pixels
select the language. Exercises can
then be started. NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime
(included in scope of delivery)
These are divided into the areas ba-
sic tests, cylinder controls, propor- Components from the TP 101 and
tional technology and control tech- TP 201 equipment sets are required
nology. Exercises are supported by in order to complete the exercises.
connection diagrams, descriptions
and sample solutions. The measure-
ment process is also software-con-
trolled. Results can be measured
with measuring points, printed out
or exported to a spreadsheet pro-
gram. The software also includes the
complete book of exercises in PDF
format.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

Drives in pneumatics
Optimum drive Training aims The workbook

Pneumatic drives
– Designing a compressed air Describes in detail the issues and
The TP 220 supplements the TP 201 network projects in 16 exercises closely Workbook
TP 220
training package by teaching the ba- – Sizing the pneumatic power linked to industrial practice, each
sics of pneumatic drives. The train- section comprising a problem description CD-ROM included

ing content features the selection – Influence of tubes and fittings on and work assignment. Worksheets
and sizing of various state-of-the-art speed support the students through the
drive types, taking into account their – Reducing cost by using different required stages of planning, execu-

individual properties as well as com- pressures for advance and return tion and monitoring. Includes sample

mercial and safety considerations. strokes solutions and detailed background

Each drive unit remains clearly de- – Reducing cost by avoiding leakage knowledge for the theoretical funda-

fined as an individual design, and so – Operating behaviour of linear mentals. Festo Didactic
559880 EN
meets the needs of the various entry drives

levels. Use of industrial components – Calculation of mass moment of Includes a multimedia CD-ROM con-
throughout emphasises the essential inertia taining photos and videos of indus-
practicality and ensures rapid trans- – Operating characteristics of trial applications and circuit dia-
fer of knowledge from training into rotary drives grams. The theoretical information
practice. – Function, control and selection of is conveyed using animated cutaway
the fluidic muscle models for greater comprehension
We recommend connection to a – Comparison between standard and worksheets and exercise sheets
compressed air system delivering cylinders and the fluidic muscle can be reprinted as necessary.
approx. 100 l/min. – Response of pneumatic controls
to power failure DE 549982
EN 559880
ES 559881
FR 559882

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184° 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312 4 5 6
6 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
8 1x Proximity switch, electronic 548589
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912 7 8 9

10 11 12
Fluidic muscle Semi-rotary drive Linear drive

The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator In a semi-rotary drive the force is The rodless cylinder is mechanically
which imitates the action of a biolog- transmitted directly to the drive shaft coupled to the slide unit, which di-
ical muscle. Judder free, it offers up via a rotary vane. The swivel angle rectly supports loads. You will learn
to 10 times the initial force of normal is freely adjustable from 0 to 184°. the steps needed to attain optimum
cylinders of the same diameter. You You will learn the significance of the operating behaviour, and which
will learn how the muscle can be de- mass moment of inertia to a semi- applications are most suited to the
ployed as a single-acting actuator. rotary drive, and how its operating various options.
behaviour under load can be influ-
enced in various mounting positions.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum
Equipment set TP 230 – Advanced Level

Vacuum technology
Vacuums in handling technology Training content Typical switching for a vacuum Components from the equipment set
system: TP 201 are required to carry out the
Training package TP 230 follows on Low pressure generation and – Using a vacuum security valve projects.
from the training content in TP 201 system design: when some of the suction cups
focusing on the topic of handling – Function and use of ejectors are not gripping All the workpieces required to com-
technology using a vacuum. according the Venturi principle – Using a pressure switch to monitor plete the tasks are included in the
– Effects of system pressure on the low pressure level scope of delivery.
The use of suction grippers to handle the attainable low pressure and – Reducing the compressed air
workpieces has become an integral the evacuation time consumption in a vacuum system
part of handling technology as they – Sizing and setting up a vacuum – Controlled release and ejection
offer advantages such as the ease of system of workpieces from the suction
construction and the gentleness of gripper
the grippers. Suction grippers also Selecting suction grippers:
enable rapid cycle times, and the – Shape and materials
investment required is comparatively – The relevance of gripper types
low. and workpiece shape
– How the holding force is affected
by the workpiece surface and the
diameter of the suction cup
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

1 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912
2 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624
3 1x Vacuum gauge 573042
5 1x Vacuum generator, type H 573258 4 5 6
6 1x Vacuum generator, type L 573259
7 1x Non-return valve 153462
8 1x Suction gripper 20 SN 573043
9 1x Suction gripper 30 SN 573044
10 1x Suction gripper 20 SS 573045
11 1x Suction gripper 30 SS 573046
12 2x Suction gripper 20 CS with vacuum security valve 573047 7 8 9
13 1x Suction gripper 4x20 ON 573257
Different materials and workpieces

Compressor Page 200
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199 10 11 12
13
Available media Vacuum elements in handling

for TP 230 technology – valves for vacuums,
measuring and storing a vacuum,
Fundamentals of suction grippers, vacuum generation.
vacuum technology
Workbook
TP 230 The workbook contains:
– Sample solutions
CD-ROM included

– Training notes

– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics

and photos of industrial applications

– Worksheets for students

Workbook DE 567257

Workbook EN 567258
Festo Didactic
567258 EN
Workbook ES 567260
Workbook FR 567259
In addition to six comprehensive Supplementary media
project tasks for step-by-step – Designing and simulating with
construction and testing of the FluidSIM®
vacuum system, the package also – Measuring and controlling with
includes basic information on the FluidLab®
following topics: Introduction – Digital pneumatics/electropneu-
to vacuum technology – basic matics training program
concepts of vacuum technology, – Pneumatics/electropneumatics
vacuum ranges, vacuum generation textbook
in handling technology, vacuum – Set of posters on pneumatics
pumps, functional principle of
displacement pumps, instructions
on selecting pumps, ejectors, ejector
units.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Sensors in pneumatics
The purpose of a pneumatic The special feature Course topics

control system The new advanced level is all about – Basic principles of connection and
the subject of sensors in pneumatic circuit technology
By using the TP 240 equipment set, control systems. – Basic principles of measured data
you can expand the course topics of acquisition and processing
the TP 201 training package to in- Hands-on experience plays a deci- – Configuration, function and appli-
clude the topic of sensors in pneu- sive role in teaching the contents. cation options of the sensors used
matics. Examples are used to demonstrate – Selecting appropriate sensors
the general operational principles of by taking into account certain
With topics such as the application different sensors. Special attention is parameters
of pressure and flow rate sensors, paid to the selection of the right sen- – Various methods of pressure and
the use of analogue position trans- sor, its connection, the correct flow measurement
mitters including the integration of setting and functional checking. – Differences between absolute,
signal converters and sensors for relative and differential pressure
vacuum technology – the special With the TP 240 a basic knowledge measurement
requirements of sensors in of sensors in pneumatics can be – Setting and checking sensors
pneumatic control-system environ- conveyed thoroughly. – Using signal converters
ments are covered extensively.
Components from the TP 201 are re-

quired to carry out the projects.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

1 1x Position transmitter, 0 – 50 mm, analogue 560124
2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621
3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 – 10 bar 548622
4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 – 10 l/min, analogue 548626
5 1x Flow sensor, -1 – 1 l/min, analogue 548625 4 5 6
6 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624
7 1x Vacuum generator 548628
8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630
12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832 7 8 9

10 11 12
The strong blended learning range Workbook

for TP 240 – Sample solutions
– Training notes
Sensors in pneumatics – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
and photos of industrial applications
Workbook
TP 240

With CD-ROM
– Worksheets

Workbook DE 566909


Workbook EN 566910


Workbook ES 566912
Festo Didactic
566910 EN
Book of exercises ES 566916

Workbook FR 566913
Training course ducuments Book of exercises FR 566917
Ten projects based on industrial
examples, suitable for equipment set Supplementary media
TP 240, each including problem – Digital training programme,
descriptions, parameters and project sensor technology 1:
tasks, deal in detail with the specific Sensors in pneumatics
subject of sensors in pneumatic con- – Textbook: Proximity switches
trol-system environments. The topics – Design and simulation using
of pressure sensors, flow sensors, FluidSIM®
analogue position transmitters for – Measurement and control using
pneumatic cylinders, signal convert- Fluid Lab®
ers and sensors for vacuum technol- – Set of posters on pneumatics
ogy are covered comprehensively.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

Safety in pneumatic systems
Risk reduction! TP 250! Training content Components from equipment sets TP

TP 250 builds on the training content – Reducing pressure and force 101 and TP 201 are required to carry
Just like good functionality and eco- of TP 101 and TP 201, focusing on according to the work to be out the projects.
nomic efficiency, safety is essential the systematic optimisation of safety performed
to the success of any product. What in pneumatic systems. The aim of the – Reducing the speed and accelera-
is more, new directives and laws re- training package is to detect risks in tion while observing the cycle time
quire intelligent solutions and raise pneumatic processes, to assess the and the flow control for the specific
the level of professional skills re- risks for a simple „machine“ and to loading conditions
quired. As a result, there is a wide learn what measures can be used to – Emergency stop and release:
range of different products, informa- reduce risks and how to implement suitable measures for stopping
tion and qualifications for safety en- them properly. and properly recommissioning a
gineering. However, most of these pneumatic drive
focus on the control level, meaning – Suitable measures in case of
that safety usually only goes as far compressed air failure and return,
as the output of a fail-safe PLC, for as well as instructions on how to
example. Risks can also arise outside store and use auxiliary energy
of the power section, however, so – Suitable measures in case of
it is important that systems include power failure and return
risk reduction measures to cope with – Getting to know the operating
such problems. modes and signals for operating
statuses
But what does the „pneumatics – Using sensors to detect mal-
specialist“ entrusted with the functions
commissioning, troubleshooting, – Increasing the performance level
set-up, maintenance and simple using a dual-channel emergency
optimisation of a system need to stop system
know? And how can this knowledge – Selecting and using suitable
be conveyed in a clear manner, with protective measures
easy-to-follow steps?

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

3 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
4 1x Non-return valve 153462
5 1x Weight, 2 kg for cylinder 572778 4 5 6
6 1x Cover for cylinder 572777
7 1x Operational status display 567263
8 1x Mushroom-head safety switch 567261
9 1x Safety relay for emergency stop and safety door 567262

Compressor Page 200
The strong blended learning extensive illustrations and cross-

range for TP 250 sections to explain the design
principles.
Safety in pneumatic systems
The workbook contains:

Workbook
TP 250 – Sample solutions
– Training notes
CD-ROM included

and photos of industrial applica-

tions, safety guidelines, safety

poster

Workbook DE 567265
Festo Didactic
567266 EN
Workbook EN 567266
Workbook ES 567267
Training course documents Workbook FR 567268
The workbook contains project tasks
of progressive difficulty level, to- Supplementary media
gether with the solutions for each – Training program in digital safety
exercise sheet. In these exercises, engineering
students reduce the potential risk – Training program in digital
level of a pneumatic system step by pneumatics/electropneumatics
step. The basic level contains the fol- – Designing and simulating with
lowing topics: overview of relevant FluidSIM®
standards, laws and regulations; – Measuring and controlling with
overview and detailed description FluidLab®
of operating modes; overview and – Pneumatics/electropneumatics
detailed description of ten relevant textbook
safety functions; possible technical – Set of posters on pneumatics
solutions for each safety function;
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
BIBB pneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course
BIBB Pneumatics 2007/2008 The Festo Didactic Plus Pneumatic control technology – Pneumatic control technology –
A CD-ROM complete with all circuit exercises for trainees exercises and solutions
The new edition of the „Pneumatic diagrams for all the exercises and Recommended and published by the Recommended and published by the
control technology“ training course activities is an integral part of the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung
is recommended and published by scope of delivery. These are in CT file (BIBB, German Federal Institute for (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for
the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung format for FluidSIM® Pneumatics and Vocational Education and Training). Vocational Education and Training).
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for in PDF file format.
Vocational Education and Training). In addition to 11 exercises, which The „Pneumatic control technology,
It goes without saying that all equip- require the BIBB pneumatics equip- exercises for trainees“ book contains
Festo Didactic offers the suitable ment set components are compatible ment set, the following topics are questions for trainees about the 11
equipment set for this course. with the Festo Didactic training pack- also included: exercises, as well as the solutions
age components. – Compressed air generation and circuit diagrams.
The 2007/2008 edition contains a – Basic terms in control technology
few new additions compared with This means you can either supple- – Servicing DE 90090
the 1999 edition: ment your TP 101 with the BIBB – Maintenance
– Piloted non-return valves to stop pneumatics equipment set or your – Inspection
pneumatic drives in any position in BIBB pneumatics equipment set – Repair procedure
case of a drop in pressure. with the TP 101. – Fault finding/analysis/documen-
– Pneumatic proximity sensors as a tation
modern alternative to roller lever A wealth of information on the basic
valves for cylinder sensing. principles of pneumatics! DE 90070
– Getting started in vacuum tech-
nology: vacuum generation with
a venturi nozzle/laval nozzle and
simple handling with suction
grippers.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in the Systainer 549840 1 2 3

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
4 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694 4 5 6
7 1x 5/3-way valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides, normally closed 541138
8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
10 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772 7 8 9
15 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
17 1x Vacuum generator 548628
19 2x Double-acting cylinder 152888 10 11 12
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889
13 14 15

Compressor Page 200
16 17 18
Complementary media
– Digital pneumatics training
program
– FluidSIM® Pneumatics design
and simulation program
– Cutaway model case
– Set of posters on pneumatics
19 20 21
– Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
– Workbook: Pneumatics,
Basic level TP 101
– Workbook: Pneumatics,
Advanced level TP 102
– GRAFCET drawing template
22 23 24
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB electropneumatics
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in the Systainer 184462

2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
4 5 6 5 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
9 2x Electronic Proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
7 8 9 12 3x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
Recommended accessories
Compressor Page 200
10 11 12 Tabletop power supply unit Page 199
Training aims Recommended training media

– Physical fundamentals of electrics
13 14
and pneumatics
– Function and application of
electropneumatic devices
– Representing motion sequences
and switching states
– Constructing control systems
using relays
– Electrical latching circuits – Self-tuition program
– Using magnetic proximity sensors Electropneumatics, Basic level
– Using pressure switches – Design and simulation program,
– Directionally dependent control FluidSIM® Pneumatics
systems using sensors
– Directionally dependent control Also order:
systems using predetermining BIBB Electropneumatics course
counters DE 93070
– Controllers with parameters and accompanying exercises, log
(e.g. single/continuous cycle, sheets and exercise circuits
EMERGENCY-OFF) DE 93080
– Step diagram controls/process-
controlled sequence controls
– Timing controls/time-controlled
sequence controls
– Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
– Troubleshooting large electropneu-
matic control systems
The selection of components

complies with the German Feder-
al Institute for Vocational Training
(Bundesinstitute für Berufsbildung
(BIBB)) course.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop pneumatics
Equipment set TP 111

Basic closed-loop pneumatics training

5 2x One-way flow control valve 193967 4 5 6
6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 μm 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201 7 8 9
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight, 5 kg for linear drive 34065 10 11 12
20 2x Shock absorber 34572
1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177
1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441
13 14 15
Compressor Page 200
Oscilloscope Page 209
Digital multimeter Page 207
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC – BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
16 17 18
Training aims Recommended training media

– Controlling pressure and position – Self-tuition program,
19 20
– Action sequence of a control cir- Fundamentals of pneumatics
cuit: controlled, manipulated, dis- – Design and simulation program,
turbance and reference variables FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Activity and timing of control units:
discontinuous and continuous Also order:
controls, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
– Behaviour of control sequences: DE 94459
transfer characteristics, transient Workbook
EN Closed-loop pneumatics
94465
response, system with and without ES 533499
compensation, system of first, FR 94347
second and third order, idle times
– Interaction of closed-loop controls Partial equipment sets for controlling
and control systems, control pressure and position on request.
circuit optimisation, stability con-
siderations Note:
– Setup, commissioning and The linear drive and linear potenti-
optimisation of closed-loop control ometer are mounted perpendicular
assemblies, devices and systems to the profile slot.
with analogue controller cards

Hydraulics training packages
System description .......................................................................................126
Equipment sets
Hydraulics.....................................................................................................128
Electrohydraulics ..........................................................................................132
Measurement and control .............................................................................138
Proportional hydraulics.................................................................................140
Closed-loop hydraulics..................................................................................144
BIBB hydraulics.............................................................................................146
Mobile hydraulics..........................................................................................147
125
Hydraulics training packages > System description
Hydraulics training packages

Tailored training in industrial and mobile hydraulics
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactic‘s training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electrohydraulics and then
move onto the advanced level. Or are
you more interested in electropneu-
matics? The choice is yours. You‘d
like to explore a particular special-
ised topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it – clamp it – done! Everything where you want it – Connect it – power!
With the Quick-Fix® mounting sys- systematic storage Hydraulic power is supplied by the
tem, you can mount all components Most equipment sets are supplied tool-free connection of low-leakage
easily and securely on the profile with an equipment tray or drawer in- couplings – the latest generation in
plate or on the profile column of a sert in a Systainer. This equipment high-grade stainless steel. The cou-
Learnline workstation. The electrical tray fits in the drawers of the work- pling is self-sealing when uncoupled.
units are clamped into the ER frame stations. The large pictogram on the During the low-friction coupling pro-
and sequenced individually. The sup- components, designed in accordance cedure, only the front surface is coat-
ports and the electrical units are the with the latest standards, provides ed with oil, which saves resources, is
same for both hydraulics and pneu- clear instructions for connecting the easy on the environment, and redu-
matics – a single investment, with components and ensures short prep- ces contamination.
double the functionality. aration and follow-up times. When
dismantling circuits, you can quickly
and easily locate where the compo-
nent goes in the equipment tray
Hydraulics training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying the

training packages contain project-
oriented exercises of increasing com-
plexity. There are also positional
sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-
mations and cross-sectional draw-
ings, which explain how things look
in the real world. For a complete and
expert treatment of the topic of hy-
draulics, the training also covers ba-
sic physics, technical calculations,
safety, efficiency, analytical fault-
finding and professional documen-
tation.
Practical basic and further training

using industrial components pro-
vides the confidence to apply the ac-
quired knowledge in the workplace.
The components are specially select-
ed for the exercises in the workbook.
Note: nearly all hydraulic and elec-
trical connections are located on the
easily accessible upper side of the
components.
Your choice of training environment Quality not quantity! New technologies – Mobile hydraulics
User-friendly training environments Bigger is not necessarily better. new skills needed The new training packages for mo-
for specific topic areas: Volumetric flow rates and pressures Modern measurement and diagnos- bile hydraulics systematically and
– Self-study phases with the training should be chosen with care and in tic technology and cartridge valves informatively explore complex topics
programs coordination with the system as a are among the international trends in and systems, such as work hydrau-
– Designing and documentation with whole. This applies especially to hydraulics. So you‘ll find those tech- lics, hydrostatic steering and drive
FluidSIM® hydraulic training systems. High nologies in our learning systems as systems for the agricultural, forestry
– Practical implementation with the forces and cylinder speeds not only well. Benefit from the compact, inte- and construction vehicle sectors and
training packages and the exercis- increase the danger for the user, grated design, the low weight, ease warehouse and municipal vehicles.
es in the workbooks but also require a larger hydraulic of handling, and easy-to-read sym-
– Functional testing and optimisation power pack with higher power bol system.
with measurement technology and consumption. So our offer is: as
Fluid Lab® large as necessary and as small as
possible, without compromising on
teaching effectiveness.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Hydraulics
Equipment set TP 501 – Basic Level

Basic training hydraulics
The classic reissued Pure convenience Training content Hydraulic circuits:

– Commissioning hydraulic circuits
The solid basis for practical basic – Easy and exact switching of hand Power packs and components: safely
and further education. Training lever valves – Design, function and most impor- – Using the flow control valve in the
package TP 501 contains only purely – Simple and precise setting of the tant characteristics of a hydraulic inflow and outflow and adjusting
hydraulic control systems. flow and pressure valves thanks to power unit the drive speed
the ergonomic handwheels and the – Design and function of pressure- – Difference between a flow control
The number and version of the com- fine resolution relief valves, cylinders and direc- valve and one-way flow control
ponents are specifically adapted to – Tool-free, single-hand operation tional control valves valve in hydraulic control systems
the projects in the workbook. This is with quick action mounting system – Design and function of the non- – Design and mode of operation of a
a cost-effective way of achieving the Quick-Fix® return valve, one-way flow control differential circuit
important training objectives. – Easy and secure plugging and valve and piloted non-return valve – Effect of the piston surfaces
releasing of the new, low-leakage, – Design and function of flow on pressures, forces, speeds
TP 501, Basic Level is suitable for self-sealing quick connection control valves and travel times
basic training in hydraulic control couplings – Proper use of piloted non-return
technology and imparts knowledge Measurements and calculations: valves
of the basic physical principles of The training package is delivered in – Recording and interpreting the – Circuits with different types of
hydraulics, as well as the function practical trays, packaged in a Sys- characteristic curve of a hydrau- counter pressure
and use of hydraulic components. tainer. The trays, in turn, fit exactly lic pump – Operating cylinders with varying
into the drawers in Learnline work- – Measuring the volume flow of a loads
stations. hydraulic control system
– Recording the characteristic curve
of a pressure-relief valve
– Identifying and calculating times,
pressures and forces during ad-
vancing and retracting of a cylinder
– Recording the characteristic curve
of a flow control valve
– Calculating performance ratios
when using 4/3-way valves with
different mid-positions
Complete equipment set TP 501 in Systainer 573035 1 2 3

1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
2 1x 2-way flow control valve 544338
5 1x Non-return valve, 0,6 MPa opening pressure 548618 4 5 6
6 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342
7 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB->T), detenting 544344
8 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
9 1x Shut-off valve 152844
10 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746
11 1x Weight, 9 kg for cylinder 152972
12 1x Hydraulic motor 152858 7 8 9
13 1x T-distributor 152847
14 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395
16 1x Flow sensor 567191

7x Hose line with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960 10 10 11
3x Hose line with quick release couplings 1000 mm 152970
Hydraulic power unit Page 204
Protective cover for weight Page 202
12 13 14
The media on offer The workbook contains:

– Training notes
Hydraulics – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
Basic level
and videos of industrial applications
15 16
Workbook
TP 501
and circuit diagrams
CD-ROM included

DE 550141

EN 551141

ES 551145

FR 551146

Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
– Designing and simulating with
551141 EN
FluidSIM®
Training course documents – Measuring and controlling with
The basic circuits for hydraulics are FluidLab®
presented in 17 exercises. The sym- – Digital learning program
bols used in the circuit diagrams are Hydraulics/electrohydraulics
according to DIN/ISO 1219. In order – Textbook: Hydraulics – Basic Level
to carry out the exercises, students – Hydraulics poster set
require the equipment set for TP 501
Hydraulics, Basic Level.

Hydraulics for advanced students
The new advanced level Hydraulics plus! Training content Hydraulic circuits:
– Implementing bypass circuits
The training package TP 502 builds The new components provide added Power packs and components: – Ensuring synchronised forward
on the material covered in training training value and relevant project – Design and function of a hydrau- and return strokes
package TP 501 – Basic Level, and tasks form the basis for advanced lic motor – Getting to know the bypass circuit
adds 15 new projects to it. training in fundamental principles. – Setting the direction and speed of – Getting to know the rapid traverse
rotation of a hydraulic motor feed circuit
The course expands students‘ know- The training package is delivered – Design, function and use of a flow – Advancing and retracting of a
ledge about the basic physical prin- in practical trays, packaged in a divider cylinder after the pump from the
ciples of hydraulics and the function Systainer. These trays, in turn, fit – Using a hydraulic reservoir as a reservoir is switched off
and use of further hydraulic compo- exactly into the drawers in Learnline volume and pressure accumulator – Use of a hydraulic reservoir for a
nents. workstations. – Design, function and use of a rapid traverse circuit
pressure regulator – Getting to know the rectifier circuit
In order to carry out the projects, – Specifying the cylinder pressure – Configuration and description
users require the components and – Difference between pressure-relief of a sequence control with two
the necessary accessories from valves and pressure regulators cylinders
equipment set TP 501. – Getting to know the pressure
Measurements and calculations: sequence and pressure stage
– Calculating performance ratios of circuit
hydraulic circuits from measured – Getting to know the fuse protection
values for tensile loads
– Calculating forces on the cylinder
– Creating procedure descriptions

1 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
2 1x 3-way pressure reduction valve 544337
3 1x Flow dividing valve 544340
4 1x 2/2-way stem actuated valve, convertible 544353
5 3x Non-return valve, 0,6 MPa opening pressure 548618 4 5 6
6 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
8 1x Mounting kit for cylinders 544371

7x Hose line with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960 7 7 7/8
Protective cover for weight Page 202 9

– Training notes
Hydraulics – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 502
CD-ROM included

DE 550142

EN 551147

ES 551148

FR 551149

Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551147 EN
FluidSIM®
The tasks explain further hydraulic Fluid Lab®
circuits. The equipment set of pack- – Hydraulics/electro-hydraulics
age TP 501 – Hydraulics Basic Level digital learning program
and TP 502 – Advanced Level equip- – Textbook: Hydraulics – Basic Level
ment set are needed to carry out the – Hydraulics poster set
tasks.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Electrohydraulics
Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level

Basic training in electrohydraulics
New edition of electrohydraulics! Training content Hydraulic circuits: – Implementing sequence control
– Commissioning hydraulic circuits with two cylinders
TP 601 is a logical further develop- Power packs and components: safely – Getting to know and creating a
ment of electrohydraulics for train- – Design, mode of operation and ar- – Explaining and designing direct procedure description as GRAFCET
ing and further education. The eas of application of 2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and indirect actuation and as a function diagram
equipment set contains only elec- and 4/3-way solenoid valves, as – Creating and using a sequence – Analysing circuits and carrying out
tro-hydraulic circuits and control well as 4/2-way double solenoid table systematic fault finding and error
systems. valves – Explaining and designing signal elimination with restart
– Design and mode of operation of storage in the hydraulic power
The number and version of the com- electrical pushbuttons, switches section Measurements and calculations:
ponents are specifically adapted to and limit switches – Selecting solenoid valves – Measuring and calculating the flow
the projects in the workbook. This is – Design and mode of operation of according to the technical in an electrohydraulic installation
a cost-effective way of teaching the a relay control requirements – Calculating electrical characteris-
important training objectives. – Knowing and accounting for the – Using and designing basic logic tic values
contact load capacity of electrical functions
This equipment set provides stu- signal transmitters – Explaining and designing an
dents with knowledge about the – Selecting and using hydraulic and electric latching circuit with a
basic physical principles of electrical electrical components according to dominant switch-off signal
engineering and electrohydraulics, economic criteria – Designing and arranging pressure-
as well as how electrohydraulic and – Design and mode of operation of a dependent control systems
control technology components pressure switch – Knowing simple operating modes
function and are used. – Knowing different ways of sensing and accounting for them in the
a cylinder‘s end position and se- circuit
lecting the right one – Electrically and mechanically
locking of signals in a relay
control system
– Expanding existing control systems
and adjusting the documentation
accordingly

1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
4 1x Non-return valve, 0,6 MPa opening pressure 548618
5 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
7 1x 4/2-way double solenoid valve, detenting 544352
12 2x T-distributor 152847 7 8 9
13 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395
15 1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612
19 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345 10 10 10/11

12 13 14
15 16 17

– Training notes
Electrohydraulics – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
Basic Level
Workbook
TP 601
18 19 20
CD-ROM included

DE 550143

EN 551150

ES 551151

FR 551152

Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551150 EN
FluidSIM®
The basic electric circuits for hydrau- Fluid Lab®
lic control technology are presented – Hydraulics/electrohydraulics
in 15 exercises. In order to carry out digital learning program
the exercises, students require the – Textbook: Electrohydraulics,
equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy- Basic Level
draulics, Basic Level. – Hydraulics poster set

Controllers for electrohydraulics
1 2 3 Supplementary equipment set – The Controlling using FluidSIM®

Controlling using FluidSIM®/ package contains everything you
EasyPort USB need to control training packages TP
201 and TP 601. FluidSIM® Pneuma-
With this package, the FluidSIM® tics is required for TP 201 and Fluid-
software can be used to control SIM® Hydraulics for TP 601. A set of
training packages. FluidSIM® brief instructions provides informa-
controls via EasyPort USB and tion on the individual steps.
4 5 processes the inputs and outputs
connected to the universal con- The sample solutions are included
nection unit according to their on a data storage medium as Fluid-
programming, e.g. using the digital SIM® CT programs.
module contained in FluidSIM®.
Complete supplementary equipment set in the Systainer 556270

1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM DE/EN/FR/ES 556267
2 1x EasyPort USB 548687
5 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
Prerequisite:
FluidSIM Pneumatics (from version 4) Pages 34 – 35
1 2 3 Supplementary equipment set – The LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP

Controlling using LOGO! package contains everything you
EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! need to control training packages
Soft Comfort TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief in-
structions provides information on
The quick, uncomplicated and inex- the individual steps. Programming is
pensive introduction to logical signal carried out using the programming
processing. With its extensive basic software LOGO! Soft Comfort.
4 and special control technology func-
tions, LOGO! replaces a variety of The sample solutions are included
conventional switchgears and con- on a data storage medium as LOGO!
trol devices. Soft Comfort programs.
Complete supplementary equipment set in the Systainer 556271

1 1x Brief instructions for LOGO! DE/EN/FR/ES 556268
2 1x LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP 535250
3 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
4 1x LOGO! Programming cable 526504
Prerequisite:


Electrohydraulics
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 1 2 3/4

to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 – TP 601 573039
The most important components at a glance: 5 6 7

6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347 8 8 8/9
10 11 12
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501

and Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 – TP 601 573040

6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347

Electrohydraulics for advanced students
The new advanced level Training content – Implementing control systems with Hydraulics plus!
the operating modes single cycle
The training package TP 602 builds Power packs and components: and continuous cycle The training package is delivered
directly on the material covered in – Design and mode of operation of – Querying time in electrohydraulic in practical trays, packaged in a Sys-
basic principles package TP 601, and different proximity switches control systems tainer. The trays fit into the draw-
adds more in-depth projects to it. – Function and possible applications – Getting to know and using further ers in Learnline workstations. The
of a time relay with switch-on and logical connections new components, with added train-
It provides students with advanced switch-off delay – Designing and arranging pressure ing value and relevant project tasks,
knowledge about the basic physi- – Design and use of an electrical sequence control form the basis for advanced training
cal principles of electrical engineer- predetermining counter – Knowing safety-related conditions in fundamental principles.
ing and electrohydraulics, as well that could be needed for a drive
as how electrohydraulic and control Learning objectives for hydraulic – Designing and arranging safety
technology components function and circuits: functions with a predefined motion
are used. – Selecting proximity switches sequence for a control system
according to the technical control – Implementing control systems with
In order to carry out the projects, us- requirements the operating modes inching and
ers require the components and the – Expanding electrohydraulic control aligning
necessary accessories from TP 601. systems and adjusting the docu- – Systematically identifying and
mentation eliminating errors in complex
The number and version of the com- – Designing and arranging path- electrohydraulic control systems
ponents are specifically adapted to and pressure-dependent sequence – Creating sequence control as a
the projects in the workbook. This controls displacement-step diagram
makes it possible to achieve many – Identifying signal overlaps in a – Representing procedure descrip-
important training objectives at lit- sequence control and taking the tions with GRAFCET
tle cost. appropriate action
– Designing and arranging sequence
control as a standing sequencer
– Using memory to implement an
emergency operation

3 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
4 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
5 1x Hydraulic motor 152858 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348
8 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347
11 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
7 8 9
Safety laboratory cables, Page 206
Aluminium profile plate Page 198 10 11
The strong blended learning range The workbook contains:

– Training notes
Electrohydraulics – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
Advanced Level
Workbook
TP 602
CD-ROM included
DE 550144
EN 551153

ES 551154

FR 551155

1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1– 1A1–
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551153 EN
FluidSIM®
The basic practical circuits in elec- Fluid Lab®
trohydraulics are presented in 12 – Hydraulics/electrohydraulics
exercises. In order to carry out the digital learning program
exercises, students require the – Textbook: Basic level
equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy- electrohydraulics
draulics, Basic Level and Advanced – Hydraulics poster set
Level TP 602.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in Hydraulics with FluidLab®-H
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Training content Your advantages
In order to the complete the exercis- – Basic principles of analogue – Fast, PC-supported recording of
The equipment set for TP 610 ex- es, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow and processing measured values
pands the training content of TP 501 position) are connected to the inputs – Using and adjusting sensors – Greater training success through
and TP 601 to include the topic of and control signals are transmitted – Interpreting measurement results measurement of components and
hydraulics measurement and con- to the EasyPort USB outputs. The – Reading and understanding techni- interpretation of results
trol. The material covered ranges Fluid Lab®-H software included cal data and measurement curves – Sensors that enable students „to
from recording simple characteristic in the scope of delivery interprets – Getting to know fluid engineering look into“ the circuit and compo-
curves of individual hydraulic valves and visualises the signals. Analogue components and their influence nents
through to the basic principles of values are displayed as measure- and function – Suppositions regarding system
cylinder control. In addition, aware- ment curves. – Demonstrating fluid engineering behaviour can be easily proven
ness is raised in a clear and striking effects and special features – Learning the principles of mea-
manner about the effective use of Each exercise includes notes on its – Analytical fault finding surement and analysis and apply-
hydraulic energy, e.g. with resistance implementation, with positional – Hydraulic energy ing them directly in other circuits
experiments. sketches and block circuit diagrams. – Evaluating changes of state – Demonstrate and understand the
Students are guided step by step – Proportional technology principles of fluid engineering
New features of Fluid Lab®-H include through the experiments. Measured – Control technology with position, faster
the measurement experiments for results are then interpreted, com- sequence and pressure control – System analysis via a PC: State-of-
proportional technology with record- pared with sample solutions and the-art diagnostic method
ing characteristic curves and appli- questions are asked to check stu- – Better understanding of fluid engi-
cations such as pressure stages and dents‘ understanding. neering components and processes
rapid traverse feed circuits, as well and thus better training outcomes
as control technology with position,
sequence and pressure control.
Exercises for the measurement

and analysis of system and control
behaviour point to a future in
which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance and saving energy are
becoming more and more important.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control
Complete equipment set TP 610 in Systainer 567194 1 2 3

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
3 1x Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
4 1x Connection unit, analogue 567232
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348
8 2x Pressure sensor 525964
10 1x Resistance hose line with quick release couplings 549858
11 1x Fluid Lab-H single licence 573286
12 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322 7 8 9
The exercises for proportional and control hydraulics also require:

Proportional amplifier 162255
Displacement encoder for cylinder 167090
Mounting kit for cylinders 544371
4/3-way proportional valve 167086
Proportional pressure relief valve 544351 10 11 12
Pressure filter 548609
Optionally, the regulating valve can be used instead of the proportional amplifier with the
proportional valves for the control technology exercises.
4/3-way regulating valve 167088
Includes Fluid Lab®-H System requirements

measurement software – PC with Windows XP/Vista/7
The Fluid Lab®-H software is an – At least Pentium 1 GHz
important component of the training – 2 GB RAM
package TP 610. Just a few simple – CD-ROM drive
steps are needed to configure – USB 2.0 or serial interface
the interface, adapt the sensors – 1280 x 1024 pixels
and select the language (DE/EN/
ES/FR). Then the exercises can NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime
begin. These are divided into the (included in the scope of delivery)
areas: basic experiments, cylinder
controls, proportional technology To carry out the exercises, students
and control engineering. Connection require the components and ap-
diagrams, descriptions and sample propriate accessories from training
solutions support students during packages 501 and 601.
the exercises. The software also
controls the measurement sequence.
Diagrams can be dimensioned and
printed out using the cursors. The
software also includes the complete
book of exercises, with sample
solutions, in PDF format.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Proportional hydraulics

Basic proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Basic Level Training content Measurements and calculations: – Braking a cylinder feed
– Determining characteristic curves – Reversing a hydraulic motor
Proportional valves are continuous Components: and characteristics of valves and – Setting process-dependent
valves that, thanks to proportion- – Design and function of different equipment pressure stages
al magnets, not only permit simple proportional valves – Measuring parameters such as – Externally and logically inter-
switching positions, but also enable – Characteristic curves and charac- pressure, volumetric flow and time connecting setpoint values
a continuous transition in the valve teristics of proportional valves – Calculating the flow for proportion- – Approaching a position with
opening. – Design and function of amplifiers al directional control valves braking
and setpoint specification – Calculating speeds for double- – Creating a load-independent feed
These valves are specifically used in – Getting to know the characteristics acting cylinders with varying load speed
hydraulics where variable volumetric of the 1 and 2-channel amplifier – Calculating the natural frequency
flows (proportional directional con- – Completely setting the 1-channel of a cylinder drive
trol valve or proportional throttle) amplifier – Calculating times for acceleration
are needed together with load com- – Setting the basic current, step and braking
pensation (proportional flow control current and maximum current
valve) or variable pressures (pro- – Getting to know the characteristics Hydraulic circuits:
portional pressure-relief valve). The of the 4/3-way proportional valve – Controlling pressure and speed
equipment set provides information and the proportional pressure-re- – Reading and creating hydraulic and
about proportional valves, how they lief valve electric circuit diagrams
function and how they are activated – Deriving the settings for the 2 – Creating a function diagram
using proportional amplifiers and a channel amplifier – Designing and commissioning con-
setpoint value card. The set can be – Setting ramps trol systems, including fault finding
used to design, set and commission – Deriving the ramp settings from the – Getting to know the pressure stage
simply proportional control systems. function diagram control system

Complete equipment set TP 701 184465 1 2 3

2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
5 2x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 167086
7 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve 167082
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 544351
9 1x Pressure filter 548609
10 1x Pressure balance (proportional flow control valve) 159351
11 1x Pressure relief valve/Pressure sequence valve 152848
12 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 152857 7 8 9
13 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
10 11 12
Measuring case 177468
Pressure relief unit 152971
13 14 15

16 17 18
– Training notes
0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
"ASICÙLEVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
DE 94457
EN 94472
ES 94404
FR 94352
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
Supplementary media
ÚEN
FluidSIM®
Ten exercises provide an introduc- Fluid Lab®
tion to the equipment and circuits – Digital learning program:
for proportional hydraulics. First of Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/
all, individual items of equipment Open- and closed-loop control
are presented and their settings are – Textbook:
tested. The graduated exercises then Proportional hydraulics, Basic level
provide a complete solution. – Hydraulics poster set

Advanced proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Training content Hydraulic circuits: – Implementing oscillating move-

Advanced Level – Controlling pressure, speed, ments for a cylinder with a propor-
Components: acceleration, delay and position tional hydraulic control system
The training package TP 702 builds – Determining characteristics curves – Reading and creating proportional – Implementing the specified speed
directly on the material covered in and characteristics of different hydraulic and electric circuit profile by means of an additional
package TP 701, Basic Level, and sensors diagrams bypass circuit and slow retraction
adds nine further, more in-depth and – Coordinating electrical and hydrau- – Reading motion diagrams to the end positions
real-life case studies. lic equipment – Designing and commissioning – Implementing a travel process with
– Creating characteristic curves for proportional hydraulic control a 2/2-way proportional valve and a
The package includes the follow- displacement, pressure and tem- systems, including fault finding proportional pressure-relief valve
ing steps: perature sensors – Adjusting and coordinating as per
– Understanding the task using a the specified procedure description
positional sketch, diagram and Measurements and calculations: – Using basic circuits for proportion-
problem description – Measuring and processing al hydraulics such as: speed, rota-
– Designing the hydraulic circuit parameters such as displacement, tional speed, stage, acceleration,
diagram time, pressure and temperature braking and differential circuits, as
– Determining the necessary signal – Further signal processing of well as positioning
transmitters analogue signals – Implementing specific displace-
– Compiling the sequence table ment-time and positioning pro-
– Designing the electric signal grams
control system – Setting precise switch-off positions
– Structuring and commissioning – Implementing drive acceleration
the proportional hydraulic control with a proportional pressure-
system relief valve
– Settings and evaluating the result

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257
5 3x Relay, three-fold 162241 4 5 6/7
12 1x Non-return valve 152845 8 9 10
13 1x Displacement encoder for cylinder 167090

Measuring case 177468 11 12 13
14

– Training notes
0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
!DVANCEDÙLEVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
DE 94458
EN 94473
ES 94450
Supplementary media
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
FluidSIM®
ÚEN
– Measuring and controlling with

Training course ducuments Fluid Lab®
Nine exercises illustrate the most – Digital learning program:
important circuits and equipment in Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/
proportional hydraulics. To carry out Open- and closed-loop control
the exercises, the equipment sets – Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
for proportional hydraulics TP 701 Basic level
(Basic Level) and TP 702 (Advanced – Hydraulics poster set
Level) are required.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

Basis closed-loop hydraulics training
Closed-loop hydraulics, Basic Level Training content – Transition function of a P controller – Disturbance reaction and control
– Control performance of a pressure factor
Hydraulic closed-loop control circuits Position control circuits: control circuit with P controller – Designing control circuits
are normally operated with continu- – Characteristic curve of a displace- – Transition functions of I and PI – Hydraulic, mechanical and
ous valves. A control valve with inte- ment sensor controllers electrical controllers
grated electronics, linear character- – Flow rate characteristics of a con- – Transition functions of D, PD and – Analogue and digital controllers
istic curve (volumetric flow to control tinuous directional control valve PID controllers – Selection criteria for controllers
piston position) and zero overlap – Linear unit as a controlled system – Empirical parameterisation of a
makes commissioning easy and pro- for position control PID controller Valves and measuring systems:
vides good results in the closed-loop – Designing and commissioning a – Parameterising using the Ziegler- – Designation, circuit symbols and
control circuit. position control circuit Nichols method function of continuous directional
– Lag errors in the position control – Changed controlled system with control valves
circuit disturbances – Stationary characteristics and
– Position control with a changed dynamic behaviour of continuous
controlled system Controllers in hydraulics: directional control valves
– Commissioning a position control – Controlled systems with and with- – Function, design and mode of oper-
circuit with disturbances out compensation ation of a pressure regulating valve
– Characteristics and transition – Low-delay hydraulic controlled – Pressure control with a directional
functions of a status controller systems control valve
– Parameterising a status controller – First, second and third order – Mode of operation and interface of
hydraulic controlled systems a measuring system
Pressure control circuits: – Classifying controlled systems
– Characteristic curve of a pressure according to their step response
sensor – Operating point and
– Controlled system for pressure controller amplification
control – Discontinuous controllers
– Characteristics of a PID control- – Block diagrams for discontinuous
ler board and continuous controllers
– P, I, D, PI, PD and PID controllers
– Status controllers
– Selecting the controller structure
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

1 1x Pressure filter 548609
5 1x Pressure gauge 152841 4 5 6
7 1x PID controller 162254
8 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 167088
9 1x Status controller 162253
10 2x Weight, 5 kg for linear drive 34065
11 1x Linear drive 167089
7 8 9
Measuring case 177468
Cushioning cylinder for linear drive 152295 10 11
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC – BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298

– Training notes
#LOSED ,OOPÙ(YDRAULICS – Multimedia CD-ROM with photos
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù

DE 94460
EN 94469
ES 94368
FR 94348
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
Supplementary media
ÚEN

FluidSIM®
Training course ducuments – Measuring and controlling with
Twenty exercises cover the most Fluid Lab®
important principles of analogue – Digital learning program:
closed-loop control: pressure and Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/
position control with PID control- Open- and closed-loop control
ler and position control with status – Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
controller. Basic level
– Hydraulics poster set
Partial equipment sets for controlling

pressure and position on request.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB hydraulics
BIBB hydraulics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course – lessons A-H
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB exercises A-H in equipment tray 80147

2 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valvewith recirculating mid-position 167085
4 5 6 5 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
6 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850
9 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857
7 8 9 12 1x One-way flow control valve 152843
14 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845
17 4x Branch tee 152847
18 1x Pressure switch 167080
10 11 12 19 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
20 1x Weight 152972
Necessary accessories:
Relay, three-fold 162241
Signal input, electrical 162242
Complete equipment set BIBB additional exercises 80148

13 14 15

21 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with relieving mid-position 167084
24 1x Pressure switch 167080
16 17 18
Recommended accessories:
19 20 21
Training aims The additional exercises equipment

22 23 24
The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydrau- set allows further interesting training
lics course teach the fundamentals aims: Lifting a load, Rectifier circuit,
of hydraulic control engineering. Idling of pump output.
These training aims are divided into
8 different training units with the fol- Recommended training media
lowing contents: Power supply unit, – Self-tuition program,
Directional control valves and drives, Fundamentals of hydraulics
Non-return and flow control valves, – Design and simulation program,
Pressure valves and switches, Hy- FluidSIM® Hydraulics
draulic accumulators, Application
circuits, Commissioning and main- Also order:
tenance. BIBB Hydraulics course On request.

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Mobile hydraulics
Equipment set TP 800 – Mobile hydraulics

From basic principles to mobile machine
Mobile hydraulics from

Festo Didactic
Mobile hydraulics has a range of

specific features compared to con-
ventional industrial hydraulics.
These are normally taught directly
on a vehicle. But what if the compo-
nents or the vehicle are not access-
ible or the entire system is too com-
plex for teaching purposes?
With the mobile hydraulics equip-

ment set, Festo Didactic closes the
gap between the basic principles of
hydraulics and hydraulic systems on
a vehicle.
For an ideal introduction to mobile

hydraulics, a hydraulic power unit is
available, with variable displacement
pump and load sensing controller
and a constant displacement pump.
This enables both basic and ad-
vanced levels to be taught and load
simulations to be carried out with
just one power unit.
Equipment sets:
Working hydraulics – Basic level Working hydraulics – Advanced level Hydrostatic steering system System diagnostics with Fluid Lab®-M
At the basic level, flow control with Here, the focus is on load sensing The working hydraulics can also be To make the setpoints and actual
directional valves with different mid systems with variable displacement extended with a steering system. values for a hydraulic system com-
positions are compared in terms pump. This includes the construc- This teaches the construction and parable, a reproducible, controlled
of their energy usage. This is done tion, operation and adjustment of a functioning of a hydrostatic steering measuring sequence is required.
using a cylinder load simulator variable displacement pump with a system, with typical shock and suc-
which, depending on the design, is load sensing controller and mobile or tion valves and double-rod cylinders. With Fluid Lab®-M, we offer software
capable of simulating a wide variety control block. The energy usage with for free measured dataacquisition,
of different load situations. flow control, open centre load sens- The influence and effect of loads on -visualisation and -storage. The con-
ing and closed centre load sensing the steering cylinder are investigat- trol of the sequence to be measured
In addition, the topics of holding and with a variable displacement pump ed. Combinations of working hydrau- can be performed outside the soft-
lowering the load and two 6/3 way can then be compared. lics and a steering system based on ware, or manually inside the soft-
valves for actuation of two drives are different priorities can also easily be ware, or can be programmed and
discussed using the series, parallel Remote control and hydraulic pi- set up. This illustrates the effect of saved as a sequencing program in
and tandem circuits. lot control of mobile blocks can also steering activity on the downstream the software. Results can be saved,
be discussed and developed. In ad- working hydraulics. visualised, measured and compared.
As a transition to the Working hy- dition, the effects of upstream and
draulics – Advanced level, a simple downstream pressure balances can On request On request
load sensing controller with constant be tested.
pump is implemented.
On request
On request
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages
Equipment sets
Fundamentals of electrical engineering.........................................................152

Building automation systems........................................................................158
Electric drive technology ...............................................................................162
149
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description
Electrical engineering training packages

Modern and exciting training
Single source: Equipment for

electrical engineering and electrical
laboratory
The learning system for automation

technology is now more comprehen-
sive than ever before. With the ba-
sic principles of electrical engineer-
ing and electronics, from Ohm‘s Law
through to the complex knowledge
and applications involved in drive
and control technology, the learning
system now covers most of the
topics included in forward-looking Rapid transfer Maximum compatibility Useful modularity
basic and advanced training courses Whether in initial professional Electrical engineering and electron- The training packages for electrical
in automation. training or more advanced courses: ics are fundamental components of engineering training packages are
It is essential to be able to recall automation. These training pack- expandable. For example, they begin
what has been learned and apply it ages can therefore be used where with electrical protective measures
immediately. This is easier to do if mechatronics or bus technology are and a domestic connection. Later,
the worlds of learning and work are involved. they add the starter kit for sub-
as similar as possible. That is why – 4 mm safety sockets and SysLink distribution and the topic of building
the training packages for electrical guarantee „electrical compatibi- automation.
engineering only contain industrial lity“
components, and the exercises in – A new standard coupling ensures This modularity has a further benefit:
the course documents come from a that motors and driven elements each training device is smaller, more
typical, professional environment. are universally compatible portable and can be housed in a
– H-rails and housing dimensions cabinet more easily.
allow components from other
manufacturers to be used
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description
Proven training concept Theoretical content can be

illustrated and communicated
Festo Didactic‘s proven and continu- more clearly with the help of
ously upgraded teachware concept the photos and videos on the
also underpins the training packages enclosed multimedia CD-ROM to
for electrical engineering. communicate it more clearly.
It is based on project-based exercis- Teacher and student versions

es that increase in complexity from of documents are provided,
one exercise to the next. The know- with identical page numbering
ledge learned is revisited, reinforced to make it easier to answer
and consolidated in subsequent questions. Exercise sheets can
exercises. simply be printed as required.
All projects include practical

problems. Drawings, images
and videos give a broad view
of industrial reality.
Safe connection technology Combination with self-study Well packaged and transported Winner of the iF product design
When it comes to dealing with elec- Education in schools, companies or Anyone who wants to design varied award 2011:
tricity, safety and protective meas- university cannot be successful with- teaching and personal learning Equipment set TP 1011
ures are a key focus. Of course, all of out a willingness to do self-study. concepts requires flexible and Basic principles of electrical
our electrical connections are fitted modular training systems. That is engineering/electronics
with safety sockets or plugs. That is why the appropriate WBTs why we have packaged most of the
– The plug-in modules of the equip- are available for all topics. Our range equipment sets into the practical
ment set for the basic principles of of digital training programs provides and mobile Systainer. This makes
electrical engineering/electronics exciting learning scenarios and sup- storage and transportation easier
– Power supply units and power plements the classroom-based parts and supports flexible working.
supplies of a course.
– Back plates and EduTrainer®
The WBTs are particularly well suited
for teaching the basic principles
and thus provide the optimum
supplement to practical experiments.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Fundamentals of electrical engineering

Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics
TP 1011 – the training package Training content

that provides the ideal introduction
to all aspects of electrical – Direct current
engineering/electronics Voltage, current, resistance,
components and systems. conductance, Ohm‘s law, using
measuring devices, energy and
Complete with built-in safety capacity, series and parallel
features, the universal patch panel connections, voltage dividers,
in the reliable 19 mm grid forms the non-linear resistors, bridge circuit,
basis for all electrical engineering/ voltage source
electronics as well as digital and – Alternating current
closed-loop technology experiments, Electric field, induction, capacitor
which are supplied comprehensively and coil in DC and AC circuit,
by the basic power supply unit with series and parallel circuits, Simply reliable! Eminently connectable!
integrated display and function active resistance, reactance and All electrical connections are Contacts options on the top and
generator. impedance, phase shift of current equipped with safety connectors underside of the housing allow
and voltage and sockets based on state-of-the- access to all component connections,
The component set contains all of – Semiconductors art technology. This applies both to irrespective of their orientation.
the components for carrying out semiconductor diode, Zener diode, the components and to other system
basic experiments and provides clear light-emitting diode, bipolar components such as the power Measurements can thus be taken at
assignment thanks to its printed transistors, unipolar transistors, supply unit and patch panel. any time without having to modify
storage panel. diac, triac, thyristor the circuit and parallel connections
– Basic electronics circuits The equipment set is therefore ideal become child‘s play.
The Systainer solution included in Power supply unit circuits, for use in laboratories in which there
the scope of delivery meets work, amplifier circuits, flip-flops, power are high voltages present and where
transport and storage requirements electronics safety is paramount.
efficiently, thus reducing the amount
of work required before and after
lessons.

1 1x Basic power supply unit EduTrainer 567321
2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322
3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306
1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809
Required accessories, also order:

Power cable Page 199
Laboratory safety cables Page 206
2 multimeters Page 207
Possibilities of expansion:
Equipment set TP 1012, Basic principles of digital technology On request
Equipment set TP 1013, Basic principles of closed-loop technology On request
Workbooks Fundamentals of direct current

The basic principles of electrical technology direct current technology alternating current technology semiconductors
engineering/electronics are covered DE 567207 Workbook Workbook Workbook
in detail in realistic projects, each EN 567209

with its own problem description, ES 567211

parameters and project order.

FR 567213

Particular emphasis is placed on the Fundamentals of alternating

topics of the design and function current technology

of the components as well as their DE 567215

circuitry and characteristic values. EN 567217
Festo Didactic
567209 EN
Festo Didactic
567217 EN
Festo Didactic
567283 EN
ES 567219
Worksheets support the students FR 567221
Basic electronics circuits
through the required stages from
execution through to assessment of Fundamentals of semiconductors Workbook
learning success. DE 567281

With CD-ROM
EN 567283

The workbooks contain:

ES 567285

– Solutions FR 567287
– Didactic notes
– Worksheets for the student Basic electronics circuits
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics DE 567289
– Some in colour, in binder EN 567291
Festo Didactic
567291 EN
ES 567293
FR 567295

EasyKit microcontroller
Embedded systems made easy The EasyKit concept data flow program as a subroutine. Live debugging
With EasyKit, microcontrollers Programs are put together using If required, EasyLab can install a
Until now, the development of em- are adapted to the requirements functional modules with a high ab- monitor program on the micro-
bedded systems has been the pre- of individual control tasks by straction level. This means that the controller in addition to the main
serve of specialists. Every step of the connecting special input and output range of modules which can address program. This makes it easy to
design process, the manufacture of modules. The microcontroller board the input and output channels of the monitor the program as it is running,
special printed circuit boards and the in the starter kit therefore has two microcontroller goes beyond func- as all the functional values are
programming of the microcontroller slots for input and output modules. tional modules alone, going from displayed in real-time in EasyLab.
(usually only in C++ or Assembler) timers, counters, arithmetic and logi- The user can see which subroutine is
required expert knowledge and Programming with EasyLab cal functions right up to entire con- currently being executed and which
instruction. In addition, the programming inter- trollers. values apply at the edges of the
face EasyLab has been created, subroutine. This guarantees step-by-
This is where the idea of EasyKit which allows graphical programming. Simulation mode step commissioning and convenient,
comes in: standardised, easy-to- EasyLab is the first system to enable Once the program has been created, fast fault finding.
batch electronic modules and a model-driven software development. it can be tested in simulation mode
graphically orientated programming The conventional technical descrip- without any hardware connected. In All the properties of EasyLab make
interface make it much simpler to tion methods this mode the user can assign the it incredibly easy to create and
create microcontroller-based control – Sequencer output values of input modules man- commission even the most complex
systems. This means that sophisti- – Data flow ually, as these cannot transmit val- of applications (e.g. controllers).
cated applications can be created can be used directly in EasyLab, thus ues when no hardware is connected.
with a minimum amount of integra- providing a convenient way to solve Of course, it is also still possible to
tion work. programming problems. Automatic code generation program EasyKit using C++.
At the touch of a button, EasyLab
Sequencer and data flow generates C-code and then machine
EasyLab offers both of these options. code from the program the user has
The main program is a sequencer created. This can then be transmitted
which allows branches and parallel to the microcontroller via the USB
sequences in addition to a linear interface.
sequence. Each step is assigned a
Complete equipment set TP 1021 in the Systainer 567244
Scope of delivery
– Starter board with powerful Cortex™-M3 microcontroller and two slots for
EasyKit expansion modules
– 2 EasyKit expansion modules: 1 DIO1, 1 AIO1
– EasyKit application board with DC motor, infrared light barrier for
measuring motor speed, photoreceptor
– Programming software EasyLab as classroom licence with simulation capability
– USB connecting cable, stranded wire, screwdriver
– Detailed training documents in PDF format on CD
– Supplied in the practical Mini-Systainer
Technical data for processor board

– Processor with ARM® Cortex™-M3 core (STM32), 8 MHz clock frequency,
64 KByte Flash RAM
– External communication via USB 2.0 EasyLab sequencer
– Power supply via USB or external power supply unit
– 3 pushbuttons and 3 LEDs
– 2x 16-pin terminal strips for analogue and digital inputs and outputs
– 2 slots for input/output modules
– Up to 4 digital inputs
– Up to 4 digital outputs
– Up to 4 analogue inputs
– Up to 4 analogue outputs
Expansion modules Input/output module DIO2 (V1.1)

Digital input and output 0.5 V (TTL-
compatible) via terminals D-In2 and
D-Out2.
Order no. 571821 EasyLab data flow
Input/output module ILT1 (V1.0)

Driver for inductive loads/actuators
EasyKit is a versatile, expandable (e.g. relays and directional
system which can be adapted to your control valves), switching voltage
individual needs using additional corresponds to that of the connected
input/output modules. power supply unit (12 – 24 V),
connection via terminal D-Out1.
Input/output module AIO1 (V1.1) Order no. 571822
Analogue voltage input and output,
0 – 5 V via terminals A-In1 and Input/output module ILT2 (V1.0)
A-Out1. Driver for inductive loads/actuators
Order no. 571818 (e.g. relays and directional
control valves), switching voltage
Input/output module AIO2 (V1.1) corresponds to that of the connected
Analogue voltage input and output, power supply unit (12 – 24 V),
0 – 5 V via terminals A-In2 and connection via terminal D-Out2.
A-Out2. Order no. 571823
Order no. 571819
Please note:
Input/output module DIO1 (V1.1) The modules can be plugged into
Digital input and output 0.5 V (TTL- either of the two sockets. However,
compatible) via terminals D-In1 and only one module of the same type
D-Out1. may be plugged into each socket.
Order no. 571820

Fundamentals of circuits with contacts
Fundamentals of The right selection of switching Training content Advantages

control technology elements and equipment is just as – Buttons and switches – The three-phase AC supply
important as the correct use and – NO and NC contacts guarantees the electrical safety
Basic control circuits also have adjustment of protective devices. – Jog mode of the workplace
their place in modern automation – Self-latching circuit – Extremely compact equipment
technology, as simple automation The general operating principles are – Pushbutton lock – Flexible thanks to the use of
tasks are still set up with low-cost explained using examples and the – Multiple control points industrial components
contactor circuits. basic knowledge of the control tech- – Messages – Easily extended
nology with contacts is explained – Design and function of a contactor – Jumper plugs for connecting the
Realistic projects are executed using comprehensively. – Electronic time relays boards improve clarity
the equipment set and practical – Overcurrent release and motor – Maximum effectiveness in
exercises. The design, function protection switch connection with MPS® transfer line
and areas of application of the – Designation of equipment used or electric machines
components are explained along – Connection and testing of a – Rugged angled screw-in sockets
with their use. three-phase socket for contacting
– Main and control circuit – The Systainer solution included in
– Protective interlocking the scope of delivery meets work,
– Reversing contactor circuit transport and storage require-
– Star-delta starting ments efficiently
– Reversing contactor circuit with
automatic star-delta starting

1 1x EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
2 1x EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
3 1x EduTrainer contactor board 571814
4 1x Motor technology contactor set 571816
5 1x EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Recommended accessories, also order:

Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806
Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow 571807 4 5
Safety jumper plug, 42 pieces, ...
... red, blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yellow 571808
Measuring devices Pages 207 – 209
MPS Transfer system Pages 228 – 239
The workbook The workbook contains:

Fundamentals of
The specific topics relating to circuits – Solutions circuits with contacts
with contacts are covered in detail – Didactic notes Workbook

TP 1211
in six realistic projects, each with its – Worksheets for the student
With CD-ROM
own problem description, parame- – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics

ters and project order. – 90 pages, some in colour, in binder

Particular emphasis is placed on the

DE 570901

topics of the design and function of EN 567315

the components as well as their cir- ES 567317

cuitry and adjustment. FR 567319
Festo Didactic
567315 EN
Worksheets support the students

through the required stages of plan-
ning, execution and function testing.
Particular emphasis is placed on

independent development of the
circuits by the student.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Building automation systems

Power supply systems and protective measures
Fundamentals of electrical Training content Sub-distribution: Advantages

protective measures – Using protective measures and – Lockable error switches integrated
Power supply: measuring devices in the housing facilitate realistic
Protecting people plays an important – Power supply systems – Planning and execution of initial fault finding
role when using electrical energy, (TN, TT, IT system) and repeat tests – No additional power supply
as it is not visible and is recognisable – Protective measures in the – Evaluation of the measurement required
only by its effects. Possible risks different networks results – The Systainer solution included in
must therefore be minimised – Creating test reports the scope of delivery meets work,
through suitable safety measures. Service connection: – Identifying, describing and transport and storage require-
– Components of a service measuring risks due to errors ments efficiently
Examples provide an introduction to connection system – Systematic troubleshooting – Complete teaching materials
the problems associated with elec- – Additional designations in the including WBT Electrical safety
trical safety measures. Current con- TN system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S) General: measures
ditions are examined and the risks – Selection of the protective Conducting customer dialogues – For a practical explanation of
resulting from the relevant situation measure and protective devices – for system commissioning the protective measures,
are demonstrated by means of meas- – Protective measure measuring – for repeat testing measurements and tests are
urements. The subsequent analysis devices – for errors/malfunctions in the carried out using conventional
and interpretation of the measure- – Planning and execution of initial electrical system test and measuring devices
ment results show the relationships tests in accordance with DIN – following successful repair
and identify measures. VDE 0100-610 and repeat tests in
accordance with DIN VDE 0105 and
BGV A3
– Creating test reports
– Safety and availability advice for
customers

1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825
2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826
3 1x EduTrainer subdistributor 571827
Recommended training media, also order:

Digital training program Electrical protective measures Page 21
RCD EduTrainer On request
IT network EduTrainer On request
The workbook Worksheets support the students

Power supply systems
The workbook for power supply through the required stages of intro- and protective measures
systems and protective measures duction, planning and execution of Workbook

TP 1111
covers the topic of the safety of exercises, evaluation of results and

With CD-ROM
electrical systems in accordance with documentation.

DIN VDE in detail.
Particular emphasis is placed on
The specific conditions and the independent execution, evaluation
measures for avoiding dangerous and documentation by the student.
situations are dealt with using
realistic situations. Different types The workbook contains: Festo Didactic
567309 EN
of network (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT – Solutions

network), protection against direct – Didactic notes
and indirect contact, protection – Worksheets for the student
against electric shock (including – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
in the event of a fault), protection – 150 pages, some in colour,
through RCD and initial and repeat in binder
testing of electrical systems and
devices are explained in project DE 567307
form. EN 567309
ES 567311
FR 567313

KNX/EIB compact board
Intelligent solutions The Systainer solution included in

the scope of delivery meets work,
Modern buildings are characterised transport and storage requirements
by intelligent lighting and air-condi- efficiently, thus reducing the amount
tioning solutions. Building automa- of work required before and after
tion systems and bus systems play a lessons.
key role here.
Training content
The KNX/EIB compact board – KNX/EIB system fundamentals
EduTrainer® is used to explain use – Using the system software ETS3
of this technology. Equipped with – Switching and dimming the light
the latest generation of industrial – Two-way circuits
components, it delivers state-of-the- – Interval timers
art technology. – Staircase lighting timers Functional Universal
– Light scene control systems The pushbutton sensor elements can The channels of the 4-fold universal
When selecting the devices used, – Different floor plans be used either as rockers or as inde- interface can be parameterised
efforts were made to ensure that the – Heating and climate control pendent buttons, the actual value as both binary input and outputs.
widest possible range of levels of – Louvre and blind control systems of the integrated temperature con- This means, for example, that the
complexity can be realised. Begin- – Logic operation of signals troller can be specifed and further LEDs can be used to indicate a wide
ners are therefore not overwhelmed processed using an external poten- variety of states or solid state relays
and can use the full range of func- tiometer. can be controlled for electrothermal
tions to meet increasing require- heating valve drives.
ments.
Complete equipment set TP 1131 in the Systainer 571867 Technical data – 2-fold multi-function pushbutton
– Input voltage: 230 V AC 1~ sensor with 4 pushbuttons, room
Scope of delivery (47 – 63 Hz), short circuit and temperature controller including
– KNX/EIB compact board overload protection setpoint and actual value input and
– Overlay masks – Phase display display
– 14 laboratory safety cables – Output for the connection of – Integrated simulation panel with
additional KNX/EIB EduTrainer® 14 colour LEDs, some dimmable
Recommended accessories, also order: modules – KNX system connector for bus
ETS3 software training package On request – Output voltage: 230 V AC 1~ connection
– Integrated power supply unit – Connection via 4 mm and 2 mm
30 V DC 0.32 A safety connectors
Possibilities of expansion: – USB interface – Front plate: 399 x 297 mm
– 8-fold switching output – Control console housing with
Heating control with real valve actuator for practical training. – 2-fold louvre actuator rubber feet for use in A4 frame
KNX/EIB heating valve actuator EduTrainer On request – 2-fold dimming actuator or on tabletop
– 4-fold universal binary I/O
Real louvre for illustrating the problem of slat adjustment on louvres. – 4-fold multi-function pushbutton
KNX/EIB louvre EduTrainer On request sensor with 8 pushbuttons
Complementary media
EIB PowerLine technology

Workbook with CD-ROM
– Easy-to-understand introduction
to the EIB bus system and the
PowerLine programming software
– Practical explanation of the
content using simulations
(CD-ROM) and a wide variety
of exercises (workbook)
– Includes CD-ROM with full Power-
Line programming software
Eminently connectable Flexible DE 572124
A switching actuator (8-fold) as well The universal simulation range,
as a dimming and a subblind actua- including dimmable LEDs, has no EIB PowerLine technology
tor (2-fold) provide the full function fixed wiring and offers versatile Solutions
range and cover all requirements for options for exciting projects thanks Solutions for the workbook, pro-
the control of external actuators or of to its overlay masks. vides more in-depth information
the integrated simulation panel. on bus systems and the PowerLine
programming software.
DE 572125
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Electric drive technology

Servo brake and drive system
Electric drive technology The unique didactic concept makes The convenient DriveLab software Training content
a clear distinction between the unit provides a wide range of options. – Electric drive technology
Modern drives are characterised under test and the load. components
by the bringing together of electrical With the electric teaching machines, – DC drives
and mechanical components to The practical quick-change system virtually all electric circuits and – AC drives
create complete systems. makes it easy to set up and change drives that exist in industry, in trade – Three-phase drives
the machines to be examined. and in the home can be explained – Special purpose machines
With rotating electric machines in practically and effectively. – Actuation with contact
particular, the basic principles of the The unit under test circuits are – Frequency converters
individual components along with created using reliable and flexible The range of drives includes systems – Communication technology
the system approach and practicality A4 EduTrainer® modules. of varying degrees of complexity,
play a crucial role. including single-phase and three- Technical data
Simple tests such as the recoring phase drives, DC drives and modern – Input voltage:
Enclosed in a compact housing, this of a characteristic curve can be per- servo drives. 230 V AC 1~ (47 – 63 Hz), short
equipment set incorporates a com- formed manually with the brake circuit and overload protection
plete, flexible and convenient load system, with no need for a PC and – Control console housing with
and drive system, which is used to software. Measured values, cha- rubber feet for use on the desk
analyse the systems to be examined racteristics and function mode are – Connection via 4 mm safety
in different load situations. shown on the integrated display. connectors
– Integrated EMC filter
– Integrated braking resistor
Scope of delivery
– Servo brake and drive system
– DriveLab software
– USB connecting cable
Complete equipment set TP 1410 in the Systainer 571870
EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
EduTrainer contactor board 571814
Motor technology contactor set 571816
EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Electric machines Page 164
DC power supply EduTrainer On request
Universal resistor EduTrainer On request

Digital training program Electric drives 1 Page 23
The convenient and intuitive Drive- Different load models

Lab software supports the automatic Pump, fan, calender, compressor,
recording of machine characteris- winch, linear axis, conveyor, lift.
tic curves, the parameterisation of a
static load and the simulation of load System requirements
models for the examination of drives PC with Windows XP SP2 or higher,
under realistic conditions. The com- CD-ROM drive, USB connection.
parison and optimisation of different
drive concepts can be carried out in
the form of project exercises. Sample
configurations provide a quick and
easy-to-understand introduction.
Workbooks Fundamentals of DC machines

Realistic projects explain the DE 571781 DC machines AC machines three-phase current machines
basic principles of rotating electric EN 571783 Workbook Workbook Workbook
machines in detail. Particular ES 571785

emphasis is placed on the topics of FR 571787

the design and function as well as
circuitry and characteristic values. Fundamentals of AC machines
DE 571789
Worksheets support the students EN 571791
through the required stages of intro- ES 571793
duction, planning and execution of FR 571795
Festo Didactic
571783 EN
Festo Didactic
571791 EN
Festo Didactic
571799 EN
exercises, evaluation of results and

documentation. Fundamentals of three-phase current
machines
Particular emphasis is placed on in- DE 571797
dependent execution by the student. EN 571799
ES 571801
The workbooks contain: FR 571803
– Solutions
– Didactic notes
– Worksheets for the student
– Some in colour, in binder
Electric machines
– Sturdy special design for Capacitor motor

training purposes – Power rating: 0.25 kW
– Neutral rating plate – Speed: 1,400 rpm
– Overtemperature protection – cos M: 0.99
(NC contact) in the winding – AC 230 V/1.86 A
– Fully assembled and aligned – Running/starting capacitor:
on support plate 25 μF/10 μF
– One shaft end, equipped with
coupling piece suitable for the Three-phase current
servo brake and drive system asynchronous motor 230/400 V
– Support plate with clamping slot – Power rating: 0.25 kW
and quick action mounting system – Speed: 1,350 rpm
for profile plate – cos M: 0.79
– All connections on safety sockets – Star circuit: 400 V/0.76 A
– Painted in RAL 7035 – Delta circuit: 230 V/1.32 A
DC shunt machine Three-phase current

– Power rating: 0.3 kW asynchronous motor 400/690 V
– Speed: 2,000 rpm – Power rating: 0.25 kW
– Armature: 220 V/1.8 A – Speed: 1,350 rpm
– Field: 220 V/0.3 A – cos M: 0.78
– Star circuit: 690 V/0.45 A
DC series machine – Delta circuit: 400 V/0.77 A
– Power rating: 0.3 kW
– Speed: 2,000 rpm Synchronous machine
– 220 V/1.9 A – Power rating: 0.3 kW
– Speed: 1,500 rpm
Universal motor – cos M: 0,97
– Power rating: 0.2 kW – Exciter: 150 V/0.95 A
– Speed: 3,000 rpm – Star circuit: 400 V/0.66 A
– AC 230 V/3.0 A – Delta circuit: 230 V/1.14 A
– DC 140 V/2.5 A
Further machines are available
on request.
DC shunt machine 571868

DC series machine 571869
Universal motor 571871
Capacitor motor 571872
Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V 571874
Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V 571875
Synchronous machine 572095
164 www.festo-didactic.de
Micromaster 420 EduTrainer® Sinamics G110 EduTrainer®
Training device for the A4 mount- The device is equipped with an EMV Training device for the A4 moun- The device is equipped with an EMV
ing frame, ready for operation and filter with reduced fault current for ting frame, ready for operation and filter with reduced fault current for
equipped with the universal single- operation in a laboratory environ- equipped with the universal single- operation in a laboratory environ-
phase frequency converter Micro- ment. phase frequency converter for varia- ment.
master 420 from Siemens. ble speeds in single-phase networks
All relevant connections of the con- of 200 – 240 V. All relevant connections of the con-
Profibus interface, control panel and verter are carried out on 4 mm safety verter are carried out on 4 mm safety
parametrisation software are includ- terminal sockets. Due to its uncomplicated operation, terminal sockets.
ed in the scope of delivery. it is especially suitable as an intro-
The motor connection can alterna- ductory device for teaching the basic The motor connection can alterna-
The typical industrial areas of use of tively be made via a standardised principles of converter technology. tively be made via a standardised
the Micromaster 420 are conveyors, round plug or a terminal strip. In ad- round plug or a terminal strip. In ad-
material transport, pumps and fans. dition, a screened connection termi- The typical industrial areas of use of dition, a screened connection termi-
nal is available. Power supply is also the Sinamacs G110 are conveyors, nal is available. Power supply is also
Special features: provided via 4 mm sockets. material transport, pumps and fans. provided via 4 mm sockets.
– Versatile-use inputs/outputs
– FCC control (flow current control) The converter is ideally suitable as Special features: The converter is ideally suitable as
for high drive quality, even with a drive for the MPS® transfer system – Uncomplicated engineering and a drive control for the MPS® transfer
load changes AC. With the Profibus interface, it can parametrisation with the tools system AC.
– Multipoint characteristic curve be seamlessly integrated into higher- SIZER and STARTER and via the
(parametrisable U/f characteris- order control systems. removable control panel (BOP) Technical data
tic curve) – Multipoint characteristic curve – BOP (control panel)
– Various startup possibilities via Technical data (parametrisable U/f characteris- – 3 digital inputs
control panel or software tool – PROFIBUS interface tic curve) – 1 analogue input
– Parametrisable acceleration/return – BOP (control panel) – Integrated protection/overload – 1 optocoupler output
times (0 – 650 s) – 3 digital inputs functions – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
– 4 suppression frequencies to – 1 analogue input – Depth: 90 mm
protect the machine in case of – 1 relay output – Power supply: 1 AC/230 V
resonance – 1 analogue output – Output: 3 AC/230 V, 0.55 kW
– Integrated protection/overload – PI control
functions – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
– Depth: 90 mm
– Power supply: 1 AC/230 V
– Output: 3 AC/230 V, 0.35 kW
Sinamics G110 EduTrainer 573869
Additional frequency converters and servo converters:

Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 573868 Sinamics G120 EduTrainer (3 AC/400 V) 573870

Servo motor drive technology
Drives with servo motors throughout all stages of the intro- Workbook
Fundamentals of
ductory course. The integrated limit The basic principles of servo motor servo motor drive technology
Modern servo drives have become switches support the simulation of drive technology are explained using Workbook
TP 1421
indispensable for a wide variety of an axis on a range of rotation of ap- real project engineering.
automation tasks thanks to their prox. 340°. Metering can be imple- With CD-ROM
combination of high precision, dy- mented for extended training con- Training content
namic response and torque. Basic tent. – Components of a drive system
knowledge of the areas of applica- – Design
tion and the components of modern Advantages – Commissioning
servo drives is therefore essential. – The latest generation of modern – RPM regulation
drive components from Festo – Regulating torque
Festo Didactic
The use of the latest generation of – Integrated SysLink interfaces – Homing

571853 EN
Festo controllers and motors guaran- – Integrated test box for all impor- – Positions
tees that this equipment set is up-to- tant I/Os – Ramps The workbook contains:
date, while the supplied PC software – Standardised concept from basic – Solutions
facilitates project engineering. principles to application Worksheets support the students – Didactic notes
– The Systainer solution included in through the required stages of intro- – Worksheets for the student
Reliable and flexible the scope of delivery meets work, duction, planning and execution of – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
The rotary disk guarantees simple transport and storage require- exercises, evaluation of results and – 120 pages, some in colour,
and reliable handling of the system ments efficiently documentation. in binder
DE 571851
EN 571853
Complete equipment set TP 1421 in the Systainer 571849 ES 571855
FR 571857
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit (Illustration ) 571873

Stepper motor drive technology
Drives with stepper motors important outputs. This allows con- Workbook
Fundamentals of
venient operation without any addi- The basic principles of stepper motor stepper motor drive technology
One of the main reasons why drive tional hardware. The analogue and drive technology are explained using Workbook
TP 1422
tasks are implemented with stepper digital SysLink interfaces make it real project engineering.
motor drives in modern systems is easy to integrate the drives in com- With CD-ROM
the cost benefit. However, the weak- plete systems for explaining addi- Training content
nesses associated with their design tional content. – Components of a drive system
mean that basic knowledge of the – Design
components and areas of application Advantages – Commissioning
is essential. – The latest generation of modern – RPM regulation
drive components from Festo – Homing
Festo Didactic
The current components in the – Integrated SysLink interfaces – Positions

571861 EN
equipment set and the supplied PC – Integrated test box for all impor- – Ramps
software provide a useful introduc- tant I/Os The workbook contains:
tion to this topic. – Standardised concept from basic Worksheets support the students – Solutions
principles to application through the required stages of intro- – Didactic notes
Convenient and open – The Systainer solution included duction, planning and execution of – Worksheets for the student
The integrated simulation box al- in the scope of delivery meets exercises, evaluation of results and – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
lows the connection of the required work, transport and storage re- documentation. – 120 pages, some in colour,
inputs and displays the states of all quirements efficiently in binder
DE 571859
EN 571861
Complete equipment set TP 1422 in the Systainer 571850 ES 571863
FR 571865
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit (Illustration ) 571873
Automation technology/PLC training packages
Controllers
EduTrainer® Universal ...................................................................................172

EduTrainer® Compact ....................................................................................177
Siemens Trainer Packages ............................................................................182
CoDeSys........................................................................................................184
Minicontrollers..............................................................................................186
Control panels...............................................................................................187
Equipment sets
Sensors.........................................................................................................188
PLC in pneumatics.........................................................................................190
Fieldbus ........................................................................................................191
Interfaces to the process ............................................................................. 195
169
Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description
Automation technology/PLC training packages

From buttons to automation solutions
Control system, Process, Didactics
Forward-looking training is ulti-

mately all about reliable and efficient
automation of production processes.
– Automation systems must
correspond to those in future
workplaces
– Processes must be as close as
possible to those used in actual
production
– The training content and methods
must lead to expertise, which
future specialist staff can use to EduTrainer® Universal EduTrainer® Compact SCE Trainer Packages
secure their and their companies‘ – The universal holder system with – The sturdy PLC for fluid engineer- As a certified Siemens Solution
future. control systems, power supply unit ing laboratories Partner Automation and Siemens
and simulations – Suitable for the ER mounting frame SCE Partner we recommend the
– Alternative connections for 4 mm – With 4 mm connection technology „First Choice“ Siemens automation
and SysLink and/or SysLink technology.
– In two lengths, as a table-top rack – Adapter available for mounting on
or A4 plate for A4 mounting frames the profile plate in the pneumatic The SCE Trainer Packages offer
– Variable equipment including or hydraulic training packages crucial advantages for classroom
market leading control systems equipment.
and 19“ simulation plates The EduTrainer® Compact is the
ideal control system for fluid
The online configurator provides engineering laboratories and has
support in selecting and combining proven itself worldwide.
the appropriate components.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description
From manual to machine
Clarity on the one hand, maximum

industrial relevance and practical
transfer on the other. The equipment
and solutions for automation/PLC
technology meet all requirements:
– from simple to complex models
– from manual control to relay
– from digital mini control system
to PLC
The balance is achieved because

the learning system for automation
technology is vertically and hori-
zontally integrated.
The process is the key
An ongoing production process can- – Virtual: CIROS®, FluidSIM® or

not be taken „out of operation“ for EasyVeep offer hundreds of
training purposes. Therefore, the key different processes for actua-
is to offer the right „artificial“ train- tion via EasyPort or OPC.
ing processes that are economical, – Actual: The best process
flexible and practical. environment is provided
by the modular production
system MPS®.
Automation with CoDeSys LOGO!, Operation and monitoring Equipment sets for your course Terminal, 4 mm and SysLink
We recommend CoDeSys as an IEC Electrical engineering laboratories Having the correct and practically Requirements for connection
61131-3 compatible programming are equipped with mounting frames relevant automation equipment is technology can differ greatly. The
system for the Festo CPX range of and training devices in A4 format as important. However, it is the right EduTrainer® for PLC training meets
controllers. standard. The training devices with concepts, processes and exercises all of them:
– Flexible and open for all kinds of the LOGO! touch and operator panel that really give your equipment the – Dealing with a screw terminal is
control tasks from Siemens supplement your elec- critical added value. This is what part of a hand tool
– Very simple to commission and trical laboratory our equipment sets and their course – 4 mm safety sockets are correct if
program – Small and large LOGO! documents provide: the circuit diagram is to lead into
– Ethernet communication for simple configuration – The TP 1311 clarifies the use of the controller configuration
programming with module library – TP177B – the touch panel sensors in automation – SubD or Centronics for complex
for training – The TP 301 makes the leap circuits or if the correct wiring is no
Note: With an OPC interface, – OP177B – the touch panel from electropneumatics into longer the key focus
CoDeSys is suitable for controlling with function keys for PLC technology
the processes in CIROS® and thus professional applications – The TP 401 and 402 provide a
for purely PC-based training in pro- practical introduction to the world
gramming. of fieldbuses
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer® Universal
EduTrainer® Universal
For maximum flexibility
The EduTrainer® Universal
Do you rely on a PLC from a global

market leader? Does your training
tend to focus on mastering process-
es and technologies rather than safe
handling of wires and screwdrivers?
If so, the EduTrainer® Universal is the

right solution for you!
Whatever is particularly impor-

tant to you: You can get exactly the
EduTrainer® Universal that you
need – so you can focus on what is
important to you:
– Fully set up and configured or
your own design
– With PLCs from Siemens, Festo and
other leading manufacturers
– With or without power supply unit
– With or without 4 mm safety
sockets
– And always with the standard
SysLink interface
Universal shape and size Universal equipment With exact fit guarantee
The EduTrainer® Universal deserves There are many more than just To make sure the holder system
its name: 5 or 6 leading manufacturers of and equipment are compatible,
– It fits in the A4 and ER mounting programmable logic controllers the online configurator helps you
frames. worldwide. That is why we have to choose the right components.
– However, it can also stand on a prepared the EduTrainer® Universal You will then have a picture of your
table or lie flat. for different H-rails so that it can be EduTrainer® Universal and the parts
– It is available ready to use in every fitted with any PLC. list or order code ready to go.
conceivable configuration – or you
can set it up yourself. Below the PLC, the 19“ plug-in
– Narrow and wide designs are avail- format ensures that you can equip
able – so that you only pay for it with any conceivable combination
what you need. of connecting plates and simulation
modules.

Your advantages
The holder system Upright and horizontal

The handle on the rear allows the
Huge freedom: 305 or 458 mm EduTrainer® to be taken anywhere.
The powder-coated A4 steel plate of When working standing up, the
the holder system and the mounting EduTrainer® can be placed on its
frame for the 19“ modules are either back. To allow this, care has been
305 mm or 458 mm wide. This means taken to make sure that the 120/230
that the smaller EduTrainer® fits Volt connection on the rear is not in
perfectly in the trolleys in the MPS® the way.
stations. And the size provides space
for numerous expansions. Rack version
If it is to be used upright on a table,
For ER and A4 we give it two feet and call it the
The EduTrainer® Universal fits in EduTrainer® A4 Rack. The feet
any A4 mounting frame. It can also can easily be removed so that it
be hung in an ER mounting frame fits in the mounting frame for the
thanks to the appropriate hooks on laboratory furniture.
the rear.
Control systems and PLC modules Your preferred PLC not listed?
No problem. You can fit your PLC
This EduTrainer® is universal yourself on the „blank“ EduTrainer®.
because it can be fitted with all
industrial controllers from the
market leaders:
– Siemens S7
– Siemens LOGO!
– Festo FEC
– Festo CPX
– Allen-Bradley
– Mitsubishi
– and more
19“ simulation modules Existing EduTrainer® Universal units

can be expanded with these modules
Modules for all situations at any time.
Thanks to a wide variety of simu-
lation modules, all of which can be
ordered individually, a huge range of
different processes can be connected
and simulated during the training.
The modules are compatible with
any PLC and are easy to assemble.
EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory

A4 and A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19“ simulation modules
The industrial standard for the CPU 315F-2PN/DP

laboratory – 256 KB RAM for program and data
– Includes MMC
The modular concept of the SIMATIC – Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN
S7-300 offers professional PLC SM 323:
technology from the market leader, – 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs – 16 digital outputs
and I/O modules, the S7-300 meets (24 V DC, 500 mA)
all automation requirements. This SM 334:
controller facilitates the use of a – 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit
wide range of fieldbuses such as AS- (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)
interface, Profibus DP and Profinet. – 2 analogue outputs,
(0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)
The STEP 7 programming environ-
ment makes all industrially used PLC The holder system
programming languages available, – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop
such as Il, LD, FBD, STEP 7-SCL, STEP variant, size 1 or size 2, W x H
7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. 305/458 mm x 300 mm
– 19“ module simulation plate with
EduTrainer® Universal with: 2 x SysLink plug connector for
MPS® station and control panel,
CPU 313C-2DP each with 8 digital inputs and 8
– 64 KB RAM for program and data digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
– Includes MMC pin plug connection with 4 ana-
– Interface: MPI, Profibus DP logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
I/Os: puts; emergency stop jumper to
– 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) connect a safety circuit for discon-
– 16 digital outputs necting 8 digital outputs.
(24 V DC, 400 mA) – Integrated power supply unit
SM 334: 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
– 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
S7-313C-2DP (458 mm) 567108 (0–10 V, 0 – 20 mA) holder system
S7-314C-2DP (458 mm) 567109 – 2 analogue outputs, – 19“ simulation modules: 16 DIN,
S7-315F-2PN/DP (TP) (305 mm)* 567229 (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA) 16 DOUT, 4 AIN/2 AOUT, SysLink
S7-315F-2PN/DP (305 mm) see figure 567110
CPU 314C-2DP
Recommended accessories: – 96 KB RAM for program and data
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 – Includes MMC
Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141 – Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 I/Os:
PC adapter USB 539006 – 24 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Programming software STEP 7 Page 44 – 16 digital outputs
IEC power cable 90° Page 199 (24 V DC, 400 mA)
– 4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms,
Other accessories (±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA,
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550 0/4 – 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input
Digital I/O module SM323 16I/16O 529142 – 2 analogue outputs, (±10 V,
Front-panel connector screwed contacts, 20-pin 184554 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA)
Front-panel connector screwed contacts, 40-pin 660560
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
S7 CP343-2 AS-interface master for the S7 300 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027
Analogue cable, crossover 2 m 533039
EduTrainer® Universal * Special licence rules apply

preferred versions for for schools and educational
MPS®/MPS® PA institutes in the commercial
Pages 304 – 307 sector.
EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19“ simulation modules
The new modular mini control The holder system:

system from Siemens – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop vari-
ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
For solutions in discrete and stand- – 19“ module simulation plate with
alone automation applications in the 2 x SysLink plug connector for
lower performance range. MPS® station and control panel,
each with 8 digital inputs and 8
The new SIMATIC S7-1200 controller digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
family has a new, integrated engi- pin plug connection with 4 ana-
neering system: SIMATIC STEP 7 logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
Basic for controllers and HMI puts; emergency stop jumper to
connect a safety circuit for discon-
EduTrainer® Universal with: necting 8 digital outputs.
– Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
CPU S7-1214C power supply unit (only with order
– 50 kByte main memory, 2 MByte no. 567240, 567242)
program memory – Can be placed on a desk or in an
– Interface: RJ45 MPS® station
I/Os: – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
– 14 digital inputs (24 V DC) holder system
– 10 digital outputs – Can be expanded with 19“ simu-
(24 V DC, 500 mA) lation modules (only order no.
– 2 analogue inputs, 10 bit (0 – 10 V) 567242 and 567243) Page 176
CPU module: Order no. 567240 and 567241

include all the required equipment
Analogue output SB 1232 AQ with simulation modules:
– AO 1 x 12 Bit (± 10 V DC/0 – 20 mA) – 19“ module 16IN (12 HP), 16 dig-
ital inputs on 4 mm safety sockets
and 16 switches/pushbuttons for
signal simulation
– 19“ module 16OUT (12 HP), 16 S7-1200-TP (ON, SL) 567243
digital outputs on 4 mm safety S7-1200-TP (SL) 567242
sockets S7-1200-TP (ON) 567241
– 19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP), S7-1200-TP see figure 567240
analogue processing 4 analogue Note:
inputs on 4 mm safety sockets The EduTrainer® Universal S7-1200-TP is equipped with or without (ON) a power supply
can be switched to simulation via unit and also with either 19“ simulation modules or with SysLink (SL) only.
potentiometer and 2 analogue Includes programming cable and programming software.
outputs on 4 mm safety sockets The EduTrainer® is available in a six pack. It is based on the SCE trainer package S7-1200
– 19“ module 24 V/0 V (9 TE), 8 x 4 Page 182
mm safety sockets, red for 24 V
distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety sock- Recommended accessories:
ets, blue for 0 V distribution I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
IEC power cable 90° Page 199
Other accessories
Trainer package SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200 572742
Special licence rules apply EduTrainer® Universal

for schools and educational preferred versions for
institutes in the commercial MPS®/MPS® PA
sector. Pages 304 – 307
19” Simulation modules
1 7 1 19“ module 16IN (12 HP) 7 19“ module system connector

16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety 37-pin (9 HP)
sockets and 16 switches/push- – 1x 37-pin Sub-D connector for
buttons for signal simulation. 16 digital inputs
Order no. 567111 – 1x 37-pin Sub-D socket for
16 digital outputs
2 19“ module 16OUT (12 HP) – Emergency stop jumper for
16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety 8 digital outputs
sockets. Order no. 567116
Order no. 567112
2 8 8 19“ module ASI (6 HP)
3 19“ module 8IN (6 HP) – Two 2-pin M12 sockets for
8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety sock- pre-assembled AS-interface cables
ets and 8 switches/push-buttons for – Integrated AS-interface filter for
signal simulation. 24 V DC
4 19“ module 8OUT (6 HP) 9 19“ module system connector

8 digital outputs on 4 mm safety SysLink (9 HP)
sockets. – 2x SysLink with 8 digital inputs and
3 9 Order no. 567114 8 digital outputs each
– 1x 15-pin Sub-D socket for
5 19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP) 4 analogue outputs and
– Analogue value processing 4 ana- 2 analogue inputs
logue inputs on 4 mm safety socket – Emergency stop jumper for
switchable to simulation via poten- 8 digital outputs
tiometer and 2 analogue outputs Order no. 567122
on 4 mm safety sockets
– Display for measured value indica- 10 19“ module 24V/0V (9 HP)
tor with selector switch for channel – 8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets,
4 10 selection red
– Voltage range: – 8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets,
0 – 10 V; -10 – +10 V blue
6 19“ module word processing 11 19“ blanking plate

(12 HP) 12 HP 567123
Two-line display for showing the in- 9 HP 567124
put word and output word in HEX, 6 HP 567125
DEZ and BCD. Changing of the input 3 HP 567126
5 11 word via keypad.
Order no. 567118 12 16-pin flat cable
16-pin flat cable, open at one end to
connect 19“ modules with analogue
connection to any PLC with screw or
CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.
Order no. 567196
13 10-pin flat cable

10-pin flat cable, open at one end
6 12 to connect 19“ modules with digital
connection to any PLC with screw or
CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.
Order no. 567197
13
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer® Compact
Control systems with special tasks

Targeted values
SysLink links secure connections
In automation technology, wiring

is part of training at certain levels.
When connections have been
mastered, the focus moves onto
the process. This is why all control
systems and control elements on
the one hand, and the processes on
the other hand, are equipped with
SysLink:
– Programmable logic controllers
– Mini control systems
– Touch and operator panel
– Intelligent Profibus slaves
– MPS® stations
– Process simulations
The only question is: which control

system for which purpose? The
SysLink interface on the EduTrainer®
guarantees that the control system
offers plug and play compatibility
with the process.
EduTrainer® for fluid engineers EduTrainer® for mini control system EduTrainer® for managers
Hundreds of fluid engineering la- users The program is installed and the
boratories worldwide are equipped For many people, the Simatic LOGO! process is moving. But quality assur-
with our laboratory trolleys for is the mini controller. For this reason, ance is also part of the story.
pneumatics and hydraulics. Like the EduTrainer® LOGO! is included in
before, the control and connection the learning system for automation Operating and monitoring instru-
modules are designed in ER format. technology. ments are crucial when it comes to
The range has become more varied, process control. The modern touch
the control systems more powerful However, there is an attractive alter- and operator panels from Siemens
and the connection options safer. native: the FC 100 from Festo as a represent an equipment range that
mini control system for programming is used worldwide.
The EduTrainer® Compact is avai- with CoDeSys. It has a display and
lable with Siemens S7 312, 313, 314, keyboard, so that no PC is required We have converted it to A4 format
LOGO!, ET200 and Allen-Bradley ML for programming. And CoDeSys is and integrated it into the EduTrainer®
1200. IEC 61131-3 compliant. range.
EduTrainer® Compact
Equipment Without analogue processing With analogue processing
With AS-Interface and PROFIBUS Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP Siemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DP
With PROFIBUS Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP

Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP with SIM Siemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DP
Siemens EduTrainer® ET 200S Siemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DP with SIM
With AS-Interface Siemens EduTrainer® 313C
Without bus Siemens EduTrainer® 312C Start Siemens EduTrainer® 313C

Siemens EduTrainer® LOGO! Siemens EduTrainer® 313C with SIM
Siemens EduTrainer® TP LOGO!
Festo FEC EduTrainer® FST/MWT
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® ML 1200
The EduTrainer® Compact fits in First-choice partner:

the ER mounting frame of many Siemens – Festo
laboratory systems, but can also
be used as a tabletop device or be Benefit from the cooperation of two
mounted on a slotted profile plate. market leaders. Siemens control sys-
The sensors and actuators are tems and software are standard in
connected to the inputs/outputs of all equipment sets. As a first-choice
the PLC via 4 mm safety sockets. partner of „Siemens Automation Co-
The inputs can be simulated with operates with Education“, or SCE for
switches and potentiometers. With short, we offer customised solutions
the universal I/O interface socket for research, development and trai-
SysLink – the connection to all ning facilities worldwide.
equipment sets from Festo Didactic.
The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular
PLC system from Siemens for in-
dustrial use. The PLC has been inte-
grated in the didactic environment
of the Festo Didactic ER format (S7
EduTrainer® Compact) for use in
basic and further training.
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact Notes

The S7 EduTrainer® Compact is – Housing dimensions 145 x 240 x
equipped with the compact version 170 mm (H x W x D).
of the S7-300 series, the S7-313C – A CD-ROM included in the scope
with integrated digital and analogue of delivery contains examples for
inputs and outputs or the S7-313C- training with STEP 7, AS-interface
2DP with integrated digital inputs and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
and outputs as well as Profibus-DP point slide shows on AS-interface,
or the S7-314C-2DP with integrated distributed automation with Profi-
digital and analogue inputs and out- bus-DP and valve terminals (DE)).
puts as well as Profibus-DP. – The S7 is connected to the pro-
gramming device or the PC via the
Interfaces integrated MPI interface and the
– 2 SysLink sockets to IEEE 488 PC adapter cable, and programmed
each for 8 digital inputs/outputs using STEP 7.
– 15-pin Sub-D connector for – The units are supplied fully
analogue inputs/outputs assembled.
(if module present) – Data buffering by Micro Memory
– 4 mm safety sockets for 24 V Card (included in the scope of
operating voltage (external power delivery).
supply unit required) – S7-300 individual components on
– MPI interface or additional request.
Profibus-DP interface for CPU S7-
313C-2DP/S7-314C-2DP
– AS-interface connection socket
(reserved for ASi)
– EMERGENCY-OFF function
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact with

CPU 313C-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533018
CPU 313C-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 533020
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
CPU 313C-2DP-D-SIM (16DE/16DA/SIM) 533023
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
CPU 313C-2DP-D-A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533022
CPU 313C-2DP-D-Asi (16DE/16DA/ASI) 527424
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536905
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 536907
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 536906
STEP 7 Trainer Package DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573
Documentation
Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557
Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
S7/STEP 7 Documentation on DVD DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
Necessary accessories
Tabletop power supply unit Seite 199
Power supply unit for the mounting frame Page 199
PC adapter RS232 184555
PC adapter USB 539006
For digital processing:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
For analogue processing:
Connection unit, analogue 567232
Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Start SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S

The smallest processor in the S7-300 The S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S is an in-
family, the 312C with 10 inputs and telligent Profibus-DP slave that can
6 outputs (digital) is used as the be connected to any Profibus-DP net-
CPU. The EduTrainer® is therefore work. It can also be used as a stan-
especially suited to an introduction dalone device, or for preprocessing
to PLC technology and the control of data on the Profibus-DP, as it has
of small applications with a small an integrated PLC (IM151/CPU) simi-
number of digital inputs and outputs. lar to the S7-314.
This S7 EduTrainer® offers 3 inter- As a result, the unit is suitable for

faces for controlling processes: S7/STEP7 training with medium-
– 4 mm safety sockets. These can be sized programs. 8 inputs and 8 out-
used for the direct connection of puts are wired to a SysLink socket. If
components from the electropneu- a universal connection unit is used,
matics (TP 201/202) and PLC tech- these can be connected to 4 mm
nology (TP 301) equipment sets. safety sockets. A control panel with
– Phoenix screw terminal plug for 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated push-
practical connection of sensors buttons and 1 switch is integrated.
and actuators without 4 mm tech- An EMERGENCY-STOP function is im-
nology. plemented.
– SysLink socket to IEEE 488 for each
8 digital inputs and outputs for Notes
connecting a simulation box of an – Housing dimensions
EasyPort for a process or process 115 x 240 x 170 mm (H x W x D)
simulation. – The scope of delivery includes a
CD-ROM containing examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
Point slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profi-
bus-DP and valve terminals
(German).
– The ET 200S is connected to the
programming device or the PC via
the integrated MPI interface and
the PC adapter cable, and pro-
grammed using STEP 7.
– Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of
delivery)
EduTrainer Start with 10 inputs and 6 outputs 535255

EduTrainer ET 200S with 12 inputs and 10 outputs 527425
Documentation
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
S7/STEP 7 Documentation on DVD DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
Power supply unit for the mounting frame Page 199
PC adapter RS232 184555
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031

LOGO!, Allen-Bradley, FC 100
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact and The digital inputs and outputs on Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact FC 100 EduTrainer®
LOGO! EduTrainer® TP Compact the LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact are ML 1200
connected to a IEEE 488-compliant The FC 100 mini control system com-
Compact trainers that allow users SysLink socket and 2 analogue in- This EduTrainer® uses the Allen- bines three functions in one unit:
to be given an introduction to logi- puts are connected to a 15-pin Sub-D Bradley ML 1200 controller. 16
cal signal processing within a mini- socket. If a universal connection unit digital inputs and 16 digital outputs – Convenient handheld control unit
controller. or analogue connection unit is used, are wired to 2 SysLink sockets A and – Simple programming via „teach-in“
these can be connected to 4 mm B as part of the standard design. CoDeSys compatible PLC
Features of the LOGO! modules used: safety sockets. A control panel with- Outputs Q0 – Q9 are disconnectible
– Relay outputs of max. 10 A output in which 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated via a emergency stop bridge. Inputs Technical data
current pushbuttons and 1 switch are inte- and outputs Q10 – Q15 are supplied – 24 V supply voltage
– Integrated display panel grated. An EMERGENCY-STOP func- via the 24 V sockets. The 24 V EMER- – 8 digital inputs
– Integrated pushbutton control tion is implemented. GENCY-STOP signal is also connect- – 8 digital outputs
panel ed to the I16 input. Outputs I17 – I23 – RS232 interface
– Integrated basic and special LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP: of the controller are not connected. – Ethernet interface
features A compact trainer with integrated – 2 line monochrome display
– Integrated memory EEPROM for connection technology for 4 mm lab- Technical data – Touch-sensitive keyboard with
switching program and setpoints oratory connectors. 8 digital inputs – Supply voltage 24 V DC 16 keys (also usable as inputs)
– 200 connectable functions and 4 digital relay outputs facilitate – Maximum input power 40 VA – Web server built in
– 4 inputs as analogue inputs actuation of simple electropneumatic – 16 digital inputs:
(0 – 10 V), also usable as digital exercises (TP 201/202). Input current IN 0 – 3: Order no. 548676
inputs 7.3 mA/0 – 20 kHz at 24 V
– Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT, Input current IN 4 – 16: Recommended accessories:
NAND, NOR, XOR, positive/ 8.9 mA/0 – 1 kHz at 24 V I/O data cable with SysLink connectors
negative signal-edge detection – 16 digital outputs: (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m
– 27 flags (including startup flag) 8 relay outputs: Order no. 34031
– Integrated remanence 1.2 A at 24 V DC Connecting cable 4 mm
– Password protection 8 FET outputs: 1 A Order no. 381525
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact with 12 inputs, 10 relay outputs Programming software and docu-
and 4 analog imputs 527433 mentation on request.
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP with 8 inputs (alternatively: 4 analogue inputs)
and 4 Relay outputs 535250 Order no. 535811
Programming software Necessary accessories:

LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505 RSLogix 500 Starter EN
Documentation Order no. 538529
LOGO! manual DE 526506 Programming cable ML 1500
LOGO! manual EN 526507 Order no. 538527
Necessary accessories Power supply unit for mounting frame
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199 Page 199
LOGO! Programming cable 526504
For digital processing:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
For analogue processing:
Connection unit, analogue 567232
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Siemens Trainer Packages
Siemens Trainer Packages
LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V Trainer Package Trainer package Trainer package

FluidSIM® contains a software-based SIMATC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC CPU315F-2 PN/DP – Profinet ET 200S – Profinet
minicontroller, e.g. as an intro- Consisting of: Consisting of: Consisting of:
duction to the LOGO!, the minicon- – 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, CPU 1214C, – Mounting rail L = 480 mm – ET 200S, digital input, 2DI HF,
troller from SIEMENS. We offer an COMPACT CPU, DC/DC/DC, ON- – Power supply PS 307, DC 24 V, 5ST. (Total 10 DI) 1 x ET
attractively priced set of 5 LOGO! BOARD I/O: 14 DI 24 V DC; 10 DO AC 120/230 V, DC 24 V, 5 A 200S, digital output, 2DO HF, DC
modules. For industrial colleges and 24 V DC; 2 AI 0 – 10 V DC or – CPU315F-2 PN/DP with 256 kbyte 24 V, 0.5 A, 5ST. (Total 10 DO)
training centres. 0 – 20 mA. Power supply: main memory – 2x ET 200S, power module,
Package includes: 20.4 – 28.8 V DC, program/data – Micro memory card 512 kbyte PM-E, DC 24 – 48 V
– Set of 5 LOGO! 12/24RC memory: 50 KB – Digital modules SM 323, 16 DI and – 2x ET 200S, terminal module,
– Programming software LOGO! Soft – 6x SIMATIC S7, STEP 7 Basic V10.5, 16 DO, DC 24 V, 0.5 A, 40-pin TM-E15S24-A1 5ST. (Total 10)
Comfort single licence, SW and documen- – Front-panel connector for SM, 2x ET 200S, terminal module,
– 1 USB programming cable tation on DVD, licence key on USB 40-pin TM-P15S23-A0
Order no. 556235 stick, 2 languages (DE/EN), runs on – Analogue modules SM 334, – ET 200S, interface module IM151-3
Win XP, Win Vista 4AI/2 AO, 20-pin PN HF 2 bus connections via RJ 45
LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V – 6x SIMATIC NET, Ind. Ethernet – Front-panel connector for SM, – Micro memory card 64 kbyte
FluidSIM® contains a software-based TP XP CORD RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6, 20-pin – 1x standard mounting rail 35 mm,
minicontroller, e.g. as an introduc- crossed TP cable 4x2, with 2 RJ45 – Distributed safety, floating license L = 483 mm
tion to the LOGO!, the minicontroller plugs, length 6 m Order no. 549848
from SIEMENS. We offer an attrac- – 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, simulator System requirements
tively priced set of 5 LOGO! modules. module – Win 2000 Pro/XP Pro Trainer package
For industrial colleges and training – 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, analogue – Step 7 version 5.3 SP3 or higher F technology ET 200S – Profinet
centres. output, SB 1232, 1 AO, ±10 V DC or Order no. 549835 Consisting of:
Package includes: 0 – 20 mA – ET 200S, F digital input,
– Set of 5 LOGO! 230 RC Order no. 567238 Trainer package 4/8 F-DI, DC 24 V
– Programming software LOGO! Soft F technology S7-300 – Profinet – ET 200S, F digital output,
Comfort Trainer package Consisting of: 4 F-DO, DC 24 V/2 A
– 1 USB programming cable SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200 – F digital input SM 326, 24 DI – ET 200S, F relay output,
Order no. 556236 Consisting of: – F digital output SM 326, 8 DO; 1 F-RO DC 2 N/O contact
– 6 x touch panel COLOR PN with 265 DC 24 V, 2 A 24 V/5 A AC 24 – 230 V/5 A
LOGO! PC cable set colours, 5.7“ TFT display, Ethernet – Separator module – 3x ET 200S, terminal module,
Set of 4 LOGO! USB PC cables interface, manual on CD-ROM – 2 x front-panel connector for SM, TM-E30S44-01
Order no. 556237 – 12 x industrial Ethernet TP XP 40-pin Order no. 549837
CORD RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6, 4 x 2.6 m Order no. 549836
crossed cables
– 6 x compact switch module,
10/100 MBIT/S unmanaged
switch, 4 RJ45 ports, diagnostic
LED, electronic user manual on
CD-ROM
– Dimensions of touch panel
(W x H x D): 214 x 158 x 44 mm
System requirements
Special licence rules apply XP Home SP3, XP Prof. SP3, Vista 32 Bit
for schools and educational Home Premium SP2, Vista 32 Bit Busi-
institutes in the commercial ness SP2, Vista 32 Bit Ultimate SP2
sector. Order no. 572742
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Siemens Trainer Packages
Siemens Trainer Packages

Siemens components for EduTrainer®
Trainer Package Touch Panel TP177B Operator Panel OP177B Siemens components for
Internet link S7-300, Equipped with practical functions Equipped with practical functions EduTrainer®
CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM and a large user memory, the Sie- and a large user memory, the
CP343-1 Advanced is the communi- mens Touch Panel TP177B Color PN/ Siemens Touch and Button Panel AS-interface master CP343-2
cation module for the SIMATIC DP can be used wherever the opera- OP177B Color PN/DP can be used – AS-interface specification: V2.1
S7-300 for connecting to industrial tion and monitoring of machines and wherever the operation and monitor- – Bus cycle time: 5 ms for 31 slaves
Ethernet: systems directly on-site is called for ing of machines and systems directly – AS-interface connection: S7-300
– 10/100 Mbit/s – whether in production, process or on-site is called for – whether in front-panel connector
– Connection for RJ45 configuring automation. production, process or configuring Order no. 526853
CP 343-1 Advanced offers the same automation.
communication possibilities as the A touch panel therefore provides you Front-panel connector, also order:
S7-300 with: with an advanced method of opera- An operator panel provides you with 20-pin 184554
– PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA ting and monitoring MPS® stations. a method of controlling MPS® sta- 40-pin 660560
– PG/OP communication: Cross-net- Learn how simple it is to configure tions. Learn how simple it is to
work functionality thanks to S7 graphics and switching buttons us- design graphics and switching but- Micro Memory Card
routing, TCP/IP transport proto- ing design tools. Use state-of-the-art tons using design tools. Use state- For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
col and UDP (client, server, multi- distributed communication technolo- of-the-art distributed communication ET 200S with IM151/CPU.
plexing) gy to connect the touch panel to your technology to connect the touch pan- RAM: 64/512 KByte
– IT communication: HTTP communi- controller. el to your controller. 64 kByte 533030
cation via web browser, FTP com- 512 kByte 536740
munication, e-mail, IP address allo- Consisting of: Consisting of:
cation via DHCP, access protection, – Siemens Touch Panel TP177B Color – Siemens Touch and Button Panel PC adapter
comprehensive diagnostic features PN/DP with 256 colours, ProfiNet, Trainer Package OP177B Color Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
Order no. 533027 Profibus and USB interface, non- PN/DP with 256 colours, ProfiNet, RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
volatile message buffer that Profibus and USB interface, non- 2000/XP.
permanently stores the messages volatile message buffer that with RS232-cable 184555
without battery backup permanently stores the messages with USB-cable 539006
– S7 MPI cable, 5 m without battery backup
– Ethernet cable, 2 m – S7 MPI cable, 5 m
– WinCC flexible Advanced – Ethernet cable, 2 m
– WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess – WinCC flexible Advanced
for SIMATIC Panel – WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess
– MC documentation supplied on for SIMATIC Panel
CD-ROM – MC documentation supplied on
– Interfaces: CD-ROM
ProfiNet and Profibus DP – Interfaces:
– Dimensions (W x H x D): ProfiNet und Profibus DP
212 x 156 x 46 mm – Dimensions (W x H x D):
243 x 212,5 x 48 mm
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 Professional/ System requirements
XP Professional PC with Windows 2000 Professional/
Order no. 544294 XP Professional
Order no. 544295
Mounting frame/housing on request. Special licence rules apply
Mounting frame/housing on request. for schools and educational
institutes in the commercial
sector.

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CoDeSys
CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Compact

with Ethernet interface
For industrial use, quick and easy to The enclosed CD-ROM contains the For industrial use, quick and easy to Interfaces:
install. CPX-CEC in modular design – CoDeSys software provided by install. CPX-CEC in modular design – – 4 mm safety sockets
a compact and powerful PLC. FESTO (DE/EN), manuals, including a compact and powerful PLC. (8 I/ 8 O, digital)
the programming manual as PDF files – SysLink (8 I/ 8 O, digital)
This version of the industrial design (DE/EN) and a comprehensive help This version of the industrial design – 4 mm safety sockets for 24 V
controller has 8 digital inputs and function within the software. controller has 8 digital inputs and operating voltage
8 digital outputs. A comprehensive 8 digital outputs. A comprehensive – Ethernet connection
CoDeSys function library enables System requirements CoDeSys function library enables – Housing dimensions
stand-alone open and closed-loop – PC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/ stand-alone open and closed-loop 85 x 240 x 170 mm (W x D x H)
control and efficient automation of, Vista control and efficient automation of, – Includes programming software
for example, manual workstations – CD-ROM drive for example, manual workstations CoDeSys provided by Festo and
in accordance with IEC 61131. LEDs – Ethernet interface in accordance with IEC 61131. LEDs documentation on CD-ROM
display the status of inputs and display the status of inputs and out-
outputs. puts.
The starter kit consists of the CPX- The CPX-CEC EduTrainer® can be
CEC terminal and an I/O module programmed for IL, LD, FBD, ST, SFC
from Festo‘s CPX modular system. and CFC with CoDeSys provided by
The controller can be programmed Festo in accordance with IEC 61131-3.
for IL, LD, FBD, ST, FCH and CFC
using CoDeSys provided by Festo
in accordance with IEC 61131-3. To
work with the system, all you need
is a 24 V power supply and a PC. An
Ethernet cable is included as the
programming cable.
CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys with Ethernet interface 567271 CPX-CEC EduTrainer Compact 567272
Recommended accessories Recommended accessories

I/O data cable with one SysLink connector and bare cable-end sleeves, 2,5 m 167122 Safety laboratory cables Page 206
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199 Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 199
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CoDeSys
PLC starter kit CoDeSys FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys

with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB
An ideal tool for newcomers to PLC All the necessary accessories such Touch screen for flexibly displaying Technical data
technology. as cables, 100 – 240 V/24 V power processes and data with integrated – FED-CEC with FED-UIM
supply unit and screwdriver are CoDeSys PLC for open and closed- – 32 bit MIPS RISC processor, 1 MB
With the compact and powerful included. All that is needed is a PC loop control of processes in ac- data memory, 350 us/K scan time
PLC CPX-CEC, a 24 volt PC interface and a country-specific mains cable cordance with IEC 61131. 8 digital – Ethernet 10 Base-T, CANopen,
(EasyPort USB) and the necessary for the power supply unit (e.g. order inputs and 8 digital outputs can be CoDeSys 2.3
software and hardware. no. 247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) – then used via SysLink. The Sub-D 15- – Integrated diagnostics for
you‘re off! pin connection is designed for 4 hardware detection
The PLC is programmed from your PC analogue inputs and 2 analogue – Dimensions W x H x D,
using CoDeSys provided by Festo, System requirements outputs. 4 mm safety sockets are 187 x 147 x 90, 0.8 A + CEC/24 V
in accordance with IEC 61131, and – PC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/ available for emergency stop and – 20 inputs, digital 24 V DC
information is exchanged with the Vista external power supply. – 12 outputs, digital 24 V DC/0.5 A
visualisation program via the PC – At least Pentium 200 MHz – 8/4 analogue inputs, 12 bit,
interface. The visualisation software – 32 MB RAM Scope of delivery voltage/current/Pt100
provides various process models – 10 MB available hard disk space – Festo 5.6“ 256 colour FED-550 – 4 analogue outputs, 12 bit, voltage
from the world of technology and – CD-ROM drive display, 32 MB internal RAM or current (software selectable)
everyday situations, such as level – Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape – Programming software
crossings, multi-storey car parks, 4.0 or higher FED Designer (multilingual)
sorting systems, washing machines, – 1 free Ethernet and USB port – RS232 programming cable for
garage doors, wind generators, loading projects
lifting luggage and more. A Getting – Angled plate for mounting onto
Started kit is provided to explain how a slotted profile plate
to use the hardware and software. – CoDeSys programming software
provided by Festo
FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys 567276
PLC starter kit CoDeSys with CPX-CEC andd EasyPort USB 567273 Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
Recommended accessories Safety laboratory cables Page 206
IEC power cable 90° Page 199 Tabletop power supply unit Page 199
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Minicontrollers
Logic control L EduTrainer® Logic control MB EduTrainer®
Training device for equipping with All digital inputs and outputs are Compact, modular training device LC module 8I/8O/Sys/B4
modules of the logic control family contacted through 4 mm safety for equipping with selected modules (order no. C74056)
LOGO! terminal sockets. If equipped with from the LOGO! family of logic Suitable for:
the I/O expansion, the I/Os of this controllers. – LOGO! I/O expansion with 8 digital
A power supply unit with switch is module are also wired in parallel inputs and 8 relay outputs
integrated to provide power to the with the SysLink system plug. All The basic unit is equipped with a (DM16 24 R, order no. C74801)
controller and sensors. inputs can be set with simulation LOGO! mini control system 12/24 – LOGO! fieldbus interface for
switches. RC and thus offers 4 floating relay AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no.
The Logic Control LD variant is outputs as well as 8 digital inputs, C74805)
already equipped in the factory with Two terminal blocks are available 4 of which can alternatively be used or
the text display LOGO! TD. for the connection of PT100 sensors. as analogue inputs. The functionality – LOGO! fieldbus interface
Two analogue values 0 – 10 V for of the unit can also be extended with for KNX/EIB
The devices offer connection options simulation of analogue signals one of the following insert plates (on (CM KNX/EIB, order no. C74806)
for the following modules (on are generated by means of rotary request).
request, observe maximum width): encoders. All digital inputs and outputs are
– LOGO! Basic unit with 8 inputs and LC module 2OQ/2OI/S/FB contacted via 4 mm safety sockets.
4 relay outputs (LOGO! 12/24 RC, The fieldbuses are connected with (order no. C74055) When equipped with the I/O ex-
order no. C74800) M12 round plugs (AS-i) or terminal Suitable for: pansion, the I/Os of this module are
– LOGO! I/O expansion with 8 digital block (KNX/EIB). – LOGO! analogue module with also wired in parallel on the system
inputs and 8 relay outputs 2 analogue inputs connector SysLink. All inputs can be
(DM16 24 R, order no. C74801) Technical data (AM2, order no. C74803) set with simulation switches.
– LOGO! analogue module with – H-rail width: 380 mm – LOGO! analogue module with
2 analogue inputs – Front panel: 532 x 297 mm 2 analogue outputs Technical data
(AM2, order no. C74803) – Depth: 90 mm (AM2 AQ, order no. C74802) – Width of H-rail: 200 mm
– LOGO! analogue module for PT100 – Power supply: 230 V AC – LOGO! fieldbus interface for – Front plate: 266 x 297 mm
(AM2 PT100, order no. C74804) – Power supply unit: 24 V/2.5 A AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no. – Depth: 90 mm
– LOGO! analogue module with C74805) – Power supply: 24 V DC
2 analogue outputs – LOGO! fieldbus interface
(AM2 AQ, order no. C74802) for KNX/EIB (CM KNX/EIB, order
– LOGO! fieldbus interface for no. C74806)
AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no.
C74805)
– LOGO! fieldbus interface for
KNX/EIB (CM KNX/EIB, order no.
C74806)
Logic Control L EduTrainer C74060

Logic Control LD EduTrainer C74070 Logic Control MB EduTrainer C74051
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Control panels
Touch Panel TP177B Operator Panel OP177B

EduTrainer® EduTrainer®
Training device for the A4 mounting Consisting of: Training device for the A4 mounting Consisting of:
frame. The communication connec- – Front panel frame. The communication connec- – Front panel
tions for – Back cover tions for – Back cover
– PROFIBUS – Siemens Touch Panel TP177B – PROFIBUS – Siemens Operator Panel OP177B
– PROFINET Color PN/DP with 256 colours – PROFINET Color PN/DP with 256 colours
– USB – PROFIBUS, PROFINET and – USB – PROFIBUS, PROFINET and
are accessible on the front side USB interface are accessible on the front side USB interface
through sturdy plug connectors. – Non-volatile message buffer, which through sturdy plug connectors. – Non-volatile message buffer, which
permanently stores the messages permanently stores the messages
Equipped with practical functions without battery backup Equipped with practical functions without battery backup
and a large user memory, the – S7 MPI cable, 5 m and a large user memory, the – S7 MPI cable, 5 m
Siemens Touch Panel TP177B – Ethernet cable, 2 m Siemens Operator Panel OP177B – Ethernet cable, 2 m
Color PN/DP can be used wherever – WinCC flexible Advanced Color PN/DP can be used wherever – WinCC flexible Advanced
the operation and monitoring of – WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for the operation and monitoring of – WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
machines and systems directly SIMATIC Panel machines and systems directly SIMATIC Panel
on-site is called for – whether in – MC documentation supplied on on-site is called for – whether in – MC documentation supplied on
production, process or building CD-ROM production, process or building CD-ROM
automation. automation.
For schools and training centres in For schools and training centres in
MPS® stations and transfer systems the commercial sector. MPS® stations and transfer systems the commercial sector.
are operated and monitored in a are operated and monitored in
forward-looking way using the Touch System requirements a forward-looking way using the System requirements
Panel. It will be learned how simple PC with Windows 2000 Professional/ Operating Panel. It will be learned PC with Windows 2000 Professional/
it is to create buttons and graphics XP Professional how simple it is to create buttons XP Professional
with design tools. With state-of- and graphics with design tools.
the-art distributed communication Technical data With state-of-the-art distributed Technical data
technology, the panel is connected – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm communication technology, the – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
to your controller in a decentralised – Device depth: 90 mm panel is connected to your controller – Device depth: 90 mm
way. – Panel (W x H x D): in a decentralised way. – Panel (W x H x D):
212 x 156 x 46 mm 212 x 156 x 46 mm
– Supply voltage: 24 V DC – Supply voltage: 24 V DC
Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer C74080 Operator Panel OP177B EduTrainer C74081
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Sensors for object detection
The purpose of automation The special feature Course topics

technology Hands-on experience plays a central – Configuration, function and
role in teaching the fundamentals coefficients of the sensors used
The subject of sensors for object of sensors for object detection. – Basic principles of connection and
detection is covered extensively Examples are used to demonstrate circuit technology
in the TP 1311 equipment set. the general operational principles of – Influence of shape, material,
The topics include configuration, different sensors. Special attention surface and colour of the object
function, areas of application and is paid to the selection of the right on the switching characteristics
the selection of sensors based on sensor, its connection, the correct of sensors
the requirements of an application. setting and functional checking. – Terms which describe coefficients
and functional behaviour
The equipment set contains sensors With the TP 1311 students can – Configuration of logic circuits
with analogue and binary output acquire a thorough, basic knowledge – Selecting appropriate sensors
signals, although the focus is on about sensors for object detection. by taking into account certain
binary output signals. These sensors parameters
are called proximity switches.
The following types are contained in

the equipment set:
– Magnetic proximity switches
– Inductive proximity switches
– Optical proximity switches
– Capacitive proximity switches
– Inductive sensors (analogue)

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

1 1x Proximity switch, magneto-resistive 566199
2 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M12 548643
3 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M18 548645
4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644
5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647 4 5 6
6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648
7 1x Fibre-optic unit 548655
8 1x Fibre-optic cable 548659
9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649
10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650
11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656
12 1x Capacitive sensor, 1 – 8 mm, N/O contact 548651 7 8 9
14 1x Positioning slide 549842
15 1x Set of test objects 549830

Aluminium profile plate
Slotted mounting plate 10 11 12
Tabletop power supply unit
Power supply unit for mounting frame
Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806
13 14 15
Training course documents Workbook

– Sample solutions
Sensors for object detection – Training notes
– Multimedia CD ROM with
Workbook
TP 1110
graphics and photos of
industrial applications
CD-ROM included


– Worksheets

Workbook DE 566919


Workbook EN 566920
Festo Didactic
566920 EN

Workbook ES 566921
Fifteen projects based on industrial Book of exercises ES 566925
examples, suitable for equipment Workbook FR 566922
set TP 1311, each including problem Book of exercises FR 566926
descriptions, parameters and
project tasks, deal in detail with Supplementary media
the specific subject of sensors for – Digital training programme,
object detection. The main topics sensor technology 2:
are configuration, function and the Sensors for object detection
influence of material properties on – Textbook: Proximity switches
behaviour, possible applications and
how to select a sensor based on the
application conditions. The content
topics are covered by exercises using
magnetic, inductive, optical and
capacitive proximity sensors.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > PLC in pneumatics

Programmable logic controllers
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 301 167101

4 5 6 5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
7 8 9 12 1x Manifold 152896
EduTrainer Pages 172 – 181
10 11 12 Tabletop power supply unit Page 199
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
13
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 – TP 301 167102

Training aims universal connection unit and I/O

– Benefits of the PLC compared to data cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm
conventional solutions such as safety connectors. I/O modules
electrical, electropneumatic or can be connected via 4 mm safety
electrohydraulic solutions connectors.
– Functions of system components
of a PLC Recommended training media
– Commissioning a PLC Textbook Programmable Logic
– Application criteria for mechanical, Controllers, Basic level
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity switches Also order:
– Sequence control and parallel logic Workbook Programmable Logic
– Systematic programming of a PLC Controllers, Basic level
in accordance with international DE 93313
standard IEC 1131-3 EN 93314
– IEC 1131-3 programming languag- ES 94427
es: Function Block Diagram, Lad- Solutions to the exercises in the
der Diagram, Statement List, Struc- workbook for various controllers
tured Text and Sequence Language Festo FPC 101 DE 93315
Festo FPC 101 EN 93316
A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300 Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440
or Allen Bradley) is required to carry Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
out the tasks. Connection with Siemens S7-300 EN 94537
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Fieldbus
Offers for fieldbus training
– Ethernet Training with training packages Industrial standard

– Profibus With just a few additions to the Training is ideal if use is made of
– AS-interface Electropneumatics or Electro- components compatible with indus-
– Vertical integration hydraulics training packages, trial standards. That‘s why we use
– Totally Integrated Automation you can get started with fieldbus Festo valve terminals and Siemens
– ... training. The required components controllers.
fit the ER frame or can be mounted
Whichever way you look at it, if you on the profile plate with QuickFix®.
want to stay at the cutting edge
you need to know many terms Training with MPS®
and master the basics of control Mechatronics specialists or IT
technology, including networking in systems electronics specialists
the field area. are trained on realistic networked
systems connected to office auto-
Festo Didactic offers: mation. The Modular Production
– Orientation seminars for System MPS® allows many variations
instructors and teachers of such training systems to be set up.
– Controllers and control units
– Valves and processes
Components for Masters Slaves/additional components Processes

fieldbus training
Ethernet/PROFINET – S7-300 IT Trainer Package – Simatic WinCC/Web Navigator

(CP343-1IT) Trainer Package
– S7-315-2PN/DP – ET 200S PN
– TP177B/OP177B
PROFIBUS – S7 EduTrainer® Compact with – S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S with – Electropneumatics

Profibus-DP* or integrated CPU and 12 I/10 O – Programmable logic controllers
S7 EduTrainer® Universal with as an intelligent slave* – MPS® Sorting station with
Profibus-DP – Trainer Package Touch Panel/ Profibus-DP
Operator Panel TP177B/OP177B – TP 402-DP
with WINCC flexible
– Valve terminal with Profibus-DP
single valve interface**
AS-interface – S7 EduTrainer® Compact with – AS-interface power supply* – Electropneumatics

AS-interface master* or – AS-interface I/O single valve – Programmable logic controllers
S7 EduTrainer® Universal with interface unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O* – MPS® Distributing station with
AS-interface master – AS-interface control unit AS-interface
(membrane keyboard) with – TP 401-ASI
4 control elements and 2 displays*
– AS-interface reflex light sensor
– Valve terminal with AS-interface
connection**
– AS-interface single valve
connector**
* Components for the ER frame. ** Components for the profile plate.
Equipment set TP 401-ASI

Fieldbus technology AS-interface
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096

1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426
2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427
3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428
4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431
4 5 6 5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929
6 1x AS-Interface single valve interface 533524
8 1x Stack magazine module 527434
9 1x Changer module 527435
10 2x AS-Interface cable 50 cm 533032
11 2x AS-Interface cable 125 cm 533033
7 8 9 12 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm, Type 1 175488
1x DUO cable 18685
10/11 12 13/14
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
Note: All SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Universal can be extended using a CP 343-2 (AS-i master
module). Also order 20-pin front-panel connector.
Other accessories
AS-interface master CP343-2 526853
Front-panel connector screwed contacts 184554
AS-interface addressing device 18959
AS-interface addressing cable 18960
Training aims Prerequisites

– Fieldbus systems in automation – A SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-inter-
technology face master is required for solu-
– Application criteria for fieldbus tion of the exercises in this training
systems package.
– Comparison of various fieldbus – The equipment set TP 201 or TP
systems 301 is also required for solution of
– Network topologies and access the exercises. Or additionally order
methods the supplementary TP 400 compo-
– ISO/OSI 7 layer model nent set.
– AS-interface fundamentals
– AS-interface transmission system Also order:
– AS-interface master/slave Workbook TP 401 AS-Interface
– Configuration of an AS-interface AS-Interface DE 534270
network with STEP 7 AS-Interface EN 534272
– Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations

Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP
Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097 1 2 3

1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 1x Stack magazine module 527434
5 1x Changer module 527435 4 5 6
6 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
7 2x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
10 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534637
11 1x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534638
7 8/9 10/11
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
Training aims Prerequisites

– Fieldbus systems in automation – A SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP
technology master is required to solve the ex-
– Application criteria for fieldbus ercises in this training package.
systems – The equipment set TP 201 or TP
– Comparison of various fieldbus 301 is also required to solve the
systems exercises. You can additionally
– Network topologies and access order the supplementary TP 400
methods component set.
– ISO/OSI 7 layer model
– Profibus-DP fundamentals Also order:
– Profibus-DP transmission system Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP
– Profibus-DP master/slave Profibus-DP DE 534271
– Configuration of a Profibus-DP Profibus-DP EN 534273
network with STEP 7
– Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations

Fieldbus technology
1 2 3 TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP
This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises de-
scribed in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training in
ASI or Profibus-DP.
Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098

4 5/6 7
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal, with 16-way input stage 527432
4 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
5 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm, Type 1 534637
6 1x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm, Type 2 534638
7 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
1 2 3 TP 400 component set
This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI
and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not avai-
lable and/or cannot be used.
Complete TP 400 component set 541099

4 5 6
7 8 6 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Interfaces to the process
Interfaces to the process
With an EduTrainer® or any PLC, 1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and 2. Control of virtual processes 3. Process model:
you can control the process of display of the PLC outputs Control of actual modules
your choice
The programmer (PC), controller Testing a PLC program using the Industry-oriented, cost effective PLC Using equipment sets, MPS®
and processes are connected via simulation box. training by means of simulation soft- stations or MPS® PA stations.
various interfaces. ware, e.g. CIROS® Mechatronics.
EduTrainer® or PLC of your choice
I/O data cab

with SysLink connectors for
EduTrainer® at both ends (order
no. 034031/167197) or with
SysLink connectors at one end
and open cable end sleeves for
any PLC (order no. 167122)
Interface
– EasyPort USB (order no. 548687)
– directly or via 4 mm plugs:
Universal connection unit
(SysLink) (order no. 162231)
Cable
– Cable set with safety plugs
(order no. 167091)
Process model
– Digital simulation box
(order no. 170643) or
Digital/analogue simulation
box (order no. 526863)
– Simulation software:
CIROS® Mechatronics
FluidSIM®
EasyVeep
– Equipment sets, MPS® stations
or MPS® PA stations
Accessories/Optional components for training packages
General .........................................................................................................198
Pneumatics ...................................................................................................200
Hydraulics.....................................................................................................202
Electrical engineering/Electronics.................................................................206
Automation technology/PLC .........................................................................210
Order means .................................................................................................213
197
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General
Accessories and optional components

General
1 1 Aluminium profile plate 3 Rubber feet

The anodised aluminium profile For non-slip, protective mounting
plate forms the basis for all training of profile plates on tabletops of any
packages. All of the components type. Set (4 pieces).
fit securely and safely into the Order no. 158343
grooves on the profile plate. There
are grooves on each side and, if 4 Plug-in adapter set
required, both sides can be fitted The plug-in adapter set can be used
with components. The grooves are to mount the ER units directly on the
2 compatible with the ITEM profile blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
system. Grid dimensions: 50 mm. ium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
For installation on tables we recom- Order no. 541122
mend the appropriate rubber feet
(order no. 158343). 5 A4 ER mounting frame
The ER mounting plate can be in-
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250 stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A
3 mm supplied without side caps cut-out permits installation of 2 large
(H x W). or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units
350 x 250 mm 159333 (H x W).
350 x 1100 mm 162360 297 x 550 mm 536200
700 x 350 mm 162386
700 x 350 mm* 170395 6 Vernier caliper
700 x 550 mm 159409 – Measuring range: 0 – 150 mm
4 700 x 700 mm 159410 – Resolution: 0.01 mm
700 x 1100 mm 159411 – Display: LCD display, 5-digit
* with cable guide – Power supply: 1.5 V button cell
Order no. 35653
2 Slotted mounting plate
All components with the Quick-Fix®
mounting system can be mounted
5 on slotted mounting plates. The
slotted mounting plates are fitted
with elastic buffers and can be used
horizontally on a table top. Order
no. 159331 can also be inserted in
conventional A4 mounting frames.
The slotted mounting plates are not
intended for use with actuators.
(overall dimensions B x H)
694 x 297 mm 159331
550 x 700 mm 544246
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General

General
1 Tabletop power supply unit 3 Power supply unit for mounting 5 IEC power cable 90° 1
– Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC frame One end fitted with a 90° IEC con-
(47 – 63 Hz) – Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC nector and the other fitted with a
– Output voltage: 24 V DC, (47 – 63 Hz) country-specific connector. Preferred
short-circuit-proof – Output voltage: 24 V DC, version for EduTrainer® Universal.
– Output current: max. 4.5 A short-circuit-proof DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
– Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm – Output current: max. 4.5 A TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Without power cable – Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm Order no. 549860
Order no. 162416 Without power cable US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,
With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for: Order no. 159382 TW, TH, PH, JP 2
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for: Order no. 549861
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
Order no. 162417 TR, IT, DK, IR, ID Order no. 549862
US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, Order no. 159396 AU, NZ, CN, AR
TW, TH, PH, JP US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, Order no. 549863
Order no. 162418 TW, TH, PH, JP CH
GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK Order no. 162411 Order no. 549864
Order no. 162419 GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
AU, NZ, CN, AR Order no. 162412 Order no. 549865
Order no. 162380 AU, NZ, CN, AR
CH Order no. 162413 6 5-fold plug socket strip with
Order no. 162381 CH switch
ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB) Order no. 162414 Impact and shatter resistant plug
Order no. 162382 ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB) socket strip with tamper-proof cover, 3
Order no. 162415 4 mounting points and mounting at-
2 EduTrainer® tachments for securing on Learnline,
24 V power supply unit 4 IEC power cable for example.
– Input voltage: 110 – 230 V AC One side designed as a connector With power supply plug suitable for:
(47 – 63 Hz) and one side with a country-speci- DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
– Output voltage: 24 V DC, fic plug. TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
short-circuit-proof DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, Order no. 380707
– Output current: Max. 4.5 A TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
– Front plate: 133 x 297 mm Order no. 247661 4
– Console housing with US, CA,Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,
rubber feet for use in an A4 frame TW, TH, PH, JP
or on tabletop Order no. 350362
– Connection via 4 mm safety plugs GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
– Through-hole for 400 V Order no. 350363
three-phase voltage AU, NZ, CN, AR
CH 5
Order no. 350366
ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
Order no. 350367
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 1 Plastic tubing 5 Accessory box 7 Compressor

Very flexible and pressure secure. The accessory box contains pneu- Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45
4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496 matic connectors and tubing dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited
3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118 accessories as well as a tubing cutter for use in classrooms. With pressure
6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963 and releasing tool for pneumatic regulator and water separator.
connectors. – Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax
Minimum order quantity/packaging unit Order no. 167020 – Performance: 50 l/min
2 quantity: 50 m – Reservoir capacity: 24 l
4 x 0.75 Silver 152584 6 Quick Star quick push-in fitting – Compressed air outlet: ¼“
4 x 0.75 Blue 159662 Minimum order quantity/packaging unit – Noise level: 45 dB (A)/1 m
4 x 0.75 Black 159663 quantity: 10 pieces – Continuous operation limit:
4 x 0.75 Red 178410 max. 50 %
4 x 0.75 Yellow 178417 Straight fitting, M5 (QSM-M5-4)
4 x 0.75 Green 178424 Order no. 153304 Design: 230 V/50 Hz
3 Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4) With IEC power cable suitable for:
2 Pipe and tubing cutter Order no. 186095 DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
For plastic and Perbunan tubing with Elbow connector, rotatable, M5 TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
and without fabric reinforcement (QSML-M5-4) Order no. 91030
with outside diameters up to 20 mm. Order no. 153333
Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut Elbow connector, rotatable, G1/8 Design: 100 – 120 V/50 – 60 Hz
4
through positive locking of tubing in (QSL-G1/8-4) With fully insulated socket
the cutter. It also has a safety clip to Order no. 186116 Order no. 565440
prevent unauthorized opening. Sup- Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H)
plied with two spare blades. Order no. 153056 Accessories:
Order no. 7658 Straight fitting, self-closing, M5 – Coupling socket (KD3-CK-4 and
(QSK-M5-4) KD4-1/4-A)
3 Tubing cutter Order no. 153291 – Coupling plug (KS4-CK-4)
5 For optimal cutting of plastic tubing. Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8 – Tubing (6 x 1 Silver 2,5 m)
Order no. 255851 (QSK-G1/8-4) Order no. 102725
Order no. 186294
Releasing tool T-connector (QST-4)
For releasing all QS connectors for Order no. 153128
tubing outside diameters of 3 to 10 Plug-in bulkhead connector (QSMS-4)
mm. Order no. 153376
Order no. 158419 Blanking plug (QSC-4H)
Order no. 153267
4 Multiple tubing holder strip set Push-in sleeve (QSH-4)
Easily attaches to the aluminium Order no. 153251
slotted profile plate; a neat solution
for up to 6 tubes/cables per strip.
Set of 10. Silencer and sealing rings
6 Order no. 544317 Minimum order quantity/packaging unit
quantity: 10 pieces (prices per piece)
Silencer U-M5
Order no. 4645
7 Sealing ring OL-M5
Order no. 34634
Silencer U-1/8
Order no. 2307
Sealing ring OL-1/8
Order no. 33840

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 On-off valve with 3/4 Universal adapter 6 3/2-way roller lever valve, 1
filter/regulator, 5 μm The adapter enables Festo pneu- normally open
Filter regulator valve with pressure matic components and those of – Type: Poppet valve, indirectly
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in other manufacturers to be mounted actuated in one direction, with
connectors and quick coupling plug, on the aluminium profile plate. You spring return
mounted on a swivel support. The can continue to use your existing – Pressure range: 280 – 800 kPa
filter with water separator removes components and still benefit (2.8 – 8 bar)
dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed from the advantages of using the – Standard nominal flow rate 1...2:
water. The pressure regulator aluminium profile plate system and 120 l/min
maintains the supply air pressure the patented Quick-Fix® mounting Order no. 162267
at the set operating pressure and system from Festo Didactic: 2
compensates pressure fluctuations. – Plug-in, clamp, ready – no force 7 Solenoid valves with M8
The filter bowl has a condensate required central plug
drain valve. – No worn-out sockets Solenoid valves with M8 central plug
– Exact positioning of components to ISO 15407-1
The on-off valve pressurises and – Working in a third dimension – Quick-Star fittings
vents the entire control system. The – Universally suitable for Festo and – QuickFix® for slotted assembly
3/2-way valve is actuated by a rotary third-party components boards 3
button. – LED display
You can mount the components – Pilot actuated with manual
– Design: Piston regulator valve with onto the adapter yourself. It is quick, override
sintered filter and water trap easy and reliable with slotted screws – Electrical connection with M8
– Standard nominal flow rate*: (included in scope of delivery). central plug 24 V (DC)
1600 l/min Available in two sizes. The adapters – Operating pressure:
4
– Input pressure: are thus universally usable for an 300 – 800 kPa (3 – 8 bar)
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar) enormous number of components – No connecting cable; please order
– Working pressure: with a through hole – regardless of separately.
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar) the manufacturer.
– Grade of filtration: 5 μm 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally
– Condensate quantity: 43 cm3 Not suitable for mounting of closed
– Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic hydraulic components. Order no. 544380
tubing PUN 6 x 1 3 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224 5/2-way solenoid valve 5
Order no. 526337 4 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225 Order no. 544381
* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar) 5/2-way double solenoid valve
Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar) 5 Stepper module, expansion Order no. 544382
Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar) The stepper controller is obtained 5/3-way solenoid valve,
from the series connection of four mid position closed
2 One-way flow control valve type TAA basic modules. This module Order no. 548571
One-way flow control valve on comprises a memory (5/2-way
Quick-Fix® safety and quick moun- double pilot valve) with display and Connecting cable (4-pin plug)
ting system for profile plates manual override as well as an AND for solenoid valves with M8
– Pressure range: 0.2 – 10 bar and OR gate. central plug
– Standard nominal flow rate Order no. 152885 6
in direction of flow control Cable length 2.5 m with open ends
0 – 110 l/min Order no. 158962
– QS-4 connection
Order no. 560159 8 Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety
plugs and solenoid coil numbering.
Order no. 540703
7/8
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Hydraulics

Hydraulics – Drives
1 Differential cylinder with cover 4 Loading unit/cylinder load 7 Displacement encoder for cylinder
– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) simulator Linear potentiometer for installing on
– Maximum permissible pressure 12 With this combination, a hydraulic cylinders using a mounting kit.
MPa (120 bar) counteracting force can be applied – Connecting cable with 4mm
– Double-acting to a differential or steady-speed cy- safety plug
– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling linder, allowing a wide range of load – Output: 0 – 10 V (DC)
nipples situations to be set up and inves-
– Quick action mounting system tigated. Available options include 200 mm measuring stroke
Quick-Fix® differential against differential for cylinders order no. 572746 and
2 (2 x 1 : 1.6), small steady-speed 572750 with mounting kit order no.
16/10/200 against large steady-speed, or large 544371 or for cylinders order no.
– Piston Ø: 16 mm steady-speed against small steady- 572747 with mounting kit order no.
– Piston rod Ø: 10 mm speed cylinder. 544373
– Stroke: 200 mm – Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) Order no. 167090
– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 – Maximum permissible pressure 12
Order no. 572746 MPa (120 bar) 300 mm measuring stroke
3 – Integrated safety valve for cylinders order no. 572748 with
16/10/300 – Double-acting (2 x) mounting kit order no. 544372
– Piston Ø: 16 mm – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling Order no. 525953
– Piston rod Ø: 10 mm nipples
– Stroke: 300 mm – Quick action mounting system 450 mm measuring stroke
– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 Quick-Fix® for direct mounting on cylinders
Order no. 572748 – Piston Ø: 2 x 16 mm order no. 184488 and aluminium
4 – Piston rod Ø: 10 mm profile plate
1 16/10/400 – Stroke: 200 mm Order no. 525954
– Piston Ø: 16 mm – Surface area ratio 1 : 1 or 1 : 1.6
– Piston rod Ø: 10 mm Order no. 572145
– Stroke: 400 mm Weight, 9 kg for cylinder
– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 5 Cover for cylinder Weight for mounting on a Learnline
Order no. 572749 Reduces the risk of injury. With a profile column. Can be used as the
guide for easy positioning of limit driving or tractive load of a hydraulic
5 2 25/18/200 switches and proximity sensors. Also cylinder. With clevis and plain-bear-
– Piston Ø: 25 mm suitable for cylinders with mounting ing guide.
– Piston rod Ø: 18 mm kit. Use two covers for cylinders with
– Stroke: 200 mm a stroke of more than 200 mm. Weight for cylinder order no.
– Surface area ratio 1 : 2 Quick action mounting system Quick- 152857, 572746, 572750
Order no. 572747 Fix®. For all differential and double Order no. 152972
6 rod cylinders.
Order no. 556290
3 Steady-speed cylinder with 8 Protective cover for weight, 9 kg
covers 6 Mounting kit for cylinders Protects reliably against injury. Only
– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) Fitting a mounting kit on a cylinder in combination with cylinder, order
– Maximum permissible pressure 12 makes the following possible: no. 152857, 572746, 572750 and
MPa (120 bar) – Actuation of the stem actuated weight, order no. 152972.
– Double-acting valve by the guide bar
– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling – Actuation of proximity sensors For Learnline profile column:
7 nipples (order no. 548589) by the perma- Order no. 541135
– Quick action mounting system nent magnet of the guide bar For the Learntop-S mounting kit:
Quick-Fix® – Use of a displacement encoder Order no. 152973
– Piston Ø: 16 mm
– Piston rod Ø: 2 x 10 mm Suitable for cylinders order no.
– Stroke: 200 mm 572746, 572750 and 572145
– Surface area ratio 1 : 1 Order no. 544371
Order no. 572750 Suitable for cylinders order no.
8 572748
Order no. 544372
Suitable for cylinders order no.
572747
Order no. 544373


Hydraulics – Hosing/Distributing
1 Hose line with quick release 4 Coupling nipple 8 Pressure relief unit 1
couplings – Maximum permissible pressure The pressure relief unit is attached
The high-pressure hose consists of 12 MPa (120 bar) to the low-leakage, self-sealing cou-
three layers: The innermost layer is – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling pling nipple so it can be forced open
synthetic rubber, followed by a wire nipple without requiring much power. This
mesh and sheath of abrasion-resist- – G¼“ male thread allows trapped hydraulic pressures
ant synthetic rubber. The quick cou- Order no. 342047 to be relieved.
pling sockets are self-sealing when Order no. 152971
decoupled. Used with a coupling Blanking plug
nipple, the coupling sockets form a To seal off connecting threads that Manifold block 2
tightly sealed connection. Only the are not needed. Manifold blocks with four G¼“
face of the coupling is coated with – Maximum permissible pressure threaded connections and valve port
oil during the coupling process. Cou- 12 MPa (120 bar) patterns to ISO/DIN 4401. For the
pling and decoupling are only per- – G¼“ male thread adaptation of any valves. Quick
missible when the hose is de-pres- Order no. 205284 action mounting system Quick-Fix®.
surised. 3
– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) Sealing ring for plug Size 02 (NG4) port pattern
– Max. permissible pressure 12 MPa Order no. 34635 Order no. 572152
(120 bar) Size 02 (NG4), AB rotated, port
– Temperature range -40 – + 125 °C 5 T-distributor pattern
– Min. bending radius 100 mm The distributor can be inserted at Order no. 572153 4
– DN 06 (Ø 6,3 mm) any point. Size 03 (NG6) port pattern
600 mm 152960 – Ports: 2x coupling nipples and Order no. 669198
1000 mm 152970 1x quick coupling socket
1500 mm 159386 – Maximum permissible pressure
3000 mm 158352 12 MPa (120 bar)
– Low-leakage, self-sealing 5
Resistance hose line with quick couplings
release couplings Order no. 152847
– DN 04 (Ø 4 mm)
1000 mm 549858 6 4-way distributor
Distributor with five ports.
Hose line without quick release – Maximum permissible pressure
couplings 12 MPa (120 bar)
With G 1/4“ external thread and – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
spanner flat (AF19). Please observe nipples 6
the following safety rules: Hoses – Quick action mounting system
should not be used for longer than Quick-Fix®
6 years, including a sto-rage period Order no. 184455
of 2 years.
600 mm 337617 7 4-way distributor with pressure
1000 mm 337618 gauge
1500 mm 350337 The distributor with five ports is
3000 mm 343616 equipped with a pressure gauge and
is firmly screwed to the profile plate.
2/3 Coupling socket – Effective range and maximum per- 7
– Maximum permissible pressure missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar)
12 MPa (120 bar) – Quality class 1.6% of the full scale
– Low-leakage, self-sealing quick value
coupling socket – Operating pressure, static:
– G¼“ thread 3/4 of the full scale value
2 Internal thread 567223 – Operating pressure, dynamic:
3 External thread 548610 2/3 of the full scale value
– Cushioning: glycerine
– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples
Order no. 159395
8

Hydraulics – Power packs
1 1 Hydraulic power pack with a 2 Hydraulic power pack with two 3 Hydraulic power pack with two
constant-displacement pump constant-displacement pumps and constant-displacement pumps and
Ideal for individual hydraulic work- one motor* two motors*
stations for all experiments using Recommended for reaching higher Especially suitable for separate
standard equipment sets TP 500, speeds in cylinders and motors. Also supply of two hydraulic circuits each
600, 700, 511 and the MPS® pun- ideal for producing valve character- with its own ON/OFF switch e.g.
ching station. istic curves. on a mobile Learnline workstation.
– Mounting on Learnline with univer- – Can be integrated into mobile Equally recommended for reaching
sal bracket (order no. 539736) Learnline workstation systems higher speeds in cylinders and
– Mounting on Learntop-S: direct from 2005 onwards motors. Also ideal for producing
– Pump design: external gear motor – Pump design: 2 x external gear valve characteristic curves.
with pressure relief valve adjust- motor each with pressure relief – Can be integrated into mobile
able from 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar) valve adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa Learnline workstation systems
2 – Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) (0 – 60 bar) from 2005 onwards
– Motor: AC, single-phase with over- – Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) – Pump design: 2 x external gear
load protection, start capacitor and – Motor with overload protection, motor each with pressure relief
ON/OFF switch and ON/OFF switch on Quick-Fix® valve adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa
– Tank: 5 l volume, sight glass, mounting system (0 – 60 bar)
temperature display, drain screw – Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass, – Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
– Air filter and return filter temperature display, drain screw – Two motors with overload
– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling – Tank lid with air filter and return protection, and each with an
nipples for P and T filter ON/OFF switch on the Quick-Fix®
– Plug socket for unpressurised – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling mounting system
return nipples for P and T – Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass,
– Connecting flange for measuring – Plug socket for unpressurised temperature display, drain screw
container return return – Tank lid with air filter and return
– Dimensions: – Connecting flange for measuring filter
3
580 x 300 x 180 mm (W x D x H) container return – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
– Weight: 19 kg – Dimensions: nipples for P and T
– With IEC connector for DE, FR, NO, 700 x 320 x 550 mm (W x D x H) – Plug socket for unpressurised
SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, – Weight: 65 kg return
IT, DK, IR, ID – Connecting flange for measuring
Power pack with AC motor, single- container return
Power pack with 230 V nominal volt- phase and start capacitor, nominal – Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm
age, rated output: 0.65 kW, frequen- voltage: 230 V, rated output: 1.1 kW, (W x D x H)
cy: 50 to 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate (rated – Weight: 72 kg
speed): 2.2 – 2.7 l/min at 1320 – speed): 2 x 3.7 l/min at 1400 r.p.m.
1680 r.p.m. Order no. 539733 Power pack with AC motors, single-
Order no. 152962 phase and start capacitors, nominal
Power pack with three-phase AC voltage: 230 V, rated output: 2 x 550
Power pack with 110 V nominal motor, nominal voltage: 400 – 460 V, W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate
voltage, rated output: 0.55 kW, fre- rated output: 1.1 kW, frequency: 50 (rated speed): each 3.7 l/min/1400
quency: 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated – 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): r.p.m.
speed): 2.7 l/min at 1680 r.p.m. 2 x 3.7 – 4.5 l/min at 1400 – 1740 Order no. 541114
Order no. 159328 r.p.m.
Order no. 541115 Power pack with three-phase AC
motors, single-phase and start
capacitors, nominal voltage: 230 V,
rated output: 2 x 550 W, frequency:
50 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed):
each 3.7 l/min/1400 r.p.m.
* All 230 V power packs with Order no. 541116
mains cable, suitable for: DE,
FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL,
BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) Wheel set for mounting on the tank
Note: Brand-name hydraulic oil for all – Suitable for hydraulic power units
For safety reasons, hydraulic Festo hydraulic power units. with 40 l tank
power packs are delivered 10 Litres – Four guide rollers, of which two
without oil. Please order Order no. 192215 with locking brake Funnel for filling various devices
hydraulic oil separately. 20 Litres – Mounting material included with oil
Order no. 14572 Order no. 539734 Order no. 374038


Hydraulics – Additional components
1 Measuring case Pressure relief valve, piloted 6 Diaphragm accumulator with 1

The complete measuring set is The valve limits the pressure at port shut-off block
packaged in the practical and P relative to the pressure at T to the With the three-way ball valve
sturdy Systainer. It can be used set value. The main flow of the pres- integrated in the shut-off block the
for commissioning, maintenance, sure relief valve is controlled with following functions are possible:
troubleshooting and optimisation a small volumetric flow in the pilot 1. Open connection between P and
of hydraulic circuits. stage. the diaphragm accumulator
– Adjustment: manual 2. Closed connection between P and
Consisting of: – Hydraulically piloted the diaphragm accumulator
Flow rate measuring device, electronic. – Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) 3. Open connection between T and
0 – 10 V analogue output corresponds to – Maximum permissible pressure the diaphragm accumulator (relief)
0 – 10 litres per minute or 0 – 1220 RPM. 12 MPa (120 bar) – Safety valve against overload
Can only be operated with a hydraulic – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling – Pressure gauge for working
motor (Order no. 152858). nipples pressure
2
Order no. 567191 – Quick action mounting system – Rated volume 0.32 dm³
Measuring line, 500 mm, red Quick-Fix® – Medium, gas side: nitrogen (N)
Order no. 376937 Order no. 544336 – Gas charging pressure when
Measuring line, 500 mm, blue delivered p 1 MPa (10 bar)
Order no. 376936 4 4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass – Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
Digital multimeter mid-position (P > T), detenting – Maximum permissible pressure
Order no. 35681 – Actuation: manual 12 MPa (120 bar)
Pressure sensor, measuring range – Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
0 – 10 MPa (0 – 100 bar), nominal size 4 – Maximum permissible pressure nipple for P
Order no. 525964 12 MPa (120 bar) – Tube with open quick coupling
Temperature sensor, measuring range – Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/ plug for T
0 – 100 °C, nominal size 4 DIN 4401 size 02 – Material for mounting on the
3
Order no. 525963 – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling profile plate
nipples Order no. 152859
Complete measuring case – Quick action mounting system
Order no. 177468 Quick-Fix® Accumulator filling device
Order no. 544345 For filling or topping up the gas side
2 Measuring container for of the diaphragm accumulator (or-
hydraulic oil 5 4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass der no. 152859) with nitrogen (N).
The transparent measuring container mid-position (P > T) The accumulator filling device can
is equipped with a stabilised inlet, – Actuation: switching solenoid be operated directly using a stand-
4
a normal inlet and an inlet for un- – Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) ard commercially available nitrogen
pressurised return. There is also a – Maximum permissible pressure bottle. If a pressure reducer is used,
scale, protection against overflow, 12 MPa (120 bar) manufacturer-specific adapters may
and a manually opened outflow. For – Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/ be required.
mounting on Learnline, the universal DIN 4401 size 02 Order no. 92491
bracket (order no. 539736) is re- – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
quired. Measuring range up to 2 nipples Pressure filter
litres. – 24 V DC power Placed directly downstream of the
Order no. 541134 – 6.5 W output pump, the pressure filter reliably
5
– Electrical connection: 4 mm protects the following hydraulic ele-
3 Pressure sequence valve safety socket ments from solids suspended in the
The valve connects P with T if the – Quick action mounting system oil. The required purity class is deter-
pressure at X is larger than the sum Quick-Fix® mined by the most sensitive element
of the spring force and the pressure Order no. 544349 in the system.
in port T. – Pore size of the filter: 5 μm
– Adjustment: manual – Contamination indicator
– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) – Maximum permissible pressure
– Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)
12 MPa (120 bar) – Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
6
– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples
nipples – Quick action mounting system
– Quick action mounting system Quick-Fix®
Quick-Fix® Order no. 548609
Order no. 544341
Spare filter cartridge for the
pressure filter
Order no. 236302
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Electrical engineering/Electronics

Safety laboratory cables, Safety jumper plugs, 42 pieces, Safety jumper plugs,
106 pieces, red, blue and black red, blue, grey, grey-blue and 19 mm
Complete set, consisting of 106 green-yellow red 572097
safety laboratory cables with 4 mm Complete set, consisting of 42 sa- blue 572098
safety plugs in the colours red, blue fety jumper plugs in the colours red, black 572099
and black: blue, grey, grey-blue and green- grey 572100
– 10x red 50 mm yellow: grey-blue 572120
– 10x blue 50 mm – 8x red grey-black 572121
Safety laboratory cables, 98 pieces, – 8x black 50 mm – 8x blue green-yellow 572101
red and blue – 8x red 300 mm – 16x grey
Complete set, consisting of 98 safety – 8x blue 300 mm – 4x grey-blue Safety laboratory cables,
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety – 18x black 300 mm – 6x green-yellow 50 mm
plugs in the colours red and blue: – 8x red 500 mm red 376932
– 10x red 50 mm – 8x blue 500 mm – Plugs with rigid protective sleeve blue 376931
– 10x blue 50 mm – 18x black 500 mm – Plug spacing: 19 mm black 572102
– 26x red 300 mm – 2x red 1000 mm – Tested with 1000 V CAT II grey 572103
– 11x blue 300 mm – 3x blue 1000 mm – Rated current: 16 A
– 21x red 500 mm – 2x black 1000 mm Order no. 571808 Safety laboratory cables,
– 12x blue 500 mm – 1x red 1500 mm 300 mm
– 3x red 1000 mm – 1x blue 1500 mm Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, red 376935
– 3x blue 1000 mm – 1x black 1500 mm grey-black blue 376934
– 1x red 1500 mm Complete set, consisting of 28 grey- black 572104
– 1x blue 1500 mm – Plugs with rigid protective sleeve black safety jumper plugs. Suit- grey 572105
and axial socket able for the universal patch panel yellow 572106
– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve – Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 EduTrainer®, the jumper plugs are green-yellow 572107
and axial socket – Tested with 1000 V CAT II used to clearly establish connections
– Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 – Rated current: 16 A when designing circuits. Safety laboratory cables,
– Tested with 1000 V CAT II Order no. 571806 – 28x grey-black 500 mm
– Rated current: 16 A red 376937
Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, – Plugs with rigid protective sleeve blue 376936
For the third cable colour, safety grey and green-yellow – Plug spacing: 19 mm black 572108
laboratory cables, 47 pieces, black, Complete set, consisting of 52 safety – Tested with 1000 V CAT II grey 572109
are suitable (order no. 572096) laboratory cables with 4 mm safety – Rated current: 16 A yellow 572110
Order no. 167091 plugs in the colours grey and green- Order no. 571809 green-yellow 572111
yellow:
Safety laboratory cables, 47 pieces, – 6x grey 50 mm Measuring lead Safety laboratory cables,
black – 15x grey 300 mm holder 1000 mm
Complete set, consisting of 47 safety – 2x green-yellow 300 mm In mobile design red 376939
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety – 12x grey 500 mm with double-sided blue 376938
plugs in the colour black: – 2x green-yellow 500 mm cable guide with 16 black 572112
– 8x black 50 mm – 6x grey 1000 mm teeth for hanging grey 572113
– 18x black 300 mm – 2x green-yellow 1000 mm measuring leads. yellow 572114
– 18x black 500 mm – 6x grey 1500 mm Basic frame light green-yellow 572115
– 2x black 1000 mm – 1x green-yellow 1500 mm grey with 5-foot
– 1x black 1500 mm steel pipe frame and Safety laboratory cables,
– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve with 5 guide rollers, 1500 mm
– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve and axial socket height approx. 160 red 376941
and axial socket – Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 cm. blue 376940
– Conductor cross section: 1 mm² – Tested with 1000 V CAT II Order no. 11953101 black 572116
– Tested with 1000 V CAT II – Rated current: 16 A grey 572117
– Rated current: 16 A Order no. 571807 yellow 572118
Order no. 572096 green-yellow 572119

1 Fluke 115 digital multimeter 3 Amprobe 30XR-A digital 5 Amprobe DR 705 phase 1
Standard meter for basic training in multimeter sequence indicator
electrical engineering. Simple entry-level device for basic Simple phase sequence indictor,
training. ideal for basic training in three-
Automatic and manual range selec- phase current engineering and drive
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display Automatic and manual range selec- technology.
for measuring direct and alternating tion, 3¾-digit LCD display for meas-
voltage, direct and alternating cur- uring direct and alternating voltage, Indicates the three phases and the
rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- direct and alternating current, resist- phase sequence via LEDs. No battery
cy, capacitance, diode test, min./ ance, continuity, diode test, min./ required.
max./mean value, display hold, bar max./mean value, data hold. – Voltage: 120 – 400 V 2
graph, true effective value measure- – Voltage: 0.1 mV – 600 V – Rotary field: 200 – 440 V
ment (TRMS). – Current: 0.1 μA – 10 A – Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ
– Voltage: 0.1 mV – 600 V – Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 20 MΩ – Frequency: 50 – 60 Hz
– Current: 0.1 mA – 10 A – Tested with 600 V CAT II – Tested with 300 V CAT III
– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ
– Frequency: 0.01 Hz – 50 kHz Scope of delivery Scope of delivery
– Capacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 μF – Measuring cables – 3 probe tips
– Tested with 600 V CAT III – Magnet holder – Crocodile clamp
– Protective covering – Manual
Scope of delivery – 9 V battery Order no. 571835
– Measuring cables – Manual
– Holster Order no. 571832 6 Fluke T100 voltage and 3
– 9 V battery continuity tester
– Manual 4 Amprobe 38XR-A digital Voltage and continuity tester for ba-
Order no. 571830 multimeter sic training in electrical engineering.
Low-cost device with a full range of
2 Fluke 179 digital multimeter functions for basic training. VDE-tested and approved in ac-
Meter for higher requirements in cordance with the current stand-
basic training. The optional PC software enables ards EN 61243-3 and DIN VDE 0682,
real-time data acquisition on a PC. Part 401. The ergonomic and sturdy
Automatic and manual range selec- Automatic and manual range selec- housing of the T100 make it ideal for
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display portable use. Equipped with a pat- 4
for measuring direct and alternat- for measuring direct and alternating ented system for detecting the direc-
ing voltage, direct and alternating voltage, direct and alternating cur- tion of rotation in three-phase sys-
current, resistance, continuity, fre- rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- tems, it enables a fast display of the
quency, capacitance, diode test, cy, capacitance, diode test, tem- direction of rotation. Also includes a
temperature measurement, min./ perature measurement, attenuation special electric flashlight function for
max./mean value, display hold, bar measurement (dBm), min./max./ working in dark surroundings.
graph, true effective value measure- mean value, data hold, bar graph, – Voltage: 12 – 690 V
ment (TRMS). AC+DC true effective value measure- – Rotary field: 100 – 690 V
– Voltage: 0.1 mV – 1,000 V ment (TRMS). – Continuity: 0 – 400 kΩ
– Current: 0.01 mA – 10 A – Voltage: 0.1 mV – 1,000 V – Frequency: 0 – 400 Hz 5
– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 50 MΩ – Current: 0.1 μA – 10 A – Tested with 600 V CAT IV
– Frequency: 0.01 Hz – 100 kHz – Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ
– Capacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 μF – Frequency: 3 Hz – 10 MHz Scope of delivery
– Tested with 1,000 V CAT III – Capacitance: 0.01 nF – 400 μF – 1.5 V batteries
– Tested with 600 V CAT IV – Tested with 600 V CAT III – Manual
Order no. 571836
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery
– Measuring cables – Measuring cables
– 80BK temperature probe – Temperature probe
– Holster – Temperature adapter 6
– 9 V battery – Protective covering
– Manual – Magnet holder
Order no. 571831 – 9 V battery
– Manual
Order no. 571833
Software for Amprobe 38XR-A

Order no. 571834

1 1 Fluke 1653B installation 2 Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus 3 Fluke 6500 appliance
tester for VDE 0100 installation tester for VDE 0100 tester for VDE 0701-0702
Perfect for practical demonstration The Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus in- Fluke 6500 appliance tester for testing
of electrical protective measures in stallation tester is a good compact portable appliances to VDE 0701-0702.
combination with our EduTrainers® alternative. It tests the safety of elec-
for mains systems and protective trical systems and learning systems. Compact Flash memory card for data
measures. storage and data transfer to a PC.
For testing and accepting fixed in- Log design as per ZVEH protocol.
For testing and accepting fixed stallations to VDE 0100/0413, the in- – Protective earth conductor
2 installations to VDE 0100/0413, the ternational standard IEC 60364 and resistance: 0 – 19.99 Ω
international standard IEC 60364 and the European standard EN 61557. – Contact current: 0 – 1.99 mA
the European standard EN 61557. The easy-to-use controller and the – Equivalent leakage current:
The easy-to-use controller and the large display with a wide viewing an- 0 – 1.99 mA
large display with a wide viewing gle make for user-friendly and safe – Insulation test: 0 – 299 Ω
angle make for user-friendly and safe operation. For all basic installation – Tested with 300 V CAT II
operation. For all basic installation tests including continuity, insulation,
tests including continuity, insulation, loop impedance, trigger time and Scope of delivery
loop impedance, trigger time and trigger current of residual current – Bag and protective covering
trigger current of residual current protective devices (residual current – Measuring cables with protected
protective devices (residual current devices), measuring earthing resist- plug connector
devices), measuring earthing ance and phase sequence. Includes – Set of standard measuring cables
3 resistance and phase sequence. internal memory and PC interface for – Quick guide, CD manual
Includes internal memory and PC documentation and reporting. – 1.5 V batteries
interface for documentation and – Measuring range: 440 V Order no. 571841
reporting. – Continuity test: 0 – 2,000 Ω
– Measuring range: 500 V – Insulation measurement: Software for Fluke 6500
– Continuity test: 0 – 2,000 Ω 100 – 500 V DMS 0702/PAT
– Insulation measurement: – Insulation: 10 kΩ – 50 MΩ Fluke DMS for recording data and
50 – 1,000 V – Resistance: 0.01 Ω – 0.1 MΩ managing test results when testing
– Insulation: 10 kΩ – 50 MΩ – Frequency: 10 – 100 Hz electrical installations as per DIN
– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ – Tested with 440 V CAT III VDE 0701/0702.
4 – Frequency: 5 Hz – 1 MHz Order no. 571842
– Tested with 600 V CAT III Scope of delivery
– Bag 4 Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702
Scope of delivery – Measuring cables with protected appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702
– Hardshell case plug connector The appliance tester from Amprobe
– Probe, measuring cables – Set of standard measuring cables makes it easier to test portable
– Set of standard measuring cables – Quick guide, manual appliances to VDE 0701-0702.
– Quick guide, CD manual – 1.5 V batteries
– 6 AA batteries – Protective covering Compact Flash memory card for da-
– Padded carrying strap Order no. 571839 ta storage and data transfer to a PC.
Order no. 571837 Log design as per ZVEH protocol.
Software for Amprobe – Protective earth conductor
Software for Fluke 1653B Telaris 0100 plus resistance: 0 – 19.99 Ω
DMS 0100/INST User-friendly, expandable software – Contact current: 0 – 1.99 mA
Fluke DMS (Data Management for logging measurement data to – Equivalent leakage current:
Software) for recording data and DIN VDE 0100/0105. Log design as 0 – 19.99 mA
managing test results when testing per ZVEH (Zentralverband der Deut- – Insulation test: 0 – 250 MΩ
electrical installations as per DIN schen Elektro- und Informationstech- – Tested with 300 V CAT II
VDE 0100. nischen Handwerke = Central Asso-
Order no. 571838 ciation of the German Electrical and Scope of delivery
Information Technology Industry) – Bag and protective covering
protocol. Includes interface adap- – Measuring cables with protected
ter 1157. plug connector
Order no. 571840 – Set of standard measuring cables
– Quick guide, manual
Order no. 571843
Software for Amprobe Telaris

0701/0702
Order no. 571844

1 Tektronix TDS 1002B digital 3 Fluke 434 three-phase mains and 4 Amprobe AC50A digital leakage 1
storage oscilloscope power supply analyzer current clamp
Standard oscilloscope for visualising Meter for measuring almost every This current clamp is ideally suited
relationships during basic training in parameter in the power supply sys- to measuring discharge currents
electrical engineering. tem. (leakage currents) and differential
currents (to BGV A3).
Curves can be traced and evaluated Measures voltage, current, frequen-
on a PC. cy, power, power consumption, In addition to the current clamp func-
– Display: Monochrome asymmetry and fast voltage changes. tion, this current clamp also includes
– Bandwidth: 60 MHz The meter has four channels for the most common multimeter func-
– Channels: 2 simultaneously measuring voltage tions via measuring cables such as
– Time base: 5 ns – 50 s/div and current on all three phases and voltage measurement, resistance 2
– Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s the neutral conductor. Measurement and continuity.
– Resolution: 8 bits data can be stored and transferred – Voltage AC: 0.1 – 400 V
– Y deflection: 2 mV/cm – 5 V/cm to a PC using the FlukeView software – Current AC: 0.01 mA – 60 A
– Interface: USB included in the scope of delivery. – Resistance: 0.1 – 400 Ω
– Voltage: 5 V – 1,400 V – Frequency range: 40 Hz – 1 kHz
Scope of delivery – Current: 0.5 A – 400 A – Tested with 600 V CAT IV
– Mains cable – Frequency: 42.5 – 57.5 Hz
– 2x TPP0201 probe – Crest factor: 1.0 – 10.0 Scope of delivery
– OpenChoice software – Power VAR: 1.0 VAR – 20 MVA – Measuring cables
– SignalExpress software – Cos M: 0 – 1.00 – Bag
– Manual – Tested with 100 V CAT III – 1.5 V battery 3
Order no. 571845 – Tested with 600 V CAT IV – Manual
Order no. 571848
2 Tektronix TDS 2004C digital Scope of delivery
storage oscilloscope – Hardshell case 5 Function generator
User-friendly 4-channel oscillo- – AC current clamp – Signal types:
scope with extended range of – Set of measuring cables Sinusoidal, square, triangular, TTL
functions for basic training in – Crocodile clamps – Frequency range: 0.1 Hz – 500 kHz
electrical engineering. – FlukeView software – Voltage output: DC
– Infrared interface cable (USB) – Offset: -15 – +15 V
– Display: Colour – Dye locating set – Voltage amplitude: 0 – 30 V
– Bandwidth: 70 MHz – Quick guide, CD manual Order no. 152918
– Channels: 4 – Accumulator 4
– Time base: 5 ns – 50 s/div Order no. 571847 6 Cable BNC – 4 mm
– Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack-
– Resolution: 8 bits plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
– Y deflection: 2 mV/cm – 5 V/cm with a function generator and oscil-
– Interface: USB loscope.
Order no. 152919
Scope of delivery
– Mains cable Cable BNC – BNC 5
– 4x TPP0101 probe Order no. 158357
– OpenChoice software
– SignalExpress software T-connector BNC
– Manual Order no. 159298
Order no. 571846
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Automation technology/PLC

1 1 Simulation box, digital 3 Connection unit, analogue 5 Sensor tester

The simulation box is used to display – Permissible voltage range: The sensor tester speeds up commis-
the input and outputs signals of an 22 – 27 V DC sioning of systems with integrated
MPS® station or PLC. – Reference: GND sensors and proximity sensors. It can
Two modes of application are pos- – 4 analogue voltage inputs: be used for:
sible: Range: -10 V – +10 V (max. 30 V) – Quick and simple checking of
– Simulation of inputs for testing of Input resistance: 200 kΩ contacts
a PLC program. Use I/O data cable – 4 analogue current inputs: – Rapid fine adjustment
2 (SysLink) (order no. 034031) for Range: 0 – 20 mA (max. -4 – +24 – Unambiguous detection of switch
this purpose. mA) outputs
– Setting of outputs (with separate Input voltage: max. ±30 V Order no. 158481
24 V supply) in order to operate an – 2 analogue outputs:
MPS® station. The cable (order no. Voltage: -10 – +10 V, short-circuit- 6 AS-interface addressing device
167106, 2.5 m) required for this proof, max. ±30 V, fuse-protected, Addressing device with LCD display
purpose is included in the scope of Current: max. 20 mA for determining slave addresses and
delivery. re-addressing slaves.
3 Using an analogue cable (order no. Order no. 18959
The simulation box contains a 529141), the unit can also be used
SysLink socket. as an analogue connection unit for AS-interface addressing cable
Order no. 170643 the EduTrainer® PLC or EsayPort Addressing cable for connecting vari-
USB. ous slaves to the addressing device.
2 Simulation box, digital/analogue Order no. 567232 Order no. 18960
The digital/analogue simulation box
additionally allows the simulation 4 Universal connection unit, digital 7 Empty EduTrainer® ER housing
4
and display of analogue signals (SysLink) An empty ER housing in two sizes
(0 – 10 V). The simulation box is The universal connection unit with an aluminium blanking plate is
supplied without connection cables. connects all 4 mm safety plugs with available for installation of custom
Order no. 526863 the 24-pin system connector as per applications in an ER frame.
IEEE 488 (SysLink). It thus becomes small 541499
The following connection cables are a universal interface between units large 541179
recommended for flexible applica- with 4 mm connection technology
tion: and devices equipped with SysLink
– I/O data cable, parallel: connectors as per IEEE488:
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox – Connection to an I/O terminal of an
5
with SPS EduTrainer® or EasyPort) MPS® station via an I/O cable with
– Analogue cable, parallel: SysLink connectors at both ends,
Order no. 529141 (e.g. SimuBox order no. 034031
with EasyPort) – I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora-
– Analogue cable, crossover: tory connectors of a PLC using an
Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector
6
with MPS® Analog-Terminal) – bare wires), order no. 167122
– I/O data cable, crossover: – Simple connection of actuators and
Order no. 167197 sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-
nectors with the EasyPort interface
unit for FluidSIM®
7 Inputs:
3 safety sockets each for 8 three-
wire sensors
Outputs:
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE488)
I/O status display:
Via LED
Order no. 162231


1 I/O data cable with SysLink 9 LOGO! Programming cable 1 2

connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends LOGO! PC cable USB for transferring
For connection of SysLink interfaces, programs from a PC to LOGO and
for example an EduTrainer® PLC, with vice versa. Driver on CD ROM sup-
the universal connection unit, digital plied.
(order no. 162231). Order no. 526504
2.5 m 34031
10 Profibus cable
2 I/O data cable with one SysLink Connection between 2 Profibus 3 4
connector as per IEEE 488 and bare stations.
cable-end sleeves 0.5 m 533035
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O 2.0 m 533036
terminals of a PLC.
2.5 m 167122 11 Safety laboratory cable, 3 m
For connecting an EduTrainer®
3 I/O data cable, crossover, with Universal without a power supply
terminal socket unit to an external 24 V power 5 6
Connects the EduTrainer® Univer- supply unit. 3 m long, 4 x 3 safety
sal of an MPS® station with Easy- plugs (blue, red, green/yellow)
Port, order no. 548687. Adapter ca- 3m 571817
ble for the connection: any PLC with
an open I/O data cable, order no. 12 Plug-in adapter, electrical
167122, and universal connection Adapter for inserting cables with
unit, order no. 162231. safety plugs into sockets without 7 8
0.3 m 167197 shock-hazard protection. This is no
longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
4 Ethernet cable (IEC 1010).
2 m, RJ 45, CAT5 Set of 10 adapters.
2m 567280 Order no. 185692
5 Analogue cable, parallel Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for

EasyPort with actual process and/or connecting solenoid valves with an
simulation box. M8 central plug 9 10
2m 529141 Cable length 2.5 m with open ends
Order no. 158962
6 Analogue cable, crossover Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety
EasyPort with actual PLC and/or plugs and solenoid coil numbering
simulation box. Order no. 540703
2m 533039
11 12
7 PC data cable RS232
For example, for connecting EasyPort
with the RS232 port of a PC.
female – female, 1.5 m 160786
male – female, 1.5 m 162305
8 PC adapter
Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
2000/XP.
with RS232 cable 184555
with USB cable 539006

1 2 1 DIN H-rail set T-head nut M5

Two 300 mm long DIN H-rails, For safe mounting of own applica-
matching relay socket and terminal tions, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on
set, with mountings for adapter the aluminium slotted profile plate.
fitting to aluminium slotted profile Order no. 254490
plate.
Order no. 548637 6/7/8 Electrical signal input/output
For front panel mounting with
Terminal strip bracket. For attachment on universal
35 terminals, terminal block and adapter for example (order no.
bridges for DIN H-rail mounting. 195224) or directly on perforated
3 4 Order no. 541158 plate.
2 Cable duct set Electric pushbutton

1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500 (NO and NC contacts)
mm cable ducts with mountings for 6 541155
adapter fitting to aluminium slotted Electric control switch
profile plate. 7 541156
Order no. 548638 LED indicator light
8 541157
3/4/5 Relay, time-delay relay
5 6 Relay (24 V) with 3 changeover or 3
NC and 3 NO contacts for DIN H-rail
mounting
3 541152
Relay, response delayed (24 V) with
changeover contact for DIN H-rail
mounting
4 541153
Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V),
with changeover contact for DIN H-
7 8 rail mounting
5 541154

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Order means

Order means
1 Systainer 7 Systainer/container insert F 1

Stackable interlocking case system, Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
made of light grey plastic with light For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
blue snap fasteners. Order no. 709844
Size 0 (Mini-Systainer): 8 Systainer/container insert G

50 x 248 x 158 mm Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
Order no. 533014 For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
Size 1: 72 x 377 x 277 mm Order no. 687943
Order no. 526714
Size 2: 124 x 377 x 277 mm 9 Systainer/container insert H
Order no. 526715 Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
Size 3: 176 x 375 x 274 mm For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
Size 4: 279 x 377 x 272 mm 2 3
Order no. 526717 10 Systainer/container insert I
Size 5: 395 x 360 x 272 mm Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
Order no. 544375 For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
Soft foam insert for lid Order no. 722009
(for Systainer sizes 1 – 5)
Order no. 526814 11/12/13 Handles for Systainer/
(Interior dimensions W x H x D respectively) container inserts A – I 4 5
The handles are available in three
Systainer/container inserts different versions, suitable for Sys-
Didactic components need to be tainer sizes 2 – 5:
stored in a clearly arranged and safe – Handle 80: 80 mm high version
way. Simply clamp two handles onto – Handle 100: 100 mm high version
the narrow side of the insert of your – Handle 150: 150 mm high version
choice and stack the inserts in the When stacking the inserts in the Sys- 6 7
Systainer. Note: Two large and one tainer the handle height determines
small insert exactly fill a Learnline the distance between the stacked
container drawer. inserts. The handles can be used for
all Systainer/container inserts. Two
2 Systainer/container insert A handles are required per insert.
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm. 11 Handle 80 683012
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4 12 Handle 100 687455 8 9
Order no. 687927 13 Handle 150 683464
3 Systainer/container insert B 14 Trolley for Systainer

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Trolley for transporting Systainers
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. sizes 1 to 5, can carry up to 5 Sys-
Order no. 687461 tainers.
With 2 adjustable heights: 10 11/12/13
4 Systainer/container insert C height 1: 105 cm, height 2: 97.5 cm.
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Tare weight 4 kg, load bearing
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. capacity 50 kg.
5 Systainer/container insert D 15 Dolly truck for Systainer

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Dolly truck for transporting Systai-
14 15
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. ners sizes 1 to 5. 4 castors with a
Order no. 689087 brake.
Order no. 549789
6 Systainer/container insert E
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
Order no. 701309
Robotino®
Mobile mechatronic learning system .......................................................... 216
215
Robotino® > Mobile mechatronic learning system
Robotino®
Experiencing, understanding and using technology
How do I make a robot move Experiencing technology

along a line? The Robotino® not only contains
technology, it also enables the tech-
nology to be experienced through
a large number of captivating tasks
drawn from the everyday world.
Understanding technology
Modularity means that all techni-
cal components, such as the electric
drive units, sensors and camera, of
Robotino® can not only be directly
understood but can also be learned
about through their integrated sys-
tem response.
Using technology
Trainees integrate and apply lots
of technical features and functions,
such as electric drive engineering,
kinetics, sensors, control technolo-
Which robot team scores gy, vision systems and programming
most goals? techniques.
Ready-to-use immediately
Unpack Robotino®, switch it on
and start the lesson, experiment
or research project.
The special appeal

The Robotino® is autonomous!
Numerous sensors, a camera and a
high-performance controller provide
the system with the necessary
„intelligence“. So when it is correctly
programmed, it can handle the tasks
assigned to it autonomously.
The current trend

Alongside industrial robotics, the
market for mobile robots and service
robots is becoming increasingly
Which robot can complete an important. By using the Robotino®,
obstacle course in the fastest you will be keeping your training
possible time? in line with a major technical and
commercial advance.
The awards
– Worddidac Award 2006
– reddot design award winner 2006
Interactive learning with Robotino® View
Always online Robotino® View 2 Multitasking Autonomous control

Robotino® View is the interactive, Robotino® View 2 combines state of With Robotino® View 2 you can con- Projects can be uploaded to the
graphical programming and learn- the art operating concepts with intui- trol not just one, but any number of Robotino® controller to achieve
ing environment for Robotino®. It tive operation and expansion options Robotinos at the same time. totally autonomous operation (only
communicates directly with the ro- for the user. with operating system version 2.0 or
bot system via wireless LAN, with no Creating custom functional modules higher). The user can use a special
need for code compiling or down- Sequence control is based on the The user can create custom func- data exchange server to establish
loading to the controller. You can standardised sequential function tional modules in C++ and load them very efficient communication be-
send signals directly to the motor chart to DIN EN 61131 (GRAFCET). to the functional module library as tween a Robotino® View 2 program
controller, display, scale and evalu- The subprograms (steps) are plug-ins. Likewise, custom devices and the autonomous robot applica-
ate sensor values, or have a live created as data flow graphs and the can be created in C++ and loaded to tion.
camera image displayed and further comprehensive functional module the device manager as plug-ins.
processed. Robotino® thus becomes library provides the functional mod- Robotino® View 2 can be constantly
an online experimentation field, e.g. ules to be linked. Subprograms can External data communication updated via the Internet.
for control technology. be reused any number of times in a Robotino® View 2 provides an OPC
sequencing program and can also be client and a UDP protocol interface First steps with simulation
Intuitive programming imported into other projects. for data communication with exter- As an add-on, you can purchase an
Robotino® View is a visual program- nal controllers. attractive 3D simulation package
ming language. Sequences and links The new navigation module provides (Robotino® SIM Professional/
are formed by wiring functional mod- the user with great flexibility in Robotino® SIM Page 222),
ules. The program corresponds to moving to positions and defining which simulates the Robotino®‘s
your idea of robot behaviour and is travel paths with any level of com- travel behaviour and sensors in an
created „intuitively“. plexity. Current position sensing appropriate working environment.
is performed by the integrated This enables you to test your first
odometer, which can be made much Robotino® View programs in the
more accurate by the gyroscope simulation.
sensor available as an option.
The complete Robotino® package
Robust construction Everything in view Uninterrupted use Direct access

The frame contains nine infrared Power is supplied via two 12 V The membrane keypad integrated in
The three Robotino® drive modules distance sensors. An analogue lead-gel rechargeable non-spillable the controller housing enables the
are integrated into a stable, laser- inductive sensor and two optical electric storage batteries, permitting Robotino® to be controlled without
welded stainless steel frame. The sensors are also available, enabling a running time of up to two hours. a WLAN.
frame is protected against collisions the Robotino® to recognise and The scope of delivery includes a – Start the boot procedure for the
by a rubber protection strip with follow predefined paths that further set of non-spillable electric controller
integrated switching sensor. Nu- are marked in colour or with an storage batteries for even more – Select the language
merous additional components, aluminium strip. uninterrupted learning pleasure! The (DE, EN, ES, FR)
such as sensors or handling units, system is automatically shut down – Status information
can be mounted on a platform with The Robotino® is supplied with when the charge status is too low. – Rechargeable battery status
prepared threaded holes. a colour web camera with jpeg display
compression. The compressed web A charging device and a jack are – Network connection configuration
With its omnidirectional drive, camera image can be transmitted included in the scope of delivery, – Select autonomous demo
Robotino® moves quick as a flash to an external PC via the WLAN for which means that Robotino® can also programs
forwards, backwards and sideways image evaluation by Robotino® View be used for electrical drive/control – Starting of user-specific autono-
and also turns on the spot. Three or used as a live camera image. The technology experiments while it‘s mous programs
sturdy DC industrial motors with Robotino® may not be able to find a charging.
optical shaft encoders with a res- needle in a haystack, but it can see
olution of 2048 increments per what‘s going on around it with a high A charging station is available on
revolution and gear units with a degree of accuracy. request, at which the Robotino®
reduction ratio of 1:16 allow speeds can supply itself with the necessary
of up to 10 km/h. voltage autonomously.
Robotino® is even more open
– Fast access to
motor control data
– Hardware in the
loop control
– Direct access to
microcontroller
Complete Robotino package 567300 The ready-to-use package Order now

Included in the scope of delivery: Robotino® training course documents
The complete learning system consists of: – Robotino®
Mobile robot – Systainer Robotino®
with a round stainless steel frame and three omnidirectional drive units. – Software
– Diameter: 370 mm – Rechargeable non-spillable electric Instructor‘s handbook
– Height incl. housing: 210 mm storage batteries pack

– Total weight: Approx. 11 kg – Charging device
Frame with:
– Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor Extensions and accessories available
– 9 analogue infrared distance sensors on request.
– Analogue inductive sensor
– 2 digital optical sensors Recommended accessories
– Colour web camera with USB interface and jpeg compression – Robotino® SIM Professional
Festo Didactic
Page 222
544307 EN
Control:
Embedded PC 104 plus with AMD LX800 processor (500 MHz), Ubuntu Linux operating – Robotino® SIM
system and numerous communication interfaces: Page 222 Workbook DE 544306
– Ethernet, 2 x USB and VGA connection Book of exercises DE 555706
– Powerful wireless LAN access point with antenna to 802.11g and 802.11b. Switchable to Workbook EN 544307
client mode. Optional WPA2 encoding. Book of exercises EN 555707
EA09 control board with LPC2377 32-bit microcontroller: Workbook ES 548606
– Control of four DC motors Book of exercises ES 555708
– FPGA (Xilinx Spartan3) for rapid reading of sensor data Workbook FR 548607
– Ethernet interface for direct external access to the motor controller Book of exercises FR 555709
– Two 20-pin I/O connectors for integrating additional electrical components
Robotino® View 2 software, System requirements:
– PC with Windows 2000/XP SP2/VISTA/Windows 7
Open programming environment EA09 control board Expandability values) with a frequency of 1 KHz,
At the heart of the PC 104 control- The EA09 control board provides The controller PCB provides the to analyse the parameterisation of
ler is the real-time Linux operating you with a professional introduction following additional connections for the PID motor controller in detail.
system, provided on a 1 GB CF card. to control technologyfor electric subsequent expansion:
This communicates with the new motors. It replaces the standard – 8 analogue inputs 0 – 10 V, 50 Hz Hardware in the loop scenario
EA09 control board via a serial inter- IO board in the first version of – 8 digital inputs and outputs If, for example, you create a custom
face, to evaluate the sensor data and Robotino®. (24 V, short circuit proof and motor controller in MatLab, this
control the Robotino®‘s drive units. overload proof) software controller can be used for
It can communicate directly with a At the heart of this board is a 32-bit – 2 relays for additional actuators open and closed-loop control of the
Linux program in the PC 104 or, via microcontroller, which directly gen- Robotino® motors via the Ethernet
W-LAN, with Robotino® View or an- erates the PWM signals for control- Microcontroller programming interface. The required MatLAB API
other external PC application: ling four electric DC motors. For com- The microcontroller is externally for communication with the EA09
– API with library for programming patibility reasons, communication accessible and can be used control board is supplied.
using .Net, C++, C, C# and JAVA. with the PC 104 is via the identical directly for programming custom
– Numerous sample programs show serial interface as in the first version applications. The microcontroller IO board upgrade
how API is used. of Robotino®. firmware can be updated using the Do you have a Robotino® that is not
– MatLab and LabView interface. Robotino® operating system. fitted with the new control board? If
– Online update of Robotino® An FPGA is used to read the encoder so, you can replace the old IO board
operating system via W-LAN. values for the motors. This enables Control technology with the new EA09 control board
– Download of Robotino® View 2 the odometer data and any addition- The EA09 control board is fitted without any problems.
programs to PC 104. al sensor-specific correction data to with an interface card, which pro- Order no. 567204
– Online debugging of Robotino® be calculated directly in the micro- vides four Ethernet interfaces, one of
View 2 programs in PC 104 on a controller. This results in a consider- which has a direct external link. The
Windows PC via W-LAN. able improvement in accuracy. EA09View monitor software supplied
– Data communication with W-LAN enables you to scan and visualise
between Robotino® View 2 appli- motor controller data (setpoints and
cation on a Windows PC and a actual values, voltage and current
Robotino® View 2 program in the
Robotino® controller.
NorthStar® Navigation System Logistics Kit
One of the main challenges in Scope of delivery The Logistics Kit consists of an Scope of delivery
mobile robotics is navigation, i.e. – NorthStar® Projector electric gripper, flat storage area – Electric gripper
the localisation of and search for The NorthStar® Projector is an with 2 rows, an inductive sensor Gripper stroke: 4 mm
the right path to the target point. infrared light source which and a set of workpieces. Maximum workpiece diameter:
The simplest method for localisation generates a special light pattern 40 mm
is odometry, but this is relatively on a reflective surface, such as a The electric gripper is completely Maximum workpiece weight:
imprecise. Therefore, additional ceiling. This light pattern can be integrated in the Robotino® platform, 300 g
external sensors are required. detected and evaluated by the so that while it is moving, monitoring Gripping force: 140 N
NorthStar® Sensor. NorthStar® is not necessary for potential colli- Closing/opening time: 2 s
The NorthStar® Navigation System projector with mounting attach- sions with the gripper. The gripper Operating voltage: 24 V DC
is an infrared localisation system ment, power supply unit with detects workpieces between the Maximum current: 140 mA
which uses infrared points of light cable for supplying the projector gripper jaws by means of an inte- – Analogue inductive sensor for
as orientation points. An infrared with power, CD-ROM containing grated through-beam sensor. To mounting in the middle of the
sensor determines its position and technical documentation and pick up a workpiece from a bearing robot frame
orientation from the position of two software. surface, a slide is integrated, which – Flat storage area with 2 rows
points of light. Evaluation data and – NorthStar® Sensor signalises the optimal position and 3 storage places per row for
check of the detected infrared points The NorthStar® sensor is attached for the gripping process to the cylinder-shaped workpieces with
of light are included as a functional to Robotino® with a mounting Robotino®. The gripper end positions a maximum diameter of 40 mm.
module in Robotino® View. attachment supplied. To calibrate, are checked via the motor current – Workpiece set
you only have to enter the distance evaluation. – Aluminium adhesive tape for
The NorthStar® Navigation System between the sensor and the ceiling marking the access routes to the
consists of a NorthStar® Projector to achieve a positioning accuracy The gripper function is available as a storage area, which the Robotino®
and a NorthStar® Sensor. With of around 5 cm in the working functional module in Robotino® View can align itself on for gripping the
these, a Robotino® can be localised space. (starting from Version 1.7). workpieces.
within a working space of max. 4 m Systainer with NorthStar® Sensor
x 4 m. Additional Robotinos can be with assembly device, USB cable, Order no. 564179
included in the navigation system NorthStar® Sensor manual.
with additional NorthStar® Sensors. The most important components at a
Order no. 549833 glance:
Accessories for additional Robotinos: Electric gripper for Robotino®

NorthStar Projector 549778 Order no. 564176
NorthStar Sensor 549777 Inductive sensor, analogue
Order no. 564177
Flat storage
Order no. 564178
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”
Order no. 167021
Aluminium tape
Order no. 564213
Gyroscope sensor WLAN access point
Greatly improved odometry with the than the one about which it is rotat- This external access point supports Scope of delivery
gyroscope sensor ing, this creates a torque against the the W-LAN standard IEEE 802.11g – Access point
It is a great challenge for mobile movement which ensures that the with a transmission rate of up to – Programmed with „Robotino®
systems to move to predefined total angular momentum remains 54 Mbps. APX.1“
positions in the working space. The the same. – USB power cable and Ethernet
difficulty lies in determining the The external access point enables cable
current position. The forces created by this torque are you to connect multiple Robotinos to
measured at the suspension point an Ethernet PC network without any Order no. 567228
The odometry provides a standard of the gyroscope. Since mechani- problems. To do this, the Robotinos
method for calculating the current cal gyroscopes are too large, heavy only need to be switched to client
position relative to the start position. and susceptible, digital gyroscopes mode. The Allnet access point is pre-
The motor encoder can be used to no larger than a one-euro coin have programmed for you, and will auto-
count the number of motor revolu- been developed in the last few years, matically start communication with
tions and then calculate the distance offering extreme precision. The the Robotinos. To secure the wire-
travelled using the wheel diameter. CruizCore® XG1000 is a digital gyro- less network externally, WEP/WPA
Locally, this method provides very scope in a handy housing unit with encryption and MAC address filters
precise results. However, errors be- an integrated USB interface. It can are implemented.
come larger as the distance increas- measure angular velocities of up to
es. Two sources of error are of partic- ±100 °/s with a precision of 0.1 °/s.
ular importance: It has a maximum drift of 10 °/h.
– Slippage
– Orientation errors This gyroscope can be easily inte-
grated into the Robotino® control
Every little deviation in orientation system. The odometry functional
causes a large error for a long dis- module in Robotino® View automati-
tance. For example, if you run the cally values the gyroscope error cor-
process in a square with sides of one rection data and almost completely
metre, you will see that Robotino® eliminates orientation errors in the
does not return to the starting point. odometry.
Gyroscopes measure angular veloci- Scope of delivery

ties based on the conservation of an- – CruizCore® XG1000 gyroscope
gular momentum. If you try to turn a sensor
rotating object about an axis other – Mounting bracket
– USB cable
– CD with test software and
documentation
Order no. 567138
Robotino® SIM Professional Robotino® SIM
Robotino® SIM Professional is an The Robotino® library includes addi- Robotino® SIM is a Windows soft- The latest version of Robotino® SIM
ideal virtual learning environment for tional components such as grippers, ware program for the 3D simulation is now available to download free of
working with Robotino®. Identifying slides, laser scanners and workpiec- of Robotino® in an exciting, prede- charge.
differences based on actual behav- es. You are notified of new compo- fined virtual experimentation envi-
iour is the key to grasping, analysing nents in the library via the Internet. ronment.
and understanding new physical and
technical phenomena. The software The editor and the complete mod- The Robotino® simulation model can-
enables you to create any virtual 3D el library in LabCreator provide you not be extended, and includes the
working environments for Robotino® with an outstanding working envi- geometric model with the three om-
and then to simulate the program ronment for quickly and easily cre- nidirectional drive wheels, a cam-
created. The software is available ating attractive virtual scenarios for era, nine distance sensors and the
in four languages (DE/EN/ES/FR) Robotino®. digital sensor in the chassis protec-
and the language selection can be tion strip.
changed online. Robotino® can be programmed using
Robotino® View or in one of the high- You can program Robotino® free of
The Robotino® simulation model level languages C, C++, C# or Java. To charge using Robotino® View or us-
comprises the geometric model with do this, you require the corresponding one of the high-level languages
– three omnidirectional drives, ing API interface. such as C++ or Java.
– two inductive analogue sensors,
– two digital optical sensors, To use the software, you require a
– nine distances sensors, Windows 2000, XP, VISTA or Win-
– a camera, dows 7 operating system. For 3D
– sensor in the chassis protection visualisation, a graphics card with at
strip. least 128 MB RAM and OpenGL sup-
port is required.
Scope of delivery
– CD with software in DE/EN/ES/FR
– Manual in DE/EN/ES/FR
– 2 dongle with individual licenses
– Network dongle with 25 licenses
Order no. 567230
Robotino® project ideas
With its modular structure, at- Control with a PLC

tachable devices and the open For simple integration of Robotino®
software interfaces Robotino® in classical automation control
is the ideal platform for project technology: wire your PLC with
work. With Robotino®, we provide EasyPort or select a direct connec-
the platform – you develop the tion from the PLC to the new OPC
exciting enhancements. This is how client of Robotino® View to control
fascinating projects evolve, a small Robotino® via a PLC.
selection of which are listed below.
For more information see www.
robotino.com
The advantages:

– Reliable design – stable frame:
no investment in mechanical
maintenance needed
– LINUX operating system – for
software reliability
– Powerful drive unit and high-
quality omnidrive – concentrating
on an intelligent solution for a task
ProLog Factory
Technical defects, non-reproducible The ProLog Factory provides an
effects and unwanted project delays outstanding new training platform
are therefore a thing of the past. for logistics. The material flow
is implemented using Robotino®
Would you also like to implement mobile robot systems, which also
projects with Robotino®? Send an have an integrated lifting arm,
e-mail to did@de.festo.com. to pick up and deposit pallets at
different stations for a specific job
Pages 314 – 317.
In the Science House in Europapark

Rust, Robotino® shows what it can
do in another attractive logistics
application every day.
Official competition equipment

at the WorldSkills international
competition
The range of tasks includes the
exchange of components, the
mounting of new sensors or handling
components, troubleshooting in
hardware and software and the
creation of attractive applications
with the graphical programming
environment, Robotino® View.
Mechatronics and factory automation
MPS® – The Modular Production System

MPS® Transfer system/Project kits ...............................................................228
MPS® Stations...............................................................................................242
MPS® 200 Complete systems ........................................................................282
MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production...............................................................296
Extensions and accessories ..........................................................................302

Control/Networking ..................................................................................304
Operating/Observing................................................................................308
Testing/Measuring ...................................................................................309
Safety engineering....................................................................................310
Accessories...............................................................................................312
ProLog Factory............................................................................................. 314
Robot Vision Cell ......................................................................................... 318
CNC technology ........................................................................................... 322
MicroFMS/MultiFMS................................................................................... 328
MPS® Transfer Factory ................................................................................ 338
iCIM ............................................................................................................. 342
iFactory........................................................................................................ 348
225
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > System description
MPS® – The modular production system

From module to learning factory
Practical at every level
The modular production system

MPS® sets the right challenges and
provides appropriate learning envi-
ronments for various requirements:
– Differentiated functions
– Individual and combined units
– Different drive technologies
– Material and information flow
– Modern and variable control
concepts
Modular variety
The MPS® transfer system fits in a

cabinet but can also be combined to
create networked production lines.
The MPS® stations are supplied with

trolleys, provide space for the con-
trol system, are fully assembled and
can be a basis for complex learning
factories.
MPS® transfer system MPS® stations

The ideal system for anyone focused The system for anyone who values
on process and automation: industrial basic and advanced train-
– One line, various drives, numerous ing, mechatronics and automation,
modules and functions with state value retention and robustness of
of the art technology the equipment:
– Transportable, designed for cabi- – Since 1991, the system for the
nets, individually and combined in mechatronics world championships
different layouts – Stations represent the most com-
– Defined interfaces enable individu- mon sub-processes in any auto-
al modules to be viewed and quick- mated production system
ly changed to rapidly adapt to the – Platform for problem based practi-
required learning content. cal training
– Maximum industrial relevance
in automation and handling tech-
nology
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > System description
Real and virtual
The MPS® is not only the platform

for training with maximum transfer
to industrial practice. It also provides
unique flexibility for choosing the
appropriate methods:
– All MPS® stations and systems
are identical to the models in the
CIROS® process simulation
– PLC training and troubleshooting
can be provided using the real mo-
del and the 3D models in CIROS®
MPS® 500-FMS MPS® 200 complete system

Once you have mastered the sub- Combining stations into systems for
processes in the MPS® stations, you selected areas and complexity levels:
can use the MPS® 500 FMS to focus – Topic-specific complete solutions
on thinking and operating in net- including control system, network-
worked systems. ing, application and learning soft-
– The belt rotation system and bus ware
concept allow variable system – For process-oriented, cross-
concepts technology courses at schools
– Sub-processes on the one hand and technical schools
and the overall system on the other – Ready to use immediately and
provide project tasks and challeng- expandable
es for working in a team – Versions for small and large
– All FMS systems are guaranteed budgets
Since 1991, the modular production ready to use when delivered
system MPS® has been the compe-
tition platform for the mechatronics
world championships.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® Transfer system/Project kits
MPS® Transfer system

Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training
Keeping training moving
The MPS® transfer system has been

developed for everyone who wants
to make headway with training, be
it for the electrical or metal trades
or for training technicians and engi-
neers in mechatronics.
The key features of the MPS® trans-

fer system are its innovative technol-
ogy and the consistent use of indus-
trial components.
Transfer line Drive concept
The transfer line is made of solid DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or
profiles and can be used to transport stepper motor – the belt can be com-
workpieces or workpiece holders. bined with all motor types with just
Top quality, flexible, well thought- a few simple actions. Professional
out and modular, it is the basis for clutches and toothed belt gearing
numerous successful projects. simulate practical industrial applica-
tions while providing optimum train-
ing flexibility.
Multimedia support Just as in industry
Digital training programs for specific Belts play a crucial role in auto-
topics relating to the MPS® transfer mated production. Products are
system facilitate effective training, transported using belts of dif-
including the very latest trends in ferent widths or even double
automation technology. The Machine belts. On the MPS® transfer sys-
Vision training program provides the tem, material is transported on a
perfect introduction to modern in- standard industrial belt.
dustrial image processing.
Modules Control Workstation Experience

The individual modules are complete The transfer system is compatible A range of laboratory equipment Several kilometres of our transfer
automated units that can easily be with microcontrollers such as the and a trolley specially tailored to the solutions are already providing a
integrated into a single transfer line. LOGO! or more complex control sys- MPS® transfer system creates the op- reliable material flow in the AFB,
The MPS® transfer system focuses tems with a wide variety of configu- timum working environment for you. iCIM, MPS® 500 and iFactory train-
on topics such as sensors, electri- rations. We can produce the ideal ing factories for our customers and
cal positioning, handling, assembly, control system for you, tailored to partners worldwide. This guarantees
camera inspection, barcode scan- your needs. a well thought-out concept with a
ning, RFID and many more, making high quality design to strict industri-
it an ideal platform for forward-look- al standards.
ing projects.
Control and networking with all industrial standards
Networking like the professionals

The MPS® transfer system features
standardised interfaces, A4 mount-
ing frames, the integrated 19“
mounting frames on the belt and a
variety of different control compo-
nents.
All modules are available with both

I/O wiring and a range of bus con-
nections. We supply different soft-
ware components for all modules.
These can be integrated into state
of the art automation solutions. The
transfer lines and modules can also
be operated without networking.
Profinet Ready to go with:

– I/O
Ethernet
– AS-interface
– CAN bus
Rack 313C-2DP Rack 313C-2DP Rack 315-2PN/DP Rack 315-2PN/DP – Profibus DP
PLC PLC PLC PLC – Ethernet TCP-IP
– Profinet
– Profinet CBA
– ASIsafe
– PROFIsafe
Profibus DP Profibus DP
MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS®

Transfer Transfer Transfer Transfer
system system system system
M M M M
I/O-Connection AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus
The choice is yours Components Configuration and programming Advantages

–
Testing and commissioning – Easy commissioning of MPS®
with the simulation box transfer line
– Testing and commissioning for
modules
Control with EasyPort – Control the MPS® transfer line

from a PC
– Implement simple relay or logistic
controllers with FluidSIM®
– Control the MPS® transfer line
with PLCSIM
Control using industrial – Control the MPS® transfer line

microcontroller with a LOGO! microcontroller
– Programming simple control tasks
Market leading PLC solutions – Programming and control using

controllers and networking com-
ponents from market leaders
Festo, Siemens, Rockwell and
Mitsubishi
We produce the ideal controller for you:

Configure your EduTrainer® PLC to meet your needs Pages 172 – 176
System overview
The MPS® transfer system is flexible

Systems and can be used with a wide range
of controllers, drives and modules.
MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS® It enables various stations and sys-
Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system tems to be set up for training.
2 stations 3 stations 4 stations 8 stations 12 stations Additional system solutions on ex-

perimentation plates in DIN A4 por-
trait format, e.g.
– Modern drive components
Stations – Contact-based controllers
– Operation and observation using
Stacking Testing/Turning Measuring/ Sorting Camera Operator Panel or Touch Panel
magazine station Drilling station inspection – Safety modules
station station Inductive, optical, station and many other innovative solutions
capacitive are available on request.
Thanks to our know-how built up

over countless projects, we can
Mechatronic modules support you in choosing or defin-
ing your own modules, stations and
For workpieces For pallets systems, tailored to your needs.
Stacking Drill hole Turning Drilling Stacking Turning Drilling CNC

magazine monitoring module module magazine module module engraving
module module module module
Measuring Sorting Stacking Stacking Press Pad Drying Camera

module gate magazine magazine module printing module inspection
digital module module module module module
electrical,
inductive
Measuring Camera RFID ... Storage ...
module inspection module module
analogue module
Transfer lines
MT DC MT AC MT CAN MT ST
Transfer line Transfer line Transfer line Transfer line
with DC motor with AC motor with servo motor and with stepper motor
CAN interface
Control
AS-interface OP177B TP177B
Control console Operator Panel Touch Panel
Simulation Contactor EasyPort LOGO! S7 AB

Box circuit with PLCSIM/ Minicontroller Simatic S7 PLC Allen-Bradley
FluidSIM® PLC
MPS® transfer lines can be flexibly In sequence

combined and used in a variety of Simply connecting transfer lines in
different ways: sequence provides combinations of
different sizes.
With MPS®
The MPS® transfer lines can also
be combined with the MPS®
modular production stations from
Festo Didactic without the need for
additional components. This results
in an unmatched variety of systems.
Directly on the belt – or with

workpiece holders
With the MPS® transfer system, both
options are possible: workpieces can
either be transported directly on the
belt or on pallets, with or without an
ID system.
90° connection
Transfer lines can be combined
„around corners“ without additional
modules. This enables complete
loops to be achieved with just four
lines.
Transfer line
Combine and expand
[X]
Design and function Modular expansion

The transfer line is the basic compo- The transfer line can easily be ex-
nent of the MPS® transfer system. panded with different motors,
It is made up of a belt, drive, con- controllers, inverters, control units
trols and sensors and comes fully and connection technologies such
assembled. The transfer line can as AS-interface or I/O technology.
be used to transport workpieces Each line can be supplemented with
or workpiece holders. The transfer a wide range of modules. However,
line can be fitted with up to two even in „stand alone“ mode, the
mechatronic modules. transfer line can cover various
important topics in automation
technology:
– Familiarisation with different drive
types
– Use of sensors
– Experimenting with relay and
reversing contactors and logic
circuits
– Parameterisation and commissio-
ning of various drive controllers
234 [X] Illustration includes accessories

MPS transfer line MT DC C93100 Scope of delivery Other configurations and

MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101 components on request.
MPS transfer line MT AC C93102 MPS® transfer line MT DC:
MPS transfer line MT AC400 C93104 – DC motor
– Control panel Recommended learning media
Accessories, also order: – Four-quadrant drive controller
„Cylinder bodies“ workpiece set C94407 – Optical sensors at beginning
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing S7-313C 567098 and end of belt
Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer C74080
MPS® transfer line MT DC
Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 573868 AS-interface:
Workbook MPS Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420 Page 69 – DC motor
– AS-interface control panel
– AS-interface drive controller
– Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt – WBT Sensor technology 2 –
Sensors for object detection
MPS® transfer line MT AC: – WBT Logo! Training
– AC motor – WBT Actuators – DC motor
– Control panel – WBT Safety engineering
– Optical sensors at beginning – WBT Machine Vision
and end of belt – Mechatronics Assistant
MPS® transfer line MT AC400:

– AC motor for star-delta circuit
– Control panel
– Optical sensors at beginning and
end of belt
Individual equipment Intelligent connection technology Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation Variable sensors
We equip the 19“ frame with various The design of the system connec- The four-quadrant drive controller The sensors at the beginning and
operation and control components tions enables all additional modules allows both. The controller is end of the belt take the form of
based on your preferences. Expan- to be easily connected to the transfer actuated directly using I/Os or the fibre optic through-beam sensors.
sions and additions are possible at line. We also provide additional free AS-interface. The buttons on the The mounts for the fibre optics can
any time. terminals for your own projects. controller enable the connected easily be fixed to the belt profile
drive to be controlled manually and adjusted depending on the
during commissioning, maintenance application. A variety of different
or diagnostics. sensors can also be added.
The transfer line

Modules
Stacking magazine module The module is completely assembled

The module separates workpieces with a pneumatic cylinder with end-
from a magazine. position sensors, a retro-reflective
sensor for magazine level monitor-
ing, valve terminal and electrical con-
nection block.
Complete with connecting cable.
Transfer line and workpieces are not

included.
Stacking magazine module, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine module, AS-Interface C93201
Stacking magazine module, Profibus DP C93202
Drill hole monitoring module The module is completely assembled

The module monitors whether there with a connection block.
is a drill hole in workpieces. To do
this, a test pin is inserted into the Complete with connecting cable.
workpiece (with a solenoid). An in-
ductive proximity sensor monitors if Transfer line and workpieces are not
the test pin has reached its end po- included.
sition.
Drill hole monitoring module, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring module, AS-Interface C93204
Drill hole monitoring module, Profibus DP C93205
Turning module The module is completely assembled

The module turns workpieces. The with a valve terminal and two electri-
workpieces on the conveyor belt are cal connection blocks.
detected by an optical diffuse sen-
sor. A linear slide, swivel cylinder Complete with connecting cable.
and linear gripper are used in the
module. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Also order:
Workbook MPS® Transfer System,
Turning Module
Turning module, I/O C93206

Turning module, AS-Interface C93207
Turning module, Profibus DP C93208

Drilling module The module is completely assembled

The module drills workpieces (sym- with a valve terminal and an electri-
bolically). The workpieces on the cal connection block.
conveyor belt are detected by an op-
tical diffuse sensor. The drilling ma- Complete with connecting cable.
chine is moved by a pneumatic lin-
ear slide. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Drilling module, I/O C93209

Drilling module, AS-Interface C93210
Drilling module, Profibus DP C93211
Measuring module, analogue The module is completely assembled

The module checks the height of with an electrical connection block.
workpieces. The workpieces on the
conveyor belt are detected by an Complete with connecting cable.
optical diffuse sensor. An analogue
laser distance sensor is mounted Transfer line and workpieces are not
above the workpiece. The measur- included.
ing range of the sensor is 0 – 30 mm
with 0 – 10 V analogue output and 2 Also order:
PNP switching outputs. The switch- Workbook MPS® Transfer System,
ing outputs can be freely configured Measuring Module, analogue
using the teach-in function.
Measuring module, analogue, I/O C93212

Measuring module, analogue, AS-Interface C93213
Measuring module, analogue, Profibus DP C93214
Sorting gate module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a with a valve terminal and an electri-
slide. The workpieces on the convey- cal connection block.
or belt are detected by an optical dif-
fuse sensor. A second sensor (induc- Complete with connecting cable.
tive) above the workpiece detects if
the workpiece needs to be sorted on- Transfer line and workpieces are not
to the slide. Sorting is carried out us- included.
ing a sorting gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic rotary cylinder.
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, I/O C93218

Sorting gate module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93219
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93220
The transfer line

Modules
Ejection module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a with a valve terminal and an electri-
slide. The workpieces on the convey- cal connection block.
or belt are detected by an optical dif-
fuse sensor. A second sensor (capac- Complete with connecting cable.
itive) above the workpiece detects
if the workpiece needs to be sorted Transfer line and workpieces are not
onto the slide. Sorting is carried out included.
using a slide gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic linear cylinder. Also order:
Workbook MPS® Transfer System,
Ejection Module, pneumatic
Ejection module, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222
Ejection module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93223
RFID module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto with a valve terminal and an electri-
a slide. The workpieces on the con- cal connection block.
veyor belt are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. A read-write head is Complete with connecting cable and
used to read and check the data from Profibus DP interface for the RFID
the RFID chip on the workpiece. New element.
data, based on various criteria, can
be ascribed to the workpieces, which Transfer line and workpieces are not
are then sorted onto the slide or included.
transported further on the belt. Sort-
ing is carried out using slide gate,
which is actuated by a pneumatic lin-
ear cylinder.
RFID module, Profibus DP C93224
Inspection camera module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto with a valve terminal and an electri-
a slide. An intelligent colour camera cal connection block.
with integrated lighting detects the
workpieces on the conveyor belt and Complete with connecting cable,
sorts them onto the slide depending intelligent colour camera system and
on various criteria. Sorting is carried image processing software.
out using a slide gate, which is actu-
ated by a pneumatic linear cylinder. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Inspection camera module C93225
The transfer line

Laboratory furniture
Laboratory trolley Learnline for Transfer line and controllers are not
transfer line included in the scope of delivery.
Trolley with double wheels and
locking brakes, profile columns
and dual-tray A4 mounting frame.
– Width: 700 mm
– Depth: 900 mm
– Workstation height: 719 mm
Laboratory trolley transfer line E78099
Automation project work
The complete project work for train- The basic module covers the first
ing in electronic engineering for au- volume for learning sections 1 to 6.
tomation or production technology The optional add-ons such as the AC
as well as in mechatronic engineer- geared motor or frequency inverter
ing. are required for learning sections
7 to 13.
Based on the tried and proven modu-
lar system from Festo Didactic, Festo Additional components for extending
and ‚Bildungsverlag 1‘ (Educational learning modules 1 to 13 are avail-
Publishers) have jointly devised a able on request.
project covering all 13 learning are-
as. Trainees are guided step by step
through different projects. The di-
dactic deployment of a wide variety
of methods and tools is explained.
The instructor‘s handbook provides
teaching hints as well as solutions to
the sample exercises.
The modular concept means the

projects can be carried out with the
EduTrainers® commonly used in
schools or with the optionally avail-
able control cabinet, in a way closely
linked to actual industrial practice.
Recommended training media With profile plate 700 x 700 mm 550522

With profile plate 550 x 700 mm 550583
Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter 548685
Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP + SINAMICS G120 frequency converter 548686

1x I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
1x Diffuse sensor 2 196959
1x Retro-reflective sensor 196969
2x Through beam sensor 1 196960
1x Inductive sensor 196968
1x Relay 268327
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
– Training documents – 1x Guide rail end caps 532949
Automation, operations 2x Sorting gate/separator module, electrical 532952
engineering, mechatronics 1x Slide module 1 653393
– FluidSIM® 1x DC motor 532941
– Mechatronics Assistant 1x Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021
– EPLAN Education 1x CP standalone valves 5/2 double-pilot valve used in Robot station 526223
1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
1x Separator module, pneumatic 526228
AC motor 400 V 550524
Control console 550523
Automation project work

Conveyor, Frequency converter, Portal Trainer 300
Conveyor, unassembled Frequency converter starter kit A solenoid serves as end effector
Portal Trainer 300 for reception of workpieces (metal
Topics for project work The frequency converter starter kit discs). Alternatively, a recording sty-
– Set-up of a feed device for an permits the realisation of numer- Purely electric table top training lus can be attached. This then allows
annealing oven ous drive applications with variable device for all levels of PLC program- simulation of an engraving or plot-
– Set-up of a conveyor between speeds and offers a wealth of train- ming training with the reliable Sys- ting process, for example. A DIN A4
MPS® stations ing aims, particularly in combination Link system interface. sheet can be put under it.
with the MPS® project kits.
Training aims for project work Three electrically driven linear ax- The I/O control panel supports
Project planning and organisation: The scope of delivery includes: es form a Cartesian planar surface several operating modes:
– Creating a project plan – Control panel via which parameters gantry. – Jog mode without PLC
– Project documentation can be changed – Jog mode with PLC
– Production organisation – Communication module for Profi- Both toothed belt axes (X/Y) and a – Automatic operation with PLC
Mechanical: bus DP – can be replaced without spindle axis (Z) are used here. – Back to home position
– Mechanical set-up of a tools
production system – AC motor, prepared for assembly Three 24 V DC geared motors serve The Portal Trainer 300 consists of:
– Assembly and connection preparation on the conveyor as drive motors. The motors can – Device base
technology – Frequency converter – can be be switched between two speeds – X-toothed belt axis
Electrical and electronic: mounted on the stand supplied through drive controllers installed – Y-toothed belt axis
– Correct wiring of electrical and placed wherever it is required in the device. Through this, a rapid – Z-spindle axis
components on the bench traverse/creep speed control can be – 3x geared motors 24 V DC
– Selection and application of – Systainer programmed. – 6x roller lever switches
various electrical drives – 3x limit switches
Control technology: Technical data The position is recorded through well – 3x pulse generating discs
– Programming a minicontroller – Mains voltage 1 AC 200 – 240 V visible shaft encoders on every axis. – 6x opto-electrical sensors
– Structure of a program – Output 0.12 – 3.0 kW with integrat- These shaft encoders consist of an – 1x magnet gripper with sensor
– Logic components ed class A filter open pulse generating disc and up to – Energy chain
– Logic controllers – Protection class IP20 two optical reflex sensors for record- – Control panel with emergency
– Timers ing channels A and B (rotational di- shut-off
Commissioning: Order no. 534363 rection evaluation). – 3x SysLink interface plugs
– Commissioning of the entire – Supply 24 V DC
sequence Necessary accessories: The shaft encoder signals can be
Troubleshooting: IEC power cable Page 199 tapped for measurement purposes Technical data
– Systematic troubleshooting of at the control panel via 4 mm sock- – Stroke, X axis: 200 mm
a production system ets. A representation of the signals A – Stroke, Y axis: 120 mm
and B on the oscilloscope shows the – Stroke, Z axis: 80 mm
Recommended training media method of operation of a 2-channel – Precision: ±1 mm
CIROS® Mechatronics shaft encoder and make it easier to – Resolution of shaft encoder:
understand the rotational direction 0.5 mm with 4-fold evaluation
Order no. 534362 evaluation for positioning axes. – Device base: 420 x 380 mm
– Supply voltage: 24 V
The most important components at a – Maximum current consumption: 3 A
glance and recommendations for accesso-
ries, media and extensions Internet Portal Trainer 300 with I/O control panel C04000
Portal Trainer 300 with Touch Panel TP177B C04001
Portal Trainer 300 without operating level C04002
Controller for Portal Trainer 300: EduTrainer® Universal Pages 304 – 307
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® Stations
MPS® stations
Mechatronic systems for world champions
The MPS® makes history
Since 1991, the stations from the

modular production system MPS®
have been the „sporting equipment“
at the mechatronics world champion-
ships. In national and international
competitions, MPS® has demonstrat-
ed that its concept, the stations and
control systems and its functionality
involved provide exactly those fea-
tures that characterise automated
production throughout the world: In-
tegration of mechanics, electrical en- Each station has its own focus Combine in whatever way suits you! New, state of the art robot
gineering and information techno Two stations are sufficient to repre- All stations can be combined with The assembly station with robot
logy to create mechatronics. sent a simple, industry like process others to create systems. This adds has always offered particular added
for basic training in automation tech- learning content and increases the value. It is both a sophisticated me-
Anyone who trains using MPS® nology: distribution and sorting. flow of material and information. It is chatronic system in the assembly
can be confident that numerous up to you whether you network the process as well as a complete learn-
companies, schools and universities This simplest of all combinations stations or operate them in standing system for robotics.
all over the world are doing exactly provides numerous basic functions alone mode with a separate PLC.
the same. The stations in the of automated production: separat- The new RV-2SDB represents the
modular production system are the ing, feeding, identifying, sorting. Combination with other processes continuous development of the
origin and example for almost all Each additional station adds new is also possible, e.g. with the MPS® MPS®: With 6 axes and a 480° range
mechatronic training systems. learning objectives and each station transfer system or the MPS® PA sta- of motion, it can scratch its own
can be used to achieve a particular tions. back. With an Ethernet and USB in-
The MPS® is the original. objective. This means that the trans- terface, it offers exceptional com-
fer of knowledge to the actual opera- munication options, while integrated
tion of modern automated produc- controllers provide scope for addi-
tion is as efficient as possible. tional axes.
3D: reflecting reality
The MPS® stations provide plenty of

material for varied training. But in
practice not every station is always
available.
That‘s why all MPS® stations are also

available as a simulation. The virtual
stations in CIROS® Mechatronics be- CIROS® Pages 38 – 43
have just like the real stations. There
is no difference in commissioning
and troubleshooting. The same PLC
can be used for control.
The virtual CIROS® stations enable

you to
– add more functions of an auto-
mated system to your learning
scenario
– provide multiple learners with the
same stations at the same time
– design more individual training
without having access to all real
stations
Reliable safety modules Production and assembly Just what you want: choice of PLC
Hardly any issue affects so many em- It depends what‘s important to you: The PLC normally controls the
ployees in a company as health and If simple handling tasks are sufficient individual stations, unless you are
safety. Emergency stop, safety cur- for your learning scenario, the work- using the virtual mini control system
tains, safety doors and failsafe con- piece set with bodies of various main FluidSIM® for example.
trol systems are all part of a system terials can be used. If you want han-
made up of MPS® stations. dling to involve simple assembly, the As the PLC, we recommend an
bodies with measuring instruments EduTrainer® Universal. We will fit
or containers with covers are ideal. the PLC of your choice, as well as
For complex assembly with robots, a fieldbus components if required.
symbolic single-acting cylinder pro- The advantage of the EduTrainer®
vides just the right challenges. in the MPS® station is clear: you
can remove the controller and use it
for other processes or in laboratory
furniture.
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
A production line in a factory can

be made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific func-
tion in the process (distribution,
testing, processing, handling,
assembly, storage). You can select
an application or process that meets
your requirements from a range of
individual stations.
By effectively combining individual

stations, you can assemble your pro-
duction system.
Learn about the functions and

training aims of the individual
stations as well as their possible Distributing station AS-i distributing station
combinations on the following
pages.
Buffer station Robot station
Fluidic muscle press station Pick&Place station
Testing station Processing station Handling station, pneumatic Handling station, electrical
Assembly station Punching station Sorting station Sorting station – Profibus DP
Separating station Storing station

Distributing station
Getting started with MPS®
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-
acting cylinder pushes the work-
pieces out one at a time. The
Changer module grips the separated
workpiece via a suction gripper. The
swivel arm of the changer, which is
driven by a rotary actuator, moves
the workpiece to the transfer point of
the downstream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilises
various actuators, all of which are
industrial components. The rotary
actuator of the swivel arm can be set
to various angles between 90° and
270°. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. A
double-acting linear cylinder pushes
workpieces out of the stacking
magazine. The end positions are
sensed using proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the Changer
module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the vacuum
slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.
[X]
246 [X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories

Distributing station 195780 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 526880). Mechanical:
– Mechanical set-up of a station
Additional equipment, also order: Pneumatics:
Trolley 120856 – Installation of tubing for
Control console SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Vacuum technology
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Recommended accessories Electrical:
Simulation box, digital 170643 – Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 components
Sensors:
– Correct application of limit – Mechatronics Assistant
switches – Training document Distributing
PLC: station
– Programming and application – Self-tuition program Fundamentals
of a PLC of pneumatics
– Structure of a PLC program – Design and simulation program
– Programming an operating mode FluidSIM® Pneumatics
section – Virtual process environment
– Orderly RESET sequence CIROS® Mechatronics
– Programming an EMERGENCY – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
STOP – Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
Technical data
– Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Power supply 24 V DC
– 7 digital inputs
– 5 digital outputs
On-off valve with Stacking magazine module Changer module Vacuum switch
filter regulating valve The Stacking magazine module The Changer module is a pneumatic Mechanical vacuum switch with
Filter regulator with pressure separates workpieces from a handling device. A suction cup is adjustable switching point and
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in magazine. A double-acting cylinder used to pick up workpieces and switching status display (LED).
connections and quick couplings, pushes the bottom workpieces out relocate them to positions from 0° Order no. 196973
mounted on a swivel support. of the gravity-fed magazine against to 180° using a semi-rotary drive.
Order no. 152894 a mechanical stop. The cylinder Sensors assume end-position
position is detected by inductive detection.
sensors. Order no. 162387
Order no. 162385
Distributing station with AS interface

A single cable, many signals
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-
acting cylinder ejects the workpieces
one at a time. The Changer module
grips the separated workpiece via
a suction gripper. The swivel arm of
the changer, which is driven by a
rotary actuator, moves the work-
piece to the transfer point of the
downstream station.
The station is equipped with various

AS-i components (AS-i slaves). A
PLC with AS-i master functionality is
required for operation.
Innovative valve technology:

AS-i CP valve terminal
All of the Changer module signals
are combined into one AS-i slave
using the valve terminal: Vacuum
generation and sensing, 5/3-way
valve for the semi-rotary drive and
end-position sensing of the semi-
rotary drive.
Sensor directly on the bus:

AS-i sensor
The Distributing station with AS-i
uses a wide range of AS-i slaves.
A typical example of an AS-i com-
ponent is an optical sensor with
integrated AS-i connection.
[X]

Distributing station with AS-Interface 195760 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 535226). Mechanics:
Control console AS-Interface (alternatively) 535814 – Vacuum technology
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
AS-interface upgrade S7-300-CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028 Fieldbus technology:
– Learning about AS-i
Recommended accessories – Testing, integrating and
Simulation box, digital 170643 commissioning AS-i components
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 in an automated system – Mechatronics Assistant (contains
– Planning, configuring and over 100 pages of project exercises
programming AS-i networks on Distributing stations with AS-i)
– Design and simulation program
FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Self-tuition program Fieldbus
– TP 401
Technical data
– 3 AS-i slaves
AS-interface diffuse sensor AS-interface valve connector AS-interface valve terminal

Optical sensor (diffuse sensor) with Single valve connector with one With 2 valves (type N, E) and
integrated AS-i interface for use as output for a solenoid coil as well as 2 connection options for 4 sensors.
an AS-interface slave. inputs for end-position sensors. Order no. 535239
Testing station
Focus on sensors
Function
The Testing station detects the
various properties of the workpieces
inserted into it. It differentiates
workpieces with the aid of an
optical and a capacitive sensor. A
retro-reflective sensor monitors
whether the operating space is
free before the workpiece is raised
via a linear cylinder. An analogue
sensor measures the height of the
workpiece. A linear cylinder guides
correct workpieces via the upper air
slide to the neighbouring station.
Faulty workpieces are rejected via
the lower air slide.
Top topic:
Sensors
The Testing station employs all basic
types of industrial sensors in typical
applications: optical and capacitive
proximity sensors and optical
retro-reflective sensors. These are
supplemented by various cylinder
limit switches (inductive, magnetic).
Option:
Analogue value processing
An analogue sensor detects the
height of the workpiece, which
is raised from below by a linear
cylinder and pressed against the
measuring device. A comparator
evaluates the sensor signal and
passes this on as a digital signal.
The analogue signal is also available
at a separate terminal – allowing
connection to the simulation box or a
PLC with an analogue module.
[X]

Testing station 195781 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Trolley 120856 – Application of rodless cylinders
Control console SysLink 195764 Electrical:
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Correct wiring of electrical
components
Recommended accessories Sensors:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Mode of operation and applica-
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 tions of optical and capacitive
sensors with digital switching
behaviour – Mechatronics Assistant
– Mode of operation and applica- – Design and simulation program
tions of analogue sensors using FluidSIM® Pneumatics
the example of an analogue – Textbook Programmable logic
displacement encoder controllers, Basic level
PLC: – Textbook Proximity sensors
– Programming and application – Virtual process environment
of a PLC CIROS® Mechatronics
– Analogue signal processing
Commissioning: Technical data
– Commissioning of the entire – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
sequence – Power supply 24 V DC
Troubleshooting: – 8 digital inputs
– Systematic troubleshooting in – 5 digital outputs
a production system
Recognition module Lifting module Measuring module Pneumatic slide module

The Recognition module Lifting of a workpiece by means of a The Measuring module enables The slide is universally mounted on
comprises two different sensors rodless cylinder. In this position the the height of a workpiece to be a profile. The slide characteristics
and a mounting bracket. workpiece can be checked by the measured by a linear displacement can be adjusted by means of the flow
Order no. 526850 Measuring module. The workpiece is sensor. It can be attached directly control valve on the underside of
ejected by a second cylinder. to the Lifting module. The linear the slide.
Order no. 532954 displacement sensor is connected Order no. 526217
to a comparator, allowing simple
evaluation of the result of the
measurement.
Order no. 195779
Processing station
Purely electrical
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only
uses electrical drives. The rotary
indexing table is driven by a DC
motor. The table is positioned by a
relay circuit, with the position of the
table being detected by an inductive
sensor. On the rotary indexing
table, the workpieces are tested and
drilled in two parallel processes. A
solenoid probe with an inductive
sensor checks that the workpieces
are inserted in the correct position.
During drilling, the workpiece is
clamped by a solenoid actuator.
Finished workpieces are passed on
via the electrical sorting gate.
Attention! Drilling operation

Drill feed is undertaken by an
electrical linear axis with a DC motor,
which is controlled via a reversing
starter. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. The
drill is fully functional, but for safety
reasons the drilling processes are
only simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the program-
ming of two processes executed
in parallel: drilling and drill-hole
testing. This station also offers a
range of different drives:
– DC drill
– DC motor on rotary indexing table
– Electrical linear drive for drill feed
– Electrical sorting gate
– Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the testing module
[X]

Processing station 195782 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: – Selection of linear drives
Trolley 120856 Electrical:
Control console SysLink 195764 – Correct wiring of electrical
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 components
Sensors:
Recommended accessories – Correct application of limit
Simulation box, digital 170643 switches
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 PLC:
– Programming of logic controllers
and parallel step sequences – Mechatronics Assistant
Troubleshooting: – Textbook Programmable logic
– Systematic troubleshooting in controllers, Basic level
a production system – Virtual process environment
Handling technology: CIROS® Mechatronics
– Checking incoming workpieces
Technical data
Testing module Drilling module Rotary indexing table module Clamping/ejecting module
The Testing module consists of a The Drilling module comprises a Rotary indexing table with 6 work- For mounting on a profile plate. An
solenoid probe with an inductive drilling machine attached to a linear piece positions. The table is driven electrical solenoid is used for the
sensor for sensing. The module axis driven by a DC motor. The end by a DC-geared motor. drive (Working stroke = 9 mm).
can be used for the testing of positions are sensed by means of Order no. 654972 Order no. 526218
workpieces: simple drill-hole micro switches.
checking, simple height checking, Order no. 196974
workpiece position checking.
Order no. 195773
Handling station, pneumatic

All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive
Function
The Handling station, pneumatic,
is equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between “black” and “non-
black” workpieces. The workpieces
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system from
Festo
The Handling station, pneumatic,
utilises industrial handling compo-
nents. A pneumatic linear axis with
flexible end-position adjustment and
cushioning allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate positions.
A flat linear cylinder with end-po-
sition detection serves as the lift-
ing cylinder for the Z axis. A modern
pneumatic linear gripper is mounted
on the lifting cylinder. The optical
sensor integrated into the jaw of the
gripper recognises the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements – different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, pneumatic, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be adjusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of additional
[X] elements – an ideal project for ad-
vanced trainees.

Handling station 195783 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Pneumatic grippers
– Pneumatic linear drives
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 Sensors:
switches – Design and simulation program
PLC: FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Programming and application – Textbook Programmable logic
of a PLC controllers, Basic level
– Control of a handling device
Commissioning: Technical data
– Commissioning of the entire – Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar)
sequence – Power supply 24 V DC
– Optimisation of cycle time – 8 digital inputs
– Safety in the event of loss of – 5 digital outputs
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, pneumatic Holder module Diffuse sensor Slide module

Universal 2-axis handling device for The Holder module comes complete The fibre optic diffuse sensor can The slide comes complete with a
“Pick & Place” tasks. Stroke length, with a holder for mounting on a probe mounted directly in the pickup retainer for mounting on a profile
inclination of the axes and arrange- file plate. module, at the end of a slide or on plate.
ment of the end-position sensors Order no. 195777 a gripper. Order no. 653393
and mounting position can be Order no. 526212
adjusted.
Order no. 526215
Handling station, electrical

Up-to-date with electric drives
Function
The Handling station, electrical, is
equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between “black” and “non-
black” workpieces. The workpieces
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system from
Festo
The Handling station, electrical, uti-
lises industrial handling compo-
nents. An electrical linear axis with
DC motor allows fast positioning, in-
cluding to intermediate positions. A
flat linear cylinder with end-position
detection serves as the lifting cylin-
der for the Z axis. A modern pneu-
matic linear gripper is mounted on
the lifting cylinder. The optical sen-
sor integrated into the jaw of the
gripper recognises the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements – different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, electrical, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be adjusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of additional
elements – an ideal project for ad-
[X] vanced trainees.
The valve terminal in the electric

PicAlfa module is equipped with two
individual single-solenoid valves.
This makes it possible to carry out
simple extensions, such as adding a
stacking machine.

Handling station, electrical 567203 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Trolley 120856 – Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Control console SysLink 195764 components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Pneumatic grippers
Simulation box, digital 170643 – Correct wiring of electrical com-
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 ponents
– Correct application of limit switches – Mechatronics Assistant
PLC: – Design and simulation program
– Programming and application of FluidSIM® Pneumatics
a PLC – Textbook Programmable logic
– Control of a handling device controllers, Basic level
Drive technology:
– I/O actuation of drive controllers Technical data:
Commissioning: – Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar)
– Commissioning of electrical axes – Power supply 24 V DC
– Commissioning of the entire – 8 digital inputs
sequence – 7 digital outputs
– Optimisation of cycle time
– Safety in the event of loss of
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, electrical DC motor controller for clockwise/ Valve terminal – Smart Cubic Multi-pin plug distributor
Universal 2-axis handling device for anti-clockwise rotation The miniaturised valve terminal for For connecting up to 8 sensors with a
„pick & place“ tasks. Stroke length, Motor control for 24 V DC brushed almost any application. The Smart 3-pin Connector M8.
inclination of the axes and arrange- DC motors. Control voltage 24 V DC, Cubic has a highly compact design – Operating voltage range:
ment of the limit switches and galvanic isolation between input and with sufficient volumes for miniatur- 10 – 30 V DC
mounting position can be adjusted. output circuits, reverse polarity pro- ised drives in the electronics indus- – Acceptable current load per slot:
All components for activating the tection on input side, can be clicked try, and is optimised for Festo mini- 1A
module are on the support profile. onto the DIN bus bars EN 50022 and ature drives. With multi-pin cable – Total acceptable current load: 4 A
Order no. 567255 EN 50035. D-Sub, 15-pin. Valve positions: 2 x – Including multi-pin cable D-Sub,
Order no. 567245 5/2-way monostable, 1 x 5/2-way 15-pin
bistable. Order no. 572783
Order no. 572782
Buffer station
Adaptable
Function
The Buffer station can buffer and
separate up to five workpieces.
Diffuse sensors at the beginning of
the conveyor detect the inserted
workpieces. Light barriers upstream
and downstream of the separator
control the process: If the transfer
point is free, the separator passes
on a workpiece. The separator is
actuated by a short-stroke cylinder
with a deflecting mechanism. The
end positions of the short-stroke
cylinder are detected by means of
end-position sensors.
Adaptable:
This station fits anywhere
The transport concept is simple:
when a station has finished its
process, it waits for a signal from
the downstream station. The
workpiece is transferred as soon as
the downstream station is ready to
receive it. Workpieces are buffered
to optimise flow between stations
with different process times. In
MPS®, this task is undertaken by the
Buffer station. The Buffer station can
be located at almost any point in a
combination.
Demanding project:
Upgrade to Sorting station
The Buffer station is a complete
station – built using the components
of the modular conveyor system.
There are a number of upgrades
for the station, making it ideal for
interesting project work. Additional
modules enable workpiece features
to be tested and workpieces to be
assembled and sorted. Upgrading
with the modular conveyor system
makes it into a complete Sorting
station.
[X]

Buffer station 195784 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: – Selection and application of
Trolley 120856 various electrical drives
Control console SysLink 195764 Pneumatics:
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Installation of tubing for
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 PLC:
– Programming a PLC – Mechatronics Assistant
– Structure of a PLC program – Design and simulation program
– Programming an operating mode FluidSIM® Pneumatics
section – Textbook Programmable logic
– Programming and using a buffer controllers, Basic level
station – Textbook Proximity sensors
– Optimising cycle time using buffers – Virtual process environment
– Decoupling processes CIROS® Mechatronics
Commissioning:
– Commissioning of the entire Technical data
sequence – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
Troubleshooting: – Power supply 24 V DC
– Systematic troubleshooting in a – 6 digital inputs
production system – 3 digital outputs
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor Separator module, pneumatic Diffuse sensor Through beam sensor
Conveyor for mounting on a pro- For mounting on a conveyor. The diffuse optical sensor comes The through beam optical sensor
file plate or profile foot, complete Complete with one double-acting complete with bracket for mounting comes complete with bracket for
with DC motor. For the transport of short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for on a profile or profile plate. The mounting on a profile or profile
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. end-position sensing and mounting fibre-optic diffuse sensor includes a plate. The fibre-optic through
“Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” accessories. holder for mounting on the conveyor beam sensor has two brackets for
workpiece sets) or for the transport Order no. 526228 guide rail profile or a slide. mounting on the guide rail profile of
of workpiece carriers. Order no. 196959 the conveyor or a slide.
Robot station
Industrial quality
Function
The Robot station can transport
workpieces that are fed via a slide
and place them in an assembly
retainer. The sensor in the gripper
enables the robot to differentiate
workpieces by colour (black/
non-black). The sensor in the
assembly retainer monitors the
orientation of the workpiece. From
the assembly retainer the robot
sorts the workpieces into various
magazines or passes them on to the
downstream station. Combination
with the assembly station facilitates
the assembly of workpieces.
Small, but great:

The new Mitsubishi controller
The new drive unit for the RV-2SDB
is small, powerful and lightweight –
and fits into the MPS® trolley. With
drive unit and Teachbox, the robot
station is completely equipped right
from the outset.
Typical robot:
Gripping stuff
The gripper can grip and assemble
different types of workpieces
(cylinder bodies, pistons, springs
and caps).
[X]

Robot station 572158 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology:
Trolley 120856 – Mode of operation and applica-
tions of optical sensors
Recommended accessories Robotics:
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 – Applications of industrial robots
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199 – Robot terminology
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2SDB DE/EN 572159 – Teaching of robots in various
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2SDB DE/EN 572160 coordinate systems
CIROS Robotics 573234 – Operation of robots in an object
coordinate system – CIROS® Robotics
Programming software – Robot programming using I/O
CIROS Automation Suite 573233 communication Technical data
Note: – Power supply 24 V DC
The robot’s batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced
every year.
Battery set for robot RV-2SDB 572162
Robot RV-2SDB with Teachbox

R32TB
High-precision, 6-axis articulated
arm robot with extended mobility
for minimal cycle times. Complete
with controller, programming cable,
1 set of batteries and the Teachbox
R32TB.
Order no. 573287
Robot RV-2SDB with touch panel

R56TB
Retaining module Gripper, pneumatic Angled slide module High-precision, 6-axis articulated
The retaining module has two set- Pneumatic parallel gripper for The slide comes complete with a arm robot with extended mobility for
down positions. The upper setdown mounting on the robot arm. retainer for mounting on a profile minimal cycle times. Complete with
position allows workpieces to be set Complete with gripper jaws, plate. controller, programming cable, 1 set
down independent of their orienta- sensor with fibre-optic cable and Order no. 660546 of batteries and operator unit R56TB,
tion. The lower setdown position has accessories. the multifunctional control unit with
a locking pin. Workpieces (cylinder Order no. 573859 6.5“ touchscreen.
bodies) have to be inserted in the Order no. 573289
correct orientation.
Order no. 526879
Assembly station
Add-on for the robot
Function
The Assembly station works in
conjunction with the robot station.
It supplies cylinder components for
the assembly process: A double-
acting cylinder pushes the cylinder
caps out of the stacking magazine.
The pistons are stored on a pallet.
A double-acting cylinder pushes the
springs out of a slim magazine.
Multiple parts for complex

assembly
The Assembly station shows
just how complex the workpiece
used here is. There are separate
magazines for bodies, caps and
springs – the quantities available
have to be monitored by carefully
selected sensors. And in addition
to this, it has to be decided which
gripper type is required for the
assembly robot.
[X]

Assembly station 195789 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensors:
Trolley 120856 – Correct application of limit
Control console SysLink 195764 switches
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 PLC:
– Programming and application
Recommended accessories of a PLC
Simulation box, digital 170643 Robotics:
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 – Applications of robots
– Fundamentals of robotics
– Robot terminology – CIROS® Robotics
– Robot programming – Textbook Programmable logic
Assembly technology: controllers, Basic level
– Introduction to and application of – Textbook Proximity sensors
automated assembly technologies
– Planning an assembly station Technical data
Commissioning: – Operating pressure 6 bar (600 kPa)
– Commissioning of the entire – Power supply 24 V DC
sequence – 8 digital inputs
Separating module (springs) Piston pallet Stacking magazine module Robot interface box
The module separates springs Pallet for the storage of 4 pistons (end caps) The Robot interface box allows
(“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece The module separates finished caps the robot controller to undertake
set) from a gravity-fed magazine set). (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece additional PLC functions.
and makes them available to the Order no. 526861 set). Order no. 534364
assembly process. A double-acting Order no. 162405
cylinder moves the springs to the
transfer point. A micro switch detects
whether there is a spring in the
transfer point
Order no. 167278
Punching station
Hydraulics power
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After pun-
ching, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic: Pressure and force

Hydraulics plays a key role in mecha-
tronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part
of drive and control technology for
mechatronics training.
The pressure for the punching

process is supplied by the hydraulic
power unit. A pressure switch on
the punch itself ensures the correct
pressure for the punching process.
[X]

Punching station 195787 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Hydraulics:
Trolley 120856 – Set-up of a hydraulic control
Control console SysLink 195764 system
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Recommended accessories Pneumatics:
Simulation box, digital 170643 – Installation of tubing for
Workpiece set “Cylinder end caps” 162240 pneumatic components
– Application of pneumatic linear
Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump 152962 drives – Mechatronics Assistant
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP22, 10 Litres 192215 Electrical: – CIROS® Robotics
2 Hose lines with quick release couplings 1500 mm 159386 – Correct wiring of electrical – Self-tuition program Fundamentals
Trolley 120856 components of hydraulics
Aluminium profile plate 700 x 350 mm 162386 Sensors: – Design and simulation program
– Application of inductive and FluidSIM® Hydraulics
optical sensors – Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
– Application of pressure switches – Textbook Programmable logic
PLC: controllers, Basic level
– Programming and application
of a PLC Technical data
– Structure of a PLC program – Operating pressure hydraulics
– Programming of operating modes 6 MPa (60 bar)
Troubleshooting: – Operating pressure pneumatics
– Systematic troubleshooting in a 600 kPa (6 bar)
production system – Power supply 24 V DC
Hydraulic punch station Stacking magazine module

The Hydraulic punch module (end caps)
consists of a hydraulic cylinder Separation of the cylinder caps
(diameter 32) with guides that for assembly. This module cannot
punches the hole in the end cap be used for separation of symbolic
of a workpiece for assembly. workpieces or the body.
The moving part is protected Order no. 162353
against manual intervention via
plexiglass.
Order no. 162352
Sorting station
Final
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retro-
reflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
Topic:
Material detection
Inductive and optical sensors
detect the colour and material of
workpieces. Short-stroke cylinders
stop workpieces on the conveyor
and pass them on for sorting onto
one of three slides.
For project work:

Upgrades from the modular
conveyor system
All modules and components used
in this station are part of the modular
conveyor system, for example:
– Sorting gates with short-stroke
cylinder
– Sensors
– Guide rails
– Conveyor motor
Its great modularity makes the

Sorting station particularly suited
for project work.
[X]

Sorting station 195786 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
switches – Training documents Sorting station
– Mode of operation and – Textbook Programmable logic
applications of optical and controllers, Basic level
inductive sensors – Textbook Proximity sensors
PLC: – Virtual process environment
– Programming and application CIROS® Mechatronics
of a PLC
– Programming of alternative (OR) Technical data
branches – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
Commissioning: – Power supply 24 V DC
– Commissioning of the entire – 8 digital inputs
sequence – 4 digital outputs
Sorting gate module, pneumatic Stopper module Retro-reflective sensor Inductive sensor
For mounting on a conveyor. For mounting on a guide rail The optical sensor and the reflector The inductive sensor comes
Complete with one double-acting (conveyor or slide). Complete with come complete with brackets for complete with holder for mounting
short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for one single-acting short-stroke mounting on a profile or profile on the guide rail profile of the
end-position sensing and mounting cylinder and mounting accessories. plate. conveyor or a slide.
accessories. Order no. 196971 Order no. 196969 Order no. 196968
Order no. 526230
Sorting station DP
Profibus
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retro-
reflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
The station is equipped with a CP

valve terminal with Profibus-DP
interface (DP slave). A PLC with
Profibus-DP master functionality is
required for operation.
Topic:
Profibus DP
The station includes a Profibus-
DP valve terminal, to which all of
the process inputs and outputs are
connected. Information is transferred
to the PLC via the Profibus-DP field-
bus with this station. The Sorting
station is designed as a Profibus-
DP slave.
For project work:

Modularity down to the last detail
All the sensors are connected to the
input module of the valve terminal
via plug connectors. The consistently
modular design supports the didactic
format. It also means that simple
projects can be performed using only
parts of the station.
[X]

Sorting station DP 195761 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 Fieldbus technology:
– Learning about Profibus DP – Mechatronics Assistant (contains
– Testing, integrating and over 200 pages of project exercises
commissioning Profibus DP on Profibus DP)
components in an automated – Design and simulation program
system FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Planning, configuring and – Web-based training program
programming Profibus DP Fieldbus technology
networks
Technical data
– DP slave (8 digital inputs, 4 digital
outputs)
Profibus DP CP valve terminal CP input module

Profibus DP slave with 3 single Input module with 16 inputs for
solenoid 5/2-way valves and a connection to the Profibus DP CP
relay plate with 2 electrically iso- valve terminal.
lated relays. Order no. 535243
Order no. 535242
Fluidic Muscle Press station

Powerful
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actuator
(transfer device) moves the housing
with the insert placed on it under
the press. The pneumatic muscle
performs the pressing operation.
The finished workpiece is then
transported to the transfer position
using the rotary/linear actuator. An
optical diffuse sensor is attached
to the arm of the actuator for
sensing the workpiece. The pressing
pressure is monitored and displayed
using the analogue pressure sensor.
The press-in speed and depth
can be varied both manually – via
throttle and pressure regulator – and
electronically – via the proportional
pressure regulator.
State of the art

The latest components such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable your students to experience
the industrial automation technology
of tomorrow today.
Option:
Analogue value processing
The analogue pressure sensor
provides an analogue signal and
also a binary signal with the help of
the programmable switching points.
The analogue signals are available
at a separate terminal – allowing
connection to the simulation box
or a PLC with an analogue module.
This enables you to use the station
with a controller with or without
analogue processing. Both variants
are supported for actuation of the
pneumatic muscle: Analogue via the
proportional pressure regulator or
[X] binary via a directional control valve.

Fluidic Muscle Press station 535248 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 538707) Mechanical:
Trolley 120856 – Application of linear slide units
Control console SysLink 195764 – Application of semi-rotary drives
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Application of pressure regulators
– Application of pneumatic muscle
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 components
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 Sensors:
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 – Application of end-position sensors – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 and optical diffuse sensors – Design and simulation program
– Mode of operation and applica- FluidSIM® Pneumatics
tions of analogue sensors using – Textbook Programmable logic
the example of an analogue controllers, Basic level
pressure sensor – Textbook Proximity sensors
PLC: – Virtual process environment
– Programming and application of CIROS® Mechatronics
a PLC
– Analogue signal processing Technical data
– 8 digital inputs (1 analogue input
can additionally be used)
– 7 digital outputs (1 analogue out-
put can additionally be used)
Rotary/linear transfer module Fluidic Muscle Press module Pressure sensor Analogue terminal
The module contains a precision The module is used to press Pressure sensor with LCD display, Analogue signals are passed to a
SLG linear slide unit with adjustable workpiece inserts into the housing. measuring range 0 – 10 bar with special analogue terminal with a
end stops. The rotary movement is The press is actuated using a analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP 15-pin Sub-D socket.
realised using a DRQD semi-rotary pneumatic muscle. The module switch output, selectable via teach- Order no. 526213
drive. This permits rotation of 90° contains a manually adjustable In. Supplied complete with connec-
and 180°. All end positions are pressure regulator that can be used tion cable.
sensed by means of sensors. to adjust the press-in depth. The Order no. 679598
Order no. 535249 press-in speed is adjusted via supply
air flow control.
Order no. 535251
Pick&Place station
Small is beautiful
Function
The Pick&Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick&Place module.
Workpiece housings placed on the
conveyor are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The workpiece
is transported to the pneumatic
separator on the conveyor and
detected by a second diffuse sensor.
The Pick&Place module picks up
a workpiece insert from the slide
and places it on the workpiece
housing. The complete workpiece
(housing and insert) is released by
the separator and transported to the
end of the conveyor. A light barrier
detects the workpiece at the end of
the conveyor.
This station can also be used to

perform the following tasks:
– Rejection of workpieces (housing
or basic body) on the slide
– Alternative feeding of workpieces
(housing or basic body) from the
slide
Simply the finest:

Linear slide units
SLT slide units from Festo can be
used to further extend the versatility
of the Pick&Place module. With
variable stops, silencers and an
attachment that can be adjusted in
all directions, the ideal solution can
be found for all Pick&Place tasks.
This permits a wide range of project
work.
Modular vacuum technology

from Festo
Vacuum generators, pressure
switches, vacuum filters, suction
grippers. The vacuum components
are harmonised for optimum perfor-
mance. They clearly demonstrate
the principle behind vacuum
[X] applications: vacuum generation
using a generator, the correct
suction cup with matching filter
and the electronic pressure switch
with teach-in switching points for
pressure sensing.

Pick&Place station 535246 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 –307 – Vacuum technology
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 components
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 – Connecting DC motors
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 Sensors: – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 – Application of pressure switches – Design and simulation program
with integrated micro processor FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Correct application of optical – CIROS® Mechatronics
diffuse sensors and light barriers – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
– Correct application of limit – Textbook Programmable logic
switches controllers, Basic level
PLC:
– Programming and application Technical data
of a PLC – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Structure of a PLC program – Power supply 24 V DC
– Programming an operating mode – 8 digital inputs
section – 6 digital outputs
Pick&Place module Sorting gate/separator module, I/O terminal (SysLink)

Universal 2-axis handling device electrical This terminal is used both on the sta-
for “Pick and Place” tasks. Stroke For mounting on a conveyor. tion and on the PLC board, for wiring
length, inclination of the axes and Complete with electrical drive unit 8 inputs and 8 outputs that are com-
arrangement of the end-position and mounting accessories. bined on one connector. LEDs are fit-
sensors and mounting position can Order no. 532952 ted to the input and output terminals
be adjusted. The module is supplied to provide simple display of the cir-
complete with suction gripper, cuit states and to enable systematic
pressure switch, vacuum filter and troubleshooting. The I/O terminal
vacuum generator. can be mounted on a DIN rail.
Separating station
Flexibility
Function
The Separating station differentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them
into two different material flow
directions.
Workpieces placed on the conveyor

are transported to the depth
measurement point. An analogue
diffuse sensor checks the drilled
hole depth. Workpieces of the
type „cylinder body“ (deep hole)
are transported to the end of the
conveyor. Workpieces of the type
„housing“ (shallower hole) are
directed towards the rear via the
second conveyor using a pneumatic
branching gate with rotary drive.
Fibre-optic through beam sensors
with optical sensors monitor the
material flow on the conveyors.
The Separating station can

be supplemented with MPS®
downstream stations in two
directions.
Analogue and digital

The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analogue and a binary output signal.
This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in stage.
Flexible assembly
The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS® stations. Combined
assembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realised
using the Separating station.
[X]

Separating station 540719 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology:
Trolley 120856 – Mode of operation and applica-
Control console SysLink 195764 tions of analogue sensors
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 – Application of optical sensors
Pneumatics:
Recommended accessories – Installation of tubing for
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 pneumatic components
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 – Pneumatic rotary drives
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 Electrical and electronic:
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 – Connection of DC motors – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 PLC: – Design and simulation program
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 – Programming and application FluidSIM® Pneumatics
of a PLC
– Programming of alternative (OR) Technical data
branches – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Analogue signal processing – Power supply 24 V DC
– 1 analogue input
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor Diffuse sensor, analogue Sorting gate/separator module, Starting current limiter
Conveyor for mounting on a profile The optical sensor comes complete pneumatic The starting current limiter contains
plate or profile foot, complete with with holder for mounting on the For mounting on a conveyor. a relay and an electronic start-up
DC motor. For the transport of guide rail profile of the conveyor. Complete with one rotary cylinder current limiting circuit. It can be
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. Measuring range 0 – 30 mm with and mounting accessories. mounted on a DIN rail. Electrical
“Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP Order no. 534367 connection is by means of screw
workpiece sets) or for the transport switching output. The switching terminals.
of workpiece carriers. output can be freely adjusted via a Order no. 150768
Order no. 689089 teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Order no. 541120
Storing station
In and out, electrically
Function
The Storing station places work-
pieces in and takes workpieces out
of storage. The station is equipped
with three storage levels, with a level
each for six red, six silver and six
black workpieces. The workpieces
are gripped using a pneumatic
gripper. The linear movement is
executed using a linear cylinder. The
rotary movement is performed by an
electrical servo drive with integrated
controller. The stroke movement is
executed using an electrical linear
axis with separate controller.
During placement into storage, a

workpiece inserted in the Holder
module is detected using the colour
sensor. The workpiece is placed
in the next free compartment in
the corresponding storage level
based on the colour. Upon removal
from storage, the workpieces
are transported from the shelf
compartments to the downstream
station.
The Storing station can be employed

as the first station or the last station
in an MPS® combination.
Electrical drives
The latest drive technology for
a challenging lesson: with the
MTR-DCI, the motor, gear, power
electronics and positioning controller
form a compact unit for optimum
positioning of the rotation axis. The
electrical mini slide SLTE with motor
controller SFC-DC ensures a correctly
regulated drive for horizontal
positioning.
Colour-friendly!
The tiny colour sensor detects the
workpieces using an integrated
[X] white light source. It learns new
colours easily by means of teach-
in and activates one of the three
switching outputs when one of these
is detected.

Storing station 541113 Training aims for project work PLC:

The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 548673). Mechanical: – I/O actuation of drive controllers
– Mechanical set-up of a station Commissioning:
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology: – Commissioning of electrical axes
Trolley 120856 – Application of colour sensors
Control console SysLink 195764 – Application of limit switches Recommended training media
EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307 Pneumatics: – Mechatronics Assistant
– Installation of tubing for – Design and simulation program
Recommended accessories pneumatic components FluidSIM® Pneumatics
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Pneumatic grippers
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 – Pneumatic linear drives Technical data
Drive technology: – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Configuration and parameter- – Power supply 24 V DC
isation of electrical drives – 8 digital inputs
– Application of drive controllers – 8 digital outputs
– Reference travel
– Adjustment of speed and
acceleration profiles
– Teaching of positions
Electrical mini slide SLTE Motor controller SFC-DC Servo motor MTR-DCI Colour sensor
Supplied complete with DC motor Positioning controller for electrical Compact DC motor with integrated Three independent channels with
with integrated encoder, stroke 150 mini slide SLTE, with control inter- controller and control interface (7 teach-in capability, sensing range 12
mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is face (7 digital inputs, 4 digital out- digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V – 32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage,
required for activation. puts), 24 V DC load and logic power DC power supply, RS232 interface for 3 outputs (PNP, N, O).
supply, RS232 interface for commis- commissioning, FCT software, dis-
sioning, FCT software, display with play with four buttons so that all set-
four buttons so that all settings for tings for commissioning and diagno-
commissioning and diagnosis can sis can also be made directly.
also be made directly.
Order no. 537465 Order no. 538913 Order no. 696719 Order no. 538236
Also order: Also order: Also order:

– 538914 Supply cable – 537931 Supply cable – 525616 Connecting cable
– 538919 Control cable – 537923 Control cable
– 538917 Motor cable – 537926 RS232 cable
– 537926 RS232 cable
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS® commissioning service
Each MPS® station is supplied fully Simply commission it: To ensure that your training projects 3. Useful tips on how to get the
assembled and tested on the profile – Attach the control console to the run smoothly right from the start, our most from the MPS®:
plate. For efficient operation, we trolley with two bolts service technicians offer: – Applications
recommend: – Insert the EduTrainer® Universal – Enhancements
– MPS® trolley with lockable castors. into the trolley 1. Complete commissioning of your – Seminars
This simplifies project work and – Connect the EduTrainer® Universal new system:
accommodates the newly designed to the control console and the – Mechanical and electrical Commissioning packages
control console and an EduTrainer® station using our universal SysLink connection of station, trolley, – MPS® Start-Up Basic SP1: For
Universal, size 1 connector control console and EduTrainer® MPS® stations, without Robot,
– Control console with membrane – ... and you‘re ready to go! Universal Assembly, Hydraulics. Order no.
keyboard – Adjustment of all electrical, 539111
– EduTrainer® Universal On request, we can also commission pneumatic and mechanical – MPS® Start-Up Robotics SP2: For
systems for you – particularly in the components MPS® stations Robot, Assembly,
Alternatively, the stations can also case of larger systems. – Configuration of controllers and Hydraulics. Order no. 540705
be operated without the trolley – loading of programs – MPS® Start-Up Networking SP3:
and can even be controlled with Profibus networking.
electrical signal input units and 2. Instruction in: Order no. 540706
the EduTrainer® from the training – Technical documentation and
packages. Mechatronics Assistant SP 1 539111
– Program structures SP 2 540705
– Lesson preparation using the SP 3 540706
– And if you wish ...
Version 2
The multimedia tool for training at Your advantages

school and at work – Training with MPS® can begin im-
– Structured archive on DVD with mediately with ready-to-use tasks
complete documentation. involving modules, stations and
– For project work, as well as for systems.
training and preparation for tests. – Various degrees of difficulty for
– For all training-related areas in the different levels of learning: from
field of automation technology. introductory tasks to complex
– For teachers and learners: struc- projects.
ture and content have been organ- – Create your own archive: all tasks
ised in such a way that trainees can can be easily modified and saved
work independently with the Me- as individualised assignments.
chatronics Assistant on any – Format documents to suit your in-
given task. dividual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
Content with the Mechatronics Assistant
– Practice and topic related range of are available in source format (e.g.
tasks with solutions. doc, ppt, dxf).
– Graphics, photos, animations, vid- – Supplementary information and
eos sequences, presentations. cross-references can be accessed
– Manuals, operating instructions, quickly by means of hyperlinks.
data sheets and circuit diagrams. – The high-performance full text
– Additional teaching aids and com- search function retrieves content
plete technical documentation, as as required. Graphics, animations
well as lots of tips for working with and videos are also linked to key-
MPS®. words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
– Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download up-
dates, new tasks, sample pro-
grammes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-
ant develops as your knowledge in-
creases: www.festo-didactic.com.
Note System requirements

– Multiple licences for local or net- – PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
work installations with any desired – Office package
number of licences, with online ac- – Flash Player
tivation or dongle. – dxf-Viewer
– Can be installed in German, English – Sound card
or Spanish, as well as other lan- – DVD drive
guages upon request. – Screen resolution:
– Shipped on DVD in Systainer. at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0
6 Licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 Licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
Combining stations
A new interface concept that offers

many possibilities for direct combi-
nation of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision as to
which combination is required:
– Training aims
– Supplementation of existing
stations
– Budget
The complete systems MPS® 200

section gives an overview of the
most popular combinations.
Distributing Separating Processing Robot Assembly Storing

Pick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press Sorting
MPS® stations can be combined as

follows:
Stations Possible direct downstream stations
Testing Processing Handling, Buffer and Pick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press

pneumatic/electrical transport section*
Distributing/Distributing ASI + + +
Testing + + + +
Processing + + +
Handling, pneumatic/electrical + +
Buffer and transport section* + + + + +
Pick&Place + +
Fluidic Muscle Press +
Robot +
Assembly/Assembly and punching** + +
Separating*** + + + +
Storing + +
Combination using a conveyor
The conveyor enables all MPS® sta-

tions to be interconnected. The con-
veyor is simply mounted between
two stations as the linking element.
This facilitates the set-up of custom-
ised training arrangements.
Distributing Conveyor Sorting
Robot Assembly/Assembly Separating*** Storing Sorting/ * The transport section can be set up for
and punching** Sorting DP varying project work using the project
modules and used between MPS® stations
+ + for flexible transportation of material.
+ + + +
+ + + + ** The Punching station can be used to up-
+ + grade the Assembly station.
+ + + +
+ + + *** The Separating station can be
+ + + combined with two downstream stations
+ + placed at right angles.
+ + +
+ +
+ + +
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® 200 Complete systems
MPS® 200 complete systems

With blended learning package and modular expansion options
Complete from A to Z The new interface concept offers

many possibilities for direct
MPS® 200 systems come with all the combination of individual stations.
required accessories, guaranteeing Various aspects determine the
effective training from the very start. decision for this combination or that:
They range from small complete – Training content
systems to entire mechatronic labo- – Supplementation of existing
ratory outfits. stations
– Budget
– MPS® stations
– All necessary accessories such
as trolleys, power supply units,
control console, workpiece set, etc.
– Control package with programming MPS® 202-Mechatronics MPS® 203-Fieldbus
software and cable Small but complete Mechatronics and fieldbus
– Visualisation and simulation Distributing, Sorting technology
software Distributing with AS-interface,
Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP
Flexibly expandable Blended learning package

included
Of course you can also gradually
expand your MPS® 200 system with Each MPS® 200 system
stations, modules and components includes a package of web-
or with additional web-based based training programs as well
training programs. as FluidSIM® Pneumatic and
Mechatronics Assistant, the
tool for professional training.
Some packages include CIROS®
Robotics, CIROS® Programming
and CIROS® Mechatronics.
MPS® 203-IT MPS® 205-Mechatronics MPS® 202-Robotics MPS® 210-Mechatronics

Remote maintenance, remote Everything you need for Handling and assembly The all-rounder
diagnosis project work Assembly with robots Distributing, Testing, Processing,
Distributing, Testing, Sorting Distributing, Testing, Pick & Place, Handling, Buffering, Assembly with
Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting robots, Punching, Sorting
MPS® 202-Mechatronics – Small but complete ...
Simple communication Alternatively enhanced I/O Controlling, simulating and Then there‘s FluidSIM®
A station can only pass on a work- communication programming with EasyPort Simply start FluidSIM® and the
piece to the next station if it is ready The stations can also be networked No matter which control package integrated Soft Logo! takes over
to process it. In the MPS®, this via I/Os. We have routed the you choose the scope of delivery control of a station or the entire
“OK” signal is provided via optical necessary input and output always includes EasyPort, the system. Getting started with
sensors. This makes it very easy to signals to 4 mm safety sockets universal interface for getting programming has never been so
combine stations. to facilitate this communication. started with blended learning. easy.
The corresponding exercises and
worksheets can be found in the
Mechatronics Assistant.
... with blended learning package FluidSIM®,

Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs
Complete MPS 202 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541161 Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 202 system with Festo FEC Standard 541162 Professional Training –
Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541163 Successful training with MPS®
Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541164 With more than 2,000 pages of
lesson material on the two stations,
PLC control packages include: the system can be used in lessons
SIMATIC S7-300 straight from the box. Also provided
– 2x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable are exercises on modules, stations
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training and all related topics such as circuit
Festo FEC® Standard diagram creation, PLC programming
– 2x Festo FEC® Standard EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640 FST, 1x programming cable and a full set of documentation for
– 1x programming software FST the trainer.
Allen Bradley ML 1500
– 2x Rockwell EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1x programming cable All the exercises can be modified,
– 1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter extended and archived, making the
Mitsubishi MELSEC Mechatronics Assistant the tool for
– 2x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N 1500, 1x programming cable professional training methods.
– 1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX
Getting started with MPS® 202 –
The MPS® 202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training: a multi-media experience
Stations: Distributing, Sorting The Discover MPS® 200 web-based
Accessories: 2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set, training program takes your trainees
1x SimuBox on a voyage of discovery – in their
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort own home, in the laboratory or in
Software: 1x FluidSIM® P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based any other location that suits them.
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function – Correct application of limit

The Stacking magazine module switches
separates workpieces. The Changer – Mode of operation and
module transports the individual applications of optical and
workpieces to the sorting conveyor inductive sensors
by means of its vacuum gripper. – Logic programming
Optical and inductive sensors – Programming and application of
differentiate the workpieces based a PLC
on material and colour. Pneumatic – Structure of a PLC program
branching gates then sort the – Programming of alternative
workpieces onto three different branches
slides. – Programming of an operating
mode part
Training aims – Set-up and optimisation of
– Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic – Optimisation of setting-up times
components – Linking of stations
– Vacuum technology – Simple communication
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives – Material flow control
– Application of simulation tools – Enhanced I/O communication
– Correct wiring of electrical – Commissioning of complex
components systems
MPS® 203-Fieldbus – Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...
Innovative valve technology: Topic: Profibus DP Visualisation Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCC
AS-interface CP valve terminal The Sorting station features a Profi- A complete visualisation application The professional control and
The Distributing station with AS- bus DP valve terminal. All the for the Distributing, Testing and monitoring system for planning
interface uses a wide range of AS- sensors are connected to the input Sorting stations as well as guided and realising visualisation. This
interface slaves. A typical example module of the valve terminal via plug exercises on autonomous creation renders the exchange of data with
of an AS-interface component is the connectors. of visualisation applications can be the SIMATIC controllers of the MPS®
optical sensor with integrated AS- used in lessons without any advance stations particularly effective.
interface. preparation.
... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165 Project exercises on fieldbus and

visualisation technology
PLC control package includes: The Mechatronics Assistant comes
SIMATIC S7-300 with more than 500 pages of
– 3x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP exercises and solutions for lessons
– 1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal on fieldbus technology.
– 1x programming cable
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training The web-based training program
– 1x AS-interface addressing device on the system
– 1x AS-interface addressing cable The multi-media web-based training
program provides students with a
The MPS® 203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training: quick introduction to the special
Stations: Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP features of the MPS® 203-Fieldbus
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with system. This makes preparation
AS-interface, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox extremely convenient since it can
Control technology: 1x PLC control package be carried out anywhere and also
Software: 1x WinCC Trainer Package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, extremely efficient since students
1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based can complete the various chapters of
training program the training program as it suits them
and their personal rate of learning.
Function – Planning, configuration and

The Distributing station separates programming of AS-i networks
workpieces from the Stacking – Testing, integration and
magazine and moves them to the commissioning of Profibus DP
Testing station. The Testing station components in an automated
checks the workpiece height. The system
Sorting station then sorts the – Planning, configuration and
workpieces according to material programming of Profibus DP
and colour onto three slides. networks
– Linking of stations
Training aims – Simple communication
– Mechanical set-up of a station – Enhanced I/O communication
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic – Networking of stations with
components Profibus DP
– Vacuum technology – Planning, engineering, im-
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives plementation, commissioning
– Fieldbus technology and execution of a visualisation
– Information technology application
– Testing, integration and
commissioning of AS-i components
in an automated system
MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis ...
Easy remote diagnosis and Control via the world wide web Remote programming Professional visualisation
maintenance via SMS The Festo FEC® Standard represents Every controller within a network can The scope of delivery includes
The controller will report operating the merging of the Internet and be programmed from any desired the InTouch software package for
data in response to an SMS request automation, since the contoller FST network interface. visualising systems and a complete
to the machine. This means that now has a web server built in. Every InTouch visualisation application
process data can be accessed any controller with Ethernet can send for the stations Distributing, Testing
time, anywhere – provided GSM is and receive data from every other and Sorting as well as guided
available. The modem requires an controller within a network – no exercises for autonomous creation
enabled SIM card. matter whether this data relates to of visualisation applications. This
inputs, outputs, flags or registers. package can be used straight from
the box and the knowledge learned
can be immediately applied in
industrial practice.
... with visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-IT system 541166 Remote GSM, HTML programming,

Ethernet networking and
PLC control package includes: visualisation
FEC® Standard The Mechatronics Assistant contains
– 3x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® full instructions on programming,
– 4x Ethernet cable, parallel web page design and IP addressing.
– 1x Ethernet cable, crossover Up-to-date IT projects are provided
– 1x programming cable so you can keep abreast of progress
– 1x programming software FST in your training laboratory.
– 1x Ethernet Switch
Knowledge re-packaged
The MPS® 203-IT system contains everything you need for training: Web-based training programs help
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Sorting to guarantee a successful outcome
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set, for even complex projects. This
1x SimuBox motivates students to tackle even
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x Easy GSM entirely new topics with the MPS®
Software: 1x InTouch visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover 203-IT system.
MPS® 200 web-based training program
Function – Networking
The Distributing station separates – Information technology
workpieces from the Stacking – Planning, configuration and
magazine and moves them to the programming of Ethernet TCP/IP
Testing station. The Testing station networks
checks the workpiece height. The – Programming of web (html) pages
Sorting station then sorts the – Remote maintenance
workpieces according to material – Remote diagnosis
and colour onto three slides. – Visualisation technology
– Planning, engineering,
Training aims implementation, commissioning
– Mechanical set-up of a station and execution of a visualisation
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic application
components – Control, remote maintenance and
– Vacuum technology remote operation via Ethernet and
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives GSM radio network
MPS® 205-Mechatronics – Everything you need for project work ...
State-of-the-art Central EMERGENCY STOP board EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons Control, simulation and
automation technology correctly positioned in a system are programming
The latest handling components, essential. The MPS® therefore comes The introduction to programming is
pneumatic muscle, a wide range with an EMERGENCY STOP board provided by FluidSIM® and EasyPort.
of cylinders, proportional pressure which you can connect anywhere. FluidSIM® can be used to realise sim-
regulators, numerous valve types, You decide where to attach the ple logic or relay control systems.
inductive sensors, optical sensors, EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons in Start FluidSIM® and the integrated
pressure sensors, etc. – the MPS® the system. Soft Logo! takes over control of a
205-Mechatronics system offers station or the entire system. More
a seemingly endless variety of complex programs are realised using
components. the EduTrainers® Universal. Worked
examples providing extensive sam-
ple programs for all the stations are
included.
... with FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and

web-based training programs
Complete MPS 205 system with SIMATIC S-300 541167 Project work
Complete MPS 205 system with Festo FEC Standard 541168 The Mechatronics Assistant contains
Complete MPS 205 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541169 project exercises with assembly
Complete MPS 205 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541170 instructions for lessons on handling
applications. These project exercises
PLC control packages include: help you to prepare your students
SIMATIC S7-300 for all the demands of mechatronics.
– 5x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 5x programming cable
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package The web-based training program for
Festo FEC® Standard greater efficiency
– 5x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640 FST, 5x programming cable The Discover MPS® 200 web-based
– 5x programming software FST training program enables your
Allen Bradley ML 1500 students to prepare for working
– 5x EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 5x programming cable with the system – in their own
– 5x programming software RS-Logix 500 Professional home, in the laboratory or in any
Mitsubishi other location that suits them. This
– 5x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 5x programming cable facilitates a dramatic increase in
– 1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer package learning efficiency. Use blended
learning to exploit the benefits of a
The MPS® 205-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training: wide range of media in your lesson.
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Pick&Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting
Accessories: 5x trolley, 5x power supply unit, 1x workpiece set, 5x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCY-
STOP control panel, 5x EasyPort
Software: FluidSIM® P licence for 6 users, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS®
200 web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program,
1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function – Application of simulation tools

The Distributing station separates – Application of limit switches
workpieces from the Stacking – Mode of operation and
magazine and moves them to the applications of optical and
Testing station. The Testing station inductive sensors
checks the workpiece height. The – Application of pressure sensors
Pick&Place station places the – Logic programming
workpiece insert on the body and the – Programming and application of
Fluidic Muscle Press station presses a PLC
it in. The Sorting station then sorts – Structure of a PLC program
the workpieces according to material – Programming of operating modes
and colour onto three slides.
Project work
Training aims – Set-up and optimisation of
– Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
– Vacuum technology – Optimisation of setting-up times
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives – Linking of stations
– Application of proportional – Simple communication
pressure regulators – Material flow control
– Application of the pneumatic – Enhanced I/O communication
muscle – Safety engineering
MPS® 202-Robotics – Handling and assembly ...
Commissioning robot systems The robot performs precision The robot controller performs All I/Os protected by design
Robot systems are far from easy to assembly of pistons and springs the control function The I/Os of the robot controller are
assemble and dismantle, transport The RV-2SDB performs more than The new Drive Unit for the RV-2SDB connected with SysLink connectors
and commission, but represent just simple handling tasks in the is small, powerful and lightweight – via the interface unit of the robot
a highly interesting topic when it MPS® – it also assembles small cylin- and fits into the MPS® trolley. With to guarantee protection against
comes to training. ders and all that entails. Drive Unit and Teachbox, the system short circuits and polarity reversal.
is completely equipped straight The LEDs on the interface unit also
from the box. Digital I/Os already permit easy and clear diagnosis.
contained in the system are used to
control all the modules such as the
cap and spring magazines.
... with CIROS® Robotics
Complete MPS 202-Robotics system 541171 Programming and simulation

with CIROS®
The MPS® 202-Robotics system contains everything you need for training: CIROS® is a professional training
Stations: Robot, Assembly tool that makes programming and
Accessories: 2x trolley, 1x power supply unit, 1x control console, 1x workpiece set simulation of a precision robot
Control technology: 1x robot interface unit extremely easy and safe.
Software: CIROS® Robotics licence for 6 users, 1x CIROS® Programming, 1x Mechatronics
Assistant Plus comprehensive documentation
The Mechatronics Assistant contains
exercises, sample programs and
assembly instructions. A multimedia
tool for training at school and at
work.
Function Special training aims

The bodies of the pneumatic – Integration of an industrial robot
cylinders to be assembled are in an assembly process
fed to the robot via a slide. The – Teaching of robots in complex
robot determines the orientation assembly environments
of the bodies and places them in – Commissioning of complex
the assembly holder in the correct systems
orientation. The robot takes the – Maintenance, servicing and
piston from the pallet and assembles troubleshooting of complex
it in the body. The piston springs and systems
the cylinder cap are fed to the robot – Programming of industrial robots
from controlled magazines. The fully
assembled pneumatic cylinder is
then placed on a slide.
MPS® 210-Mechatronics – the all-rounder ...
Complete Exploit the full flexibility of MPS® Successful realisation of WBT support:
From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC The combination of multiple MPS® project ideas The web-based training programs
technology, handling technology, stations offers training aims for The MPS® 210 system contains all contained in the MPS® 210 system
electrical engineering, electronics to many levels of experience and many the components needed to realise a will help trainers prepare their
robotics and hydraulics, each station different fields. The project kits wide range of projects – giving your students for project work. They deal
facilitates interesting exercises on of the MPS® 210 system facilitate students a free hand in creativity! with topics such as project planning,
automation and mechatronics. The the realisation of a wide range of information acquisition or getting
MPS® 210 system is particularly different systems. Conveyor belts, started with the MPS® 210 system.
suited to the areas of handling, PLC integrated between the MPS®
and robot technology due to its close stations, facilitate a multitude of
industrial orientation. solutions for material flow.
... with an all-inclusive media package
Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541172 Simulating stations
Complete MPS 210 system with FEC Standard 541173 CIROS® Mechatronics offers optimum
Complete MPS 210 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541174 preparation for a hands-on lesson.
Complete MPS 210 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541175 All the stations can be tested and
programmed in simulation. Bugs
PLC control packages include: can even be built into the model to
SIMATIC S7-300 permit an optimum, practical starting
– 8x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 8x programming cable point for lessons.
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package
Festo FEC® Standard CIROS® Robotics und CIROS®
– 8x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640, 8x programming cable and software FST Programming facilitates full or
Allen Bradley ML 1500 partial instruction in the use of robot
– 8x EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 8x programming cable stations through simulation. The
– 1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter simulation also offers robot cells
Mitsubishi MELSEC featuring other robots such as Kuka
– 8x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 8x programming cable and ABB for comprehensive robot
– 2x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package training.
Also order: Hydraulic power unit
The MPS® 210-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot, Assembly, Punching,
Sorting
Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor
Accessories: 10x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x work-
piece set
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCY-
STOP control console, 5x EasyPort
Software: CIROS® Robotics licence 6 users, CIROS® Mechatronics licence 6 users, Fluid-
SIM® P licence for 6 users, 6x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x CIROS® Programming, web-based
training programs: 1x Discover MPS® 200, 1x LOGO! Training, 1x Project Management
Function Special training aims

The complete assembly line – The system enables 15 – 30
produces a pneumatic cylinder made students to be trained in
up of body, piston, springs and cap. mechatronics.
– The Distributing and Conveyor
project kits (5 of each are included)
provide an introduction to the
project work.
– Actuation is performed via
FluidSIM® and EasyPort or using a
programmable logic controller.
– The system layout can be changed
using the project kits. More than
30 different combinations can be
created using the system.
– Production planning, reduction of
set-up times, FMEA and TPM – the
system offers solutions for the hot
topics of production optimisation.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production
MPS® 500-FMS
Flexible production – compatible, modular and versatile
Thought and action in MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis

networked systems for general technological training
using practical problems from
It is becoming more and more actual operational applications.
common for specialists and It provides the perfect platform
engineers to be responsible for for analysing, understanding
operation and maintenance of and mastering the interaction of
complex automated production mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
systems. This requires the seamless engineering, control technology and
interaction of all the technologies communication interfaces – all
involved. absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of
networked systems.
The transport system The warehouse
The transport facilities are a central Indispensable and technically
component of automated production challenging from a logistical point
systems. The rectangular conveyor of view – automated warehouses
configuration of the FMF-F series facilitate flexible logistical concepts
offers all the characteristics of and short delivery times. The HRL20
professional industrial systems: offers all the functions of a full-size
– 6 working positions warehouse in a smaller format:
– Pallet identification – Shelf with 5 x 4 locations
– Valve terminal technology – Precision storage and retrieval
– AS-i fieldbus technology robot – linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)
– PLC control cabinet – Positioning controller
– S7-300 PLC controller – Gripper for workpieces
– Frequency converter – S7-300 PLC controller
– AC drive motors – Control panel
– EMERGENCY-STOP – Teach-in positions
– I/O port for station – Interface to the conveyor system
– Dimensions: 3000 x 500 mm – Dimensions: 700 x 900 x 1800 mm
Networked system operation – The tools of the trade –

communication is key simulation for robots and
systems
Modern production systems are of
modular design, with the modules or The use of simulation tools for
subsystems featuring powerful com- programming systems and ana-
munication interfaces. The MPS® lysing system behaviour before
500-FMS uses interfaces such as the or during construction saves
I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet time and money. The electrical,
similar to those used in typical prac- mechanical and physical behav-
tical applications. iour of the models is the same
as that of actual stations and is
From the sensor to the web: The op- programmed using the same pro-
tional software packages are an easy gramming languages (MELFA
way of practicing displaying system BASIC and STEP 7). This enables
data on the Internet. the students to work safely on
virtual systems before the tested
programs are tried out on the
actual system.
The process Assembly

The system is a factory comprising An industrial robot in the Robot
six areas linked via a transport assembly station performs auto-
system that produces the tried-and- mated assembly.
tested short-stroke cylinders from
the MPS®. Warehouse
Parts are stored in the Automatic
Incoming goods warehouse station prior to shipping.
Cylinder bodies are delivered to the
Distributing station and forwarded to Outgoing goods
the Testing station after inspection. The Handling station transfers
products from the conveyor to the
Processing Sorting station, where the products
The Vision system 10 stations – learn the basics The Processing station, which are sorted and made available for
Camera systems are ideal for use in in small groups simulates a drilling process, repre- shipping.
production and quality assurance MPS® 500-FMS provides up to 10 sents the machining stage. The
thanks to their versatility and individual stations for working in Handling station transports the
reliability. The universally successful small groups of students – providing material.
industrial system DVT is integrated invaluable benefits for the practical
in the MPS® 500-FMS system: side of training. Each station focuses Quality assurance
– Intelligent compact camera on something different and offers The camera system checks the
– CMOS (colour on request) various levels of complexity. workpiece.
– Resolution 640 x 480 pixels
– Incident light and transmitted light The stations can be gradually
– Computer link brought together once the station-
– Evaluation software for PC specific training aims have been
achieved.
Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com 297

MPS® 516-FMS
The complete package for demanding training scenarios
The system The system comprises 9 stations: The training aims – Construction of pneumatic
MPS® 516-FMS system is a complete The multitude of stations and the and electropneumatic circuits
package comprising hardware and Incoming goods technologies contained in them – Learning about various sensors
software that can be used straight Distributing and Testing station permit an investigation of almost and actuators
from the box. Processing all relevant areas of control and – Application and programming
Handling and Processing station automation technology. of PLCs
Assembly – Application of various handling
Robot assembly station devices and grippers
Warehouse – Application of vacuum technology
Automatic warehouse station – Application of various electrical
Outgoing goods drives (DC, AC)
Handling and Sorting station – Application of frequency converters
Transport – Construction of a positioning
Transport system station control with incremental shaft
encoder
The system can be flexibly expanded – Networking of sensors and
using the optional packages. actuators via AS-interface
– Application of industrial robots
for assembly tasks
– Programming and simulation
of robots
– Set-up and mode of operation
of transport systems
– Mode of operation and purpose
of pallet identification
MPS 516-FMS On request Optional packages
MPS® 516-FMS range of packages Optional package Vision (V1)

Consisting of: Industrial CMOS compact camera
Stations with integrated illumination and
– 1x pallet transport system FMF-F Ethernet interface, mounted on a
– 1x automated warehouse mobile trolley. The station can be
– 1x robot station with Magazine station* integrated or used on its own for
– 1x Distributing station* basic training. It is used to determine
– 1x Testing station* gripper parameters in connection
– 2x Handling station* with the robot assembly station.
– 1x Processing station* Professional image processing
– 1x Sorting station* software is included.
Software and media
– Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package Optional package Visualisation
– CIROS® Automation Suite System visualisation and opera-
– Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences tion on the basis of industrial SCADA
Service software. Communication between
Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commission- SCADA and controllers takes place
ing of the system at the destination. Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons. via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from
the following options:
* Includes mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal. – WinCC and Profibus DP (L21)
Technical data MPS® Stations – WinCC and Ethernet (L22)
– InTouch and Ethernet with FEC®
(L23)
– InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen
Bradley (L24)
Optional package CNC

Upgrade the system with a small
PC-controlled CNC machine. The
The control concept so popular – it facilitates quick and machine is placed beside the
Each station is equipped with its own easy combination of the individual assembly robot and looks after
PLC. The only exception to this is the stations into a networked system. automatic loading and unloading.
robot station; in this case the robot The AS-interface fieldbus is used The optional package includes all
controller also controls the magazine within the transport system. the software necessary for operation.
and communicates with the trans- Further additional bus systems can – MILL 55 (C1)
port system via I/Os. Communication optionally be integrated. – TURN 55 (C2)
between the transport system and
the PLCs of the stations also takes
place via a straightforward I/O inter-
face. This simple and clear structure
is one of the reasons this system is
PLC
I/O
PLC PLC Robot
I/O I/O I/O
AS-i AS-i AS-i
PLC
AS-i AS-i AS-i
I/O I/O I/O
PLC PLC Camera

I/O I/O Option
PLC PLC

MPS® 501-505 FMS

The entry-level systems
MPS® 501-FMS MPS® 502-FMS
MPS® 503-FMS MPS® 504-FMS
Even the smaller systems offer

a complete sequence with all
the essential components of an
interlinked production system.
Why not call us?

We will be happy to advise you.
MPS® 505-FMS

MPS® 512-FMS
Get started right away with a complete and customised package
MPS 512-FMS On request
MPS® 512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
– 1x pallet transport system FMF-F
– 1x Distributing station
– 1x Testing station
– 2x Handling station
– 1x Processing station
– 1x Sorting station
Software and media
– Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package
– CIROS® Automation Suite
– Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
– Commissioning and initial training in Germany
It is becoming more and more MPS® 512-FMS is a complete

common for specialists and package comprising hardware and
engineers to be responsible for software that can be used straight
operation and maintenance of from the box. The system comprises
complex automated production 7 stations:
systems. This requires the seamless
interaction of all the technologies Incoming goods
involved. Distributing and Testing station
Processing
MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis for Handling and Processing station
general technological training using Outgoing goods
practical problems from actual Handling and sorting station
operational applications. Transport
Transport system station
It provides the perfect platform
for analysing, understanding The system can be flexibly expanded
and mastering the interaction of using the optional packages.
mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
engineering, control technology Special requirements in the area of
and communication interfaces control technology?
– all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of We look forward to talking to you.
networked systems. Our project advisors will be happy to
find the ideal solution for you.

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories
Actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising

Controlling processes as in industry
Close to reality
In MPS® – as in real production

plants – controllers are responsible
for signal processing. The signals
in the system can be transferred
directly from the station to the
controller via I/Os or various fieldbus
systems or between controllers to
support information exchange.
Market leading industrial standards
The MPS® is based on industrial Choice of PLC – optimised for Reliable safety modules
standards. Automation solutions and training use Hardly any issue affects so many
trends from the market leaders are We can fit an EduTrainer®, providing employees in a company as health
part of the MPS® concept. a completely assembled and wired and safety. Emergency stop, safety
– Programmable logic controllers PLC rack, with the PLC of your curtains, safety doors and failsafe
from the market leaders choice and, if required, fieldbus control systems are all part of a
– Project planning and programming components as well. The advantage system made up of MPS® stations.
tools complying with IEC61131 of the EduTrainer® in the MPS®
The most commonly used fieldbuses: station is clear: you can remove
PROFINET, PROFIBUS, AS-Interface, the controller and use it for other
Ethernet processes or in laboratory furniture.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories

From field to company level
All control technologies and systems

used in industrial production can
be integrated into the modular
production system and the learning
factories from Festo Didactic. This
gives basic and advanced training a
high level of practical relevance at all
levels of the CIM pyramid.
Plug and run Hot topic – energy saving Optimising processes –

The station, the control console and On the trail of waste: identifying ensuring quality in production
the EduTrainer® are all equipped potential savings means first of all Production defects or tolerance
with standardised SysLink interfac- measuring current consumption. deviations identified too late or
es. All you have to do is plug them The Wattmeter acts as a smart meter not at all often lead to expensive
in, there is no need to wire different for training systems with a 24 V DC consequential damage or recalls.
connectors. power supply and a maximum of 120
Watts. Optional modules in the MPS®
are responsible for continuous
A switchable interface for 0 – 10 V DC quality inspection. Laser sensor
or 4 – 20 mA is integrated for data and analogue sensors measure the
transmission. Ethernet is available as workpiece height. A signal converter
an option. can then digitise the analogue
signal.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Control/Networking
EduTrainer® Universal Preferred variants MPS®/MPS® PA

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300
The industrial standard CPU 315F-2PN/DP

– 256 KB RAM for program and data
The modular concept of the SIMATIC – Includes MMC
S7-300 offers professional PLC – Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN
technology from the market leader, SM 323:
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs – 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
and I/O modules, the S7-300 meets – 16 digital outputs
all automation requirements. This (24 V DC, 500 mA)
controller facilitates the use of a SM 334:
wide range of fieldbuses such as AS- – 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit
interface, Profibus DP and Profinet. (0–10 V, 0 – 20 mA)
– 2 analogue outputs,
The STEP 7 programming environ- (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)
ment makes all industrially used PLC
programming languages available, The holder system
such as AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP 7-SCL, – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop vari-
STEP 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
– 19“ module simulation plate with 2
EduTrainer® Universal with: x SysLink plug connector for MPS®
station and control panel each
CPU 313C with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
– 64 KB RAM for program and data outputs and 1 x D-sub 15-pin
– Includes MMC plug connection with 4 analogue
– Interfaces: MPI inputs and 2 analogue outputs;
Inputs/outputs: emergency stop jumper to connect
– 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) a safety circuit for disconnecting 8
– 16 digital outputs digital outputs.
(24 V DC, 400 mA) – Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
– 4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms, power supply unit (only in order
(±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, no. 567103 and 567104)
0/4 – 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input – Can be placed on the desk or in an
S7-313C (ON, A) 567098 – 2 analogue outputs, (±10 V, MPS® station.
S7-313C-2DP 567103 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA) – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
S7-315F-2PN/DP see figure 567104 holder system
S7-315F-2PN/DP (ON, A) 567099 CPU 313C-2DP – Can be extended with 19“
Note: – 64 KB RAM for program and data simulation modules Page 176
The EduTrainer® Universal as preferred version for MPS® is equipped with a power supply – Includes MMC
unit; the preferred version for MPS® PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue – Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP
inputs and outputs (A). Inputs/outputs:
– 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Recommended accessories – 16 digital outputs
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 (24 V DC, 400 mA)
Programming software STEP 7 Page 44
IEC power cable 90° Page 199
Other accessories
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550
Digital I/O module SM323 16I/16O 529142
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
AS-interface master for the S7 300 CP 343-2 AS-i master 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027
EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA

A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC
World language IEC 61131-3 EduTrainer® Universal digital

(MPS®)
Benefit from automation program- – CoDeSys V2.3 provided by Festo
ming in a world language, based on programming software
IEC 61131-3. – Ethernet cable for programming
the CPX-CEC
For standardised preprocessing: – 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
CPX-CEC as an intelligent remote I/O – 16 digital outputs
terminal. (24 V DC, maximum 500 mA)
– SysLink interfaces
Better performance – Power supply: 24 V DC power
CPX-CEC means improved cycle supply unit integrated
times and more connectable actua-
tors. The modular I/O system with EduTrainer® Universal analogue
up to 512 I/Os and CAN master func- (MPS® PA)
tionality offers complete flexibility. Same as EduTrainer® Universal
Intelligent pneumatic and electric digital with additional analogue
axes can be activated via fieldbus. expansion
The extensive CoDeSys function li- – Analogue inputs:
brary provides diagnostics and con- 4 (12 Bit, 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA)
dition monitoring options. Open and – Analogue outputs:
closed-loop control – the solution for 2 (12 Bit, 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA)
efficient automation of workstations – without power supply unit
or via remote control.
The holder system:
EduTrainer® Universal with CoDeSys – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop
embedded controller CPX-CEC: variant, size 1 (order no. 567274)
or size 2 (order no. 567275), W x H
CPX-CEC 305/458 mm x 300 mm
– 32 bit MIPS processor, 400 MHz – 19“ module simulation plate with
– Data memory 32 MB flash/32 MB 2 x SysLink plug connector for
RAM MPS® station and control panel CPX-CEC digital see figure 567274
– 20 MB flash/8 MB RAM user each with 8 digital inputs and 8 CPX-CEC analog (ON, A) 567275
memory digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D Notes:
– 32 KB non-volatile memory 15-pin plug connection with 4 The EduTrainer® Universal as preferred version for MPS® is equipped with a power supply
– Communication network Ethernet analogue inputs and 2 analogue unit; the preferred version for MPS® PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue
10/100 Base-T outputs; emergency stop jumper inputs and outputs (A).
– Integrated web server to connect a safety circuit for Includes Ethernet cable for programming the CPX-CEC and CoDeSys V2.3 programming
– Master CANopen fieldbus disconnecting 8 digital outputs. software provided by Festo ( Page 45).
– PLC operating system CoDeSys 2.3 – Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
Full RTS power supply unit (only in order Recommended accessories
– Diagnostic handheld for CPX no. 567274) I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
terminal can be connected – The size 1 rack can be placed on a Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
– All FEDs can be connected via table or in an MPS® station. Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
Ethernet – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel IEC power cable 90° Page 199
– Visualisation OPC server for holder system
connection to any SCADA packages – Can be extended with 19“ Other accessories
simulation modules Page 176 Analogue terminal 526213

A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500
The standard in North America CPU modules:
The Micro Logix modular concept Digital expansion ML 1500

from Allen Bradley offers profession- – Digital I/O module
al PLC technology. With various CPUs 1769-IQ6X0W4-4I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)
and modules, the ML series meets all
automation requirements. Analogue expansion ML 1500
– Analogue I/O module
The ML 1500 facilitates the use of 1769-IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)
a wide range of fieldbuses such as
DeviceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix Ethernet expansion ML 1500
500 programming software makes – ENI Ethernet interface
the PLC programming language LD 1761-NET-ENI
available.
The holder system:
EduTrainer® Universal with – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop
Allan-Bradley ML 1500: variant size 1, W x H 305 mm x
300 mm
ML 1500 + compact IN/OUT module – 19“ module simulation plate with 2
– Program memory: 7K + 8k x SysLink plug connector for MPS®
– Interfaces: RS-232-C station and control panel, each
– Programmable PID controller with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
I/Os: outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin
– 22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of plug connection with 4 analogue
which 8 high speed counter via inputs and 2 analogue outputs;
config emergency stop jumper to connect
– 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A), a safety circuit for disconnecting 8
of which 2 high speed outputs digital outputs.
via config, 2 integrated analogue – Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
potentiometers power supply unit (only with order
no. 567107)
ML 1500 digital see figure 567107 EduTrainer® Universal digital – Can be placed on a desk or in an
ML 1500 analog (ON, A) 567102 (MPS®) MPS® station
Note: – Power supply: – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
The EduTrainer® Universal as preferred version for MPS® is equipped with a power supply 24 V DC power supply unit holder system
unit; the preferred version for MPS® PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue integrated – Can be extended with 19“
inputs and outputs (A). SysLink interfaces: simulation modules Page 176
– 1 x cable for connection to station
Recommended accessories: – 1 x cable for connection to console
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 – 1 x bridge for connection to
Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141 emergency stop
Programming cable ML 1500 535827 EduTrainer® Universal analogue
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829 (MPS® PA)
IEC power cable 90° Page 199 Same as EduTrainer® Universal
digital with additional analogue
Other accessories expansion
Digital upgrade ML 1500 535822 – without power supply unit
Analogue upgrade ML 1500 541126
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 541127

A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N
High functionality CPU modules:
The modular concept of the MELSEC Analogue extension FX1N

FX1N from Mitsubishi offers profes- – Analogue I/O module FX0N-3A
sional PLC technology from a high- (2 IN/1 OUT)
tech company.
AS-interface extension FX1N
The FX1N with its various upgrades – AS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M
provides all the functions required of
a mini control system for automation Ethernet extension FX1N
technology. The FX1N facilitates the – Ethernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP +
use of a wide range of fieldbuses FX1NCNV-BD
such as AS-interface, Profibus DP
and Ethernet. The MELSOFT GX IEC The holder system:
Developer programming environ- – EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop
ment makes industry-related and IEC variant size 1, W x H 305 mm x
61131-3-compliant PLC programming 300 mm
languages such as IL, LD, FBD, SFC – 19“ module simulation plate with 2
and ST available. x SysLink plug connector for MPS®
station and control panel, each
EduTrainer® Universal with with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSS outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin
PLC with integrated I/Os: plug connection with 4 analogue
inputs and 2 analogue outputs;
FX1N emergency stop jumper to connect
– 8 k program memory a safety circuit for disconnecting 8
– Interfaces: RS 232 digital outputs.
I/Os: – Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
– 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) power supply unit
– 16 digital outputs (only with order no. 567106)
(24 V DC, 500 mA) – Can be placed on a desk or in an
MPS® station MELSEC FX1N analog (ON, A) see figure 567101
EduTrainer® Universal digital – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel MELSEC FX1N digital 567106
(MPS®) holder system Note:
– Power supply: Integrated 24 V DC – Can be extended with 19“ The EduTrainer® Universal as preferred version for MPS® is equipped with a power supply
power supply unit simulation modules Page 176 unit; the preferred version for MPS® PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue
SysLink interfaces: inputs and outputs (A).
– 1 x cable for connection to station
– 1 x cable for connection to console Recommended accessories
– 1 x bridge for connection to I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031
emergency stop Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
EduTrainer® Universal analogue Programming cable FX1N 540683
(MPS® PA) Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package DE/EN 541149
Same as EduTrainer® Universal IEC power cable 90° Page 199
digital with additional analogue
expansion Other accessories
– without power supply unit Analogue upgrade FX1N 541128
AS-interface upgrade FX1N 541129
Ethernet upgrade FX1N 541131
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Operating/Observing
Operating and observing
1 Knowing what‘s going on – and 1 Control console 3 19“ Communication panels

responding accordingly. That‘s the If the control console is used for
simple idea on which the technology MPS® control console for SysLink several combined stations, commu-
for the automation of whole pro- The MPS® control console allows nication panels allow simple and
duction processes has been based. simpler operation of the MPS® transparent exchange of additional
station. SysLink or AS-interface – signals and information between the
Operating and observing various interfaces ensure versatility stations. 4 inputs and 4 outputs are
means mastering the process. of use. Fully assembled with available at 4 mm safety sockets.
It means keeping machines and operating panel, communication
systems running at their optimal panels, spare panel and mounting Order no. 195767
levels. And it means high availability frame with SysLink connector.
and productivity. 4 19“ Spare panel
Membrane keyboard: Start push- For the integration of additional
2 Visualisation in the Net button with LED, Stop pushbutton, control components.
Visualise and operate your MPS® Reset pushbutton with LED, 2 Order no. 195765
stations and systems using the latest flexibly assignable control lamps
visualisation software from the (see also Order no. 195766). 4 5 19“ Mounting frame
market leaders. Learn the application mm safety sockets with LED status 19“ frame for mounting of control
of visualisation software, connection display for simple I/O connection panels. The frame can be mounted
to the production process, the (see also Order no. 195767). Syslink on the MPS® trolley.
creation of your own process and Sub-D sockets for connection – Width: 310 mm
images – and even connection to the to PLC of choice are available on the – Height: 132 mm
3 Internet. rear panel. Order no. 526206
Expandable MPS® control console for

If additional control or display AS-interface
elements are required for custom- Fully assembled with AS-interface
ised design of the information flow, control console, communication
ready-to-use terminal strips on the panels, spare panel and mounting
rear of the control console allow frame with AS-interface connector.
quick and easy expansion. SysLink 195764
AS-Interface 535814
4
Touch panels and operator 2 19“ Control panel
panel Pages 182 – 183 The control panel is connected to a
controller via SysLink. The control
panel allows up to 16 operating in-
puts and 16 operating outputs to be
connected. The signals from push-
buttons, switches, signal lamps, free
inputs and free outputs are available
at additional terminals.
5
Pushbutton (switch):
– Start (normally open)
– Stop (normally closed)
– Reset (normally open)
– Auto/Man (normally open)
LED displays:
– Start LED
– Reset LED
– Indicator lamp Q1
– Indicator lamp Q2
Order no. 195766
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Testing/Measuring
Testing and measuring
1 Measuring module SMAT 2 Laser measuring module 3 Turning module 1

The measuring module SMAT is The laser measuring module is The turning module is used when-
mounted on an MPS® station with a mounted on an MPS® station with ever a workpiece is to be tipped,
conveyor and measures the height of a conveyor and measures the height turned or emptied.
the workpieces. of the workpieces.
Limit switches are used to sense all
For the measuring procedure, For the measuring procedure, movements. End-position cushion-
a workpiece is pulled from the a workpiece is pulled from the ing ensure that the end position is
conveyor onto the plane table. conveyor onto the plane table. approached gently. The module is
equipped with a multi-pin connector
A second cylinder then advances and A laser sensor measures the for the sensors and a CPV-SC valve
checks the height of the workpiece height of the workpiece. After the terminal.
via an analogue sensor (SMAT). measuring procedure, the workpiece
After the measuring procedure, the is pushed back onto the conveyor. Technical data
workpiece is pushed back onto the To digitise the analogue signal, – 6 x sensor, digital (PNP)
conveyor. The analogue signal can also order 4 terminals and a signal – 4 x output for 3 actuators
be digitised with an optional signal converter (order no. 549844). – 1 x supply port (6 bar)
converter (order no. 549844). Order no. 549855
Technical data
2
Technical data – 3 x sensor, digital (PNP)
– 4 x input for sensor, digital (PNP) – 1 x sensor, analogue:
– 1 x input for sensor, analogue 0 – 10 V/max. 3 mA
0 – 10 V (SMAT) Laser protection class 2
– 2 x output for actuator, digital Working range 38 – 58 mm
– 1 x supply port (6 bar) Resolution 0.007 mm
Order no. 549853 – 1 x actuator, digital
– 1 x supply port (6 bar)
Order no. 549854
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering
Safety engineering
MPS® module safety engineering MPS® module door MPS® module door with active MPS® module light curtain
holder system According to directive DIN EN ISO locking mechanism Contactless light curtains protect
This mounting kit for MPS safety 12100, Machine Safety, all movable According to directive DIN EN ISO operating personnel against
engineering can be used to optimally parts on machines must be secured 12100, Machine Safety, all movable undesired or unintentional entry
mount the MPS® modules door, door with protective devices. The MPS® parts on machines must be secured into the danger areas of technical
with active bolt, light curtain and the safety engineering product range with protective devices. The MPS® systems, such as presses, robot
MPS® control console to any MPS® is ideal as part of training on this safety engineering product range inserting stations, transfer lines and
station. subject. is ideal as part of training on this palletising systems.
– Horizontal angle subject.
– 19“ front cover and short cable The door includes a safety switch The MPS® module light curtain is
duct and can be mounted on any MPS® The door includes a safety switch used to extend any MPS® station in
– Assembly instructions station using the MPS® module and can be mounted on any MPS® the area of safety engineering and
Order no. 549849 safety engineering holder system. station using the MPS® module is mounted on the MPS® module
safety engineering holder system. safety engineering holder system.
As soon as the protective device is The module consists of a transmitter
opened, the N/C contacts on the As soon as the protective device is and a receiver, mounted opposite
safety switch open. The hazardous opened, the N/C contacts on the one another. The infrared LEDs on
machine motion is then stopped. safety switch open. The hazardous the transmitter emit brief light pulses
– 2 doors (1 x 117 mm high, machine motion is then stopped. that are received by the receiver
1 x 260 mm high) – 2 doors (1 x 117 mm high, diodes.
– 1 safety switch with 2 N/C contacts 1 x 260 mm high) – Light curtain with transmitter and
without active locking mechanism – 1 safety switch with N/C contact, receiver
– 1 connecting cable (5 m) N/O contact and active locking – Connecting cable (5 m)
Order no. 549851 mechanism (1200 N locking force)
– 1 connecting cable (5 m) Technical data
Order no. 549852 – Size of transmitter/receiver
module (W x H x D):
300 x 34 x 29 mm
– Supply voltage: 24 V DC
– Maximum switching current:
500 mA
– Wavelength: 950 nm
– Protection field height: 300 mm
– Resolution: 20 mm
– Reach: up to 6 m
Order no. 549850
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering
19“ emergency stop module Safety relay from Pilz 19“ EMERGENCY STOP panel EMERGENCY-STOP board
The 19“ emergency stop module (9 The safety switching device fulfils The EMERGENCY STOP panel allows The flexible safety concept for the
HP) allows you to add an emergen- the requirements of EN 60947-5-1, integration of the EMERGENCY STOP MPS® provides an easy method of
cy stop mushroom pushbutton and EN 60204-1 and VDE 0113-1, and pushbutton into the control panel. switching off components – whether
a reset key switch to the MPS® con- can be used in applications with: The pushbutton is connected to a the entire system or parts thereof.
trol panel or the EduTrainer® Univer- – Emergency stop pushbuttons PLC board or an EMERGENCY STOP The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
sal. The module can be connected – Safety switches board via a 2.5m cable with 2-pin is part of the safety concept in the
to a safety relay, an emergency stop – Light barriers screw-terminal plug. Modular Production System and al-
board or a PLC via a 2.5 m connect- Forced relay outputs: lows you to integrate up to ten MPS®
ing cable. Connection to the emer- – 3 safety contacts (S), undelayed The EMERGENCY OFF panel can be stations into a safety circuit. When
gency stop jumper of an EduTrainer® – 1 auxiliary contact (Ö), undelayed integrated into the control panel or- combined with EMERGENCY-STOP
Universal requires 4 mm connectors. – 1 semiconductor output der no. 195764. A blank panel order pushbuttons and/or position switch-
1 contact expansion block, connect- no. 534630 is required for installa- es, it provides a high level of safety.
Empty panels are not included in the able, operating modes can be adjust- tion into the control panel. The blank The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
scope of delivery. ed via rotary switch. panel is not included. can be mounted in the trolley of a
Order no. 573860 LED display for: Order no. 534631 station along with a PLC board.
– Supply voltage
19“ request module – Input status channel 1 19“ Blank panel for the A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is
The 19“ request module (3 HP) al- – Input status channel 2 control panel required for each station for connec-
lows you to add a request key switch – Switching status of safety contacts Order no. 534630 tion. This cable is not included in the
and a reset button to the MPS® con- – Starting circuit scope of delivery. The connected sta-
trol panel or the EduTrainer® Univer- – Error tions can be switched off via max. 6
sal. The module can be connected Plug-in terminals. Connection EMERGENCY-STOP switches. These
to a safety relay via a 2.5 m connect- material included. EMERGENCY-STOP switches are not
ing cable. Order no. 573283 included in the scope of delivery.
Empty panels are not included in the Safety relay from Sick – Inputs (EMERGENCY-STOP switch)
scope of delivery. The safety switching device can be 1–6
Order no. 573861 used in applications with: – Outputs (stations) 1 – 10
– Emergency stop switches Order no. 195769
– Safety switches
– Safety switches with mechanical Also order:
locking Connecting cable, 4-pin, for
Cross circuit recognition for dual- connecting an MPS® station
channel control. Outputs: 2 N/O (EduTrainer® Universal) to the
contacts, 1 response delayed N/O EMERGENCY-STOP board.
contact, adjustable from 0.15 – 3 s or Order no. 535245
1.5 – 30 s.
– 3 LEDs: supply voltage, C1/C2
relay (undelayed) and C3/C4 relay
(delayed)
– Manual reset
– Automatic reset
– Contact expansion for more
outputs
Connection material included.
Order no. 573282
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Accessories
Accessories
1 4 1 Workpiece insert “Clock” 7 Parts set “Cylinder end caps”

Quartz clock insert for mounting in Parts set consisting of 50 end caps
housing. for cylinder assembly. The end caps
– External diameter: 40 mm do not yet have a hole for the cylin-
– Mounting diameter: 30 mm der piston rod. This hole is punched
Order no. 534621 by the hydraulic press station. The
hydraulic press station can, however,
5
2 Workpiece insert “Thermometer” also be operated with end caps that
Thermometer insert for mounting in already have a hole.
2 housing. – Number of end caps: 50
– External diameter: 40 mm Order no. 162240
– Mounting diameter: 30 mm
Order no. 534622 8 Workpiece set “Housings”
The workpiece set comprises 4 black
6
3 Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” and 4 red plastic housings and 4
Hygrometer insert for mounting in aluminium housings. The “Clock”,
housing. “Thermometer” and “Hygrometer”
– External diameter: 40 mm inserts can be mounted in the bod-
3 – Mounting diameter: 30 mm ies.
Order no. 534623 – External diameter: 40 mm
– Internal diameter: 30 mm
7
4 Workpiece set – Height: 23 mm
“For cylinder assembly” Order no. 534619
The workpiece set consisting of cyl-
inder components for full assembly 9 Workpiece set “Reject housings”
(body, piston, spring, cover). The The workpiece set comprises 3 black
8
cylinders can be assembled and dis- and 3 red plastic housings and 3 alu-
mantled many times. This kit allows minium housings.
for the complete assembly of 7 black – External diameter: 40 mm
and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 alu- Black workpieces:
minium cylinders. – Internal diameter: 30 mm
Order no. 162239 – Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
9
5 Workpiece set – Internal diameter: 30 mm
“Cylinder bodies” – Heights: 26/27/28 mm
The workpiece set comprises 4 black Aluminium workpieces:
and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and – Internal diameter:
4 aluminium cylinder bodies. 30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
– External diameter: 40 mm – Height: 23 mm
– Height (black): 22.5 mm Order no. 534620
10
– Height (red and aluminium):
25 mm 10 PA workpiece set
Order no. 167021 To fill liquids into the MPS® PA
Bottling station. The workpieces
6 Workpiece set “Reject bodies” are compatible with the MPS®
The workpiece set comprises 2 black stations. For example, the pot
and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and in the Pick&Place station can
2 aluminium cylinder bodies. be sealed with the lid. The set
– External diameter: 40 mm comprises 6 x housing black, 6 x
– Height: Each colour: 1 x 23 mm and housing red, 6 x housing silver,
1 x 24 mm 6 x housing transparent, 24 x lid
Order no. 534368 black. Dimensions: Height H = 25
mm, Diameter, outside D = 40 mm,
Volume V = 15 ml.
Order no. 554301
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Accessories
1 Profile plate 350/700 3 Profile plate connector 6 Tabletop power supply unit 1
The anodised aluminium profile For connecting two profile plates – Input voltage:
plates are used for mounting all (e.g. when combining two MPS® 85 – 265 V AC (47 – 63 Hz)
components of the MPS® stations. stations to build a system). – Output voltage:
Both sides are slotted, so if neces- – Length: 45 mm 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
sary parts can be mounted on both – Mounting method: Bolt with rotat- – Output current: max. 4.5 A
sides. The slots are compatible with ing head and M5 hammer-head nut – Dimensions: 115 x 155 x 200 mm
the ITEM profile system. The board is Order no. 162228 Without power cable
supplied with caps for the sides. Fits Order no. 162416
2
on trolley (order no. 120856). 4 Trolley With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
– Height: 32 mm The trolley makes an MPS® station DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
– Grid spacing (from slot to slot): a compact and mobile unit. The sta- TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
50 mm tion is easy to mount on the trolley. Order no. 162417
– Width: 350 mm An EMERGENCY-STOP board can also US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,
– Length: 700 mm be fitted. Appropriate through-holes TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162386 in the side panels enable orderly Order no. 162418
3
routing of cables. The front side is GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
With a hole (approx. 5 cm) for the I/O equipped with mountings for the Order no. 162419
cable that connects the EduTrainer® control panel. The trolley is supplied AU, NZ, CN, AR
Universal to the station (not shown). complete with castors. Order no. 162380
Order no. 170395 – Height (incl. castors, to bottom CH
4
edge of profile plate): 750 mm Order no. 162381
2 Rubber feet – Width: 350 mm ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
For non-slip, protective mounting – Depth: 700 mm Order no. 162382
of profile plates on tabletops of any Order no. 120856
type. Set (4 pieces). 7 Robot interface box
Order no. 158343 5 Tool set Supplement to Robot station
The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS® stations. A practical mini- The Robot interface box allows
systainer includes: the robot controller to undertake
– 200 mm steel rule additional PLC functions. Up to
– Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8, 16 robot controller I/Os can be
9, 10 distributed to 4 SysLink sockets 5
– Adjustable spanner with the Robot interface box. The
– Side cutter Robot interface box is connected to
– Insulation-stripping pliers the robot controller’s I/O card via
– Wire end sleeve pliers a 50-pin Centronics connector. On
– Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6 the front panel are LEDs to display
– Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3 the status of the robot I/Os. On the
– Screwdriver, cross-head, rear panel are 4 SysLink sockets for
PZ02 – short connection to peripherals.
– Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75; Preis/Best.-Nr. 534364
4.0 x 100 6
– Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6
– Tubing cutter
– Fibre-optic cable cutter
– Workpiece, red, black, silver
– 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
– 100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
– 100 x wire end sleeves 0.75 7
Order no. 539767
Mechatronics and factory automation > ProLog Factory
ProLog Factory
Logistics – Communication – Mechatronics – Robotics
The new training platform

for logistics, communication
technology, mechatronics, robotics
and industrial engineering
The processes and material flow in

the ProLog learning factory are a
representation of a real production
system with logistics and shipping.
It includes intermediate buffers and

magazines for the raw materials and
an automatic store for the individual
products. The production line Production line Picking station Logistics field
produces the parts with low stock The production line produces the The orders are compiled in the The logistics field provides the buffer
levels according to the KANBAN products. Individual stations provide picking station. An industrial function on pallets until delivery of
principle. the raw materials. The system tests, articulated robot arm places the the orders.
processes and assembles the unfin- orders onto pallets.
ished parts into products. The high
bay warehouse stores the finished
parts until they are reused.
HMI and communication technology
A side range of different networking

and communication principles are
used in the ProLog Factory.
The SCADA application includes:

– Visualisation of the status of the
entire system and the individual
stations
– Communication with the stations
via Ethernet/Profibus DP
– Alarm messaging
– Alarm logging
– System control
– Data acquisition
– Order entry
– Database application
– Order management
Profibus DP and WLAN communica-

tion are also clearly integrated into
the learning factory.
Mobile autonomous robots Robotics Mechatronics Motivated research and learning

Mobile robots play an increasingly The complete cell contains an appli- The MPS® stations in the ProLog Using the ProLog Factory provides
important role in automated pro- cation with handling and palletising learning factory include: practical training on necessary soft
duction. Within the ProLog learning tasks. The robot is equipped with a – Everything for PLC training skills as well as the technical exper-
factory, realistic experiments and pneumatic gripper. Different auto- – A wide selection of different tise:
practical, relevant training on these mated modules are arranged in the handling components – Teamwork
new trends are possible. cell to create a typical robot training – Vacuum technology – Cooperation
environment. – Sensor technology – Learning skills
The mobile robots are equipped with – Drive technology – Independence
a telescopic fork and operate like The cell can be equipped with a – Organisational ability
forklift trucks to reach all positions in choice of different 5 or 6 axis robots.
the warehouse. The Robotino View®, Robotino® SIM
and CIROS® Robotics programming
and simulation tools increase learn-
ing success and efficiency in the
learning factory.
Technologies and processes

Top issues in the ProLog Factory
Drive technology and closed-loop Handling and vacuum technology Sensor technology and navigation RFID technology
control At numerous points in the system, In the ProLog Factory, numerous Totally unknown a few years ago,
The ProLog Factory features a variety workpieces have to be gripped, sensors ensure safety, precision and but now an issue for more than just
of modern drive technology. High- transported and positioned, often quality in automation technology. automation technology, the RFID
end drives from Festo, such as the using vacuum technology. As in any Optical, inductive and capacitive chip is the modern rating plate for
servo motor MTR-DCI, the mini slide modern system with handling tech- sensors, colour, laser and pressure consumer goods and packaging and
with integrated encoder, a range of nology, the ProLog Factory contains sensors make the system into has become established as part of
pneumatic linear axes and DC motors suction grippers, vacuum generators a complex learning system for our daily lives.
for the belts, provide a wealth of and sensors, valve terminals and potential sensor specialists.
training material. proportional pressure regulators on The ProLog Factory uses RFID
the one hand, and pneumatic mus- The Robotino® is an autonomous technology to save order data and
The Robotino® is perfect for provid- cles, linear slides and rotary drives industrial truck and always needs to production statuses on the pallet,
ing training in closed-loop control. on the other. know where it is. With its distance thus providing an up-to-the-minute
As a driverless transport system in sensors, the colour camera and the topic for training in automation
the ProLog Factory, it is driven by gyroscope sensor, it enables the technology.
a combination of three controlled topic of navigation to be included in
industrial motors with shaft encoder. the training.

ProLog Factory On request System management

The ProLog Factory is supplied com-
Package range plete with visualisation. The master
Consisting of: computer can be used to monitor
Production line all signals, functions and processes.
MPS® stations distributing 3-way magazine*, testing*, pick & place*, fluidic muscle press*, Customer-specific orders are also en-
storage*, separation* and sorting* tered here – a great feature for inter-
Picking station disciplinary co-operation, e.g. with
With industrial robot trainees in commercial disciplines.
Logistics area
With high bay warehouse and 2 mobile robots Energy monitoring with DC
SCADA computer Wattmeter
With visualisation application Anyone who wants to discover po-
Software and media tential savings can begin by meas-
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package, CIROS® Automation Suite, Mechatronics uring the current consumption. The
Assistant, WinCC, Robotino® View, Robotino® SIM data recorded by the DC Wattmeter
goes to the master computer via a
* Includes mobile frame, MPS® control panel and PLC board S7-300. switchable interface (0 – 10 V DC or
4 – 20 mA) or via Ethernet. The dis-
play on the device shows the current
and cumulative power consumption.
The production process After picking, the Robotino® takes Training content – WLAN communication
The material and information flow on the pallets. It takes them to the The variety of stations and the tech- – RFID technology
in the ProLog Factory reflects the goods-out area or to interim storage. nologies they contain can be used – Networking with Profibus DP
processes in modern production, If it has time, it takes empty pallets to cover almost all of the relevant – Working with autonomous mobile
including logistics and shipping. back to the picking station. topics in control and automation robots
Raw material is stored in buffers and technology. – Programming a mobile robot with
magazines, while end products are GRAFCET
transported to an automated goods- – Use of RFID technology – Creation of functional modules
out warehouse. – Vision system and camera in C++
inspection – Control of drives
Production is based on the KANBAN – Use of PLCs and programming – Navigation
principle. Free stock locations are – Use of different handling
restocked with unfinished parts equipment and grippers
immediately. Colour and laser sen- – Use of different electric drives
sors ensure that parts with quality – Vacuum technology
defects are sorted out. – Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
– Use of fluidic muscles
The workpieces are assembled by – Use of laser and colour sensors
the fluidic muscle press and pick & – Use of pressure sensors
place MPS® stations. In the storage – Use of industrial robots
station, the finished parts wait to – Networking of automated systems
be fed to the picking robot „just in with Ethernet TCP-IP
sequence“ and palletised for specific – Visualisation of systems with
orders. WinCC
– Use of simulation tools
Mechatronics and factory automation > Robot Vision Cell
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics trends in focus
Robot with eye contact
Walking through the leading

handling technology fairs or taking
a look at market leaders‘ catalogues
clearly shows that without a camera,
a modern robot cell is worthless
when it comes to future production.
The camera is the basic prerequisite
for one of the elementary forms of
work in the future: collaboration
between humans and robots.
In this context, the Robot Vision Cell Priority 1: Safety Welding simulation Palletising and assembly
is an extremely innovative learning Robots operate quickly, powerfully Welding is a typical example of a Fast and precise assembly of part-
environment in contemporary robot- and dynamically. Safety cages are robot application that demands finished or end products and remov-
ics training. It enables the potential therefore used to protect operating precision path control. In the Robot al or loading of pallets are standard
of current robot applications and the and maintenance personnel. Vision Cell, appropriate tools and tasks for most robotics applications.
trends in future applications to be suitably shaped parts enable path The workpieces from the modular
outlined in a clear and practical way. Safety must be the top priority and is welding tasks to be simulated. production system and the appropri-
an essential part of any training con- ate pallets are therefore included.
tent. Thus, it is only logical that we
have completely enclosed the Robot
Vision Cell and fitted it with safety
doors.
Configuration, programming and

simulation
No learning system is complete with-

out the necessary supporting soft-
ware!
Therefore, the cell includes configu-

ration and image processing soft-
ware that can be used to set up and
perform even complicated measuring
and testing tasks.
The CIROS® Robotics cells simulated

in 3D make a major contribution to
efficient and varied training. Simu-
lation also provides a high level of
safety at the beginning of robotics
training.
Industrial design camera Calibration and transmitted

The industrial camera communicates light unit
directly with the robot controller The calibration and transmitted
via Ethernet and can thus easily light unit supports the camera in
be integrated into the process as its quality assurance tasks. For
an additional unit - for position example, it increases the accuracy
detection, colour identification, for of the tool positions and helps to
checking dimensions or, for example, detect the position of workpieces.
for monitoring assembly processes.
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics and vision
Function
The Robot Vision Cell provides the
optimum learning environment for
robotics and vision. The clearly ar-
ranged pallets and storage areas al-
low easy and efficient work with the
cell. Different exercises such as pal-
letising, assembly or welding (simu-
lated) can be carried out using the
cell.
Construction
The robot cell is completely mounted
on an aluminium profile plate. The
robot controller is neatly housed in
the frame. The station is equipped
with a main switch and additional
control panel. The safety concept for
the cell includes doors with a safety
switch and an emergency stop mush-
room actuator.
Robot options
The cell can be fitted with different
robot systems, such as the Mitsubi-
shi RV-2SDB, RV-3SDB or the KUKA
KR5sixx.

Robot Vision Cell RV-2SDB On request Learning content for project work Recommended learning media
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-2SDB)
Mechanics:
Robot Vision Cell RV-3SDB On request – Mechanical construction of a
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-3SDB) station
Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx On request Sensor technology:

(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and KUKA robot system KR5sixx) – Mode of operation and applica-
tions of optical sensors
Vision:
– Mode of operation and applica- CIROS® Robotics
tions of industrial camera systems
– Object detection
– Position and orientation
– Communication with master con-
trollers
Safety engineering:
– Mode of operation and applica-
tions of safety switches
– Construction of safety circuits
WBT Machine Vision
Robotics:
– Applications of industrial robots
– Terminology in robot technology
– Teaching robots in different
co-ordinate systems
– Moving robots in object
co-ordinate system
WBT Safety engineering
Mechatronics and factory automation > CNC technology
CNC technology from EMCO

Efficient turning and milling
The training programme
Festo Didactic integrates CNC

training into its learning system, thus
meeting the requirements of modern
basic and advanced training in the
metal sector. CNC programming
and cutting, a key task in many
metalworking companies, places
high demands on students.
Market leading CNC technology EMCO CNC machines – By the Perfect solutions for basic and
The machine manufacturer EMCO industry, for the industry advanced training
offers a unique training concept, EMCO provides intelligent solutions You can benefit from this know-how.
consisting of high quality machines, for CNC turning and milling cutting EMCO machines for basic and ad-
modular software and supporting for the industrial sector. EMCO‘s vanced technical training feature:
teachware. extensive product range includes – Design and quality that meet the
everything from conventional turning current industry standards
EMCO is Austria‘s leading machine and cutting machines to CNC turning – Long service life and consistently
manufacturer and has been the centres through to fully automatic high precision of parts produced
market leader in CNC training for production cells. – Range and design of functionality
some years. All machines are tailored corresponding to modern industrial
to the specific requirements of a machines
training situation: safety engineering
compliant with CE directives, variety
of controllers, space requirements
and price.
CAD/CAM and simulation
CAMConcept from EMCO provides

you with a CAD/CAM system for
turning and milling with 3D graphi-
cal simulation. Design simple parts
with the integrated CAD function-
ality and create your CNC program
without any controller-specific CNC
knowledge.
As an option, the WinNC machine

controller can also be supplemen-
ted with 3D simulation. Win3D-View
allows easy 3D simulation for turning
and milling.
CNC turning or milling? Which

controller and which accessories?
Call us. We‘ll be happy to help. Festo

Didactic is an exclusive distribution
and service partner for EMCO CNC
training systems in selected coun-
tries.
Detailed information can be found on

the Internet.
Changing controller? No problem! Individual machine or CNC

Standard CNC machines are laboratory
permanently linked to a CNC The controller software is also
controller. If you need a different available as an offline programming
controller for training, this change workstation. In conjunction with
almost always involves buying a individually available controller
new machine. However, the PC keypads, we will be happy to plan a
controlled turning and milling complete CNC training laboratory for
machines are different: It is easy to you, with different controllers such
change the controller keypad, load as SINUMERIK, Fanuc or Haidenhein.
different software and start cutting.
This allows you to use all standard
industrial controllers on a single
machine.
Concept MILL and TURN

High-end training solutions
Milling machine Concept MILL 55 Highlights
This compact milling machine is well – Stable, gray cast iron construction,
suited to the training bench and has suitable for industrial use
almost all the features of an indus- – Clockwise/anticlockwise spindle
trial machine: optional with 8-station rotation
tool changer with swivel arm and – Infinitely variable main drive
pick-up system, NC indexing device – Automatic reference points
as fourth axis, minimum quantity lu- – Fully covered working area
brication and latest state-of-the art – Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
control technology. control system
Automation options: integration in

the FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept MILL 55 without tool changer On request

Concept MILL 55 with tool changer On request
The compact machine is fitted with – Stable, grey cast iron construction,
an infinitely variable main drive, suitable for industrial use
10-station tool changer, pneumatic – 10-station tool changer with
vice and NC dividing attachment directional logic
as an optional 4th axis. The slides – Backlash-free bearing of the
and load-bearing elements of the working spindle in precision,
Concept MILL 105 are made of grey lifetime-lubricated, angular ball
cast iron, ensuring the highest bearings
precision. – Infinitely variable main and feed
drives
Automation options: integration in – Realistic execution of all important
the FMS or CIM systems on request. milling operations
– Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
control system
Concept MILL 105 On request
This is training at the highest level: – High drive speed

with 7 kW drive power and a 20- – 20-station tool magazine
station tool magazine with fast – Stable and compact machine
double gripper. Thanks to its stable structure
and compact design, the Concept – Best view when fully enclosed
Mill 250 fits into the smallest of – Crane loading possible
spaces. – Servo motor technology in all axes
– USB and Ethernet interfaces

Turning machine Concept TURN 55 Highlights
The Concept TURN 55 is a PC- – The most compact table-top

controlled 2-axis CNC tabletop CNC turning machine
turning machine conforming to the – Industry-standard inclined-bed
industry standard in terms of design design
and function. All the key processes – High-resolution axis motors
in modern manufacturing can be – Clockwise/anticlockwise spindle
illustrated using this device and rotation
implemented in a practical and – Infinitely adjustable main drive
realistic way. – Automatic 8-position tool turret
– Automatic referencing
Automation options: integration in – Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
the FMS or CIM systems on request. control system
Concept TURN 55 On request
Travel rangeThe PC-controlled 2- – Stable, gray cast-iron

axis lathe with table format not only inclined-bed construction
easily fulfils all basic requirements – Three-point support for
for technical education and training machine bed
but also manifests the finest techno- – Hardened guideways
logy: All precision components – Central lubrication system
on the Concept TURN 105 such as – 8-station tool changer
headstock, slide, tool system, and – Fully enclosed working area
tailstock are installed on a rigid, – Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
vibration-damping, gray cast-iron control system
inclined bed.

Uncompromising quality right down – Extremely solid machine base,

to the last bolt, at an unbeatable Top thermostability
price. With an extremely solid – Highest precision
machine base, a thermosymmetric – Very compact construction
headstock, high-precision spindle – Interchangeable WinNC control
bearing, pre-stressed guideways in units
all axes and a fast tool turret. And – Change between the WinNCs
the interchangeable EMCO WinNC within 1 minute
control unit to top it all off. – Best European machining quality

Concept 450
On the way to series production
Experience machining without equal. – Extraordinary dynamics

The Concept MILL 450 is a complete – Optimum thermostability for
production machine for CNC milling maximum precision
training: with fixed 20-station tool – High cutting performance
magazine, a rapid twin-arm changer, – Large number of automation
a 13 kW and 10000 rpm main spin- options
dle, 24 m/min rapid traverse feeds – Excellent price-performance ratio
and the EMCO WinNC control con-
cept.

A new dimension of CNC training – Universal applicability

suitable for industrial purposes. – Digital drive engineering
Equipped with a C axis, driven tools – Extraordinary dynamics
and digital drive systems and com- – Optimal thermo-stability
ponents, the function and perform- – Highest possibility
ance of the Concept TURN 450 is in processing accuracy
accordance with state-of-the-art in- – Compact machine assembly
dustrial machines.


Software
The principle of the interchangeable controller
Win NC control software Controller keypad CAMConcept
– Operation using soft keys as in an Using the controller keypad CAMConcept is an innovative soft-
original industrial controller (accessory with interchangeable ware for complete CAD/CAM and NC
– 2D graphical simulation with auto key modules for the relevant training – from design to production.
zoom function controller types) makes operation
– Modern user interface much simpler and increases the All the core functions of CAD pro-
– Wide range of operating options educational value thanks to its grams are available. Clear graphical
– Various language versions similarity with the genuine controller. CNC cycles allow rapid programming,
while 3D simulations and collision
Equipment Includes USB connecting cable. checks guarantee reliable program
monitoring.
– Installation of interchangeable In addition to the controller keypad,
controllers on concept machines a PC with monitor is required. These CAMConcept turning/milling
and/or PC are not supplied as standard.
– Controller-specific keypad on Network capable CAD/CAM program-
concept machines and/or PC A corresponding WinNC licence and ming system for turning or milling.
– Easy replacement of key-specific a key module is required for each
module in just one minute controller keypad. These are not CAMConcept
supplied as standard. On request
Sinumerik turning/milling
On request Controller keypad
Fanuc turning/milling On request
On request Sinumerik key module
Haidenhein milling On request
On request Fanuc key module
On request
Haidenhein key module
On request
Mechatronics and factory automation > MicroFMS/MultiFMS
MicroFMS and MultiFMS
MicroFMS – An introduction to the

world of flexible manufacturing and
integrated systems
All of the key processes in a fully au-

tomated flexible manufacturing sys-
tem – FMS – can be represented.
– Unfinished parts buffer
– Separation
– CNC machine loading with robot
– CNC machining processes
– Finished parts buffer
– SCADA/DNC options
CNC technology Industrial robots Control, programming, simulation:
The CNC machines used are PC con- Industrial robots with powerful con- Software solutions for MicroFMS
trolled tabletop turning machines trollers (multitasking, path control) – Simple CAD/CAM system for
and/or tabletop milling machines, are used for loading and unloading. turning and milling
with a design and function that Because of their modularity and the – 3D simulation for turning and
meets all of the industry standards. clearly defined interfaces, the Micro- milling
FMS systems can be combined with – CIROS® Automation Suite
one another and with MPS® stations.
Individual solutions
Do you require a special solution or You can find a range of referen-

controller layout? Call us, we look ces with our customers‘ contact
forward to meeting any challenge. data on our website.
An impressive training concept that

has numerous satisfied customers.
Discover the flexibility of MicroFMS
and MultiFMS for yourself.
MultiFMS Many combination options

The name says it all The MPS®, MPS® 500- FMS and
MicroFMS subsystems can be used
MultiFMS is multifunctional. either individually or in a network.
This gives you a wide range of
Bringing together three successful combination options, totally tailored
concepts to create MultiFMS results to your training situation.
in an extremely comprehensive
training environment especially for The system remains easy to operate,
mechatronics engineers. as significant focus has been placed
on standardisation, particularly in
the design of the interfaces.
Decentralised control technology

This makes even large systems
easy to operate: each station has a
dedicated controller, so that it can
be used individually. The stations
are synchronised at level 1 (L1) using
digital I/Os.
MicroFMS
Control and communication concept
The control concept

Every CNC machine in MicroFMS has
its own PC control system. On the PC,
various industrial control systems
such as the Siemens 810/820,
810D/840D, Heidenhain TNC 426 or
the CAMConceptCAD/CAM system
can be installed. Via an optional
control panel, the user interface for
the corresponding control system
can be displayed.
For automated use, the CNC

machines are equipped with an
automatic door, pneumatic chuck
and/or an electromagnetic vice and
an I/O communication interface.
Spectrum of workpieces
The illustrated turned and milled
parts can be manufactured for
example from unmachined parts with
a diameter of 30 or 40 mm.
Level 1: Level 2:
Robot CNC Automated buffer operation via Flexible buffer operation
controller I/O cable, 50-pin controller I/O communication between with a SCADA system
obotand CNC machine
XMR Robots, CNC and cell computers as
Robotics interface Central control of the automated well as an optional CAD/CAM labo-
Robot buffer operation is provided by the ratory are all networked together,
interface box robot controller. Buffer operation is via Ethernet. The DNC commands
Parts buffer started and stopped via the MPS® are transmitted from the cell compu-
XMB XMA
station control desk at the station robot. ter to the CNC machine via whatever
DNC interface is available (RS232 or
Level 1 enables the automated TCP/IP).
processing of a buffer of unmachined
parts. If different work-pieces are to Level 2 corresponds to the full func-
be made, then the corresponding tionality of flexible industrial manu-
SCADA
program must be manually prese- facturing systems (FMS). Every un-
system
lected at the CNC machine. Commu- machined partput in the buffer is
TCP/IP DNC nication between a robot and a CNC assigned to a specific process plan.
machine, such as starting and stop- This means that differing workpieces
ping the CNC machining, reporting can be manufactured in the system.
completion, opening and closing the Using DNC, the appropriate CNC pro-
DNC interface
door, is controlled by the robot con- grams for the workpiece are loaded
Parts buffer Robot troller by setting and reading the I/O into the machine via the cell compu-
station controller CNC lines of the CNC machine robotics ter. Optionally, a CAD/CAM laborato-
controller interface. ry can be networked with the system.
Robotics interface
TR6 – Turned parts with robot loading
TURN 55 is an industry-compatible TURN 55

inclined-bed turning machine that Turning machine, mounted on table
facilitates all machining possibilities with profile plate:
of a modern CNC turning machine: – 8-way tool turner
turning, plunge cutting, cropping and – Clockwise/anticlockwise
drilling. rotating spindle
– Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
– Constant cutting speed
– Automatic motion to reference
point
– Pneumatic chuck
– Automatic door and robotics
interface
– Travel X/Z: 48/236 mm
– Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
– Maximum width/maximum turning
diameter: 335/52 mm
– Speed range 120 – 4000 rpm
– PC control with selectable CNC
controller interface
Parts buffer station

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
– Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
– Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter Robot cell Controlling, programming,
The automatic control and loading/ simulating:
RV-2SDB unloading of the CNC machine is the software solutions for MicroFMS
6-axis industrial robot, mounted on undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB – Simple CAD/CAM system for
trolley with profile plate: industrial robot used in the MPS®. turning and milling
– Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg In the Parts buffer station cylindrical – 3D simulation for turning and
– Axis drive: AC servo motors with unmachined parts are buffered and milling
harmonic drive gear separately fed to a robot for removal. – CIROS® Automation Suite
– Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm After CNC machining, the robot
– Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s removes the finished part and places
– Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper it on the station‘s other conveyor
for cylindrical parts with a diameter belt, where it is either buffered or
of 8 – 40 mm separated for further transport.
– Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
– Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS TR6 On request
MR6 – Milling cell with robot loading
MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine MILL 55

of industry-compatible design that 3-axis milling machine, mounted on
facilitates all machining possibilities suitable base frame:
of a modern CNC milling machine: – Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
milling, cutting and drilling/boring. spindle
– Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
– Automatic motion to reference
point
– Electromechanical vice
– Automatic door and robotics in-
terface
– Travel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mm
– Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
– Milling machine table clamping
area: 420 x 125 mm
– Speed range 150 – 3500 rpm
– PC control with selectable CNC
controller interface
– 8-station tool drum (option)

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
– Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
– Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
Robot cell Controlling, programming,
The automatic control and loading/ simulating: RV-2SDB
unloading of the CNC machine is the software solutions for MicroFMS 6-axis industrial robot, mounted on
undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB – Simple CAD/CAM system for trolley with profile plate:
industrial robot used in the MPS®. turning and milling – Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg
In the Parts buffer station cylindrical – 3D simulation for turning and – Axis drive: AC servo motors with
unmachined parts are buffered and milling harmonic drive gear
separately fed to a robot for removal. – CIROS® Automation Suite – Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm
After CNC machining, the robot – Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s
removes the finished part and places – Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
it on the station‘s other conveyor for cylindrical parts with a diameter
belt, where it is either buffered or of 8 – 40 mm
separated for further transport. – Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
– Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS MR6 On request

MTLR11 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis
This combination of TURN 105 and MILL 105

MILL 105 facilitates an efficient 3-axis milling machine with
implementation of a CNC machine automatic door and robotics
production line for turning and interface, mounted on table with
milling operations. profile plate. PC with selectable
CNC controller interface for milling
machine, on bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
TURN 105
Turning machine with automatic
door and robotics interface, mounted
on table with profile plate. PC with
selectable CNC controller interface
for turning machine, on bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.

1 station with three conveyor belt
buffers, mounted on trolley with
profile plate. Conveyor 1 and 2
for buffering and separation of
cylindrical unmachined parts size 30
or 40 mm. Conveyor 3 for buffering
and/or separation of cylindrical
finished parts with a base area of at
least 30 mm diameter.
Robot cell Controlling, programming,
RV-2SDB Automatic control and loading/ simulating:
6-axis industrial robot with pneu- unloading of the CNC machine is the software solutions for MicroFMS
matic finger grippers mounted on undertaken by a 6-axis RV-2SDB – Simple CAD/CAM system for
linear axis. industrial robot that travels on a turning and milling
linear axis. Unmachined parts are fed – 3D simulation for turning and
Linear axis with toothed belt drive to the first production process via 2 milling
– Stroke length: typically 2000 mm, conveyors. This facilitates feeding – CIROS® Automation Suite
dependent on layout of two different unmachined parts,
– Precise and firm guidance through for example aluminium and brass.
linear ball bearing The workpieces undergo turning and
– Drive motor: AC servo motor milling in sequence and are then
– Output: 0.2 kW placed on the third conveyor.
– No-load speed: 3000 rpm
– Positioning: Incremental rotary
transducer
For further technical details, see MR6

and TR6.
MicroFMS MTLR11 On request
MultiFMS – The mechatronics learning platform

Integrates MPS®, a transport system and CNC
MPS® stations MPS®500-FMS

MultiFMS contains a series of MPS® The pallet transport system is a
stations that are formed around central part of the MPS® 500-FMS
the transport system. These MPS® system solution. It integrates the
stations can be easily isolated from MPS® stations, warehouse and
the transport system and used either camera into a production system
individually or as an MPS® line for with logistics components that
your training purposes. Each MPS® exhibit excellent flexibility in terms of
station has its own PLC controller, material flow.
which means that a sizeable number
of students can be trained on the 9 MicroFMS
stations (full configuration). Each MicroFMS brings CNC technology
station also focuses on a single into play. One or two machines with
topic, for example testing, rotary a loading robot handle production
indexing table, handling, robot of cylinder bodies in networked
assembly, positioning drives, operation before these are trans-
conveyor, enabling many topics of ferred to the assembly line. The
relevance to automation technology straightforward database-supported
to be addressed. order administration system on the
PC (optional) makes getting started
with flexible production easy.
1 Robots and CNC (1) Logistics and material flow (2)

Up to two industrial robots There aren‘t many production
perform typical tasks such as facilities that can manage
assembly and loading/unloading without the logistics functions of
of machines in MultiFMS. This transportation and warehousing.
provides an ideal opportunity of
illustrating the advantages offered What is a warehouse? In its simplest
by modern industrial robots form a shelf. More exciting is the
thanks to their flexibility, precision shelf robot – in our case a 3-axis
and dynamism. The problems cartesian robot with two positioning
of controller coupling between axes and one pneumatic axis,
robots and CNC controllers can be controlled using a PLC.
addressed in combination with the
2 CNC machines. The transport system addresses
the topics of frequency converters,
The CNC machines and the fieldbus, pallet identification and
accompanying software are ideally PLC programming using examples. A
suited to teaching mechatronics good foundation for the challenges
engineers about CNC. All stages of the career.
of product development can be
reconstructed, from CAD design to Handling and processing (3)
machining. Actuating cylinders, detecting
sensors, moving axes – the daily
bread of the PLC programmer. The
most important thing in this context
is the application of the correct
3 programming methodology – a skill
in itself. MultiFMS offers an excellent
training environment in this regard
thanks to the numerous MPS®
stations.
Of no less importance is effective

troubleshooting – after all, faults
in production systems have to be
eliminated quickly. This can also be
systematically practised using
MultiFMS.
Professional software for MultiFMS
The full range of software and CIROS® Mechatronics (4)

teachware for MultiFMS is also CIROS® Mechatronics for safe
available to order: experimentation with PLC programs.
You can use the integrated Soft PLC
Mechatronics Assistant (1) S7 PLC or any real PLC.
A virtually inexhaustible source
of useful information for trainers CAD/CAM system – CAMConcept (5)
and trainees. This wealth of pro- CAMConcept from EMCO is a
fessionally prepared information CAD/CAM system for turning
is only available from the market and milling applications. Design 1 2
leader. Free updates are all part of simple parts with the integrated
the deal. In this way you stay up to CAD functionality. Thanks to the
date. user-friendly operation, you can
then create your CNC program
CIROS® Robotics (2) without any controller-specific CNC
The virtual learning environment for knowledge.
robotics offering a comprehensive
online tutorial on robotics and 3D simulation (6)
numerous ready-made robot work- This useful program is part of the
cells. WinNC machine controller installed 3 4
on every EMCO CNC machine. The
CIROS® Studio (3) package can also be installed on
Model and simulate any type of other computers so that the process
complex robot cell using CIROS® can be visualised.
Studio. This package provides a
user-friendly program editor, many
online functions as well as a teach-in
function for robot programming.
5 6
MultiFMS: decentralised control technology
Makes even large systems

Control layer easy to master
PC1 PC2
Each station has its own controller,
which means that each station
Communication L2
can also be used on its own.
Synchronisation of the individual
stations is performed via digital I/O
Communication L1 at level 1 (L1).
A second communication level

Distributed PLC RC CNC RC (L2) for transferring data to the
control level two computers at the control level
can be installed in addition to and
independently of level 1. Profibus or
Ethernet is used here. Level 2 is not
I/O connection area required for operation of the system,
Field bus/AS-i however it does increase its ease
of use.
Sensors/Actuators
Processes
Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess
Overall process MultiFMS
The control level in MultiFMS: for maximum ease of use
PC1: For visualising and operating In practice, almost all large pro- PC2: Order input and visualisation The cell computer (PC2) of the CNC
the MPS® system duction systems are equipped with of the CNC cell cell facilitates input of a number
a system visualisation feature. of different CNC orders in one
We offer system visualisation and order batch. Each order can start
operation of the assembly line on its own CNC program via DNC. You
the basis of WinCC or InTouch, can also define whether an order
depending on the PLC used in the should involve turning or milling or
system, as an optional extra for turning and milling. In addition to
MultiFMS. order input, the CNC is dynamically
visualised using a 3D representation.
336 Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

Do you need a special solution or CNC manufacturing as required:

controller set-up? Call us – we have The material flow in MultiFMS
the solution for all your needs.
The two conveyor belt buffers stock
An impressive training concept two different cylinder bodies (1).
that already has many loyal users.
Discover for yourself the flexibility These are removed by the loading
of MultiFMS. You will find numerous robot, fed to the CNC machining
references with contact data for our centre and then inserted in the
customers on our website: magazine buffer (2).
www.festo-didactic.com If the workpiece buffer is full, the

under the heading Services CNC cell is notified and production 1 2
References of the workpieces is suspended
until the buffer can accept more
pieces (3).
The workpiece is then drilled

(simulation) in the processing cell
and tested (4).
Next the workpiece is transferred to

the Vision system station for quality
inspection (5).
The robot then transfers the 3 4

workpiece to the Sorting station (6).
If this is full or out of order, the

workpieces are buffered in the
warehouse (7).
Finally they are transferred once

more to the Sorting station when it
is ready (8).
5 6
7 8

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® Transfer Factory
MPS® Transfer Factory

From transfer system to convertible factory
A modular system par excellence
Our decades of experience in the

construction of modular learning
factories is reflected in many of the
details of an MPS® Transfer Factory.
All cells and functional modules
are equipped with the very latest
industrial technology. The concept
and equipment demonstrate our
innovative approach. The result:
Every MPS® Transfer Factory can be

reconfigured in minutes – depending Patented material flow Added value for PLC training Leaning from two sides
on the learning situation – and The passive workpiece holder The modular production system The double-sided construction of the
turned into a convertible factory. routing is a patented development MPS® is primarily notable for its cells facilitates different scenarios
by our engineers. The unique option interfaces. The Transfer Factory for group work:
of using the Transfer Factory cells control panels clearly highlight – Students can work independently
individually or in a network with the value of a cleverly designed on the two sides on one section of
no additional work is based on this interface. For example, the control the belt each.
development: panels for the individual cells can be – The two belt sections in a cell are
– Workpiece holders can circulate equipped with 4 mm safety sockets, linked to form a complete belt
within a cell. simulation switches and a socket for rotation system by the workpiece
– Commissioning the subsystems is the laptop. This turns the cell in a holder routing concept. This results
no problem. stand-alone local PLC laboratory. in a complex cell for group work.
– Subprocesses can be isolated with-
out modifying the software.
Flexible layout
The standardised cells can be posi-

tioned differently. A laboratory made
up of individual workstations can
very quickly be turned into one or
more production lines focusing on
different areas of automation.
The content is inside the module Systematic modularity

The individually, variably connect- MPS® Transfer Factory – the name is
able functional modules determine an accurate description. The basic
the learning content on the station. features of the MPS® transfer system
Topics such as drive technology, characterise the appearance of the
control engineering, sequencing or system.
operating mode programming can – Wide transfer belt for pallet
be found in the following functional transportation
modules: – Functional modules above the belt
– Stacking magazine and turning – Variable system layout, providing
handling modules freedom for designing individual,
– Drilling and CNC engraving partner and group workstations
processing modules
– Press module
– Pad printing and drying modules
– Camera inspection testing module
MPS® Transfer Factory

The concept in detail
Intelligent grid
The cell grid enables different pro-

duction layouts to be set up so that
simple, straight production lines,
branches or corner arrangements
(90°) can quickly be realised. Indivi-
dual cells can be replaced in a matter
of minutes. The production line in an
MPS® Transfer Factory system is ac-
tually a convertible factory.
Cells on wheels Modular control concept

All MPS® Transfer Factory cells are The controllers in the MPS® Transfer
equipped with rollers. This enables Factory cells have a modular design.
them to be freely positioned in the All control components are housed in
laboratory without tools or lifting the cell control cabinets:
trucks. – Controllers with Profibus or Profi-
net networking
Optimum connections – ProfiSafe components
The cells are supplied by a special – Drive components such as frequen-
system cable. Rewiring, fitting new cy converters, contactor controllers
tubing or additional installations and servo controllers
are not required when changing the
layout. This saves valuable training The production line can be operated
time and the laboratory remains free with and without a master control
of additional supply ducts and trip system.
hazards.
RFID process control

The product performs process con-
trol in the MPS® Transfer Factory.
To achieve this, the workpieces and
controllers are equipped with RFID
technology.

Systematic variety
The exceptional flexibility of an MPS®

Transfer Factory system is based on
the basic design of its cells, which is
always identical: dimensions, track
rollers, control cabinet, conveyor,
control console, system cable.
A single cell provides two conveyor

sections and thus represents the ba-
sis for a complete subsystem.
The production cell with branch

opens up the door to new layouts. It
can be used as an independent sys-
tem and be fitted with all functional
modules.
The robot cells are equipped with

everything necessary for industri-
al robotics training. Completely en-
closed and with safety doors, they
provide totally safe working: Hot
topics such as camera-supported
assembly, the use of interchange-
able gripper systems, palletising,
camera tracking etc. can be dealt
with in a practical way using a ro-
bot cell.
There are hardly any limits on how

the cells can be combined and the
possible layouts. The functional
modules available now and in the
future make every MPS® Transfer
Factory into a learning system with
the best opportunities for the future.
Mechatronics and factory automation > iCIM
iCIM –
The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.
iCIM – The platform for research The exclusive use of open standards MES Programming tools
and training for communication and databases Planning is one thing – production We offer practical programming
as well as the modular structure of is another. The MES in iCIM brings tools for each iCIM system for
iCIM systems play an important role the software provides numerous planning and production together. programming and setting the para-
in illustrating complex topics such as possibilities for realising your own Using the CIROS® integration tool meters for PLCs and robots. Cost-
production logistics and sequence ideas. as a basis, we create and supply an effective multiple licences for
planning in flexible manufacturing open and modular MES solutionfor classroom scenarios are available
systems (FMS): The interface between iCIM-ERP and your system which you can modify for almost all packages.
– Material supply and disposal iCIM-MES has been published. With if necessary. The wide range of
– Planning algorithms for automated suitable programming skills you standard interfaces means that
production lines can link the iCIM system into your virtually all automation devices can
– and much more. existing PPS or ERP system. be integrated, which is an important
consideration for those system
A world of possibilities awaits – components you already own.
why not find out more?
Interdisciplinary with iCIM

Future technicians and engineers,
but also sales staff and manage-
ment, benefit from interdisciplinary
training on iCIM systems. From the
fundamentals of mechatronics to
complex networked processes, the
relationships between individual
processes are illustrated in a clear
and comprehensible way.
With perfectly matched software.

For effective planning and engineering.
The fascination of CIM a whole host of production data

is administered and made availa-
Computer-integrated manufacturing ble in databases. Just about eve-
(CIM) provides an impressive display ry process is „integrated“, which
of what can be achieved with current means individual processes can
technology: no longer be considered in iso-
lation. This requires all those in-
PCs, robots, programmable logic volved in the production process
controllers and CNC machines com- to have an in depth understand-
municate via networks. Processes ing of the relationships between
are optimised through simulation, these individual processes.
ERP
CAD/CAM CAQ
MES
CNC ROB PLC FTS 3D
PPS/ERP Virtual reality and 3D simulation CAD/CAM Quality assurance

How does a company function? Creating and testing manufacturing CAMConcept from EMCO isa CAD/ Industrial vision systems are in-
Every company is certainly unique, processes on a PC – this is easy in CAM system for turning and milling creasingly becoming as important
but there are common aspects: the CIROS® Production virtual factory applications with integrated 3D as verniers and probes. However,
Entering and managing customer environment. Assemble a production graphic simulation. Design simple a sound knowledge of image
data, entering and maintaining line from the module library, create parts using the integrated CAD processing and in particular lighting
basic data, defining machines the matching MES project with functionality and then create your technology is required to design a
with their costs as manufacturing one mouse click, enter the process CNC program – you don‘t even vision application. Our intelligent
resources, maintaining parts lists. parameters and start the process. need any controller-specific CNC compact camera provides all of the
This gets really interesting when The 3D simulation now clearly knowledge. functions of a modern vision system
manufacturing orders are placed. illustrates the procedure, with real and is ideal for both beginners and
How does the material availability robot programmes running in the professional users.
look? Can the delivery dates be simulated robots.
met? iCIM ERP is an industrial ERP
system, which is optimised for iCIM Just like a real system, the virtual
systems and offers all commonly systems can also be connected with
used functions and reports. iCIM ERP.

iCIM 3000 –
The complete training system with potential
iCIM 3000 system description Control technology and Training included Training aims:
Automatic warehouse, assembly communication With iCIM 3000 you are not just – Industrial communication
station, testing station and CNC Each individual station has its own purchasing an excellent training and networks
machines are combined into a controller and can therefore also platform – you are also purchasing – Cell control and process planning
flexible production system using be used on its own for training qualified training by our experts, the – System and robot simulation
a pallet transport system. Each purposes. In accordance with purpose of which is to equip you for – PLC and fieldbus technology
station removes its designated pallet the latest technological trends, the continued use of the system. – Positioning technology
from the conveyor, processes the networking of the system is The step-by-step training introduces and servo drives
materials upon it and then replaces performed using Ethernet to ensure the subsystems and their interfaces. – Handling and robot technology
it on the conveyor. The cell computer open interfaces and extendability. Once you get to that stage, – CNC programming and simulation
coordinates control of the pallets integrating them into a complete – CAD/CAM and DNC
to the workstations and their start Flexible system design system is virtually child‘s play. – Pneumatic and electro-
in accordance with the planned The unique object-oriented approach pneumatic components
process. of the iCIM systems facilitates
maximum flexibility when it comes
to designing systems. The stations
are positioned along the conveyor
based on the space available – you
decide the configuration. We also
optionally supply transport systems
in special sizes or with sorting gates
and alternative tracks.
iCIM 3000 complete package: Software: Upgrades and optional packages (not
included in the scope of delivery):
iCIM stations CIROS® Automation Suite
Upgrades/modifications
Pallet transport system Cell control Whether further stations, modified
– Dimensions LxW: 3000 x 1000 mm Powerful MES software comprising system layouts or integration of
– Transport height/track width: the modules Visualisation, Process existing system parts – we are happy
788 mm/160 mm control, Process connection, Data- to address any special requests
– Working positions: base and Simulation. you have in the area of control
4, can be extended later technology. Why not benefit from our
– Controller: S7-300 3D system simulation experts‘ many years of experience?
For simulation of the iCIM systems
Automatic warehouse in a virtual reality environment. iCIM
– Dimensions LxWxH: station library. User-friendly layout Robot Vision optional package (V1)
2380 x 1300 x 1800 mm editor. Fully compatible with the non- Industrial CMOS compact camera
– Number of stock locations: 80 virtual iCIM system. with integrated illumination and
– Shelf robot: linear, X/Y/Z, DC servo Ethernet interface. Resolution 640
– Controller: S7-300 3D robot simulation x 480 pixels. Stable stand with tilt
For programming robots in a virtual adjustment. The camera determines
Robot assembly cell cell environment. Ideal for offline the gripper parameters for the
– Dimensions LxW: 1100 x 700 mm robot training. Extensive cell library. robot assembly station. Includes
– Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 Realistic sequence simulation. professional image processing
– Robot type/payload: 5-axis, 3 kg Sensor simulation. software.
Loading robot for CNC machines Robot programming

– Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 3 kg Programming package for Mitsubishi CNC option
– Linear axis (7th axis): robots. We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
2500 mm travel with alternative robots and CNC
– Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 CAMConcept CAD/CAM software machines:
package, multiple licence – (C1) CNC machine, series 55
CNC processing centre, series 155 Simple CAD/CAM system for turn- – (C2) CNC machine, series 105
– Travel X/Y/Z: 300/200/300 mm ing and milling applications with 3D
– Output: 2.5 kW graphic simulation.
– Tool drum: 10-station
– Controller type (PC controller): Commissioning/training package
SINUMERIK 810/840 D Commissioning and initial training
(in Germany), delivery of the system.
CNC turning machine, series 250 Set-up and commissioning at the
– Travel X/Z: 100/300 mm delivery location. Expert initial
– Output: 5.5 kW training (4 days) for up to 4 persons. Robot option
– Tool drum VDI 16: 12-station We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
– Controller type (PC controller): with alternative robots:
SINUMERIK 810/840D – (A1) 6-axis assembly robot, 1 kg
– (A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg
Quality station with handling device – (A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg
– Travel X/Z: 450/80 mm – (F1) 5-axis loading robot, 2 kg
– Measuring principle: tactile/ – (F2) 6-axis loading robot, 1 kg
analogue/linear variable
differential transformer
– Measuring range/accuracy:
28 – 32 mm/± 0.1 mm
– Controller: S7-300
iCIM engineering service
Requirements analysis Engineering service – ERP/PPS

Off-the-peg solutions might seem Our experienced technicians and – MES
better value at first glance, however engineers are specialists in the – Communication
here at Festo we focus on long-term planning and equipping of training – Robotics, simulation
benefits for our customers. That‘s systems and have at their disposal – Vision system
why each iCIM quotation always powerful tools that represent the – CAD/CAM, CNC
starts with a qualified requirements state of the art. PLC and robot – PLC programming
analysis. Experienced project programming systems, simulation – Fieldbus
advisors discuss with you your systems, EPLAN and CAD programs – System simulation
expectations for the new training are effective tools for translating
equipment and share with your customer requirements into reality. Upgrade
their experiences of using it on a We will help you to implement your Festo offers planning reliability and
day-to-day basis, thus avoiding ideas quickly, reliably and cost- continuity. Systems can be gradually
unsatisfactory investments. effectively. extended and updated over a num-
ber of years. Give us a call – we‘re
Advice System integration happy to assist you with your stage-
You will then receive competent Existing system parts can often be by-stage project planning.
advice on the training equipment integrated as subsystems, provided
for you based on the requirements suitable interfaces are available. This We are a solution partner to Siemens
analysis. Our primary objective here protects earlier investments. Automation.
is to fulfil your goals, irrespective of
our product range. Our cooperation Customised training
with a number of renowned partners You know your strengths – and
means that we will always design the weaknesses. We give you the oppor-
right solution for you. tunity of defining your training
profile with us. The result? A training
course tailored to your exact per-
sonal requirements:
Individual solutions – Systematic variety
iCIM is as varied as factory

automation itself
Hundreds of installations across the
globe have given rise to a range of
solutions that are ideally suited to
interdisciplinary basic and further
training in the area of factory auto-
mation and CIM:
Transport systems
– Double-track system
– Single-track system
Automatic warehouse
– With 20 stock locations
Robot assembly
– With 5-axis robot, 2 kg load
Cartesian assembly system,

Robot Vision, CNC machines,
loading robots for CNC machines
Quality assurance
– Via analogue sensor
– Via digital vernier caliper
– 3D measuring machine
Driverless transport systems
Robot welding
Power screwdriver station
Worldwide references
Universities, colleges and vocational
training schools around the world
are benefiting from the unique iCIM
system concept. Detailed informa-
tion on these projects can be found
on the Internet:
under the heading Services
References
Why not call us?

We‘re happy to advise you!

Mechatronics and factory automation > iFactory
iFactory
Training factory for production planning and factory organisation
Innovation inspired by challenges
Need to convert an entire production

line during lunch?
Reacting to new market demands at
short notice – is it even possible?
What‘s the best way to construct a

flexible production line ...
... so that you can react quickly to
market turbulence?
Realising dreams
The iFactory is the convertible Convertible and modular Variable production
training factory everyone dreams of, The adaptability of the iFactory The iFactory training factory pro-
not just production planners. The makes modification simple and duces different table sets according
iFactory has a systematic modular enables you to create completely to each individual customer order.
construction, enabling you to try out new production layouts in just a RFID technology in the workpiece
new ideas immediately realistically. few moments. Simple and clear holders enables each stage of the
interfaces make for intuitive hand- production process to be tracked.
ling and operation – the key to
creative production planning and Many different variants of the
engineering. product can be produced by varying
the material and the mounting
position used. This means you can
use the iFactory training factory to
examine and train the complexity of
a modern production process – right
down to batch 1.
Pathfinder
All production cells are equipped

with topology feedback so that the
master computer – an SQL server –
automatically recognises the
constructed production line.
All system settings and configu-

rations are generated automatically
while arranging and connecting the
iFactory cells.
Intelligent network
The SCADA system includes a

PC with a control cabinet and its
own control system. All cells are
networked using the SCADA system.
In addition to order input, it allows
complete operation and monitoring
of the entire production line.
Industrial quality without Quality tested

compromises It‘s not just the products produced
All production cells are constructed using the training factory that are
professionally and to industrial subjected to constant quality testing.
standards, with no compromises. All iFactory production cells are also
Training in the factory reflects assembled, wired, programmed and
industrial reality, whether at thoroughly tested before use.
a manual workstation, in the
warehouse or at a fully automatic
robot work cell.
The modules
The convertible training factory

Production cells such as conveyors,
deflectors and a wide variety of
assembly and quality inspection cells
make up the modules in the iFactory
convertible factory. The modules
contain the latest automation
technology such as a range of
different drives, assembly robots
and handling and image processing
systems.
By simply combining these elements

you can create any type of produc-
tion line and expand it whenever you
wish.
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF
The Institute for Industrial Manufac- „If a company wants to ensure its The need to be able to continually
turing and Management or IFF (In- survival and its competitiveness, optimise factories and production
stitut für Industrielle Fertigung und it is absolutely essential that systems for the future is massive.
Fabrikbetrieb) and Festo Didactic production planners and those However, the range of options
have developed an innovative learn- responsible for factory organisation currently available for further trai-
ing environment for advanced Indus- learn how they can react to market ning which focuses on aIE and is
trial Engineering (aIE). This forms turbulence without interfering with practice-oriented is no longer
the foundation of an excellent post- existing production runs,“ states sufficient. That is why Professor
academic, basic and further training Professor Engelbert Westkämper, Westkämper initiated the innovative
programme for industrial engineers head of the IFF at the University training factory. It uses a unique and
already working in the industry, i.e. of Stuttgart and the Frauhofer novel combination of methods to
technical managers, planners and Institute for Manufacturing Tech- convey knowledge: a physical model
designers of production processes. nology and Automation (Institut factory, a digital learning island and
für Produktionstechnik und Auto- theoretical modules.
matisierung, IPA).
The area referred to until now as

„industrial engineering“ – essentially
work and process planning – must
be linked in the future with the
tools of the digital factory and
modular production systems in
order to improve adaptability.
The use of innovative technology
within the digital and virtual factory
can further increase the potential
for optimisation. This is what the
Stuttgart production researchers call
„advanced Industrial Engineering“.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology
MPS® – The Modular Production System

MPS® EduKit PA Project kits ..........................................................................356
MPS® PA Compact Workstation.....................................................................360
MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems................................364
Extensions and accessories ..........................................................................376
353
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > System description
Water – Bulk materials – Chemicals – Energy

Training in process automation
Didactic and methodology

standards
Practical training on actual produc-

tion and industrial systems is rarely
possible, which is why models are
used. These must be realistic and be
tailored to different target groups.
You will find that the modular

projects, stations, systems and
learning factories from Festo Didactic
meet these requirements.
Modularity and integration

in MPS® PA
The MPS® PA would not deserve its

name if it was not actually a system
with modular equipment for basic
and advanced training in process
automation. In the MPS® PA you will
find simple systems for introducing
measuring technology and closed-
loop control, as well as systems for
the designated target groups.
The great thing about it is that all Learning software: Energy efficiency:
systems are compatible and sup- Supporting every stage of learning Today‘s issues for tomorrow‘s world
plement one another, and they are The ideal system for anyone focused Control engineering is not simply a
100 % compatible with all other com- on processes and automation: How topic in a list of learning objectives
ponents of the modular production does a filling system for lemonade in automation technology. Without
system. work? And what needs to be taken control, there is no chance of increa-
into account when designing and sing efficiency, no chance of preven-
– Start with the EduKit PA constructing this kind of system? ting energy from being wasted and
– Set complex exercises with the no sustainability.
MPS® PA Compact Workstation These and other questions in the
– Enjoy the variability of the MPS® area of process automation are This is why the MPS® PA includes
PA stations answered by the Basic principles modern performance measurement
– Design sophisticated projects with of process automation self-study components. This enables energy
the PA 204 complete MPS® system program. This could be used right efficiency to be clearly represented
or a hybrid learning factory at the beginning of a series of and put into an interdisciplinary
courses and provides a motivating context.
introduction to the process industry
in general schools.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > System description
Industry-oriented basic and

advanced training
MPS®PA is based on industry stand-

ards. Automation solutions and
trends from market leaders charac-
terise the MPS® PA concept. From
manual control to a fully automated
bottle filling system.
In a learning environment like this,

training courses can be designed for
every level of training: From general
technical training through to basic
and advanced training for techni-
cians and engineers.
EduKit PA: MPS® PA Compact Workstation: 4 processes: Learning factories:

Introductory projects All processes in one system Individual or in combination Competences for hybrid production
The EduKit PA is ideally suited for Anyone who is looking for more than One control loop may perhaps Production and process automation
small budgets, restricted space or one control loop to provide the be sufficient for basic teaching can rarely be separated in most
an initial introduction to measuring greatest possible variety of industrial in measurement and control industrial environments. Discrete
technology and closed-loop control. training, will find the perfect solution engineering for the chemical and and continuous production process-
The interaction of technology, soft- in the MPS® PA Compact Worksta- water sectors. The stations of the es are merging.
ware and structured teachware fits tion. Its minimal size provides: MPS® PA provide a single control
seamlessly into both professional – Industrial measurement, open- and loop with learning content from all The requirements of engineers at
training and general technical train- closed-loop control process engineering areas. process control level, maintenance
ing. – 4 basic control loops engineers and process designers are
– Leaning scenarios for automation If a variety of typical control loops becoming increasingly complex. The
(sensor technology, PLC, operation is important, simply combine the hybrid learning factories from Festo
and monitoring) based on continu- stations into a small-scale process Didactic provide the appropriate
ous processes engineering learning factory. range of learning processes for spe-
– Compact, state of the art industrial cialist staff.
technology
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® EduKit PA Project kits
EduKit PA
The introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control
Mobile and practical for beginners
The significance of closed-loop con-

trol is increasing constantly in all
areas, since energy and resources
can be saved using this technology.
Moving towards efficient production,
individual steps need to be planned,
processes understood and verified.
The EduKit PA modular projects pro-
vide a simple and safe introduction
to process engineering and closed-
loop control.
MSR specialist in 2 stages The choice of controller is yours! Ready to use
The EduKit PA Basic provides a step- As everywhere, in the EduKit PA the All versions of the EduKit are
by-step introduction to manual SysLink interface guarantees prob- supplied in the Festo Systainer.
measurement and open- and closed- lem-free connection to any type of Unpack, set up and use. Setting up
loop control, using the example of a controller: the first EduKit PA subsystem is part
simple system with level, flow and – The Sim-Box for initial familiari- of putting together the project.
pressure control. sation with the process and for
commissioning The modular concept (Basic and
The EduKit PA Advanced adds – Fluid Lab® PA process, the Advanced) meets the requirement
the automation technology, with measuring and exercise software of setting exercises for differentiated
pressure, flow and ultrasound designed for the EduKit training. The EduKit PA provides
sensors and an I/O connecting – LabVIEW for designing measuring appropriate projects for technical
board for a controller of your choice. and control applications, with training in schools and for profes-
A 2/2 way solenoid valve controls finished VIs sional training.
the filling into the lower tank. An – An EduTrainer® Universal and any
industrial process valve can also be other PLC
used here.
Learning environments with The learning concept

Fluid Lab® PA process
The learning concept of the
With the EduKit PA, you benefit from EduKit PA supports experimental
industrial technology on the one learning, as well as teaching
hand and methodical software sup- supported by the teachware.
port on the other. Fluid Lab® PA
process guides the student step by The experience of Festo
step, exercise by exercise through engineers and the industrial
the world of measuring and control experience of our trainers have
engineering. What is shown on the been incorporated in many
screen is actually happening in the instances. It is therefore no
actual system or simulation. Fluid surprise that EduKit PA is being
Lab® PA process gives the students used for advanced training
the feeling of being in the control of specialist staff in industry
station, thus contributing to a high throughout the world.
level of motivation.
Hot topic: energy efficiency
In the chemical and pharmaceutical

industry and in the food industry,
we find state of the art technologies
that help to prevent energy and
resources being wasted. The EduKit
PA includes scenarios in which hot
topics such as energy efficiency and
environmental protection can be
illustrated.
2 supplementary sets provide the

necessary equipment for further Energy monitoring with DC High tech alternative:
practical experiments: Wattmeter Proportional media valve
– A DC Wattmeter for energy How can I save power? When should An increasing number of valves and
measurement I save power? Which equipment eats drives are operated pneumatically in
– A modern proportional media valve up power? process engineering. In many cases,
for flow optimisation this is safer, more economical and
These questions are crucial to ensur- more energy efficient.
ing efficient management of energy –
in the domestic sphere and in pro- The new, highly elastic, pneumatical-
duction. ly operated proportional media valve
seals the production flow gas tight
Identifying potential savings with 2 to 3 bar differential pressure
first involves measuring current supply. Thanks to its rebound
consumption. The DC Wattmeter is resilience it returns to the open
used as a smart meter for training position with no drive after venting,
systems. guaranteeing an almost friction-free
flow of material.
EduKit PA
Unpack and away you go
EduKit PA Basic
Teaches the basic principles of Learning content for project work Presentation and documentation: The EduKit PA Basic and EduKit PA
project work and the fundamentals – Creating assembly instructions Advanced modular product systems
of closed-loop control – manual Planning a project: – Documenting measured values are each supplied in a Systainer.
measurement, open and closed-loop – Allocating tasks in teams – Graphical analysis
control – without a PC and without – Creating a project plan with – Presenting project process
sophisticated control technology. different steps
The benefits to you Construction, assembly, connection:

– Handy, easy to transport and – Creating sketches for the pipe
simple to set up connection system
– Step by step construction of a – Producing an assembly diagram

functional system: start with a – Mechanical assembly
small setup – a tank – and finish – Electrical connection of

the project with a level control pump to 24 V supply

system – Checking activities
– Training documents available – Creating test logs

– Easy to use and expandable for
use with other topic areas Commissioning and measured data
– Water acts as a non-hazardous acquisition:

teaching medium ideally suited – System start-up As well as electrical pneumatic
for closed-loop control – Recording measured values with diagrams, you will also learn how
– Consistent with existing Festo changed valve position, changed to understand and describe a PI
Didactic systems voltage on the pump or different diagram.
fill heights
– Observation of level, pressure and
flow, as well as time response

EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer 549822 Also order:
The most important components at a glance: Workbook with project tasks and Arbeitsbuch
EduKit PA
Projektbaukasten
1x Pump 170712 solutions for EduKit PA Basic and Prozessautomation
Mit CD-ROM
2x Tank, round On request Advanced on:

1x Flow meter 548604 – Technological issues
– Mathematics
Accessories, also order: – Open-loop control
Tabletop power supply unit Page 199 – Closed-loop control
Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 – Work scheduling
Festo Didactic
Includes CD-ROM containing:

563969 DE
– Parts lists and data sheets

– RI flowcharts and circuit diagrams DE 563969
– Assembly instructions for EN 563971
mechanical construction ES 563973
– Checklists for commissioning FR 563975
– Acceptance logs
– Worksheets for recording WBT Process automation Page 28
characteristic curves
EduKit PA Advanced
Supplements the EduKit PA Basic modular product system with the topics of 1 2 3
automated measurement, open and closed-loop control, sensors and electrical
interfaces. The EduKit PA Basic is required when using the components of the
EduKit PA Advanced.
EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer 564631
The most important components at a glance: 4 5 6

1 1x I/O board for EduKit PA 549823
2 2x Sensor, capacitive 549824
3 1x Sensor, ultrasound 548689
4 1x Flow sensor for EduKit PA incl. transducer 549825
5 1x Pressure sensor 0 – 400 mbar 549826
Recommended accessories for control:

EasyPort USB 548687
Fluid Lab-PA closed loop Page 377
Fluid Lab PA process Page 377
The open interface provides various actuation options, e.g. controllers from Siemens,
Festo, Allen Bradley and Mitsubishi.
2-way ball valve with quarter-turn actuator DAPS, double-acting 549828
Float switch sensor, top 548597
Additional Components Internet
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® PA Compact Workstation
MPS® PA Compact Workstation

Measurement, open and closed loop control in minimal space
Optimum use of space
Do you have limited space or do

you want high complexity from an
individual training station?
If so, the MPS® PA Compact Worksta-

tion with 4 integrated control loops
is the perfect solution.
Core competence: The RI flowchart Huge flexibility Option: refrigeration engineering

As the flowchart shows, the indivi- Controllers and operating units are The standard version of the MPS®
dual control loops can be activated not permanently installed, but are PA Compact Workstation provides
simply by adjusting the ball valves. simply clicked into place in the ER 4 control loops. In addition, a cooling
The flexible piping system allows mounting frame. This enables the unit with heat exchanger and a
quick changes to the flow pattern controller, operating unit or touch water/air cooler are available. This
or integration of additional com- panel to be replaced in next to no results in even more options for
ponents. time. temperature control.
Hot topic: energy efficiency
As everywhere in automation,
software plays an outstanding role
in the Compact Workstation, e.g. in
measuring technology. The process
data can be clearly visualised using
the measuring software and then
analysed by either the whole class or
as group work.
The exciting questions waiting to be

answered:
– What process steps lead to
unwanted increased energy
consumption?
– How can consumption peaks be
avoided?
– What does it achieve, what does
it cost?
– Which investments or changes will
achieve the greatest effects?
Training with the MPS® PA Compact

Workstation becomes a multi-
faceted, exciting and cross-subject
project.
Networked technologies Professional performance recording On the trail of waste

An increasing number of valves with The Sentron PAC4200 multifunction Identifying potential savings means
pneumatic drives are being used measuring unit from Siemens first of all: measuring current con-
in water supply and disposal. This records and saves measured values sumption. The Wattmeter acts as
is safer and more energy efficient. such as voltage, current and energy a smart meter for training systems
Therefore, no modern learning consumption, allowing analysis of with a 24 V DC power supply and a
system should be without a 2 way the network quality. The unit can maximum of 120 Watts. A switchable
ball valve with pneumatic process be incorporated into master control interface for 0 – 10 V DC or 4 – 20 mA
drive and signal box. It represents systems and energy management is integrated for data transmission.
the increasing integration of different systems via Ethernet. Ethernet is available as an option.
technologies in process automation.
MPS® PA Compact Workstation

with level, flow rate, pressure and temperature controlled systems
Function
The four controlled systems in the
MPS® PA Compact Workstation can
each be operated individually.
Using a corresponding controller, the

level and flow rate controlled system
can be set up as a cascade control
system.
The design of the sensors and valve

actuators allows the use of both con-
tinuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID) and discon-
tinuous controllers (e.g. two-point
controllers) in testing. The pumps
can be controlled using either direct
actuation or speed adjustment.
With the flow rate and pressure con-

trolled systems, the manipulated
variable of the controller can also be
used to operate a proportional direc-
tional control valve. A two-way ball
valve with a pneumatic process
actuator is installed in the return be-
tween the elevated tank and the low-
er reservoir. The two-way ball valve
can be used to simulate a „load“ for
disturbance variable compensation
in the level controlled system.
Variants
The MPS® Compact Workstation
is available in a number of differ-
ent designs to suit the focus of your
training.
The Process Instrumentation version

is fitted with parameterisable sen-
sors and includes a capacitive level
sensor (two-rod probe), a magnetic-
inductive flow meter with evaluation
unit and HART interface and a con-
figurable pressure and temperature
sensor PT100.
The MPS® PA Compact Workstation

Energy is equipped with current
and power meters, and includes the
measuring and training software
Fluid Lab®-PA Energy.
MPS PA Compact Workstation Basic Design On request Control variants of the MPS® PA Control Kit F1:
MPS PA Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation On request Compact Workstation Festo CPX-CEC
MPS PA Compact Workstation Energy On request – 1 x Festo CPX-CEC CoDeSys
Control Kit S1: – 1 x control unit
MPS PA® Compact Workstation Basic Design Siemens SIMATIC S7-313C – 1 x Ethernet cable, crossed
Scope of delivery: – 1 x EduTrainer® Compact S7-313C – 2 x I/O data cable
Mechanical components: 2 reservoirs, pressure reservoir, plug-in tube system, mounting – 1 x control unit – 1 x analogue cable
frame, profile plate – 2 x I/O data cable Note:
Sensors: 2 capacitive sensors, 2 float switches, ultrasound sensor, flow sensor, pressure – 1 x analogue cable CoDeSys programming software
sensor, temperature sensor PT100 Note: included in the scope of delivery.
Actuators: pump, proportional directional control valve, ball valve with pneumatic process STEP 7 software and MPI cable Control Kit F1 On request
actuator, heating supplied separately.
Electrical components: I/O connection board with measuring transducer, motor controller, Control Kit S1 On request Touch Panel FED:
I/O terminal, SysLink, 8I/8O, analogue terminal, SysLink, 15-pin For expanding the Control Kit F1.
Control Kit S1-DP: Touch Panel FED built into console
MPS PA® Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation Siemens SIMATIC S7-314C-2DP housing, with connecting cable and
Different scope of delivery to the basic design: – 1 x EduTrainer® Compact application for MPS® PA Compact
Sensors: capacitive level measurement, two-rod probe for continuous level measurement, S7-314C-2DP Workstation.
magnetic-inductive flow meter with evaluation unit, on-site indicator and HART – 1 x control unit Touch Panel FED On request
interface, pressure sensor, configurable with on-site indicator, temperature sensor PT100, – 2 x I/O data cable
configurable with on-site indicator, level vibration limit switch for fluids – 1 x analogue cable Control Kit SimBox:
Electrical engineering: signal conversion with parameterisable measured-value trans- Note: – 1 x simulation box incl. 24 V DC
ducers, includes parameterisation software and programming cable STEP 7 software and MPI cable cable
supplied separately. – 1 x I/O data cable, crossed
MPS PA® Compact Workstation Energy Control Kit S1-DP On request – 1 x analogue cable, crossed
Different scope of delivery to the basic design: Control Kit SimBox On request
Electrical engineering: DC Wattmeter, power meter up to 5 A/24 V DC, incl. Ethernet inter- Touch Panel TP177B:
face, mounted on mounting bracket, AC multi-function meter PAC 4200 for measuring total For expanding the Control Kit S1 or Order now:
output incl. Ethernet interface, built into 19“ front panel S1-DP. Touch Panel TP177B built in- Workbook MPS® PA Compact Work-
Software: Fluid Lab®-PA energy to console housing, with connecting station with basic principles, work-
cable and application for MPS® PA sheets and solutions
Recommended accessories Compact Workstation. DE On request
Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 199 Touch Panel TP177B On request EN On request
Trolley 541139
Water-air cooler C44000 Control Kit S2:
Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001 Siemens controller SIPART DR19 Recommended training media
Fluid Lab-PA process Page 377 – 1 x SIPART DR19 with serial inter-
face integrated into ER frame WBT Process automation Page 28
– 1 x PDM software for parameteri-
sing and configuring the DR19
controller
– 1 x serial data cable
– 1 x I/O data cable
– 1 x analogue cable
–Control Kit S2 On request
Control Kit PC2:

Fluid Lab®-PA with EasyPort
– 1 x Fluid Lab®-PA closed-loop WBT Open- and closed-loop control
single licence Page 24
– 1 x EasyPort
– 1 x data cable RS232
– 1 x mains cable
– 1 x I/O data cable
– 1 x analogue cable
Control Kit PC2 On request
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems
MPS® PA stations and complete systems

The elementary control loops in the process industry
Unlimited possibilities thanks to

open interface concept
The new interface concept opens up

a wide range of options for directly
combining the individual MPS® PA
stations.
Deciding on one combination or

another depends on various factors:
– Training content
– Supplementing existing stations
– Your budget
– Completely configured MPS® PA Filtering station Mixing station Reactor station
204 system Aquarium, vacuum cleaner, atomiser, Food and confectionery, paints, con- To extend the shelf life of foods, im-
sewage plant, waterworks – filters struction materials, pharmaceutical prove the mixing capacity of liquids
are of critical importance in many products – the correct proportions of or allow them to be mixed, there are
areas and the key question is: how different materials are crucial to the a large number of optimised heating
can I ensure a constant flow with quality of the end product. Constant processes in the chemical industry.
any level of filter contamination? metering and mixing of the compo-
And how can the filter be cleaned nents makes high demands on the Temperature control makes extra-
more effectively? Perhaps using controller and the equipment in- ordinary demands on the electron-
compressed air? volved in the process. ics and the components used as
handling head is not without its
These questions are covered in the The mixing station provides state of problems. The reactor station dem-
learning objectives for the filtration the art equipment, control compo- onstrates its realism in conjunction
station. Towards the end of the nents, controllers and operator con- with the operation and monitoring
training it becomes clear which open trol elements for demanding, moti- software.
and closed loop control principles vating projects on one of the most
provide the right solution and which common control loops in process au-
are the right technologies. tomation – flow control.
Continuous and discrete: All stations can be combined

MPS® PA across boundaries with one another. The MPS®
PA stations can be linked to
Each of the MPS® PA stations the mechatronic MPS® stations
represents a closed process, such and the discrete processes they
as can be found in an identical represent with no problems at
or similar form in many industry all. The SysLink interface is the
sectors. Their control loops provide basis for this.
content for designing demanding
courses in measuring and control This means that you can move
engineering. They represent into the industrial reality of
the most important continuous hybrid production with minimal
processes. investment.
It is only in conjunction with the From an individual MPS® PA

mechatronic MPS® stations that you station to an AFB factory, MPS®
can start to see what we mean by does not set any limits.
„system“:
All four in one
Anyone who wants to use all 4 sta-

tions in a network should order them
as a complete PA 204 MPS® system.
The advantage: we commission and
test the system. All you have to do is
supply fresh water.
If you want to combine on site com-

missioning with instruction for the
responsible trainers, you can take
advantage of our MPS® PA commis-
sioning service. Bottling station Standard with EduTrainer® and CoDeSys integrated in FED-CEC
Customers get annoyed if there is FED 550 The trend towards integrating
less in a drinks bottle than it says All of the MPS® PA stations are multiple control components into a
on the label. For drinks producers, supplied fully assembled You can single device is reflected in the
a consistent and guaranteed fill provide the controller yourself or new FED-CEC. The new control
quantity is a crucial quality feature. order the EduTrainer® of your choice panel from Festo contains a PLC
at the same time. You should order for programming with CoDeSys in
The bottling station represents a the new EduTrainer® Universal as a compliance with IEC 61131.
realistic industrial environment, rack version with feet. Use one of our
in which all aspects of a quality preferred versions or configure your The FED-CEC provides an Ethernet
optimised filling process can be EduTrainer® yourself. interface and – typically for Festo –
learned and experienced. The an integrated CANopen master
projects focus on level monitoring interface for easy actuation of the
and positioning of the containers to valve terminals on the MPS® PA
be filled. stations and, of course, a SysLink
and analogue interface with FED-
UIM.
Filtration station
Function
The Filtration station filters liquids.
The filtrate is pumped from the first
tank into the second tank through
the filter using a knife gate valve. The
filtered liquid reaches the second
tank via the flap with pneumatic
semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid
can be pumped onwards to the next
station using a separate pump. The
filter can be rinsed using a rinse
program. Regulated compressed air
is additionally blown through the
filter to loosen deposits.
Measurement and control

Sensors detect the filling level of
the container in the Filtering station.
This permits lessons on simple
control exercises for monitoring
the pumps right up to complete
control projects involving complex
processes. Pressure control ensures
constantly high filter quality during
flushing. The pressure sensor with
LCD display, analogue output and
switching output always supplies the
correct measurement variable. The
controller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm ensures constantly high
filter quality during rinsing via the
proportional pressure regulator.
Control technology is clearly and
practically explained in this way.
Shutting off, opening, closing

The right selection of process valve,
drive, drive accessories and control
valve plays an important role in
complex process sequences. The
Filtering station uses an extremely
wide range of process components.
All the valve actuators are actuated
via a directly connected NAMUR
valve.
Knife gate valve with COPAC linear

actuator.
Butterfly valve with sturdy rack

and pinion COPAR rotary actuator
and large visual display.
Three-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator and large
visual display.
Filtration station 544253 Training aims for project work Also order:
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) – Set-up, wiring and commissioning MPS® PA workbook
of a system for process technology
Also order: – Selection, application and
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: actuation of process valves
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 – Measurement of electrical and MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 process-related variables such as

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 level and pressure
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 – Set-up and commissioning of
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 control circuits
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 – Analysis of control processes and
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 control circuits
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 – Parameterisation and optimisation
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 of P, PI or PID controllers
548590 DE
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 – Drafting of open-loop and
Or alternative: closed-loop control programs
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 – Process operation and monitoring DE 548590
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Inspection, maintenance and EN 548591
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop: servicing ES 548592
Fluid Lab-PA closed loop Page 377 FR 548593
EasyPort USB 548687
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 WBT Process automation Page 28
For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863
For professional control using industrial controllers:
PID industrial closed-loop controller 544293
Replacement filter cartridge 544303
IEC power cable for power supply unit Page 199 Fluid Lab®-PA Page 377
Additional components Internet
Recommended training media

– WBT Open- and closed-loop control
Mixing station
Function
The mixing station mixes different
recipes from three reservoir tanks.
The liquid from one of the three
reservoir tanks is pumped into the
main tank in a controlled manner
by opening the respective two-way
ball valve. The finished mixture can
be pumped to the next station via a
second pump – or pumped back to
the reservoir tank.

Using a constant flow rate, the
three raw materials are mixed to
a recipe in the mixing station. The
flow rate is recorded by means
of an electronic flow sensor with
impeller and additionally displayed
using a variable-area flowmeter. The
output signal from the flow sensor is
converted to a standard signal from
0 – 10 V. The mixing station can also
be actuated through binary means
using the integrated comparator.
The controller adjusts the necessary
flow rate via the pump with analogue
control – using a simple two-point
controller or various dynamic
controllers such as P, PI or PID. This
permits a clear explanation of control
technology on various levels.
Always the right mixture

The component mix of the mixing
station offers a wide selection of
typical components from process
engineering. Pumps and process
valves, various sensors for signal
detection as well as electronic mo-
dules for signal conversion permit
the right ‚training mix‘.
Sensors for detecting the filling level

of containers.
Signal converters convert all

analogue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 – 10 V.
Two-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator,
large optical display and directly
connected NAMUR valve.
Mixing station 544254 Training aims for project work Also order:
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) – Construction, wiring and MPS® PA workbook
commissioning of a system for
Also order: process technology
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection, application and
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 connection of various flow sensors MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Measurement of electrical and

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 process-related variables such as
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level and flow rate
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 – Design and commissioning of
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 control circuits
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 – Analysis of control processes and
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 control circuits
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 – Parameterisation and optimisation
548590 DE
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 of P, PI or PID controllers
Or alternative: – Drafting of open-loop and
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 closed-loop control programs DE 548590
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Process operation and monitoring EN 548591
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop: – Inspection, maintenance and ES 548592
Fluid Lab-PA closed loop Page 377 servicing FR 548593
EasyPort USB 548687
IEC power cable for power supply unit Page 199
Fluid Lab®-PA Page 377

Reactor station
Function
The reactor station brings liquid to
the right temperature. Depending
on the recipe selected, different
temperature profiles with different
stirring times are activated. A cooling
pump is activated to cool the liquid.
The tempered liquid can be pumped
onwards to the next station using a
separate pump.

Sensors detect the filling level of the
reservoir in the reactor station. This
facilitates lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Exact adherence to the various

temperature profiles when
activating the recipes is achieved
by means of temperature control.
The temperature sensor (PT100
resistance thermometer) supplies
a unit signal of 0 – 10 V via the
measuring transducer. The con-
troller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm can approach the set-
point temperature values via the
dynamically controlled heating
unit and keep the values constant.
Simple control exercises, for example
control using the two-point control-
ler, can be realised using the reactor
station. Control technology is clearly
and practically explained in this way.
Heating and stirring

Key basic operations in many
process engineering systems in-
volve heating and stirring. The
components of the reactor station
are designed to permit a wide range
of experiments in this area.
Infinitely adjustable heating with

control signal from 0 – 10 V.
Stirrer with DC motor.
Signal converters convert all

analogue signals from the station
to standard signals from 0 – 10 V.
Practical for the purpose of experi-
mentation: integrated comparators
also supply purely binary signals.
Reactor station 544255 Training aims for project work Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection, application and
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 connection of temperature sensors MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 process-related variables such as
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level and temperature
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 – Use and connection of
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 measuring transducers
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 – Design and commissioning of
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 – Analysis of control processes and
548590 DE
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 control circuits
Or alternative: – Parameterisation and optimisation
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact CPU 313C 533018 of P, PI or PID controllers DE 548590
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Drafting of open-loop and EN 548591
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop: closed-loop control programs ES 548592
Fluid Lab-PA closed loop Page 377 – Process operation and monitoring FR 548593
EasyPort USB 548687 – Inspection, maintenance and
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 servicing WBT Process automation Page 28
Water-air cooler C44000
Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001 Fluid Lab®-PA Page 377
IEC power cable for power supply unit Page 199

WBT Open- and closed-loop control
Bottling station
Function
The bottling station fills bottles with
liquid. The liquid is pumped into
the dosing tank from the reservoir.
These bottles are transported to
the filling position via conveyors. A
pneumatic separator separates the
bottles. The bottles are filled with
different filling quantities from the
dosing tank in accordance with the
recipe selected.

The filling level of the dosing tank is
detected in the filling station using
an analogue filling level sensor. The
controller regulates the filling level
to the required setpoint value via the
dynamically controlled pump (0 – 10
V). The filling level in the dosing tank
is kept constant during filling, which
optimises the quality of the filling
process. Various control algorithms
such as P, PI or PID can be applied
and optimised during experiments.
The characteristics of the control
process can be modified using hand
valves already integrated. Control
technology is clearly and practically
explained in this way.
Transporting, separating, filling

Few segments of the diversified
process industry are associated with
such a wide range of end products
as the food industry. All foodstuffs,
whether dairy products, baked
goods, juice, beer or wine have their
own requirements with regard to the
handling and production of the cor-
responding end products. Transport-
ing, separating, proportioning and
filling play an important role here.
Optical sensors, adjustable using

background suppression, monitor
transportation on the conveyors of
the bottling station.
The pneumatic separator ensures

that there is never more than one
bottle at the filling position.
The filling quantity can be easily

adjusted by selecting different
recipes.
Bottling station 544256 Training aims for project work Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection and application of filling
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 level sensors MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 process-related variables such
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 as level
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 – Design and commissioning of
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 control circuits
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 – Analysis of control processes and
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 – Parameterisation and optimisation
548590 DE
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031 of P, PI or PID controllers
Or alternative: – Drafting of open-loop and
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 closed-loop control programs DE 548590
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Process operation and monitoring EN 548591
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop: – Inspection, maintenance and ES 548592
Fluid Lab-PA closed loop: Page 377 servicing FR 548593
EasyPort USB 548687
Bottle set 567202
IEC power cable for power supply unit Page 199 Fluid Lab®-PA Page 377

MPS® PA 204 Complete system
With a P, PI or PID control algorithm, At a constant flow rate, the three The pressure regulation ensures In the Filling station the level of
(closed-loop) control technology input materials are mixed into a a constant high filtering quality by the dosing tank is recorded with an
is taught in a demonstrative and recipe on the Mixing station. The means of back-flushing. The pres- analogue level sensor. By way of the
practical manner. The temperature flow rate is recorded by an electronic sure sensor features an LCD dis- continuously controllable pump the
sensor – for the Reactor station a flow sensor with an impeller, and is play, analogue output and switching controller regulates the level to the
PT100 resistance thermometer is additionally displayed with a float- output, always delivering the cor- appropriate nominal value. During
used – delivers a uniform signal of 0 type flow meter. The controller sets rect value. A constant high quality is filling, the level in the dosing tank
– 10 V via the measuring transducer. the required flow rate by way of the maintained by means of the propor- is kept constant, thereby optimising
By way of the continuously con- analogue controlled pump. tional-pressure regulator. the filling quality.
trollable heater the controller sets
the nominal temperatures and keeps
them constant.
MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248 Included in the scope of delivery:

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-CEC 544249 Various facilities for measuring,
MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250 controlling and regulating
MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251
– Simplifies commissioning,
PLC control packages include: simulation and display using
SIMATIC S7-300 the simulation box
– 4 x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1 x programming cable – Multimedia measuring, con-
– 1 x STEP 7 Professional for Training programming software trolling, regulating, operating,
– 4 x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set monitoring and commissioning
Festo CPX-CEC® using Fluid Lab® PA.
– 4 x Festo CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Universal, 1 x programming cable – Start processes in the PLC or
– 1 x programming software CoDeSys prov. by Festo, 4 x Festo CPX connecting cable set monitor them with the touch panel
Allen Bradley ML 1500 – The control task can be handled
– 4 x Allen Bradley EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1 x programming cable by the PLC or by the industrial
– 1 x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4 x Allen Bradley connecting cable set controller also provided for each
Mitsubishi MELSEC station. The controller parameters
– 4 x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 1 x programming cable are then set on the touch panel or
– 1 x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package programming software directly on the industrial controller.
– 4 x Mitsubishi connecting cable set All process variables are displayed
in a user-friendly way – including
The MPS® PA 204 system contains everything you need for training: trend graphs – both on the touch
Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame panel and on the industrial
and power supply unit controller.
Accessories: 4 x simulation box digital/analogue, 1 x bottle set
Control technology: 1 x PLC control package, 1 x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2 x EMERGENCY- The MPS® PA complete system
STOP control panel, 4 x EasyPort, 4 x PID industrial controller provides everything needed for an
Software: 4 x Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop 8+1 multiple license training software efficient start in measurement and
control technology.
Successful project work based on

Function Special training aims Also order: modular construction
The system consists of the Filtering, – Set-up, wiring and commissioning MPS® PA workbook
Mixing, Reactor and Filling stations. of a system for process technology Learning by doing – the MPS® PA
The Filtering station filters a fluid. – Measurement of electrical and system offers accessible, hands-on
The filtrate is pumped out of the process engineering variables such processtechnology. Some project
firsttank via different process valves as level, flow rate, pressure and MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch ideas can be implemented in a flash,
through the filter into the second temperature and risk-free.
tank. Thefiltered fluid is added to – Set-up and commissioning of
the first tank in the Mixing station. control circuits
The Mixingstation mixes different – Assessment of control response
recipes from three storage tanks. – Networking of process engineering
The finished mixtureis pumped to systems
the Reactor station. The Reactor – Process operation and monitoring,
station regulates the temperatureof system management
548590 DE
the fluid. Different temperature – Selection, deployment and control

profiles, with different mixing times, of process fittings
arerun depending on the selected – Analysis of controlled systems and DE 548590
recipe. The Filling station bottles control circuits EN 548591
the fluid.The bottles are carried on – Parameter setting and optimisation ES 548592
conveyor belts to the filling position. of P, PI or PID controllers FR 548593
A pneumaticseparator marshals the – Writing open-loop and
bottles. The bottles are filled with closed-loop control programs WBT Process automation Page 28
differentquantities from the dosing – Process operation and monitoring
tank, depending on the selected – Inspection, maintenance and
recipe. servicing
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > Extensions and accessories
Measuring and controlling as in industry
The closest thing to reality Components Operation and configuration Advantages

The MPS® PA learning system is
based on industrial standards.
The MPS® PA concept is based
on a market leaders‘ automation
solutions and trends.
SimuBox – Simple commissioning of an

MPS® PA station
– Testing and commissioning of
process components or system
components of a station
Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop – Commissioning and testing

or of an MPS® PA station
Fluid Lab®-PA process – Analysis of process components
and control processes of an
MPS® PA station
– Monitoring and analysis of the
process sequences of a station
– Testing, configuration and
optimisation of control processes
(2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)
– Analysis of the control response
PLC – Programming of process

sequences and recipe controllers
– Analogue signal processing
– Operation and monitoring using
the touch panel
– Programming of PID controllers
– Configuration and para-
meterisation of P, PI or PID
controllers
PLC with external industrial Same as PLC, plus:

controller – Operation of an industrial
controller (manual operation,
automatic operation)
– Parameterisation of industrial
controllers (P, PI or PID control
algorithm)
– Configuration of measuring
ranges, setpoint value limits
and alarm limits
– Self-optimisation with oscillation
or step response method
Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop Fluid Lab®-PA process

Control engineering in focus Getting started in process
engineering
Using Fluid Lab®-PA step by step to Menu: 2-point controller Simple application of complex Menu: FluidSIM®
teach and demonstrate the funda- Typical applications are level and relationships Develop and immediately test
mentals of control technology. The temperature controlled systems. The clear menu structure proceeds control-technology relationships
EasyPort is used to connect the PC from the commissioning of the – whether virtual or real. Program
and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit Menu: Continuous regulation EduKit PA or Compact workstation one‘s own process sequence in
PA, the MPS® PA compact worksta- Experimentation, configuration and to the process engineering using the FluidSIM®: electrical circuit diagram,
tion or the MPS® PA filtration station, optimisation of the control processes example of a bottling plant. logic diagram and GRAFCET.
mixing, reactor, filling. (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-
mediate effect in the process. Con- Menu: Guided commissioning Menu: Virtual reactor
Settings trolled systems can be operated via A check list like in the industry. After Animated by a sequencer – observ-
Parametrisation of sensor values mouse click. Trouble-free documen- processing, the system is activated. ing, analysing and documenting the
with factor and offset to represent tation of the control parameter is A commissioning protocol can be simulated processes. Production ac-
the physical quantities as well as sig- possible. The measured values and printed out for documentation. cording to customer order and as-
nal attenuation per median filter for curve profiles can be documented sessing and responding to error mes-
the analogue input signals. Display comprehensively. The block diagram Condition monitoring sages are in demand.
of the physical value in the variable can be displayed as a function menu Safety and efficiency are checked
units field. Other possible settings for all continuous controllers with by means of permanent recording of Menu: Virtual PLC – actuating
are the inversion of the controller current numerical values. machine status. Detect and analy- with STEP 7, PLCSIM or CoDeSys
direction, Y offset in the continuous ses deviations with Fluid Lab®-PA simulation
rules and the selection of the simula- Industrial controller functions process. Learn the basics of PLC programming
tion mode. System operation like in a process and the logical processing of binary
control system. It is possible to spec- Menu: Operation, open- and closed- and analogue signals. Test the pro-
Menu: Measurement ify nominal values, display warning loop control with the EasyPort gram on a virtual or real model.
All binary and analogue process da- limits and switch the controller be- Experience the behaviour of a sys-
ta, for example the signal statuses tween manual and automatic. tem using simple process examples. Menu: Filling with Excel interface
of the sensors, process fittings and Control-technology operations and Fluid Lab®-PA is transmitted order
pump, can be displayed graphically Simulation continuous and discontinuous con- data from MS Excel via the DDE in-
and evaluated directly. To record the A simulated process model illus- trollers are presented. Subsequent terface, e.g. the number and volume
sensor characteristic and determin- trates the sequence identically to the analyses bring a valuable, basic re- of the bottles. Conversely, the cur-
ing a step response, functions are operation of the real hardware. alisation, which can be transferred rent status of the plant, for example
available such as selection of meas- to the general technology. Especial- the level of the storage tanks, is re-
uring channels, adjusting the test Fluid Lab®-PA for MPS® PA stations ly general training aims, such as the ported.
time or cursor evaluation with zoom is included. concentrated observation and analy-
function. sis of systems, are encouraged. Fluid Lab®-PA for MPS® PA stations
Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/ is included.
Menu: Characteristic curve FR/SV
The characteristics of a final control Oder no. 544304 Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR
element (e.g. pump or proportional 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ Oder no. 567224
valve) is investigated in various per- ES/FR/SV 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/
spectives (voltage for flow, flow for Order no. 567139 ES/FR
pressure, pressure for voltage). Order no. 567225
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS® PA commissioning service
Every MPS® PA station comes Simply commission it ... and you‘re To ensure that your training projects And if you wish ...
completely assembled and tested ready to go! run smoothly right from the start,
on the profile plate with MPS® PA we offer: 3. Useful tips on how to get the
trolley, touch panel and 24 V power On request, we can also commission most from the MPS® PA:
pack. systems for you – particularly in the 1. Complete technical – Applications
case of larger systems. commissioning of your new system: – Enhancements
A controller board with analogue The range of applications of the – Seminars
inputs and outputs is required system and the station programs
additionally. and documentation are presented. Are you planning a commissioning
Depending on the equipment, and training session?
For efficient operation in the lesson, commisioning is performed for the We recommend:
we also recommend: following products: Per Station: 1.5 days
– EasyPort – Station
– Fluid Lab®-PA – PID industrial controller Order no. 555647
– PID industrial controller – EasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA
– Workbook with tasks and solutions
2. Training:
You will learn how to operate
stations and how to use them in
your lesson. Depending on the
equipment, training is provided on
the following products:
– Station
– PID industrial controller
– Soft PID in the PLC
– EasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA
The commissioning and training can

thus be adapted to suit your needs.
Understanding process automation –

Through seminars and workshops
Valves and fittings – Specific customer training, e.g.

Process control valves the basic principles of control
This course provides detailed in- engineering
sights into valve and fitting techno- Customised training for employees
logy and shows how they are used from the areas of maintenance,
in the process industry. Participants service and operational support.
gain basic knowledge of the indivi- With the professional training
dual valve and fitting types and equipment from Festo Didactic, the
components. In addition, selecting following course topics are covered
materials and operating conditions/ by the training systems on the basis
limitations are described in detail. of „learning by doing“:
The various types of actuators are – Cross section of all controller types
also explained with regard to the (P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)
individual fitting and valve types and – Control technologies
all relevant standards are discussed. (Fluid Lab®-PA, industrial controllers
and modern PLCs)
Basic principles and mode of
operation of industrial measuring Do you need anything else?
technology and instrumentation Workshop with more complex tasks
This course provides detailed for practical operational support and
and sound insights into process maintenance. For example:
engineering. The various measuring – Exchange and new use of sensors
types, as well as the different and their integration in a controlled
principles, such as pressure, system
flow rate, temperature and filling – Troubleshooting with control
level control are treated in detail. characteristic diagnostics
Furthermore, control engineering is – Controlled system with reaction
taught in-depth based on P, I and time (on request)
PID controllers, along with their
advantages and disadvantages.
Further training, with the objective We have high standards. In our Closed-loop control circuits
of supporting people in companies courses you will realise the Participants gain detailed and
to deal with current as well as future difference between us and other sound insights into process control
problems and provide them with providers: we provide new answers technology based on P, I and PID
new answers – that is the purpose of to old questions – answers that help controllers and their advantages and
Festo Didactic. you get that critical step ahead with disadvantages. Practical exercises
your operational plans. with the PA EduKit and the Fluid
Festo is developing itself to become Lab®-PA software ensure that the
an important partner to the process Give us a call; we‘ll be happy to help. knowledge acquired is transferred
industry. The close coordination with into practice.
our parent company, Festo AG &
Co. KG, ensures that state-of-the-art
devices and systems are used in our
learning systems. And our trainers
have first-hand expert knowledge.
Our orientation and methods set us

apart. Our trainers and consultants
are practicians. They are familiar
with the tasks of their participants,
even those that go beyond technical
requirements.
1 1 PID industrial closed-loop 2 EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack 3 Bottle set

controller with Festo CPX-CEC For filling liquids or solid bulk
The MPS® PA closed-loop controller PLC rack with modern, industry- materials in MPS® PA stations, for
with P, PI or PID control algorithm standard controller. The rack can be example a “Filling” station.
permits the control of dynamic connected to stations and applica-
processes in MPS® PA stations. tions via the 24-pin IEEE 488 com- The set consists of:
The controller is a universal multi- patible plug connector and to visuali- – 20 transparent plastic containers
channel process and program sations on the PC via an external PC (material: ABS/Terlux)
controller with a registration function interface. Diameter D = 40 mm
for monitoring signal curves. The Height H = 60 mm
setpoint specification is transferred Technical data Capacity V = 50 ml
2 to the controller via a 15-pin Sub-D – 19“ module simulation plate with – 20 lids
interface. A further 15-pin Sub-D 2 x 24-pin IEEE 488 compatible Order no. 567202
interface senses the actual value plug connector for stations and
and an actuator is controlled control panel, each with 8 digital 4 PA workpiece set
using the manipulated variable. inputs and 8 digital outputs and To fill liquids into the MPS® PA
Parameterisation and configuration Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with Bottling station. The workpieces
of the controller is possible using 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue are compatible with the MPS®
the controller itself or using a setup outputs; 4 mm safety socket emer- stations. For example, the pot in the
program. gency stop jumper to connect a Pick&Place station can be sealed
safety circuit for 8 digital outputs with the lid.
Consisting of: – 24 V power supply via 4 mm safety
– Device with dimensions 144 mm x sockets available The set comprises:
130 mm for a DIN control panel cut- – The holder sits securely on a desk – 6 housings black
out measuring 92 mm x 92 mm and or in a station and, by simply – 6 housings red
an installation depth of 170 mm removing the levelling feet and a – 6 housings silver
– Installed in a 19“ control panel few other easy manipulations, can – 6 housings transparent
– Interface for RS232 and Profibus be integrated into an A4 frame or Diameter outside D = 40 mm
3 DP, effected via a 9-pin Sub-D plug it can be placed at an angle on the Height H = 25 mm
connection desk. Volume V = 15 ml
– 4 mm safety sockets for the 24 V – Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel – 24 lids black
voltage supply holder system Order no. 554301
– CD-ROM with setup program and – Can be extended with 19“ simula-
programming cable for convenient tion modules 5 Operator unit
configuration using a PC – Includes CoDeSys programming Touch screen for the adjustable
– The device can be integrated in a software and Ethernet cable display of processes and data.
4 data network using the PROFIBUS – The PLC rack is fully assembled,
DP interface cabled and tested. Scope of delivery:
– Modules can be retrofitted by the Order no. 567275 – Festo 5.6“ 256 colour FED-500
user display
– UL certification – Programming software FED
Designer (multilingual)
System requirement – RS232 programming cable for
for the setup program: loading projects
– PC with Win95, 98, NT4.0, WIN – Angled plate for mounting onto a
5 2000, WIN ME, WIN XP slotted profile plate
– At least Pentium 100 Order no. 541146
– 32 MB RAM
– 15 MB space on hard disk
– CD-ROM drive
Order no. 544293
1 Trolley 4 Water-air cooler 1 2

The trolley makes an MPS® station – Aluminium heat exchanger with
a compact and mobile unit. The sta- copper line and flexible plug-in
tion is easy to mount on the trolley. fittings
The EduTrainer® Universal, size 1, – 2 24 V DC axial fans with 0 – 10 V
can be inserted and the emergency adjustable speed input and
stop board connected. Appropriate encoder speed feedback
through-holes in the side and rear – Profile foot for mounting
panels enable orderly routing of ca- – Connecting cable for I/O
bles. The front side is equipped with connection board, 1 digital output
mountings for panels. The trolley is Optional: 1 analogue input,
supplied complete with twin castors. 0 – 10 V
– Height (including castors, to bottom – Medium mains water
edge of profile plate): 750 mm Order no. C44000
– Width: 700 mm
– Depth: 700 mm 5 Replacement filter cartridge
Order no. 541139 Replacement filter cartridge for 3 4
MPS® PA Filtering Station.
2 Aluminium profile plate 700 x 700 Order no. 544303
This board is twice as wide as the
above-mentioned board; this allows 6 DC wattmeter
two MPS® stations to be set up on The first step towards discovering
one profile plate. Both sides have potential savings involves measure-
slots, so if necessary parts can be ment of current consumption. The
mounted on both sides. The slots are wattmeter functions as a smart me-
compatible with the ITEM profile sys- ter for training facilities with 24 V DC
tem. The plate is supplied with caps power supply and up to 120 watts. A
for the sides. switchable interface for 0 to 10 V DC
– Height: 32 mm or 4 to 20 mA has been integrated for
– Grid spacing (from slot to slot): data transmission. Optionally avai-
50 mm lable with Ethernet. 5 6
– Width: 700 mm Order no. 573261
– Length: 700 mm
7 Tool set
We recommend the use of the The tool set is an aid to easy working
appropriate rubber feet for mounting on MPS® stations. A practical mini-
on tables (order no. 158343). systainer includes:
Order no. 159410 – 200 mm steel rule
– Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
3 Cooling unit with heat exchanger 9, 10
– Refrigerator with temperature – Adjustable spanner 7
controller and 4 l cooling tank with – Side cutter
built-in circulation pump – Insulation-stripping pliers
– Cooling output: approx. 380 W – Wire end sleeve pliers
at +30 °C (RT) – Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6
– Temperature range -10 °C to +40 °C – Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
– Power supply AC 230 V/50 Hz or – Screwdriver, cross-head,
110 V/60 Hz PZ02 – short
– Heat exchanger with profile foot – Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
– 2 hand valves 4.0 x 100
– Connection accessories (flexible – Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6
tube, connector etc.) – Tubing cutter
– Overall dimensions (W x L x H): – Fibre-optic cable cutter
26 x 37 x 40.5 cm – Workpiece, red, black, silver
Order no. C44001 – 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
Order no. 539767
Hybrid training factories
AFB factory hybrid production..................................................................... 384
383
Hybrid training factories > AFB factory
AFB factory hybrid production
Megatrend: Hybrid automation Hybrid industries are the industries

which require systems and solutions
It’s a fact that production and for both process and production
process automation have engineering. The most striking ex-
become inseparable in almost amples are the food, confectionery
all manufacturing environments. and tobacco industries and the
Hybrid automation represents the pharmaceutical industry.
convergence of production and
process automation which is more Whether process and production
than logical, given the trend towards oriented, or hybrid production, Festo
convergence of the two automation Didactic training factories offer a
techniques in the so-called hybrid unique range of facilities for training
industries. in automation for all industries –
from incoming goods, through
process and production engineering
departments, to outgoing goods.
The mix is the key Flexibility
Mechatronics is also making its Making processes more flexible,

mark outside production auto- systemising product quality, re-
mation. Intelligent drive solutions, sponding faster to new market
featuring high-precision mechanical trends – the drinks industry has
components, a range ofdifferent much more to do in this dayand
drives, measured data acquisition age than merely quenching our
and evaluation as well as integrated thirst. On the one hand there is a
communications interfaces, ensure need to establishand maintain a
safe, optimised process automation broad product spectrum and in-
too. troduce new products in order to
generate new demand, while on
the other, legislation is increas-
ingly demanding greater transpar-
ency of manufacturing processes.
Innovative technology and innovative learning
Innovative technology
Pneumatic and electric drive
technology from Festo is a by-
word for innovationin industrial
and process automation – from
the single product through to the
turnkey solution. With the AFB
training factory we are for the
first time delivering a learning
environment which consciously
incorporates trends and innovations
from all areas of automation
technology:
– Electric and pneumatic linear
drive units
– Semi-rotary drives and grippers
– Valves and valve terminals
– Sensors
– Vision and control systems
The AFB training factory is designed

and equipped like a state-of-
the-artindustrial plant, based on
the automation know-how and
engineering experience of Festo.
Innovative learning
Only by engaging in innovative
learning using innovative technology
can trainees be optimally prepared
for their future work. Comprehensive
documentation, software tools for
simulation and visualisation and a
variety of WBTs complete the AFB
range of facilities.
In focus: the production process for six-packs
Six-packs are produced in four zones

of the hybrid training factory. The
following processes are mapped:
– Production of the liquid
– Production and feed of the caps
– Bottle feed
– Transport
– Packaging
– Storage
– Order compilation
– Logistics
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Zone 3 Zone 1
Production automation Process automation
Zone 2
Filling
and
packing
The production zones
Zone 1 Specialist knowledge of Zone 2 In the training factory, for example,

Process automation programming, such as recipe Filling and packing the position and fill level of each
preparation, or of plant bottle and the state of completion
Filtering, mixing, temperature documentation, such as reading Not only dosing, filling, capping and of each lot is recorded by various
control; recording, evaluating and and drafting R-I flow-charts or packing, but also the acquisition, optical sensors and a high-speed
controlling typical process variables EMSR location diagrams are key storage and reliable management camera. The production data can
such as temperature, level, pressure focus areas in the training. Control of product and quality data are key be fully tracked by means of RFID
or flow rate; pumping fluids; technology plays a key role in tasks in this section of the training tags in the bottle caps. A range of
shutting off pipelines; installing, process automation, in order to factory. automation components, such as
commissioning or maintaining ensure high product quality. The belts with electric drives, various
butterfly valves, slide valves or processes selected for the training Technologies such as RFID are handling units, programmable logic
ball valves. These are just some factory and the transparent design becoming ever more prevalent in controllers and the latest operator
examples of the wide variety of of the stations enables control the production environment, in control and monitoring tools,
possibilities in this section of the technology to be taught in a practical order to cope with the continually trainees are provided with an ideal
training factory. and visual manner. increasing number of product platform to learn these key aspects.
variants and to comply with the
more stringent legal requirements
in terms of product quality in the
food or pharmaceuticals sector.
Full recording of all ingredients or
components used and the factors
influencing the manufacture of a
product must be ensured. Vision and
sensor systems also play a key role
in improving product quality and
production flexibility.
Zone 3 In the training factory in this Zone 4 Chaotic or systematic warehousing,

Production automation section the caps are produced, Transport and logistics optimisation of the material flow,
tested and fed to the bottles by the planning and prioritisation of orders
Fast cycle times, part gripping, filling station. Programmable logic Almost all production facilities need are the key areas of focus in this
handling, detection, differentiation, controllers monitor and control logistics functions such as materials section of the factory.
separation and mounting are the production process. Various transportation or warehousing. At
characteristic features of production sensors record the end positions the AFB training factory, too, this is Particular demands are placed on
automation – the classic world of the actuators or identify and a key aspect: Empty six-packs line automation in this section too,
of the mechatronics engineer. differentiate between the work- have to be conveyed to the order however:
Programming controllers, adjusting pieces. Typical actuators used in compilation station or placed in – Signals from the transport systems
sensors, operating, maintaining and production automation, such as storage. Completed six-packs are must be sent over long distances
servicing individual lines in a plant linear cylinders, swivel cylinders, delivered just in time, or stored in an to the transport controller.
are typical activities. motors, parallel grippers or vacuum interim facility. – High-performance drive units and
suction cups ensure fast, precise positioning systems ensure fast,
movement. precise movement in the automatic
warehouse.
– The communications required for
this are based on systems such as
the AS interface or CAN.
AFB training factory
Optimum operator control Everything in hand Tried and proven New

Whether via touch panel, visua- Whether bottle or six-pack, the The MPS® stations, which have Automation technology is taught
lisation system or control panel, professional handling units in the been deployed for training pur- using state-of-the-art equipment;
all the stations and the entire AFB training factory ensure a safe, poses thousands of times all over not just the new MPS® PA stations,
training factory can be operated and precise, fast material flow. the world, supply the caps in but also the automatic warehouse,
monitored in a highly user-friendly the training factory. The stations the filling station and the order
way. particularly enable an optimum level compilation station.
of highly sophisticated training in
mechatronics.

AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB On request Visualisation

Either an overview of the complete
Package plant or access to each individual
Comprising: station is available; the visualisation
Stations system at the AFB training factory
Zone 1: MPS® PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations permits monitoring of all signals and
Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations provides trend graphs of the analogue
Zone 3: MPS® distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling process variables, with remote
stations** access to the various functions
Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB automatic warehouse and AFB incoming goods and monitoring of all processes. All
and outgoing goods stations. stations communicate via TCP-IP with
Software and media the visualisation computer.
STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, CIROS® Automation Suite, Fluid Lab®-PA,
Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC RFID option
Full tracking and documentation
* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal. of the entire production process is
** Including mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal. demanded in more and more areas
of industry. The AFB training factory
also makes this possible: Production
data such as the recipe or batch
identifier are stored on the mobile
data carriers fixed to each individual
bottle and can be checked prior to
shipping. This means that state-of-
the-art RFID technology can now be
integrated highly demonstratively
into automation training.
Function completed six-packs can be placed – Application of frequency converters

The AFB training factory produces in interim storage via the belt – Use of multi-axis handling systems
complete six-packs. All the produc- rotation system or delivered for for handling and palletising
tion steps involved are covered, from shipping. Empty six-packs can be – Networking sensors and actuators
production of the liquid through to conveyed back into the system on via AS-interface
packing of the containers and storage roller conveyors and either placed – Use and commissioning of a CAN
and shipping of the finished product. in storage or fed directly into the network
production process. – Networking automated systems
The process automation section with Ethernet TCP-IP
of the plant is where the liquid Training content – Measurement and control of
is produced: Raw materials are The multitude of stations and the electrical and process engineering
filtered, mixed together with other technologies embedded in them variables such as level, flow rate,
ingredients according to different permit an investigation of almost pressure and temperature
recipes, temperature-controlled and all relevant areas of control and – Process operation and monitoring,
stored ready for use. In-line samples automation technology. system management
can be taken from the ongoing – Use of RFID technology – Selection, deployment and control
process before the liquid reaches – Vision systems and camera of process fittings
the filling station. Bottles from a belt inspection
conveyor are filled and capped on – Use and programming of PLCs
a rotary indexing table. The bottles – Application of various handling
are then sealed with machined and devices and grippers
tested caps and packed into six- – Application of various electrical
packs. Depending on the order, the drives (DC, AC)
AFB filling station
The filling station includes a large

number of functions typical to
the foodindustry: Bottle feed by
conveyor, dosing with a dosing
cylinder and filling and capping on a
rotary indexing table.
The station can be operated both as

a stand-alone unit orin conjunction
with other stations.
In stand-alone operation the caps

must be fed manually. When
operated inconjunction with other
stations, the caps can be fed by way
of a handlingstation (MPS®). Filled
and capped bottles are forwarded by
conveyor to the next station (order
compilation).
The liquid being filled is stored

in a tank on the station. The tank
can befilled manually or way of
additional process stations (e.g.
MPS® PA).
The station is controlled by a

EduTrainer® Universal unit and op-
erator control is via touch panel. In-
dividual step and continuous cycle
options are available. Status and
messages are indicated graphically
on the panel.
Special training aims

– Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of an automated station
– Use of pneumatic linear units with
variable stroke
– Use of pneumatic linear swivel
units
– Controlling and monitoring
material flow on a conveyor and a
rotary indexing table
– Dosing and filling
– Process operation and monitoring
AFB order compilation station
With a high-precision 2-axis

industrial handling system, 2 by 3
bottles are packed into each six-pack
on the order compilation station.
The bottles are carried on conveyor

belts to the handling station. A high-
speed camera checks the six-packs.
The camera features a built-in

controller which handles the
complete image evaluation process.
With its TCP-IP interface and the

additional CAN master interface,
the camera enables wide-ranging
communication options.
The station is controlled via an

EduTrainer® Universal. Different
operation modes can be selected on
the control panel.
Specific training content

– Use of pneumatic handling unit
with gripper
material flow by conveyor
– Vision systems, quality and
process control with intelligent
cameras
AFB automatic warehouse station
The automatic warehouse can hold

up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each
with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis
handling system is used for stock
movement. 2 toothed belt axes are
driven by intelligent servomotors
with an integrated servo amplifier,
controller and CAN bus interface.
The third axis is executed as a

rodless linear unit with precision
guides.
The station is controlled by an

EduTrainer® Universal with CAN
master. The colour touch panel of
the automatic warehouse provides
user-friendly operation and
monitoring.
Items can be easily taught-in, and

stock levels clearly initialised and
modified.

– Use of pneumatic linear units
– Electric drive and control
technology
– Intelligent CAN bust technology
– Warehousing and logistics
– Process operation and monitoring

AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station
Full six-packs awaiting shipping

are placed by the pneumatic 3-axis
handling unit on one of the two
outgoing goods ramps. The handling
unit features a pneumatic linear
gripper to grip the six-packs.
The axes used are pneumatic

linear axes developed specially for
industrial assembly and handling
systems.
Empty six-packs can be fed in by way

of the incoming goods conveyor.
The station is controlled by a

EduTrainer® Universal. Different
operation modes can be selected on
the control panel.

– Use of pneumatic handling units
with gripper
– Handling technology
material flow by conveyor belt
and roller conveyor
AFB pallet transport system
The material flow within the AFB

lines is implemented by the pallet
transport system. The six-packs are
conveyed to the individual stations
on pallets which are equipped
with an identification system. The
transport system features 4 stop
points, and can be expanded at any
time.
The belt segments are driven by

4 AC motors.
The control is handled by a PLC with

frequency inverter – professionally
housed in the control cabinet.
Communication with the stop points
is via AS interface. The pneumatic
stoppers are controlled using in-
dustrial valve terminals.

– Use of AC motors
– Electrical drive technology
– Use of frequency inverters
– Pallet identification
– AS interface fieldbus technology
– Material flow and logistics
– Protection circuits
– Design of industrial control
cabinets
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods
Found everywhere! Practical training Conveying of bulk goods or Everything under control
There is a worldwide market behind The handling of bulk goods requires complete production process? Stations are controlled using the
the term „bulk goods“. In almost special know-how. The exclusive use The stations are specially designed most modern automation and
every branch of production, bulk of typical industrial components in for training on bulk goods and can computer technology. With system
goods can be found as raw materials, the learning stations emphasises be used individually as well as in a visualisation the entire system can
semi-finished materials or finished the required hands-on experience network with the stations of the AFB be viewed or each individual station
parts. Whether building materials, and ensures the quick transfer of factory. This offers a training factory can be accessed; it enables the
such as sand, gravel and cement, knowledge from training to practice. that includes the complete process monitoring of signal statuses, the
or foodstuffs, such as grain and chain, from providing and preparing remote access of different functions
sugar – bulk goods must be stored, raw materials, to quality testing, and the monitoring of all processes,
dispensed, weighed, transported or packaging, storage and finally the directly on the system using a touch
packaged. processing of customer orders. panel or via the master computer.
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods
Different types of conveying

A wide range of processes are used
in production systems for handling
bulk goods. It therefore makes sense
that these can also be found in the
AFB training stations for dispensing
and sorting:
Conveying with a conveyor

In the dispensing station, the
conveyor acts as a pressure feed.
Corn is dispensed from its container
via the conveyor to a funnel and is
transported to the next station by
means of compressed air.
Screw conveyor
With the screw conveyor, the bulk
goods are carefully conveyed,
making optimal dispensing possible.
The dispensing screw is driven by a
servo motor with a built-in controller.
High-speed quality checking

and diagnostics
Imperfect grains are detected
during conveying and automatically
separated. This requires the quick
detection and reaction of the
actuators, which the human eye
can hardly follow. To support the
diagnostics and commissioning of
these fast motion sequences, an
intelligent compact camera system
with up to 2000 images per second
are used in the AFB factory. This
means that the latest diagnostic
techniques can be taught.
AFB station dispensing bulk goods

AFB station sorting bulk goods
One training factory – over 100 different training systems
More than 15 stations can be

integrated into the AFB training
factory. In addition to the new AFB
stations it also features stations from
the MPS® family and stations from
the new MPS® PA product line.
The unique interface and commu-

nications concept enables quick
and easy modification of the factory
layout.
This means the stations can be

deployed at any time individually
or in small groups for teaching
purposes, and the AFB training
factory can be assembled in different
project stages.
Need to meet special requirements?

Numerous installations worldwide
have resulted in a number of
solutions specially focussed on
hybrid automation.
Contact us with your requirements.

We will design your optimum
learning environment and implement
it in a way closely linked to the
actual process. We look forward
to designing solutions with you for
specific areas such as:
– Water treatment
– Cooling and refrigeration
technology
– pH value measurement
– Conductivity measurement
– Integration of process control
engineering
– Palletising
– Identification systems (RFID,
barcode)
With our know-how in project

planning, instrumentation,
design and selection of process
components, system integration and
programming, through to didactic
implementation, we will help you to
put your ideas into practice quickly,
reliably and cost-effectively.
400 Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

Index alphabetical
Appendix
10-pin flat cable ............................................................................................176 Analogue cable, parallel................................................................................211

16-pin flat cable ............................................................................................176 Analogue terminal.........................................................................................271
19“ Blank panel for the control panel............................................................311 Angled slide module .....................................................................................261
19“ blanking plate ........................................................................................176 AS-interface addressing cable.......................................................................210
19“ Communication panels...........................................................................308 AS-interface addressing device .....................................................................210
19“ Control panel..........................................................................................308 AS-interface diffuse sensor ...........................................................................249
19“ emergency stop module .........................................................................311 AS-interface master CP343-2 ........................................................................183
19“ EMERGENCY STOP panel ........................................................................311 AS-interface valve connector.........................................................................249
19“ module 16IN (12 HP) ..............................................................................176 AS-interface valve terminal ...........................................................................249
19“ module 16OUT (12 HP)...........................................................................176 Assembly station: Add-on for the robot.........................................................262
19“ module 24V/0V (9 HP)............................................................................176 Automating with SIMATIC, Siemens technical book ........................................65
19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP) .................................................................176 Automation project work...............................................................................240
19“ module 8IN (6 HP) ..................................................................................176 Automation technology/PLC training packages ............................................168
19“ module 8OUT (6 HP)...............................................................................176 Automation technology/PLC training packages:
19“ module ASI (6 HP) ..................................................................................176 From buttons to automation solutions......................................................170
19“ module system connector 37-pin (9 HP).................................................176 Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBD, Siemens technical book..................65
19“ module system connector SysLink (9 HP)...............................................176 Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCL, Siemens technical book...................65
19“ module word processing (12 HP)............................................................176 Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 1,
19“ Mounting frame......................................................................................308 Instructor‘s handbook.................................................................................70
19“ request module ......................................................................................311 Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 1,
19“ Spare panel ............................................................................................308 Student‘s handbook ...................................................................................70
2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally closed.................................................201 Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 2,
3/2-way roller lever valve, normally open .....................................................201 Instructor‘s handbook.................................................................................70
4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass mid-position (P > T), detenting .................205 Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 2,
4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P > T) .....................................205 Student‘s handbook ...................................................................................70
4-way distributor...........................................................................................203
4-way distributor with pressure gauge..........................................................203 B
5/2-way double solenoid valve .....................................................................201 Basic and cabinet systems: Functional diversity for your labs.........................94
5/2-way solenoid valve.................................................................................201 Basic electronics circuits, workbook ...............................................................62
5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed ................................................201 Basic pneumatic controllers, Practical knowledge, booklet.............................54
5-fold plug socket strip with switch...............................................................199 Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumatics, textbook...................54
5S – Workstation organisation, WBT ...............................................................30 Basic units ......................................................................................................82
Basics of vacuum technology, TP 230, training course documents .................53
A BIBB electropneumatics course ....................................................................122
A4 ER mounting frame............................................................................. 87, 198 BIBB electropneumatics course, exercises, log sheets and
Accessories/Optional components for training packages .............................196 exercise circuits ........................................................................................122
Accessory box ...............................................................................................200 BIBB electropneumatics equipment set: Suitable for
Accumulator filling device .............................................................................205 BIBB electropneumatics course ................................................................122
Actuators – DC motor, WBT .............................................................................23 BIBB hydraulics equipment set .....................................................................146
AFB automatic warehouse station.................................................................394 BIBB hydraulics equipment set, additional exercises....................................146
AFB factory: Focus on bulk goods .................................................................397 BIBB pneumatics equipment set: Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course .......120
AFB factory: Hybrid production .....................................................................384 Blanking plug................................................................................................203
AFB factory: In focus – the production process for six-packs.........................387 Bottle set ......................................................................................................380
AFB factory: Individual solutions...................................................................400 Bottling station .............................................................................................372
AFB factory: Innovative technology and innovative learning .........................386 Buffer station: Adaptable..............................................................................258
AFB factory: One training factory – over 100 different training systems ........399
AFB factory: The production zones................................................................388 C
AFB filling station ..........................................................................................392 Cable BNC – 4 mm.........................................................................................209
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station ...............................................395 Cable BNC – BNC...........................................................................................209
AFB order compilation station.......................................................................393 Cable duct set ...............................................................................................212
AFB pallet transport system ..........................................................................396 Cable guide ............................................................................................... 84, 87
AFB stations dispensing/sorting bulk goods.................................................398 CAMConcept .................................................................................................327
AFB training factory AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB ......................................................390 Changer module............................................................................................247
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact ML 1200................................................181 CIROS® additional licences..............................................................................43
Aluminium profile plate..................................................... 83, 87, 198, 313, 381 CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics......................................................................41
Amprobe 30XR-A digital multimeter..............................................................207 CIROS® Automation Suite................................................................................38
Amprobe 38XR-A digital multimeter..............................................................207 CIROS® Mechatronics......................................................................................40
Amprobe AC50A digital leakage current clamp .............................................209 CIROS® Production..........................................................................................41
Amprobe DR 705 phase sequence indicator..................................................207 CIROS® Robotics .............................................................................................40
Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus installation tester for VDE 0100 .........................208 CIROS® Studio.................................................................................................42
Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702 ................208 CIROS® update from 1.0 to 1.1 ........................................................................43
Analogue cable, crossover ............................................................................211 CIROS® update from COSIMIR® .......................................................................43
Index alphabetical
Clamping/ejecting module............................................................................253 Drawer units ...................................................................................................82

Classroom Manager, learning management system........................................32 Drawing template control technology .............................................................73
Closed-loop hydraulics, TP 511, training course documents ...........................59 Drawing template program flow chart.............................................................73
Closed-loop pneumatics, workbook................................................................54 Drill hole monitoring module ........................................................................236
CNC technology from EMCO: Efficient turning and milling.............................322 Drilling module ..................................................................................... 237, 253
CNC textbook ..................................................................................................73
CNC textbook, solutions..................................................................................73 E
CoDeSys provided by Festo, programming software .......................................45 EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control,
Colour sensor................................................................................................277 closed-loop control .....................................................................................48
Combining stations .......................................................................................280 EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer.............................................................359
Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions ...........................71 EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer....................................................................358
Compressor...................................................................................................200 EduKit PA workbook........................................................................................71
Concept MILL 105 .........................................................................................324 EduKit PA: The introduction to process engineering and
Concept MILL 250 .........................................................................................324 closed-loop control ...................................................................................356
Concept MILL 450 .........................................................................................326 EduTrainer® 24 V power supply unit..............................................................199
Concept MILL 55 with tool changer ...............................................................324 EduTrainer® Compact ....................................................................................178
Concept MILL 55 without tool changer ..........................................................324 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred variants MPS®/MPS® PA:
Concept TURN 105 ........................................................................................325 A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300....................................................................304
Concept TURN 250 ........................................................................................325 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory:
Concept TURN 450 ........................................................................................326 A4 and A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19“ simulation modules...........174
Concept TURN 55 ..........................................................................................325 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory:
Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for connecting solenoid valves A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19“ simulation modules ....................175
with an M8 central plug ............................................................................211 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA:
Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connecting an MPS® station A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500..........................................................306
(EduTrainer® Universal) to the EMERGENCY-STOP board ..........................311 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA:
Connection unit, analogue ............................................................................210 A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC .............................................................. 305, 380
Control and networking with all industrial standards ....................................230 EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA:
Control console AS-Interface.........................................................................308 A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N ......................................................307
Control console SysLink ................................................................................308 EduTrainer® Universal: For maximum flexibility.............................................172
Control systems with special tasks: Targeted values ....................................177 EduTrainer® Universal: Your advantages.......................................................173
Control technology workbook .........................................................................71 EIB PowerLine technology, solutions ............................................................161
Controller keypad..........................................................................................327 EIB PowerLine technology, workbook with CD-ROM......................................161
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor............................................................275 Ejection module, pneumatic..........................................................................238
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor............................................................259 Electric drives 1, WBT......................................................................................23
Conveyor, unassembled................................................................................241 Electric drives 2, WBT......................................................................................24
Cooling unit with heat exchanger ..................................................................381 Electric machines ..........................................................................................164
Coupling nipple.............................................................................................203 Electrical engineering 1, WBT..........................................................................19
Coupling socket ............................................................................................203 Electrical engineering 2, WBT..........................................................................19
Courseware: Teaching materials for basic and advanced training...................50 Electrical engineering training packages:
Cover for cylinder ..........................................................................................202 Modern and exciting training ....................................................................150
CP input module............................................................................................269 Electrical Engineering, textbook......................................................................61
CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Compact......................................................................184 Electrical Engineering, textbook, solutions .....................................................61
CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys with Ethernet interface.....................................184 Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages ....................................148
Customer orientation, WBT .............................................................................31 Electrical mini slide SLTE...............................................................................277
Cutaway pneumatic models ............................................................................55 Electrical protective measures, WBT ...............................................................21
Electrical signal input/output........................................................................212
D Electrohydraulics, Advanced Level TP 602, training course documents ..........58
DC motor controller for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation............................257 Electrohydraulics, Basic Level TP 601, training course documents .................58
DC wattmeter ................................................................................................381 Electrohydraulics, Basic level, textbook ..........................................................57
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP, Siemens technical book ........................65 Electronics 1, WBT ..........................................................................................20
Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block..................................................205 Electronics 2, WBT ..........................................................................................20
Dictionary of Automation Technology .............................................................67 Electropneumatics and Electrohydraulics, Basic level, DVD ...................... 55, 57
Differential cylinder with cover......................................................................202 Electropneumatics, Advanced level TP 202, training course documents .........52
Diffuse sensor ....................................................................................... 255, 259 Electropneumatics, Basic Level TP 201, book of exercises ..............................52
Diffuse sensor, analogue ..............................................................................275 Electropneumatics, Basic Level TP 201, workbook..........................................52
Digital training programmes: Well-prepared knowledge .................................16 Electropneumatics, WBT .................................................................................17
DIN H-rail set.................................................................................................212 Elektrohydraulics, WBT ...................................................................................18
Discover MPS® 200, WBT ................................................................................26 EMERGENCY-STOP board ..............................................................................311
Displacement encoder for cylinder................................................................202 Empty EduTrainer® ER housing .....................................................................210
Distributing station with AS interface: A single cable, many signals..............248 Environmental protection in the office, WBT ...................................................29
Distributing station: Getting started with MPS® ............................................246 EPLAN Education.............................................................................................36
Dolly truck for Systainer................................................................................213 Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level: Basic pneumatics training ....................100
Index alphabetical
Equipment set TP 1011: Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ Frequency converter starter kit .....................................................................241
electronics ................................................................................................152 Friedrich Book of Tables Electrical Engineering/Electronics ............................61
Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level: Advanced pneumatics training ......102 Front-panel connector...................................................................................183
Equipment set TP 1021: EasyKit microcontroller...........................................154 Function generator........................................................................................209
Equipment set TP 111: Basic closed-loop pneumatics training .....................123 Fundamentals of AC machines, workbook.......................................................63
Equipment set TP 1111: Power supply systems and protective measures ....158 Fundamentals of alternating current technology, workbook ...........................62
Equipment set TP 1131: KNX/EIB compact board .........................................160 Fundamentals of circuits with contacts, workbook..........................................63
Equipment set TP 1211: Fundamentals of circuits with contacts...................156 Fundamentals of DC machines, workbook.......................................................63
Equipment set TP 1311: Sensors for object detection...................................188 Fundamentals of direct current technology, workbook ...................................62
Equipment set TP 1410: Servo brake and drive system.................................162 Fundamentals of pneumatic control engineering, textbook ............................54
Equipment set TP 1421: Servo motor drive technology.................................166 Fundamentals of semiconductors, workbook..................................................62
Equipment set TP 1422: Stepper motor drive technology .............................167 Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology, workbook.............................64
Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level: Basic electropneumatics training .........104 Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology, workbook .........................64
Equipment set TP 202 – Advanced level: Advanced electropneumatics Fundamentals of three-phase current machines, workbook............................64
training .....................................................................................................108 Funnel for filling various devices with oil ......................................................204
Equipment set TP 210 – Advanced level: Measurement and control in
pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2....................................................110 G
Equipment set TP 220 – Advanced level: Drives in pneumatics .....................112 Glossary of electrical drive technology............................................................64
Equipment set TP 230 – Advanced Level: Vacuum technology ......................114 GRAFCET drawing template.............................................................................73
Equipment set TP 240 – Advanced level: Sensors in pneumatics ..................116 GRAFCET practical knowledge .........................................................................66
Equipment set TP 250 – Advanced Level: Safety in pneumatic systems ........118 GRAFCET, WBT ................................................................................................26
Equipment set TP 301: Programmable logic controllers ................................190 Gripper, pneumatic .......................................................................................261
Equipment set TP 401-ASI: Fieldbus technology AS-interface .......................192 Gyroscope sensor .........................................................................................221
Equipment set TP 402: Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP ..............................193
Equipment set TP 501 – Basic Level: Basic training hydraulics......................128 H
Equipment set TP 502 – Advanced Level: Hydraulics for advanced Haidenhein key module ................................................................................327
students ...................................................................................................130 Handles for Systainer/container inserts........................................................213
Equipment set TP 511: Basis closed-loop hydraulics training .......................144 Handling station, electrical: Up-to-date with electric drives ..........................256
Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level: Basic training in electrohydraulics.......132 Handling station, pneumatic: All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive..........254
Equipment set TP 602 – Advanced Level: Electrohydraulics for Holder module ..............................................................................................255
advanced students ...................................................................................136 Hose holder .............................................................................................. 84, 87
Equipment set TP 610 – Advanced level: Measurement and control in Hose line with quick release couplings .........................................................203
Hydraulics with FluidLab®-H......................................................................138 Hose line without quick release couplings ....................................................203
Equipment set TP 701 – Basic level: Basic proportional hydraulics Hybrid training factories................................................................................382
training .....................................................................................................140 Hydraulic oil..................................................................................................204
Equipment set TP 702 – Advanced level: Advanced proportional Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump ..........................204
hydraulics training ....................................................................................142 Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and
Equipment set TP 800 – Mobile hydraulics: From basic principles to one motor .................................................................................................204
mobile machine ........................................................................................147 Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and
ER and DIN A4 mounting frames .....................................................................83 two motors ...............................................................................................204
Ethernet cable...............................................................................................211 Hydraulic punch station ................................................................................265
Hydraulics training packages ........................................................................124
F Hydraulics training packages: Tailored training in industrial and mobile
Fanuc key module .........................................................................................327 hydraulics .................................................................................................126
FC 100 EduTrainer® .......................................................................................181 Hydraulics, Advanced Level TP 502, training course documents .....................58
FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys ......................................................................185 Hydraulics, Basic Level TP 501, training course documents ............................58
Festo Didactic: Your ideal partner for vocational and further training ...............2 Hydraulics, Basic level, textbook.....................................................................57
Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP, workbooks ............................68 Hydraulics, set of posters................................................................................60
Fieldbus technology, WBT...............................................................................25 Hydraulics, WBT..............................................................................................18
Filtration station............................................................................................366
Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop ....................................................................... 47, 377 I
Fluid Lab®-PA process ............................................................................. 47, 377 I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and
Fluidic Muscle Press module .........................................................................271 bare cable-end sleeves .............................................................................211
Fluidic Muscle Press station: Powerful ..........................................................270 I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends...................211
FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics.................................................................................34 I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket ............................................211
FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics...............................................................................34 I/O terminal (SysLink) ...................................................................................273
Fluke 115 digital multimeter .........................................................................207 iCIM 3000: The complete training system with potential...............................344
Fluke 1653B installation tester for VDE 0100 ................................................208 iCIM: Engineering service..............................................................................346
Fluke 179 digital multimeter .........................................................................207 iCIM: Individual solutions..............................................................................347
Fluke 434 three-phase mains and power supply analyzer.............................209 iCIM: The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.................342
Fluke 6500 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702 ...........................................208 IEC power cable ............................................................................................199
Fluke T100 voltage and continuity tester ......................................................207 IEC power cable 90° ......................................................................................199
Index alphabetical
iFactory: The modules...................................................................................350 MicroFMS MR6 – Milling cell with robot loading............................................332
iFactory: Training factory for production planning and MicroFMS MTLR11 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis................333
factory organisation..................................................................................348 MicroFMS TR6 – Turned parts with robot loading..........................................331
Inductive sensor............................................................................................267 Micromaster 420 EduTrainer® .......................................................................165
Input/output module AI01 (V1.1)..................................................................155 Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package, programming software ..................................45
Input/output module AI02 (V1.1)..................................................................155 Mixing station ...............................................................................................368
Input/output module DI01 (V1.1)..................................................................155 Monitor bracket, long......................................................................................84
Input/output module DI02 (V1.1)..................................................................155 Monitor bracket, short ....................................................................................84
Input/output module ILT1 (V1.0) ..................................................................155 Motor controller SFC-DC................................................................................277
Input/output module ILT2 (V1.0) ..................................................................155 Mounting frame/mounting sets ......................................................................82
Inspection camera module............................................................................238 Mounting kit for cylinders .............................................................................202
Interactive learning with Robotino® View ......................................................217 Mounting kit for hydraulic cylinder with weight ..............................................87
Interfaces to the process...............................................................................195 MPS® – The modular production system: From module to
Internet search, WBT.......................................................................................29 learning factory.........................................................................................226
InTouch, visualisation software.......................................................................46 MPS® 200 complete systems: With blended learning package and
modular expansion options ......................................................................282
L MPS® 202-Mechatronics ...............................................................................284
LabCreator ......................................................................................................85 MPS® 202-Robotics.......................................................................................292
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering................................................88 MPS® 203-Fieldbus .......................................................................................286
Laboratory trolley Learnline for transfer line .................................................239 MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis.........................................288
Laser measuring module...............................................................................309 MPS® 205-Mechatronics ...............................................................................290
Learnline mobile .............................................................................................78 MPS® 210-Mechatronics ...............................................................................294
Learnline stationary ........................................................................................80 MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production – compatible, modular and versatile......296
Learnline und Learntop ...................................................................................77 MPS® 501-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300
Learntop-A ......................................................................................................86 MPS® 502-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300
Learntop-L.......................................................................................................86 MPS® 503-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300
Learntop-S ......................................................................................................86 MPS® 504-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300
Lifting module ...............................................................................................251 MPS® 505-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300
Loading unit/cylinder load simulator ............................................................202 MPS® 512-FMS complete package ................................................................301
Logic control L EduTrainer® ...........................................................................186 MPS® 516-FMS complete package ................................................................298
Logic control MB EduTrainer® .......................................................................186 MPS® actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising...................302
Logistics Kit...................................................................................................220 MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Basic SP1.........................................278
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact .........................................................................181 MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Networking SP3...............................278
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP ....................................................................181 MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Robotics SP2 ...................................278
LOGO! manual.................................................................................................66 MPS® Conveyor project kit, training documentation .......................................70
LOGO! PC cable set........................................................................................182 MPS® Distribution Station, training documentation .......................................70
LOGO! Programming cable ............................................................................211 MPS® module door........................................................................................310
LOGO! Soft Comfort, programming software ...................................................45 MPS® module door with active locking mechanism.......................................310
LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V........................................................................182 MPS® module light curtain ............................................................................310
LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V..........................................................................182 MPS® module safety engineering holder system...........................................310
LOGO! Training, WBT.......................................................................................25 MPS® PA 204 Complete system.....................................................................374
MPS® PA commissioning service ...................................................................378
M MPS® PA Compact Workstation.....................................................................362
Machine Vision, WBT ......................................................................................27 MPS® PA Compact Workstation: Measurement, open and
Magnetic symbol sets electrical engineering...................................................73 closed loop control in minimal space........................................................360
Magnetic symbol sets pneumatics/hydraulics ................................................73 MPS® PA Compact-Workstation Control Kits .................................................363
Manifold block ..............................................................................................203 MPS® PA stations and complete systems: The elementary control
Measuring and controlling as in industry ......................................................376 loops in the process industry....................................................................364
Measuring case.............................................................................................205 MPS® PA workbook .........................................................................................71
Measuring container for hydraulic oil............................................................205 MPS® Sorting Station, training documentation ..............................................70
Measuring lead holder ..................................................................................206 MPS® stations: Mechatronic systems for world champions...........................242
Measuring module ........................................................................................251 MPS® Transfer Factory: From transfer system to convertible factory .............338
Measuring module SMAT ..............................................................................309 MPS® Transfer Factory: The concept in detail................................................340
Measuring module, analogue........................................................................237 MPS® Transfer line ........................................................................................234
Mechatronics and factory automation...........................................................224 MPS® Transfer System Ejection Module, pneumatic, workbook ......................69
Mechatronics Assistant........................................................................... 72, 279 MPS® Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420, workbook ....................69
Mechatronics Assistant Update............................................................... 72, 279 MPS® Transfer System Measuring Module, analogue, workbook....................69
Media..............................................................................................................12 MPS® Transfer System Turning Module, workbook .........................................69
Micro Memory Card.......................................................................................183 MPS® Transfer system: Get moving with mechatronics and
MicroFMS and MultiFMS ...............................................................................328 electronics training ...................................................................................228
MicroFMS and MultiFMS: Individual solutions ..............................................337 MPS® Transfer system: System overview ......................................................232
MicroFMS control and communication concept.............................................330 MultiFMS: Decentralised control technology.................................................336
Index alphabetical
MultiFMS: Professional software...................................................................335 Process automation: Seminars and workshops.............................................379

MultiFMS: The mechatronics learning platform.............................................334 Process optimisation, training documentation................................................70
Multi-pin plug distributor..............................................................................257 Processing station: Purely electrical .............................................................252
Multiple tubing holder strip set.....................................................................200 Profibus cable ...............................................................................................211
Profibus DP CP valve terminal .......................................................................269
N Profile plate connector ..................................................................................313
NorthStar® Navigation System ......................................................................220 Programmable logic controllers in practice .....................................................68
Programmable logic controllers, basic level, textbook ....................................68
O Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook ..................................68
Offers for fieldbus training ............................................................................191 Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook,
Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation ..........................................................87 solutions Allen-Bradley SLC500 ..................................................................68
Oil spillage/protective mat .............................................................................84 Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook,
One-way flow control valve ...........................................................................201 solutions Festo FPC 101..............................................................................68
On-off valve with filter regulating valve.........................................................247 Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook,
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 μm.........................................................201 solutions Siemens S7-300 ..........................................................................68
Open- and closed-loop control, WBT...............................................................24 Project management, WBT ..............................................................................29
Operator Panel OP177B ................................................................................183 ProLog Factory: Logistics – Communication – Mechatronics – Robotics ........314
Operator Panel OP177B EduTrainer® ............................................................187 ProLog Factory: Package range .....................................................................316
Operator unit ................................................................................................380 Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level TP 702, training course
documents..................................................................................................59
P Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701, training course
PA workpiece set................................................................................... 312, 380 documents..................................................................................................59
Parts set “Cylinder end caps”........................................................................312 Proportional hydraulics, Basic level, textbook ................................................57
PC adapter ............................................................................................ 183, 211 Protective cover for weight, 9 kg ...................................................................202
PC data cable RS232 .....................................................................................211 Protective Measures to DIN VDE, workbook....................................................61
Personnel management, WBT .........................................................................31 Protective Measures to DIN VDE, workbook, solutions ...................................61
PicAlfa module, electrical..............................................................................257 Punching station: Hydraulics power..............................................................264
PicAlfa module, pneumatic............................................................................255
Pick&Place module .......................................................................................273 Q
Pick&Place station: Small is beautiful...........................................................272 Quality with a certificate ...................................................................................6
PID industrial closed-loop controller .............................................................380 Quick Star quick push-in fitting.....................................................................200
Pipe and tubing cutter...................................................................................200
Piston pallet..................................................................................................263 R
Plastic tubing ................................................................................................200 Reactor station..............................................................................................370
PLC starter kit CoDeSys with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB..............................185 Recognition module ......................................................................................251
Plug-in adapter set.................................................................................. 87, 198 References: University of Stuttgart, IFF .........................................................351
Plug-in adapter, electrical .............................................................................211 Relay, time-delay relay..................................................................................212
Pneumatic control technology, exercises and solutions................................120 Releasing tool for plastic tubing....................................................................200
Pneumatic control technology, exercises for trainees ...................................120 Replacement filter cartridge..........................................................................381
Pneumatic drives, TP 220, training course documents ....................................53 Resistance hose line with quick release couplings........................................203
Pneumatic slide module................................................................................251 Retaining module..........................................................................................261
Pneumatics training packages ........................................................................96 Retro-reflective sensor..................................................................................267
Pneumatics training packages: Innovative and practical, RFID module..................................................................................................238
right down to the smallest details...............................................................98 Robot interface box............................................................................... 263, 313
Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102, training course documents ....................52 Robot RV-2SDB with Teachbox R32TB ..........................................................261
Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101, book of exercises.........................................52 Robot RV-2SDB with touch panel R56TB.......................................................261
Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101, workbook.....................................................52 Robot station: Industrial quality....................................................................260
Pneumatics, set of posters..............................................................................56 Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx..............................................................................320
Pneumatics, WBT ............................................................................................17 Robot Vision Cell RV-2SDB............................................................................320
Poka Yoke, WBT ..............................................................................................30 Robot Vision Cell RV-3SDB............................................................................320
Portal Trainer 300 .........................................................................................241 Robot Vision Cell: Robotics trends in focus ...................................................318
Power supply systems and protective measures, workbook ...........................63 Robotino® .....................................................................................................214
Power supply unit for mounting frame ..........................................................199 Robotino® project ideas ................................................................................223
PowerLab Driver..............................................................................................95 Robotino® SIM ..............................................................................................222
PowerLab Server .............................................................................................95 Robotino® SIM Professional ..........................................................................222
Pressure filter................................................................................................205 Robotino® training course document, book of exercises ...............................219
Pressure relief unit........................................................................................203 Robotino® training course document, workbook...........................................219
Pressure relief valve, piloted.........................................................................205 Robotino®: Experiencing, understanding and using technology....................216
Pressure sensor ............................................................................................271 Rotary indexing table module .......................................................................253
Pressure sequence valve...............................................................................205 Rotary/linear transfer module.......................................................................271
Process automation and closed-loop control technology..............................352 RSLogix 500 Starter, programming software...................................................45
Process automation, WBT ...............................................................................28 Rubber feet ..................................................................................... 87, 198, 313
Index alphabetical
S Stacking magazine module (end caps).................................................. 263, 265

Safety engineering, WBT .................................................................................27 Starting current limiter..................................................................................275
Safety in pneumatic systems, TP 250, training course documents ..................53 Steady-speed cylinder with covers................................................................202
Safety jumper plugs, 19 mm .........................................................................206 STEP 7 Fundamentals......................................................................................66
Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black...................................................206 STEP 7 Fundamentals, Manual STL, LAD, FCH .................................................66
Safety jumper plugs, 42 pieces, red, blue, grey, grey-blue and STEP 7 Professional for Training, programming software................................44
green-yellow .............................................................................................206 STEP 7 Software for Students, programming software....................................44
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m .........................................................................211 STEP 7 Trainer Package, programming software .............................................44
Safety laboratory cables, 1000 mm...............................................................206 STEP 7 Trainer Package, upgrade, programming software ..............................44
Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black.............................206 Stepper module, expansion ..........................................................................201
Safety laboratory cables, 1500 mm...............................................................206 Stopper module ............................................................................................267
Safety laboratory cables, 300 mm.................................................................206 Storage plate ..................................................................................................84
Safety laboratory cables, 47 pieces, black ....................................................206 Storing station: In and out, electrically..........................................................276
Safety laboratory cables, 50 mm...................................................................206 Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer/
Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm.................................................................206 CoDeSys ...................................................................................................107
Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow..........................206 Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FluidSIM®/
Safety laboratory cables, 98 pieces, red and blue.........................................206 EasyPort USB....................................................................................107, 134
Safety relay from Pilz ....................................................................................311 Supplementary equipment set Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer®
Safety relay from Sick ...................................................................................311 Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort ......................................................107, 134
Sealing ring for plug......................................................................................203 Supplementary equipment set TP 101 > TP 201.............................................105
Sensor technology 1, WBT ..............................................................................22 Supplementary equipment set TP 201 > TP 301.............................................190
Sensor technology 2, WBT ..............................................................................22 Supplementary equipment set TP 501 > TP 601.............................................135
Sensor tester.................................................................................................210 Supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 > TP 601 ..........................135
Sensors for object detection, training course documents, book of Swing, Basic and cabinet systems...................................................................89
exercises.....................................................................................................67 Swing: Configuration example ........................................................................90
Sensors for object detection, training course documents, Swing: Flexible solutions, configuration examples..........................................92
workbook....................................................................................................67 Systainer.......................................................................................................213
Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240, book of exercises..........................................53 Systainer/container inserts...........................................................................213
Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240, workbook......................................................53
Sensors, transparency set...............................................................................67 T
Separating module (springs).........................................................................263 Table extension...............................................................................................84
Separating station: Flexibility........................................................................274 Tabletop power supply unit .................................................................. 199, 313
Separator module, pneumatic.......................................................................259 T-connector BNC ...........................................................................................209
Service with Value added..................................................................................8 T-distributor..................................................................................................203
Servo motor MTR-DCI....................................................................................277 Team performance, WBT .................................................................................31
Siemens documentation for S7/STEP 7 on DVD ..............................................66 Tektronix TDS 1002B digital storage oscilloscope.........................................209
Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals, instructional material ............66 Tektronix TDS 2004C digital storage oscilloscope.........................................209
Siemens S7-300 manual .................................................................................66 Terminal strip................................................................................................212
Silencer and sealing rings .............................................................................200 Testing module .............................................................................................253
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact .................................................................179 Testing station: Focus on sensors .................................................................250
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S ..................................................................180 The amazing world of pneumatics, book .........................................................55
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Start .......................................................................180 The complete Robotino® package .................................................................218
Simulation box, digital ..................................................................................210 The fascination of technology, WBT ................................................................28
Simulation box, digital/analogue..................................................................210 The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance..........................244
Sinamics G110 EduTrainer® ..........................................................................165 The universal laboratory furniture...................................................................76
Sinumerik key module ..................................................................................327 T-head nut M5...............................................................................................212
Skills for the Electrical Industry, textbook .......................................................61 Through beam sensor ...................................................................................259
Slide module.................................................................................................255 Time management, WBT .................................................................................29
Slotted mounting plate ........................................................................... 87, 198 Tool set ................................................................................................. 313, 381
Software for Amprobe 38XR-A.......................................................................207 Touch Panel FED ...........................................................................................363
Software for Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus .......................................................208 Touch Panel TP177B ............................................................................. 183, 363
Software for Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702 .....................................................208 Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer®..................................................................187
Software for Fluke 1653B DMS 0100/INST ...................................................208 TP 400 component set ..................................................................................194
Software for Fluke 6500 DMS 0702/PAT .......................................................208 TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP .....................................................194
Software: Learning, controlling, simulating.....................................................14 TPM – Total Productive Maintenance, WBT .....................................................30
Sorting gate module, pneumatic ........................................................... 237, 267 Trainer package CPU315F-2 PN/DP – Profinet...............................................182
Sorting gate/separator module, electrical ....................................................273 Trainer package ET 200S – Profinet...............................................................182
Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic ..................................................275 Trainer package F technology ET 200S – Profinet..........................................182
Sorting station DP: Profibus..........................................................................268 Trainer package F technology S7-300 – Profinet ...........................................182
Sorting station: Final.....................................................................................266 Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced
Spare filter cartridge for the pressure filter ...................................................205 with CD-ROM ............................................................................................183
Stacking magazine module ...................................................................236, 247 Trainer package SIMATC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC................................................182
Index alphabetical
Trainer package SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200 ........................................182 W

Trainer Package WinCC flexible, upgrade, visualisation software....................46 Water – Bulk materials – Chemicals – Energy:
Trainer Package WinCC flexible, visualisation software...................................46 Training in process automation.................................................................354
Trainer Package WinCC/Web Navigator, visualisation software ......................46 Water-air cooler ............................................................................................381
Training and Consulting ..................................................................................10 Weight, 9 kg for cylinder ...............................................................................202
Trolley................................................................................................... 313, 381 Wheel set for mounting on the tank ..............................................................204
Trolley for Systainer ......................................................................................213 Win NC control software: Fanuc turning/milling............................................327
Tubing cutter.................................................................................................200 Win NC control software: Haidenhein milling ................................................327
Turning module..................................................................................... 236, 309 Win NC control software: Sinumerik turning/milling .....................................327
WinCC, visualisation software .........................................................................46
U W-LAN access point.......................................................................................221
Universal adapter..........................................................................................201 Workpiece insert “Clock” ..............................................................................312
Universal bracket ............................................................................................84 Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” ....................................................................312
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) ..................................................210 Workpiece insert “Thermometer” .................................................................312
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”...................................................................312
V Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly”.........................................................312
Vacuum switch..............................................................................................247 Workpiece set “Housings” ............................................................................312
Value stream analysis and mapping, WBT.......................................................30 Workpiece set “Reject bodies”......................................................................312
Valve terminal – Smart Cubic ........................................................................257 Workpiece set “Reject housings”..................................................................312
Vernier caliper...............................................................................................198 Workstation systems.......................................................................................74
Index numerical
Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page
2307............................................ 200 151496 ....................................... 200 162382 ............................... 199, 313 195760 ....................................... 248
4645 ........................................... 200 151508 ......................................... 54 162385 ....................................... 247 195761 ....................................... 268
7658............................................ 200 152584 ....................................... 200 162386 ............................... 198, 313 195764 ....................................... 308
14572 ......................................... 204 152847 ....................................... 203 162387 ....................................... 247 195765 ....................................... 308
18959 ......................................... 210 152859 ....................................... 205 162405 ....................................... 263 195766 ....................................... 308
18960 ......................................... 210 152885 ....................................... 201 162411 ....................................... 199 195767 ....................................... 308
33840 ......................................... 200 152894 ....................................... 247 162412 ....................................... 199 195769 ....................................... 311
34031 ......................................... 211 152918 ....................................... 209 162413 ....................................... 199 195773 ....................................... 253
34634 ......................................... 200 152919 ....................................... 209 162414 ....................................... 199 195777 ....................................... 255
34635 ......................................... 203 152960 ....................................... 203 162415 ....................................... 199 195779 ....................................... 251
35653 ......................................... 198 152962 ....................................... 204 162416 ....................................... 199 195780 ....................................... 246
53977 ........................................... 55 152963 ....................................... 200 162416 ....................................... 313 195781 ....................................... 250
54085 ........................................... 55 152970 ....................................... 203 162417 ............................... 199, 313 195782 ....................................... 252
56975 ........................................... 67 152971 ....................................... 203 162418 ............................... 199, 313 195783 ....................................... 254
80147 ......................................... 146 152972 ....................................... 202 162419 ............................... 199, 313 195784 ....................................... 258
80148 ......................................... 146 152973 ....................................... 202 167020 ....................................... 200 195786 ....................................... 266
90021 ........................................... 73 153056 ....................................... 200 167021 ....................................... 312 195787 ....................................... 264
90022 ........................................... 73 153128 ....................................... 200 167090 ....................................... 202 195789 ....................................... 262
90070 ......................................... 120 153251 ....................................... 200 167091 ....................................... 206 196083 ....................................... 249
90090 ......................................... 120 153267 ....................................... 200 167101 ....................................... 190 196948 ......................................... 60
90850 ........................................... 54 153291 ....................................... 200 167102 ....................................... 190 196959 ....................................... 259
90851 ........................................... 54 153304 ....................................... 200 167122 ....................................... 211 196960 ....................................... 259
91030 ......................................... 200 153333 ....................................... 200 167197 ....................................... 211 196962 ....................................... 259
92491 ......................................... 205 153376 ....................................... 200 167278 ....................................... 263 196968 ....................................... 267
93070 ......................................... 122 158343 ......................... 87, 198, 313 170395 ............................... 198, 313 196969 ....................................... 267
93080 ......................................... 122 120856 ....................................... 313 170643 ....................................... 210 196971 ....................................... 267
93280 ........................................... 57 150768 ....................................... 275 177468 ....................................... 205 196973 ....................................... 247
93281 ........................................... 57 34035 ......................................... 273 178410 ....................................... 200 196974 ....................................... 253
93282 ........................................... 57 158352 ....................................... 203 178417 ....................................... 200 197118 ....................................... 200
93287 ........................................... 57 158357 ....................................... 209 178424 ....................................... 200 205284 ....................................... 203
93310 ........................................... 68 158419 ....................................... 200 184455 ....................................... 203 236302 ....................................... 205
93311 ........................................... 68 158481 ....................................... 210 184462 ....................................... 122 247661 ....................................... 199
93313 ........................................... 68 158962 ....................................... 211 184465 ....................................... 140 254490 ....................................... 212
93314 ........................................... 68 159298 ....................................... 209 184466 ....................................... 142 337617 ....................................... 203
93315 ........................................... 68 159328 ....................................... 204 184467 ....................................... 123 337618 ....................................... 203
93316 ........................................... 68 159331 ................................. 87, 198 184471 ....................................... 144 342047 ....................................... 203
93317 ........................................... 68 159333 ....................................... 198 184554 ....................................... 183 343616 ....................................... 203
93610 ........................................... 57 159382 ....................................... 199 184555 ............................... 183, 211 350337 ....................................... 203
93611 ........................................... 57 159386 ....................................... 203 184558 ......................................... 66 350362 ....................................... 199
93960 ........................................... 67 159395 ....................................... 203 184563 ......................................... 66 350363 ....................................... 199
94347 ........................................... 54 159396 ....................................... 199 184564 ......................................... 66 350364 ....................................... 199
94348 ........................................... 59 159409 ................................. 83, 198 184565 ......................................... 66 350366 ....................................... 199
94352 ........................................... 59 159410 ......................... 83, 198, 381 184566 ......................................... 66 350367 ....................................... 199
94368 ........................................... 59 159411 ........................... 83, 87, 198 184577 ......................................... 66 357283 ......................................... 87
94377 ........................................... 57 159662 ....................................... 200 185692 ....................................... 211 374038 ....................................... 204
94378 ........................................... 57 159663 ....................................... 200 186095 ....................................... 200 376931 ....................................... 206
94404 ........................................... 59 160786 ....................................... 211 186116 ....................................... 200 376932 ....................................... 206
94427 ........................................... 68 162228 ....................................... 313 186294 ....................................... 200 376934 ....................................... 206
94440 ........................................... 68 162231 ....................................... 210 192215 ....................................... 204 376935 ....................................... 206
94450 ........................................... 59 162239 ....................................... 312 192883 ......................................... 66 376936 ....................................... 206
94457 ........................................... 59 162240 ....................................... 312 193129 ......................................... 56 376937 ....................................... 206
94458 ........................................... 59 162267 ....................................... 201 193449 ......................................... 68 376938 ....................................... 206
94459 ........................................... 54 162305 ....................................... 211 194039 ......................................... 65 376939 ....................................... 206
94460 ........................................... 59 162340 ......................................... 73 194040 ......................................... 65 376940 ....................................... 206
94465 ........................................... 54 162341 ......................................... 73 194041 ......................................... 65 376941 ....................................... 206
94469 ........................................... 59 162352 ....................................... 265 194043 ......................................... 65 380707 ....................................... 199
94472 ........................................... 59 162353 ....................................... 265 195224 ....................................... 201 525953 ....................................... 202
94473 ........................................... 59 162360 ................................. 87, 198 195225 ....................................... 201 525954 ....................................... 202
94524 ........................................... 68 162380 ............................... 199, 313 195439 ......................................... 46 526206 ....................................... 308
94537 ........................................... 68 162381 ............................... 199, 313 195442 ......................................... 46 526212 ....................................... 255
Index numerical
526213 ....................................... 271 535242 ....................................... 269 540674 ......................................... 52 541157 ....................................... 212
526215 ....................................... 255 535243 ....................................... 269 540686 ......................................... 65 541158 ....................................... 212
526217 ....................................... 251 535245 ....................................... 311 540687 ......................................... 65 541161 ....................................... 284
526218 ....................................... 253 535246 ....................................... 272 540688 ......................................... 65 541162 ....................................... 284
526228 ....................................... 259 535247 ....................................... 273 540692 ......................................... 73 541163 ....................................... 284
526230 ....................................... 267 535248 ....................................... 270 540693 ......................................... 73 541164 ....................................... 284
526337 ....................................... 201 535249 ....................................... 271 540697 ......................................... 82 541165 ....................................... 286
526504 ....................................... 211 535250 ....................................... 181 540698 ......................................... 82 541166 ....................................... 288
526505 ......................................... 45 535251 ....................................... 271 540703 ....................................... 211 541167 ....................................... 290
526506 ......................................... 66 535255 ....................................... 180 540705 ....................................... 278 541168 ....................................... 290
526507 ......................................... 66 535811 ....................................... 181 540706 ....................................... 278 541169 ....................................... 290
526714 ....................................... 213 535812 ......................................... 84 540710 ....................................... 100 541170 ....................................... 290
526715 ....................................... 213 535812 ......................................... 87 540711 ....................................... 102 541171 ....................................... 292
526716 ....................................... 213 535814 ....................................... 308 540712 ....................................... 104 541172 ....................................... 294
526717 ....................................... 213 535829 ......................................... 45 540713 ....................................... 108 541173 ....................................... 294
526814 ....................................... 213 535832 ......................................... 82 540717 ....................................... 105 541174 ....................................... 294
526847 ......................................... 87 535833 ......................................... 82 540719 ....................................... 274 541175 ....................................... 294
526850 ....................................... 251 535834 ......................................... 82 540899 ......................................... 28 541179 ....................................... 210
526853 ....................................... 183 535835 ......................................... 82 540901 ......................................... 28 541184 ....................................... 112
526861 ....................................... 263 536200 ................................. 87, 198 540905 ......................................... 29 541499 ....................................... 210
526863 ....................................... 210 536740 ....................................... 183 540907 ......................................... 29 542503 ......................................... 52
526879 ....................................... 261 536905 ....................................... 179 540911 ......................................... 17 542504 ......................................... 52
527424 ....................................... 179 536906 ....................................... 179 540913 ......................................... 17 542505 ......................................... 52
527425 ....................................... 180 536907 ....................................... 179 540917 ......................................... 18 542506 ......................................... 52
527433 ....................................... 181 537465 ....................................... 277 540919 ......................................... 18 542507 ......................................... 52
528612 ......................................... 66 538236 ....................................... 277 540923 ......................................... 17 542508 ......................................... 52
529141 ....................................... 211 538487 ................................... 55, 57 540925 ......................................... 17 542509 ......................................... 52
532929 ....................................... 249 538913 ....................................... 277 540929 ......................................... 18 542510 ......................................... 52
532952 ....................................... 273 538957 ......................................... 70 540931 ......................................... 18 542682 ......................................... 26
532954 ....................................... 251 539006 ............................... 183, 211 540941 ......................................... 25 543068 ......................................... 71
533014 ....................................... 213 539007 ......................................... 55 540943 ......................................... 25 544143 ......................................... 34
533018 ....................................... 179 539021 ......................................... 83 540953 ......................................... 23 544145 ......................................... 34
533019 ....................................... 179 539022 ......................................... 83 540955 ......................................... 23 544146 ......................................... 34
533020 ....................................... 179 539023 ......................................... 80 540959 ......................................... 25 544147 ......................................... 34
533021 ....................................... 179 539025 ......................................... 80 540961 ......................................... 25 544149 ......................................... 34
533022 ....................................... 179 539026 ......................................... 82 541088 ......................................... 52 544150 ......................................... 34
533023 ....................................... 179 539028 ......................................... 78 541089 ......................................... 52 544151 ......................................... 34
533027 ....................................... 183 539030 ......................................... 78 541090 ......................................... 52 544153 ......................................... 34
533030 ....................................... 183 539032 ......................................... 82 541091 ......................................... 52 544154 ......................................... 34
533035 ....................................... 211 539033 ......................................... 83 541096 ....................................... 192 544155 ......................................... 34
533036 ....................................... 211 539111 ....................................... 278 541097 ....................................... 193 544157 ......................................... 34
533039 ....................................... 211 539265 ......................................... 64 541098 ....................................... 194 544158 ......................................... 34
533499 ......................................... 54 539308 ......................................... 70 541099 ....................................... 194 544246 ................................. 87, 198
534270 ......................................... 68 539311 ......................................... 70 541113 ....................................... 276 544248 ....................................... 374
534271 ......................................... 68 539729 ......................................... 84 541114 ....................................... 204 544249 ....................................... 374
534272 ......................................... 68 539731 ......................................... 82 541115 ....................................... 204 544250 ....................................... 374
534273 ......................................... 68 539733 ....................................... 204 541116 ....................................... 204 544251 ....................................... 374
534362 ....................................... 241 539734 ....................................... 204 541120 ....................................... 275 544253 ....................................... 366
534363 ....................................... 241 539735 ......................................... 82 541122 ................................. 87, 198 544254 ....................................... 368
534364 ............................... 263, 313 539736 ......................................... 84 541133 ......................................... 84 544255 ....................................... 370
534367 ....................................... 275 539755 ......................................... 83 541134 ....................................... 205 544256 ....................................... 372
534368 ....................................... 312 539767 ............................... 313, 381 541135 ....................................... 202 544293 ....................................... 380
534619 ....................................... 312 539797 ................................... 84, 87 541139 ....................................... 381 544294 ............................... 183, 363
534620 ....................................... 312 539934 ......................................... 70 541146 ....................................... 380 544295 ....................................... 183
534621 ....................................... 312 540668 ......................................... 86 541149 ......................................... 45 544303 ....................................... 381
534622 ....................................... 312 540669 ......................................... 86 541152 ....................................... 212 544304 ................................. 47, 377
534623 ....................................... 312 540670 ......................................... 86 541153 ....................................... 212 544306 ....................................... 219
534630 ....................................... 311 540671 ......................................... 52 541154 ....................................... 212 544307 ....................................... 219
534631 ....................................... 311 540672 ......................................... 52 541155 ....................................... 212 544317 ....................................... 200
535239 ....................................... 249 540673 ......................................... 52 541156 ....................................... 212 544336 ....................................... 205
Index numerical
544341 ....................................... 205 549850 ....................................... 310 556292 ......................................... 84 566921 ......................................... 67
544345 ....................................... 205 549851 ....................................... 310 556293 ......................................... 84 566922 ......................................... 67
544349 ....................................... 205 549852 ....................................... 310 556928 ......................................... 34 566923 ......................................... 67
544371 ....................................... 202 549853 ....................................... 309 556930 ......................................... 34 566924 ......................................... 67
544372 ....................................... 202 549854 ....................................... 309 556931 ......................................... 34 566925 ......................................... 67
544373 ....................................... 202 549855 ....................................... 309 556932 ......................................... 34 566926 ......................................... 67
544375 ....................................... 213 549858 ....................................... 203 556934 ......................................... 34 567028 ......................................... 54
544380 ....................................... 201 549860 ....................................... 199 556935 ......................................... 34 567098 ....................................... 304
544381 ....................................... 201 549861 ....................................... 199 556937 ......................................... 34 567099 ....................................... 304
544382 ....................................... 201 549862 ....................................... 199 556939 ......................................... 34 567101 ....................................... 307
548571 ....................................... 201 549863 ....................................... 199 556940 ......................................... 34 567102 ....................................... 306
548573 ......................................... 44 549864 ....................................... 199 556941 ......................................... 34 567103 ....................................... 304
548574 ......................................... 44 549865 ....................................... 199 556943 ......................................... 34 567104 ....................................... 304
548575 ......................................... 44 549982 ......................................... 53 556944 ......................................... 34 567106 ....................................... 307
548576 ......................................... 44 550141 ......................................... 58 557688 ......................................... 26 567107 ....................................... 306
548590 ......................................... 71 550142 ......................................... 58 557689 ......................................... 26 567108 ....................................... 174
548591 ......................................... 71 550143 ......................................... 58 557691 ......................................... 27 567109 ....................................... 174
548592 ......................................... 71 550144 ......................................... 58 557692 ......................................... 27 567110 ....................................... 174
548593 ......................................... 71 550522 ....................................... 240 559880 ......................................... 53 567111 ....................................... 176
548606 ....................................... 219 550583 ....................................... 240 559881 ......................................... 53 567112 ....................................... 176
548607 ....................................... 219 550584 ......................................... 70 559882 ......................................... 53 567113 ....................................... 176
548609 ....................................... 205 550585 ......................................... 70 560159 ....................................... 201 567114 ....................................... 176
548610 ....................................... 203 550804 ......................................... 32 560621 ......................................... 32 567115 ....................................... 176
548637 ....................................... 212 550805 ......................................... 32 562474 ......................................... 73 567116 ....................................... 176
548638 ....................................... 212 551010 ......................................... 60 562481 ......................................... 73 567118 ....................................... 176
548676 ....................................... 181 551011 ......................................... 60 562482 ................................. 72, 279 567119 ....................................... 176
548678 ......................................... 66 551012 ......................................... 60 562483 ................................. 72, 279 567122 ....................................... 176
548679 ......................................... 66 551013 ......................................... 56 563358 ................................. 72, 279 567123 ....................................... 176
548680 ......................................... 66 551014 ......................................... 56 563359 ................................. 72, 279 567124 ....................................... 176
548681 ......................................... 66 551015 ......................................... 56 563969 ......................................... 71 567125 ....................................... 176
548685 ....................................... 240 551141 ......................................... 58 563971 ......................................... 71 567126 ....................................... 176
548686 ....................................... 240 551145 ......................................... 58 563973 ......................................... 71 567138 ....................................... 221
548687 ......................................... 48 551146 ......................................... 58 563975 ......................................... 71 567139 ................................. 47, 377
549623 ......................................... 19 551147 ......................................... 58 564179 ....................................... 220 567187 ......................................... 52
549625 ......................................... 19 551148 ......................................... 58 564623 ......................................... 30 567189 ......................................... 52
549626 ......................................... 19 551149 ......................................... 58 564624 ......................................... 30 567194 ....................................... 138
549628 ......................................... 19 551150 ......................................... 58 564631 ....................................... 359 567195 ....................................... 176
549629 ......................................... 20 551151 ......................................... 58 565018 ......................................... 30 567196 ....................................... 176
549631 ......................................... 20 551152 ......................................... 58 565019 ......................................... 30 567197 ....................................... 176
549632 ......................................... 20 551153 ......................................... 58 565020 ......................................... 30 567202 ....................................... 380
549634 ......................................... 20 551154 ......................................... 58 565021 ......................................... 30 567203 ....................................... 256
549752 ......................................... 22 551155 ......................................... 58 565025 ......................................... 70 567207 ......................................... 62
549755 ......................................... 22 554301 ............................... 312, 380 565026 ......................................... 70 567209 ......................................... 62
549758 ......................................... 22 555647 ....................................... 378 565440 ....................................... 200 567211 ......................................... 62
549759 ......................................... 29 555706 ....................................... 219 566435 ......................................... 84 567213 ......................................... 62
549761 ......................................... 22 555707 ....................................... 219 566900 ......................................... 36 567215 ......................................... 62
549763 ......................................... 29 555708 ....................................... 219 566902 ......................................... 36 567217 ......................................... 62
549766 ......................................... 27 555709 ....................................... 219 566903 ......................................... 36 567219 ......................................... 62
549767 ......................................... 29 556228 ....................................... 110 566908 ....................................... 116 567221 ......................................... 62
549769 ......................................... 27 556235 ....................................... 182 566909 ......................................... 53 567223 ....................................... 203
549771 ......................................... 29 556236 ....................................... 182 566910 ......................................... 53 567224 ................................. 47, 377
549822 ....................................... 358 556237 ....................................... 182 566912 ......................................... 53 567225 ................................. 47, 377
549833 ....................................... 220 556238 ......................................... 46 566913 ......................................... 53 567228 ....................................... 221
549834 ......................................... 26 556239 ......................................... 46 566914 ......................................... 53 567229 ....................................... 174
549835 ....................................... 182 556240 ......................................... 46 566915 ......................................... 53 567230 ....................................... 222
549836 ....................................... 182 556242 ......................................... 71 566916 ......................................... 53 567232 ....................................... 210
549837 ....................................... 182 556270 ............................... 107, 134 566917 ......................................... 53 567238 ....................................... 182
549840 ....................................... 120 556271 ............................... 107, 134 566918 ....................................... 188 567240 ....................................... 175
549848 ....................................... 182 556272 ....................................... 107 566919 ......................................... 67 567241 ....................................... 175
549849 ....................................... 310 556290 ....................................... 202 566920 ......................................... 67 567242 ....................................... 175
Index numerical
567243 ....................................... 175 571119 ......................................... 21 571868 ....................................... 164 573041 ....................................... 114
567244 ....................................... 154 571120 ......................................... 23 571869 ....................................... 164 573233 ......................................... 38
567245 ....................................... 257 571121 ......................................... 23 571870 ....................................... 162 573234 ......................................... 40
567255 ....................................... 257 571780 ....................................... 152 571871 ....................................... 164 573235 ......................................... 40
567257 ......................................... 53 571781 ......................................... 63 571872 ....................................... 164 573236 ......................................... 43
567258 ......................................... 53 571783 ......................................... 63 571874 ....................................... 164 573237 ......................................... 43
567259 ......................................... 53 571785 ......................................... 63 571875 ....................................... 164 573238 ......................................... 43
567260 ......................................... 53 571787 ......................................... 63 572095 ....................................... 164 573253-A ...................................... 43
567264 ....................................... 118 571789 ......................................... 63 572096 ....................................... 206 573253-C ...................................... 43
567265 ......................................... 53 571791 ......................................... 63 572097 ....................................... 206 573253-D ...................................... 43
567266 ......................................... 53 571793 ......................................... 63 572098 ....................................... 206 573253-M ..................................... 43
567267 ......................................... 53 571795 ......................................... 63 572099 ....................................... 206 573253-P ...................................... 43
567268 ......................................... 53 571797 ......................................... 64 572100 ....................................... 206 573253-R ...................................... 43
567271 ....................................... 184 571799 ......................................... 64 572101 ....................................... 206 573253-S ...................................... 43
567272 ....................................... 184 571801 ......................................... 64 572102 ....................................... 206 573261 ....................................... 381
567273 ....................................... 185 571803 ......................................... 64 572103 ....................................... 206 573282 ....................................... 311
567274 ....................................... 305 571806 ....................................... 206 572104 ....................................... 206 573283 ....................................... 311
567275 ............................... 305, 380 571807 ....................................... 206 572105 ....................................... 206 573287 ....................................... 261
567276 ....................................... 185 571808 ....................................... 206 572106 ....................................... 206 573289 ....................................... 261
567280 ....................................... 211 571809 ....................................... 206 572107 ....................................... 206 573775 ......................................... 24
567281 ......................................... 62 571811 ....................................... 156 572108 ....................................... 206 573776 ......................................... 24
567283 ......................................... 62 571813 ....................................... 199 572109 ....................................... 206 573859 ....................................... 261
567285 ......................................... 62 571817 ....................................... 211 572110 ....................................... 206 573860 ....................................... 311
567287 ......................................... 62 571818 ....................................... 155 572111 ....................................... 206 573861 ....................................... 311
567289 ......................................... 62 571819 ....................................... 155 572112 ....................................... 206 573868 ....................................... 165
567291 ......................................... 62 571820 ....................................... 155 572114 ....................................... 206 573869 ....................................... 165
567293 ......................................... 62 571821 ....................................... 155 572115 ....................................... 206 653393 ....................................... 255
567295 ......................................... 62 571822 ....................................... 155 572116 ....................................... 206 654972 ....................................... 253
567297 ......................................... 61 571823 ....................................... 155 572117 ....................................... 206 660546 ....................................... 261
567298 ......................................... 61 571824 ....................................... 158 572118 ....................................... 206 660560 ....................................... 183
567299 ......................................... 61 571830 ....................................... 207 572119 ....................................... 206 669198 ....................................... 203
567300 ....................................... 218 571831 ....................................... 207 572120 ....................................... 206 679598 ....................................... 271
567303 ......................................... 61 571832 ....................................... 207 572121 ....................................... 206 683012 ....................................... 213
567304 ......................................... 61 571833 ....................................... 207 572124 ....................................... 161 683464 ....................................... 213
567305 ......................................... 61 571834 ....................................... 207 572125 ....................................... 161 687455 ....................................... 213
567307 ......................................... 63 571835 ....................................... 207 572145 ....................................... 202 687461 ....................................... 213
567309 ......................................... 63 571836 ....................................... 207 572152 ....................................... 203 687927 ....................................... 213
567311 ......................................... 63 571837 ....................................... 208 572153 ....................................... 203 687929 ....................................... 213
567313 ......................................... 63 571838 ....................................... 208 572155 ......................................... 78 687943 ....................................... 213
567315 ......................................... 63 571839 ....................................... 208 572158 ....................................... 260 687944 ....................................... 213
567317 ......................................... 63 571840 ....................................... 208 572737 ......................................... 43 689087 ....................................... 213
567319 ......................................... 63 571841 ....................................... 208 572738 ......................................... 43 689089 ....................................... 275
567340 ......................................... 31 571842 ....................................... 208 572739 ......................................... 43 696719 ....................................... 277
567341 ......................................... 31 571843 ....................................... 208 572742 ....................................... 182 701309 ....................................... 213
567342 ......................................... 31 571844 ....................................... 208 572746 ....................................... 202 709844 ....................................... 213
567343 ......................................... 31 571845 ....................................... 209 572747 ....................................... 202 722009 ....................................... 213
567344 ......................................... 31 571846 ....................................... 209 572748 ....................................... 202 11953101 ................................... 206
567345 ......................................... 31 571847 ....................................... 209 572749 ....................................... 202
567426 ......................................... 46 571848 ....................................... 209 572750 ....................................... 202 C04000 ....................................... 241
567427 ......................................... 46 571849 ....................................... 166 572782 ....................................... 257 C04001 ....................................... 241
567705 ......................................... 28 571850 ....................................... 167 572783 ....................................... 257 C04002 ....................................... 241
567706 ......................................... 28 571851 ......................................... 64 573030 ......................................... 54 C05500 ......................................... 95
570691 ......................................... 52 571853 ......................................... 64 573031 ......................................... 54 C05501 ......................................... 95
570693 ......................................... 52 571855 ......................................... 64 573032 ......................................... 54 C44000 ....................................... 381
570695 ......................................... 52 571857 ......................................... 64 573035 ....................................... 128 C44001 ....................................... 381
570697 ......................................... 52 571859 ......................................... 64 573036 ....................................... 130 C74051 ....................................... 186
570699 ......................................... 52 571861 ......................................... 64 573037 ....................................... 132 C74060 ....................................... 186
570701 ......................................... 52 571863 ......................................... 64 573038 ....................................... 136 C74070 ....................................... 186
570901 ......................................... 63 571865 ......................................... 64 573039 ....................................... 135 C74080 ....................................... 187
571118 ......................................... 21 571867 ....................................... 160 573040 ....................................... 135 C74081 ....................................... 187
Index numerical
C93100 ....................................... 234 C93207 ....................................... 236 C93221 ....................................... 238 C96106 ......................................... 69
C93101 ....................................... 234 C93208 ....................................... 236 C93222 ....................................... 238 C96107 ......................................... 69
C93102 ....................................... 234 C93209 ....................................... 237 C93223 ....................................... 238 C96108 ......................................... 69
C93104 ....................................... 234 C93210 ....................................... 237 C93224 ....................................... 238 C96109 ......................................... 69
C93200 ....................................... 236 C93211 ....................................... 237 C93225 ....................................... 238 C96110 ......................................... 69
C93201 ....................................... 236 C93212 ....................................... 237 C96100 ......................................... 69 C96111 ......................................... 69
C93202 ....................................... 236 C93213 ....................................... 237 C96101 ......................................... 69 C96112 ......................................... 69
C93203 ....................................... 236 C93214 ....................................... 237 C96102 ......................................... 69 C96113 ......................................... 69
C93204 ....................................... 236 C93218 ....................................... 237 C96103 ......................................... 69 C96114 ......................................... 69
C93205 ....................................... 236 C93219 ....................................... 237 C96104 ......................................... 69 C96115 ......................................... 69
C93206 ....................................... 236 C93220 ....................................... 237 C96105 ......................................... 69 E78099........................................ 239
Publisher: As a result of continuous develop- All of the texts, diagrams, illustra- Any reproduction, revision, trans-
ment and research work technical tions and drawings featured in this lation, microfilming in any form, or
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG specifications and illustrations are publication are the property of storage and processing in electronic
P.O. Box 10 07 10 subject to change. They are not bind- Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG and systems can only be undertaken
73707 Esslingen ing. The specified data serves purely are thus protected under copyright. with the written permission of Festo
Rechbergstraße 3 as a product description and is no Didactic GmbH & Co. KG.
73770 Denkendorf guarantee in a legal sense.
Germany
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0
Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500
Edition: January 2011
Festo worldwide
Argentina Finland Korea South Slovakia
3AB= ' 3AB= $, 3AB= =@3/ = !B2 3AB= A>=: A @=
27A=< "N97BCD/<B73
/A/<2=<5 /D:=D71=DM C:

"/@BQ<3H %$ =F 3C;163=<5C
@/B7A:/D/
%@=D C3<=A 7@3A
*/<B// '3=C:
(3:

(3:
(3:

(3:

/F

/F

/F /F

;/7: 7<4=.9@43AB=1=; ;/7: 7<4=.A943AB=1=;

;/7: 7<4=/@43AB=1=; ;/7: 7<4=.U43AB=1=;
Latvia Slovenia
Australia France 3AB= ' 3AB= 2== !8C0:8/</
3AB= %BG !B2 3AB= )&! 35:/D/ 73:/
(@H7< :/B<71/
3/2 $4U13 "3:0=C@<3 - 23A "/7A=<A &=C53A
&75/ (@H7<
@=E<A &=/2 @C3 2C :=A '/7<B3 /B63@7<3 (3: /F (3:

%$ =F @GAC@"/@<3 1323F ;/7: 7<4=.:D43AB=1=; /F

#=0:3 %/@9 *71 #C;P@= <275= ;/7: 7<4=.A743AB=1=;
/:: (=:: @33
(3:

/F

/F (=:: @33
Lithuania South Africa

(3:

3AB= ) 3AB= %BG !B2

(3:
/F

/F
/@/:7/CA "7<2/C5= >@ :31B@=< D3<C3
;/7: 7<4=.4@43AB=1=;
/C</A %$ =F

;/7: 7<4=./C43AB=1=;
(3:
/F
A/<2=
Austria Germany ;/7: 7<4=.:B43AB=1=; (3:

3AB= 3A3::A16/4B ;0 3AB= 72/1B71 ;0 = /F

!7<H3@ 'B@/K3 &31603@5AB@ Malaysia ;/7: 7<4=.H/43AB=1=;

+73<
3<93<2=@4 3AB= '2< 3@6/2
(3:

/F

3@;/<G
%3@A7/@/< <2CAB@7 Spain
;/7: /CB=;/B7=<43AB=/B (3:

/<2/@ '@7 /;/<A/@/ 3AB= %<3C;/B71 ')
/F

+7:/G/6 %3@A39CBC/< D3<72/ @/<D7/

Belarus ;/7: 2722343AB=1=;
C/:/ !C;>C@ 7AB@7B= 1=<R;71= @/<D7/ !I

% 3AB= (3:

=A>7B/:3B 23 !:=0@35/B

"7<A9 Germany /F

/@13:=</
%@=A>39B "/A63@=D/ 3AB= = ;/7: 7<4=.;G43AB=1=; (3:

/F

(3:

%=AB4/16 (3:
/F
/F

AA:7<53< ;/7: 7<4=.3A43AB=1=;
;/7: 7<4=.0G43AB=1=; Mexico
&C7B3@ 'B@/K3 3AB= %<3C;/B71 '
AA:7<53< D 3G:M< Sweden
Belgium 3AB=
3AB= 3:57C; A/ (3:

/F
=: (3?C3A?C7<M6C/1
;/7: 7<4=.2343AB=1=;

(:/:<3>/<B:/ 'B7::;/<A5/B/<
&C3 =:=<3: =C@5
=F

@CF3::3A AB/2= 23 "PF71=
Greece (3:

"/:;S
(3:

/F

(3:

/F

;/7: 7<4=.0343AB=1=; 3AB= !B2 /F

/;=AB3@</A D3 ;/7: 43AB=;3F71=;F43AB=1=; ;/7: =@23@43AB=A3
Belgium % B63<A
3AB= 3:57C; <D (3:

/F

Switzerland
Netherlands 3AB=
=:=<3: =C@5AB@//B
;/7: 7<4=.5@43AB=1=; 3AB= *

@CAA3: "==A;/BBAB@/AA3
'1673E35 73B79=< -
(3:

/F

Hong Kong # 3:4B
;/7: 7<4=.0343AB=1=; (3:

3AB= !B2 (3:
/F

#3E (7;3:G /1B=@G C7:27<5 /F

;/7: 7<4=.1643AB=1=;
Brazil /AB:3 %3/9 &=/2
3AB= @/A7: !B2/ ;/7: 7<4=43AB=<:
=E:==< =<5 =<5 Taiwan
&C/ C7A3>>3 @3A>7 (3: /F
" *7/ <1673B/ New Zealand 3AB= = !B2
;/7: 7<4=.6943AB=1=; 3AB= !7;7B32 3/2 $4U13

'O= %/C:= '%@/HQ:
(3:

7A63@ @3A13<B
Hungary "B +3::7<5B=< #= C<5 B6 &=/2

/F

3AB= 4B
;/7: 7<4=.0@43AB=1=; C19:/<2 #- !7<9=C <2 <2CAB@7/: -=<3
A7::/5635G7 TB (3:

/F

!7<9=C A7/<5 (/7>37 A73<
Bulgaria
C2/>3AB ;/7: 7<4=.<H43AB=1=; (3:

3AB= $$ (3: /F
/F

'=U/ ;/7: 7<4=.6C43AB=1=; ;/7: 43AB=BEBE43AB=1=;
Nigeria
C: 6@7AB=>6=@ =:C;0 3AB= CB=;/B7=< !B2
(3:

India Thailand
"=B=@E/GA 3<B@3 7@AB :==@ :=19 3AB= !B2
/F

3AB= =<B@=:A %@7D/B3 !B2 :/CA/ 938/
;/7: 7<4=.0543AB=1=; %6/6=:G=B67< &2
!/5=A ( :=<5 :=<5:C/<5
=;;/A/<2@/ <2CAB@7/: @3/ (3:

Canada /<5/:=@3 =AC@ 756E/G %/B6C;B6/<7
3AB= <1 /F

(3:

/F

/<5/:=@3

;/7: 7<4=<543AB=1=;

F>:=@3@ @7D3 (3:

;/7: 7<4=.B643AB=1=;
"7AA7AA/C5/ $<B/@7= !+ /F

(3:

;/7: 7<4=.7<43AB=1=; Norway Turkey

/F

3AB= ' 3AB= '/< D3 (71 '
;/7: 7<4=.1/43AB=1=; Indonesia $:3 3D79A D37 (CH:/ "3@;3@17:3@ $@5/<7H3
%( 3AB=
$A:= '/</G7 S:53A7
Chile (3:
/F (CH:/ AB/<0C: (&
3AB= ' ! 'C:B/< A9/<2/@ "C2/ #=
@B3@7 %=<2=9 <2/6 ;/7: 7<4=.<=43AB=1=; (3:

D3<72/ ;P@71= *3A>C17=
/F

%C2/6C3: /9/@B/
(3:

Peru ;/7: 7<4=.B@43AB=1=;

'/<B7/5= 3AB= '&!
(3:

/F

/F

Ukraine
;/7: 7<4=.7243AB=1=; ;/2=@ "3@7<= &3G</
;/7: 7<4=167:31:43AB=1=; '/< A72@= 3AB= )9@/7</

!7;/ % 3AB=
China Iran C: =@7A=5:30A9/G/
3AB= 67</ !B2 3AB= %<3C;/B71 ' (3: /F
;/7: 43AB=>3@C>343AB=1=; 73D

,C<?7/= &=/2 B6 AB@33B B6 /D3<C3 (3:

7<?7/= F>=@B %@=13AA7<5 -=<3 ; '>317/: /@/8 &=/2 /F

%C2=<5 %$=F Philippines ;/7: 7<4=.C/43AB=1=;

'6/<56/7 (363@/< 3AB= <1
(3:

/F

(3:

" +3AB '3@D713 &=/2 United Kingdom
;/7: 7<4=.1<1<43AB=1=; /F

'=CB6 'C>3@6756E/G 3AB= !7;7B32
;/7: "/7:@==;43AB=7@
%/@/</?C3 7BG >>:732 CB=;/B7=< 3<B@3

Colombia "3B@= "/<7:/ /AE3:: &=/2
3AB= !B2/ Ireland (3:
/F
@/19;7::A (@/27<5 AB/B3
CB=>7AB/ =5=BM "323::Q< ; 1=AB/2= AC@ 3AB= !7;7B32 ;/7: 7<4=.>643AB=1=; #=@B6/;>B=< ## %,
(3<8= C<27</;/@1/ )<7B '/<2G4=@2 %/@9 (3:

(3: '/<2G4=@2 <2CAB@7/: AB/B3 Poland /F

/F FB C0:7< 3AB= '> H == ;/7: 7<4=.5043AB=1=;
;/7: ;3@1/23=1=43AB=1=; (3:
/<97 9 +/@AH/EG
/F

C: "AH1H=<=EA9/ United States
Croatia 3AB= =@>=@/B7=< #3E ,=@9
3AB= 2== ;/7: 7<4=.7343AB=1=;

&/AHG<
(3:

"=@3:/<2 &=/2
#=D/ 3AB/ %$ =F

-/5@30 Israel /F

3AB= %<3C;/B71 A@/3: !B2 ;/7: 7<4=.>:43AB=1=; /C>>/C53 #,
(3:
/:: (=::4@33

/F
%$ =F

/I/BH;/ICB &=/2 Romania /F (=::4@33

;/7: 7<4=.6@43AB=1=; (3:

/F

,36C2
3AB= '&!
Czech Republic (3:
'B =<AB/<B7< ;/7: 1CAB=;3@A3@D713CA43AB=1=;
3AB= A@= /F

C1C@3AB7
"=2V/<A9M (3:

Venezuela
;/7: 7<4=.7:43AB=1=; 3AB=

%@/6/ /F

(3:

/F
;/7: 7<4=.@=43AB=1=; D 3A?C7</ 1=< 1/::3
Italy #L 274 3AB=
;/7: 7<4=.1H43AB=1=; 3AB= '> '31B=@ %/@/QA=
Denmark *7/ <@71= 3@;7 Russia "/@/1/70= *3<3HC3:/
3AB= '

AA/5= " $$$ 3AB=& (3:

A:3D2/:D38
(3:
/F

"716C@7<A97G >@=A> /F

&J2=D@3 ;/7: 7<4=.7B43AB=1=;
"=A9=E ;/7: 43AB=43AB=1=;D3
(3:

/F
(3:
/F

;/7: 7<4=.2943AB=1=; Japan ;/7: 7<4=.@C43AB=1=; Vietnam
3AB= 3AB= = !B2 =<5 (G (<66 3AB=
Estonia
/G/0C167 Singapore #=
(@/< #/= 'B@33B
3AB= $, 3AB7 7:7//: (ACHC979C 3AB= %B3 !B2 +/@2 7<6 <
!/97 ,=9=6/;/
7/< (319 +/G 7AB@71B

(/::7<< (3:

'7<5/>=@3 = 67 "7<6 7BG
(3:
/F /F
(3:
/F
(3:

/F

;/7: 7<4=.3343AB=1=; ;/7: 7<4=.8>43AB=1=; ;/7: 7<4=A543AB=1=; ;/7: 7<4=.D<43AB=1=;
415
53084 en © 2011 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
*40
,3
"$FS U J ÙDBU J
P
2VBMJUZ.BOBHFNFOU
%&
O
8FBSFDFSUJÙFE
7PMVOUBSZQBSUJDJQBUJPOJOSFHVMBS
DF S U J ÙFE NPOJUPSJOHBDDPSEJOHUP*40

Festo Didactic

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Festo Didactic

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Learning Systems 2011/2012

The current range of products from Festo Didactic

Everything from a single source

From fundamentals to a complete training centre

From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

Your partner, worldwide

The Internet marketplace for education and training.

Pneumatics training packages ...................................................................... 96

Hydraulics training packages...................................................................... 124

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages ................................ 148

Automation technology/PLC training packages.......................................... 168

Accessories/Optional components for training packages........................... 196

Robotino® .................................................................................................... 214

Mechatronics and factory automation......................................................... 224

Process automation and closed-loop control technology ........................... 352

Hybrid training factories ............................................................................. 382

– Festo Didactic‘s training systems

pany processes are integral parts of and guidelines such as DIN/ISO

are of little value if the products do – As a solution partner to Siemens

practice. forward-looking solutions using WRLQFUHDVH&XVWRPHU5HWHQWLRQ(PSOR\HH&RPPLWPHQW

products and systems from Sie-

mens Automation and Drives. Qual-

ified product and system expertise *OREDO'LUHFWRU .H\$FFRXQW0DQDJHU

combined with superior solution

Whether you need information, are

Consistently adding value Training Consulting

You can find information,

Digital training programmes/WBTs.................................................................16

Importance of software in the

Anyone who wants to design suc-

14 Worldwide at your ﬁngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Anyone who wants to extend the The automation technology

Pneumatics Yes Fluid Lab®-P FluidSIM® P FluidSIM® P FluidSIM® P

Hydraulics Yes Fluid Lab®-H FluidSIM® H FluidSIM® H FluidSIM® H

Electrical Yes FluidSIM® P and H EPLAN P8 FluidSIM® P and H

Automation Yes PLCSIM STEP7 EPLAN P8 CIROS® Mechatronics WinPISA

Mechatronics and Yes CIROS® Mechatronics CIROS® Mechatronics

Robotics CIROS® Robotics CIROS® Robotics CIROS® Robotics

Process automa- Yes Fluid Lab®-PA EPLAN PPE WinCC

Metal technology/ TrainConcept WinNC WinNC CAMConcept Win3D-View

Digital training programmes

Overview of our programmes: Training

* Detailed descriptions of these pro-

16 Worldwide at your ﬁngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Training time: approx. 12 hours

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2

Our authoring tool:

Electrical protective measures

This interactive multimedia training – Definition and overview of

Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2

Actuators – DC motor Electric drives 1

Electric drives 2 Open- and closed-loop control

Our authoring tool:

LOGO! Training Fieldbus technology

GRAFCET Discover MPS® 200

Our authoring tool:

Machine Vision Safety engineering

Process automation The fascination of technology

Organisation and working techniques

Project management Time management Internet search

practice. forward-looking solutions using WRLQFUHDVH&XVWRPHU5HWHQWLRQ(PSOR\HH&RPPLWPHQW

Textbook Fundamentals of 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù